Table of Contents

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

 

 

 

England and Wales   2111   98-0207762

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7845 1000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

B.A.T Capital Corporation*

 

 

 

Delaware   2111   61-0986865

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

103 Foulk Road

Suite 120

Wilmington, Delaware 19803

U.S.A.

+1 (302) 691 6323

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Brian T. Harrison

Secretary, B.A.T Capital Corporation

C/O Corporation Service Company

251 Little Falls Drive

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

U.S.A.

+1 (302) 691 6323

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alyssa K. Caples, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint

One Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7453 1000

 

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7845 1000

 

 

*

See Table of Additional Registrants below.

Approximate date of commencement of proposed offer to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third Party Tender Offer)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company.  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered(1)

 

Amount

To Be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Security

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

2.297% Notes due 2020

  $2,250,000,000   100%   $2,250,000,000   $272,700

2.764% Notes due 2022

  $2,250,000,000   100%   $2,250,000,000   $272,700

3.222% Notes due 2024

  $2,500,000,000   100%   $2,500,000,000   $303,000

3.557% Notes due 2027

  $3,500,000,000   100%   $3,500,000,000   $424,200

4.390% Notes due 2037

  $2,500,000,000   100%   $2,500,000,000   $303,000

4.540% Notes due 2047

  $2,500,000,000   100%   $2,500,000,000   $303,000

Floating Rate Notes due 2020

  $1,000,000,000   100%   $1,000,000,000   $121,200

Floating Rate Notes due 2022

  $750,000,000   100%   $750,000,000   $90,900
Guarantees of Notes registered pursuant to this registration statement   N/A(2)   (2)   (2)   (2)

Total Registration Fee

        $2,090,700

 

 

 

(1)

The securities being registered hereby are offered in exchange for the 2.297% Notes due 2020, 2.764% Notes due 2022, 3.222% Notes due 2024, 3.557% Notes due 2027, 4.390% Notes due 2037, 4.540% Notes due 2047, Floating Rate Notes due 2020, and Floating Rate Notes due 2022 previously issued and sold by B.A.T Capital Corporation in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The registration fee has been computed based on the face value of the securities pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act.

 

(2)

Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate fee is payable with respect to the guarantees.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Registrant as

Specified in its Charter

 

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

 

I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number

 

Address, including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal
Executive Offices

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.   The Netherlands   Not Applicable   Handelsweg 53A
1181 ZA Amstelveen
The Netherlands
+31 (0)20 540 6911
B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.   The Netherlands   Not Applicable   Handelsweg 53A
1181 ZA Amstelveen
The Netherlands
+31 (0)20 540 6911
B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.   England and Wales   98-0402606  

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7845 1000

Reynolds American Inc.   North Carolina   20-0546644   401 North Main Street
P.O. Box 2990
Winston-Salem, North
Carolina 27102-2990
+1 (336) 741-2000


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, dated October 2, 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

B.A.T Capital Corporation

OFFER TO EXCHANGE (the “Exchange Offer”)

$2,250,000,000 2.297% Notes due 2020

$2,250,000,000 2.764% Notes due 2022

$2,500,000,000 3.222% Notes due 2024

$3,500,000,000 3.557% Notes due 2027

$2,500,000,000 4.390% Notes due 2037

$2,500,000,000 4.540% Notes due 2047

$1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Notes due 2020

$750,000,000 Floating Rate Notes due 2022

 

 

Guaranteed by British American Tobacco p.l.c., British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. and Reynolds American Inc.

 

 

This is an offer by B.A.T Capital Corporation (“BATCAP” or the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“BAT” or the “Parent Guarantor” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “BAT Group”), to exchange (1) new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes” and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”).

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2018, unless we extend the offer. You must tender your Unregistered Notes by this deadline in order to receive the Exchange Notes. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

The terms of the Exchange Notes to be issued are substantially identical to the Unregistered Notes, except that they are registered under the Securities Act, do not have any transfer restrictions and do not have registration rights. All untendered Unregistered Notes will continue to be subject to any applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in the Unregistered Notes and in the Indenture (as defined below).

There is currently no public market for the Exchange Notes to be issued to you pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for the Unregistered Notes where such Unregistered Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed to provide sufficient copies of the latest version of this prospectus to broker-dealers promptly upon request at any time for a period of 90 days (or such shorter period during which participating broker-dealers are required by law to deliver such prospectus) commencing on the day that notice of the Exchange Offer is given to holders in order to facilitate such resales. See “ Plan of Distribution ”.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Offer is not being made available to, and the Exchange Notes are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to, any retail investor in the European Economic Area (“EEA”). For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended, the “Insurance Mediation Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, the “Prospectus Directive”). Consequently no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the “PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the Exchange Notes or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Exchange Notes or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPS Regulation.

The Issuer is making the Exchange Offer only in those jurisdictions where it is legal to do so. This document does not constitute a “prospectus” for the purposes of Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and no such prospectus is required for the issue of the Exchange Notes. This Exchange Offer does not constitute an offer to buy or sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell either Unregistered Notes or Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction in which, or to or from any person to or from whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation under applicable securities laws or otherwise. The distribution of this prospectus in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by us to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. This prospectus may not be used for or in connection with an offer or solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. See “ The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions ”.

Holders must comply with all laws that apply to them in any place in which they possess this prospectus. Holders must also obtain any consents or approvals that they need in order to tender their Unregistered Notes. None of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Exchange Agent (or any of their respective directors, employees or affiliates) is responsible for holders’ compliance with these legal requirements. See “ The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions ”. The applicable provisions of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) must be complied with in respect of anything done in relation to the Exchange Offer in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2018.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     iii  

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

     iv  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     vi  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     vi  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     viii  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     5  

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

     10  

RISK FACTORS

     17  

BUSINESS

     44  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     73  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     74  

BAT UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     75  

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     81  

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES

     91  

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM OF SECURITIES

     110  

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     115  

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     119  

LEGAL MATTERS

     122  

EXPERTS

     122  

Rather than repeat certain information in this prospectus that we have already included in reports filed with the SEC, we are incorporating this information by reference, which means that we can disclose important business, financial and other information to you by referring to those publicly filed documents that contain the information. The information incorporated by reference is not included or delivered with this prospectus.

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a prospectus is delivered, including each beneficial owner of Unregistered Notes, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all documents that are incorporated into this prospectus by reference, other than exhibits to such documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the documents that this prospectus incorporates. Requests should be directed to Company Secretary, British American Tobacco p.l.c., Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7845 1000.

IN ORDER TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY, YOU MUST REQUEST THIS INFORMATION NO LATER THAN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU MUST MAKE YOUR INVESTMENT DECISION.

 

i


Table of Contents

ACCORDINGLY, YOU MUST REQUEST THIS INFORMATION NO LATER THAN 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME ON                     , 2018.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer of the Exchange Notes only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any other date subsequent to such date.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus regarding the BAT Group’s future expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, financial conditions, assumptions or future events or performance that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “outlook”, “plan”, “positioned”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “strategy”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions. All such forward-looking statements involve estimates and assumptions that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual future financial condition, performance and results to differ materially from the plans, goals, expectations and results expressed in the forward-looking statements and other financial and/or statistical data within this prospectus. Among the key factors that could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group and that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements, are:

 

  ·  

competitive actions and pricing pressures in the marketplace, including competition from illicit sources;

 

  ·  

limitations on advertising and marketing of tobacco products;

 

  ·  

changes in tobacco-related, tax and other laws and regulations or the interpretation of such laws and regulations by governmental authorities;

 

  ·  

the outcome of pending or potential litigation, including tobacco litigation and significant monetary obligations imposed under State Settlement Agreements;

 

  ·  

economic, regulatory and geopolitical risks inherent in BAT’s global operations;

 

  ·  

risks relating to government regulations or actions adversely affecting BAT’s business, including BAT becoming subject to substantial and increasing U.S. regulations, in particular in relation to the nicotine level or use of menthol in tobacco products, including by virtue of BAT’s increased ownership in RAI;

 

  ·  

the continuing decline in cigarette consumption, or the overall consumption of legitimate tobacco products or the transition of adult tobacco consumers away from premium cigarette brands;

 

  ·  

fluctuations in the foreign exchange rates;

 

  ·  

potentially significant costs in the event of breaches of, or liabilities arising under, health and safety and environmental laws;

 

  ·  

liquidity, interest rate and counterparty risks;

 

  ·  

the inability to lead the development and roll-out of BAT innovations (including both next generation products and combustible) profitably; and

 

  ·  

the possibility that actual results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group will materially differ from the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.

For a further discussion of these and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties applicable to us, see “ Risk Factors ”.

Due to such risks, contingencies and other uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to BAT or any person acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section of the prospectus. BAT is not required to and does not undertake any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements or other data or statements contained in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable law.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

General

Unless otherwise indicated, financial information related to the BAT Group contained in this prospectus is prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the European Union. All financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the U.S. business or RAI and/or the RAI Group (as defined below) are prepared on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and constitute the primary financial statements or financial information of the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group). Solely, for the purpose of consolidation within the results of BAT and the BAT Group, this financial information is then converted to IFRS. To the extent any such financial information provided in these financial statements relates to the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) it is provided as an explanation of the U.S. business’ or RAI’s (and/or the RAI Group’s) primary U.S. GAAP based financial statements and information.

This prospectus incorporates by reference:

 

  ·  

the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of BAT as of June 30, 2018, and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards 34 Interim Financial Reporting (referred to in this prospectus as the BAT Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements);

 

  ·  

the audited consolidated financial statements of BAT as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, prepared on the basis of IFRS (referred to in this prospectus as the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements);

 

  ·  

the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of RAI as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, prepared on the basis of U.S. GAAP (referred to in this prospectus as the RAI Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements); and

 

  ·  

the audited consolidated financial statements of RAI as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 prepared on the basis of U.S. GAAP (referred to in this prospectus as the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements).

See “ Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference ”.

Unless indicated otherwise, financial data presented in this prospectus has been taken from the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements, the BAT Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements and the RAI Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

For additional information on the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, see the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements, the BAT Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements and the RAI Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information relating to the RAI acquisition

This prospectus includes the unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement of BAT for the year ended December 31, 2017 after giving effect to the RAI acquisition, referred to in this prospectus as Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information or Pro Forma Income Statement. See “ BAT Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information ”.

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information, which has been produced for illustrative purposes only, by its nature addresses a hypothetical situation and, therefore, does not represent the BAT Group’s actual financial position or results. It is based on the available measures and certain

 

iv


Table of Contents

assumptions and is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been achieved if the RAI acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2017 or that may be achieved in the future, and is provided for informational purposes only.

Investors should read the whole of this document, including the financial information included herein.

 

v


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

References to market share are the BAT Group’s estimates based on the latest available data from a number of internal and external sources.

U.S. industry shipment volume and retail market share data for the RAI Group that appear in this prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus have been obtained from Management Science Associates, Inc. (“MSAi”). This information is included in this prospectus because it is used primarily as an indicator of the relative performance of industry participants, brands and market trends. All U.S. market share results that appear, except as noted otherwise, in this document are based on U.S. cigarette (or smokeless tobacco products, as applicable) shipments to retail outlets, referred to as STR data, based on information submitted by wholesale locations and processed and managed by MSAi. However, you should not rely on the STR data reported by MSAi as being a precise measurement of actual market share as the shipments to retail outlets do not reflect actual consumer sales and do not track all volume and trade channels. Accordingly, the STR data of the U.S. tobacco industry as reported by MSAi may overstate or understate actual market share. Moreover, you should be aware that in a product market experiencing overall declining consumption, a particular product can experience increasing market share relative to competing products, yet still be subject to declining consumption volumes.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise indicated or as the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to:

 

  ·  

“American Snuff Co.” refer to American Snuff Company, LLC;

 

  ·  

“ANPRM” refer to the Advance Notices of Proposed Rulemaking the FDA issues to seek comments from the public on proposed regulations;

 

  ·  

“B&W” refer to Brown & Williamson Holdings, Inc., f/k/a Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, a Delaware corporation and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT;

 

  ·  

“BAT Group”, the “Group”, “we”, “us”, “our” and the “combined company” refer to BAT and its subsidiaries, including, since completion of the RAI acquisition, RAI and its subsidiaries;

 

  ·  

“BATHTN” refer to British American Tobacco Holdings ( The Netherlands ) B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register ( Handelsregister ) of the Chamber of Commerce under registration no. 33236251;

 

  ·  

“BATIF” refer to B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., a public limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales with registration no. 1060930;

 

  ·  

“BATNF” refer to B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“BATNF”), a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register ( Handelsregister ) of the Chamber of Commerce under registration no. 60533536;

 

  ·  

“Dutch Guarantors” refer to BATHTN and BATNF;

 

  ·  

“EU” refer to the European Union;

 

  ·  

“Fixed Rate Exchange Notes” refer collectively to the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes and the 4.540% Exchange Notes;

 

  ·  

“Fixed Rate Notes” refer collectively to the Unregistered Fixed Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes;

 

  ·  

“Floating Rate Exchange Notes” refer collectively to the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes;

 

vi


Table of Contents
  ·  

“Floating Rate Notes” refer collectively to the Unregistered Floating Rate Notes and the Floating Rate Exchange Notes;

 

  ·  

“Guarantors” refer to the Parent Guarantor, BATIF, BATHTN, BATNF and RAI;

 

  ·  

“IFRS” refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the EU. International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU differ in certain respects from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The differences have no impact on the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented;

 

  ·  

“Issuer” refer to BATCAP;

 

  ·  

“LIBOR” refer to “LIBOR” as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Principal, Maturity and Interest—Interest—Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”;

 

  ·  

“Lorillard” refer to Lorillard, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, f/k/a Lorillard, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and a wholly owned subsidiary of RAI;

 

  ·  

“Lorillard merger” refer to the acquisition by RAI of Lorillard on June 12, 2015, in a cash and stock transaction;

 

  ·  

“Lorillard Tobacco” refer to Lorillard Tobacco Company LLC;

 

  ·  

“Notes” refer to the Unregistered Notes and the Exchange Notes, collectively;

 

  ·  

“Parent Guarantor” refer to BAT;

 

  ·  

“Prospectus Directive” refer to Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU) and include any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state;

 

  ·  

“RAI” refer to Reynolds American Inc., a North Carolina corporation;

 

  ·  

“RAI acquisition” refer to the acquisition by the BAT Group of the shares of RAI common stock that it did not already own for a consideration of £41.8 billion, the completion of which was announced on July 25, 2017;

 

  ·  

“RAI Group” refer collectively to RAI and its subsidiaries;

 

  ·  

“RJR Tobacco Company” refer to R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, a North Carolina corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of RAI;

 

  ·  

“SFNTC” refer to Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc.;

 

  ·  

“Unregistered Fixed Rate Notes” refer collectively to the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes and the Unregistered 4.540% Notes; and

 

  ·  

“Unregistered Floating Rate Notes” refer collectively to the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes.

 

vii


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

We have filed a registration statement on Form F-4, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, for the registration of the Exchange Notes that are being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreements or other documents.

As of the date of this prospectus, BAT is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as applicable to foreign private issuers. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of shares. Beginning in 2018, in respect of the year ended December 31, 2017, BAT files annual reports with the SEC on Form 20-F. You may read and copy any document BAT files at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Copies of BAT’s Annual Report (as defined below) may be obtained at no cost by written or oral request to the Company Secretary, British American Tobacco p.l.c., Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7845 1000.

The following documents filed with or furnished to the SEC are incorporated herein by reference:

 

  ·  

BAT’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the SEC on March 15, 2018 (the financial statements included in the Form 20-F have been superseded by the audited financial statements in BAT’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the Commission on October 2, 2018);

 

  ·  

BAT’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on July 26, 2018, which contains unaudited condensed consolidated financial information for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and consolidating financial information in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act;

 

  ·  

BAT’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on September 20, 2018, which contains BAT’s announcement about its Chief Executive Officer’s intention to retire on April 1, 2019;

 

  ·  

Exhibit 1 to BAT’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on September 25, 2018, which contains BAT’s announcement about its successor Chief Executive Officer;

 

  ·  

BAT’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on October 2, 2018, which supersedes in their entirety the financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, updates certain other business and financial information included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, reflecting a change in our reporting segments and a change in accounting principle in the six months ended June 30, 2018, and includes certain unaudited pro forma financial information as required by the rules of the SEC;

 

  ·  

RAI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the SEC on February 9, 2017, and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2017, as filed with the SEC on August 1, 2017, to satisfy the requirements of Rules 3-05 and 3-10(g) of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; and

 

viii


Table of Contents
  ·  

RAI’s Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017, to provide the information required by Items 10 through 14 of Part III of Form 10-K.

All documents subsequently filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and, solely to the extent designated therein, reports made on Form 6-K that we furnish to the SEC, in each case prior to the completion or termination of this Exchange Offer, shall be incorporated by reference in this registration statement and be a part hereof from the date of filing or furnishing of such documents. Unless expressly incorporated into this registration statement, a report (or portion thereof) furnished on Form 6-K shall not be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this registration statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this registration statement. Copies of these documents are not required to be filed with this prospectus.

 

ix


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully together with the information incorporated by reference herein, including “Risk Factors” and the financial statements, and notes related thereto, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

OUR BUSINESS

History of BAT

The BAT Group has had a significant global presence in the tobacco industry for over 100 years. The British-American Tobacco Company Ltd., referred to as BAT Ltd., was incorporated in 1902, when the Imperial Tobacco Company and the American Tobacco Company agreed to form a joint venture company. BAT Ltd. inherited companies and quickly expanded into major markets, including India and Ceylon, Egypt, Malaya, Northern Europe and East Africa. In 1927, BAT Ltd. expanded into the U.S. market through its acquisition of B&W.

During the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s, the BAT Group diversified its business under the umbrella of B.A.T Industries p.l.c., with acquisitions in the paper, cosmetics, retail and financial services industries, among others. Various business reorganizations followed as the business was eventually refocused on the BAT Group’s core cigarette, cigars and tobacco products businesses with BAT becoming a separately listed entity on the London Stock Exchange in 1998.

In 1999, the BAT Group announced a global merger with Rothmans International, at that time the fourth largest tobacco company in the world. The BAT Group acquired Imperial Tobacco Canada in 2000, and in 2003 the BAT Group acquired Ente Tabacchi Italiani S.p.A., Italy’s state-owned tobacco company. Investments were made in Peru and Serbia in 2003, through the acquisitions of Tabacalera Nacional and Duvanska Industrija Vranje. In July 2004, the U.S. assets, liabilities and operations, other than certain specified assets and liabilities, of BAT’s wholly owned subsidiary, B&W, were combined with RJR Tobacco Company. RAI was previously formed as a new holding company for these combined businesses. As a result of the B&W business combination, B&W acquired beneficial ownership of approximately 42% of RAI’s outstanding common stock. In 2008, the BAT Group acquired Tekel, the Turkish state-owned tobacco company, as well as 100% of the cigarette and snus business of Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni A/S. Following the acquisition of its business during 2009, the BAT Group recognized an effective 99% interest in Bentoel in Indonesia. In 2011, the BAT Group completed the acquisition of 100% of Protabaco in Colombia. In 2012, the BAT Group acquired CN Creative Limited, a UK based start-up company specializing in the development of e-cigarette technologies. During 2013, the BAT Group entered into joint operations in China and Myanmar. In 2015, the BAT Group acquired the shares it did not already own in Souza Cruz; the Blue Nile Cigarette Company Limited, a tobacco manufacturing and distribution company in the Republic of Sudan; the CHIC Group, a vapor product business in Poland; and TDR d.o.o., a cigarette manufacturer in Central Europe. Also in 2015, in connection with the Lorillard merger, the BAT Group invested $4.7 billion to maintain its approximate 42% equity position in the enlarged RAI, following RAI’s purchase of Lorillard.

In 2016, the BAT Group acquired Ten Motives, a UK based e-cigarette business with particular strength in traditional grocery and convenience channels.

In 2017, the BAT Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI the BAT Group did not already own. Following completion of the acquisition, RAI became an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT and is no longer a publicly held corporation.

During 2017, the BAT Group acquired certain tobacco assets from Bulgartabac Holding AD in Bulgaria and Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo d.d. in Bosnia-Herzegovina. The BAT Group also acquired Winnington

 

1


Table of Contents

Holdings AB in Sweden and certain assets from Must Have Limited in the UK, including the electronic cigarette brand ViP. The financial impact of these transactions to the BAT Group were immaterial individually and in aggregate.

On December 21, 2017, the BAT Group signed an agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Twisp Propriety Limited, a South African e-cigarette / nicotine vapor company, for up to ZAR 635 million (£37.9 million). Following the July 2018 announcement by the South African Competition Commission of its recommendation to prohibit the proposed acquisition, the BAT Group has elected to appeal the decision to the Competition Tribunal of South Africa. If successful in its appeal, completion of the proposed acquisition is expected to occur in the third quarter of 2019.

BAT was incorporated in July 1997 under the laws of England and Wales as a public limited company and is domiciled in the United Kingdom.

BAT’s ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “BATS” and are classified as a premium listing. BAT ordinary shares also have a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange under the abbreviated name “BATS” and the trading symbol “BTI”.

BAT ordinary shares trade in the form of BAT ADSs in the United States, and the BAT ADSs are listed on the NYSE where they trade under the trading symbol “BTI”.

BAT’s principal and registered offices are located at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom, and its telephone number is +44 (0)20 7845 1000. BAT’s website address is www.bat.com . The web address of BAT has been included as an inactive textual reference only. BAT’s website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this prospectus.

Overview of our Business: British American Tobacco p.l.c.

BAT is the parent holding company of the BAT Group, a leading, multi-category consumer goods company that provides tobacco and nicotine products to millions of consumers around the world.

According to the BAT Group’s internal estimates, the BAT Group is a market leader in more than 55 countries by volume, producing the cigarette chosen by one in eight of the world’s one billion smokers. The BAT Group in 2017, excluding the BAT Group’s associated undertakings, was organized into five regions: Asia-Pacific, Americas, Eastern Europe Middle East and Africa (EEMEA) and Western Europe, and the U.S.—Reynolds American Inc. The BAT Group has a devolved structure, with each local company having responsibility for its operations.

Effective January 1, 2018, the BAT Group is organized into four regions, being the United States, Asia-Pacific and Middle East (APME), Europe and North Africa (ENA) and Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa (AmSSA).

The BAT Group’s range of combustible products covers all segments, from value-for-money to premium with a portfolio of international, regional and local tobacco brands to meet a broad array of adult tobacco consumer preferences wherever the BAT Group operates. The BAT Group is investing in building a portfolio of potentially less harmful tobacco and nicotine products alongside its traditional tobacco business—including vapor and tobacco heating products (THPs) in the Next Generation Products (NGP) category, and, in the oral tobacco and nicotine products category, products such as snus, tobacco-free nicotine pouches and moist snuff. Collectively, the BAT Group refers to these products as its potentially reduced-risk products.

The BAT Group manages a globally integrated supply chain and its products are distributed to retail outlets worldwide.

 

2


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS

On July 25, 2017, the acquisition by the BAT Group of the shares of RAI common stock that it did not already own was completed. We refer to the RAI acquisition and the related transactions, including the issuance of the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes, collectively as the “Transactions.”

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was 5.6. Our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were 5.9, 8.9, 9.2, 9.5 and 10.2, respectively, prepared on a consistent basis reflecting the retrospective adoption of IFRS 15 ( Revenue from Contracts with Customers ).

COMPANY INFORMATION

The Issuer

B.A.T Capital Corporation

BATCAP was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America on April 6, 1981, under file no. 911777. BATCAP is domiciled in the State of Delaware. BATCAP’s principal function is to operate as a financing company for the BAT Group. BATCAP does not have any subsidiary entities. The principal offices of BATCAP are located at 103 Foulk Road, Suite 120, Wilmington, Delaware 19803, United States of America and its phone number is +1 302 691 6323.

The Guarantors

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

The Parent Guarantor was incorporated as a public limited liability company under the laws of England and Wales on July 23, 1997, with registration no. 03407696 and is registered as an external company in the Republic of South Africa, with registration no. 2008/023963/10. The Parent Guarantor is the BAT Group’s parent holding company and its principal and registered offices are located at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom and its phone number is +44 (0)20 7845 1000. BAT maintains a website at http://www.bat.com.

B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.

BATIF was incorporated as a private limited company under the laws of England and Wales on July 10, 1972, with registration no. 1060930 and was re-registered as a public limited company on September 8, 1981. BATIF’s principal function is to operate as a financing company for the BAT Group. BATIF’s principal and registered offices are located at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom and its phone number is +44 (0)20 7845 1000.

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.

BATHTN was incorporated as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under the laws of the Netherlands on February 24, 1992. BATHTN is an investment holding company and has its statutory seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Amstelveen, the Netherlands and is registered with the Trade Register ( Handelsregister ) of the Chamber of Commerce under no. 33236251. The registered offices of BATHTN are located at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands and its phone number is +31 (0)20 540 6911.

 

3


Table of Contents

B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.

BATNF was incorporated as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under the laws of the Netherlands on April 23, 2014. BATNF’s principal function is to operate as a financing company for the BAT Group. It has its statutory seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Amstelveen, The Netherlands and is registered with the Trade Register ( Handelsregister ) of the Chamber of Commerce under no. 60533536. The registered offices of BATNF are located at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands and its phone number is +31 (0)20 540 6911.

Reynolds American Inc.

RAI was incorporated in the State of North Carolina on January 2, 2004. RAI’s principal offices are located at 401 North Main Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101, United States and its telephone number is +1 336 741 2000.

RAI is a holding company whose wholly owned operating subsidiaries include: (i) RJR Tobacco Company, whose brand portfolio includes the premium brands Newport and Camel and the traditional value brand Pall Mall; (ii) SFNTC, the manufacturer and marketer of the premium cigarette brand Natural American Spirit in the United States; (iii) American Snuff Co., the second largest smokeless tobacco products manufacturer in the United States; (iv) R. J. Reynolds Vapor Company, referred to as RJR Vapor, a marketer of digital vapor cigarettes in the United States; and (v) Niconovum USA, Inc. and Niconovum AB, which are marketers of nicotine replacement therapy products in the United States and Sweden, respectively.

 

4


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Background

On August 15, 2017, the Issuer issued $17.25 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes, consisting of $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2.297% Notes, $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2.764% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 3.222% Notes, $3.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 3.557% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 4.390% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 4.540% Notes, $1.00 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes and $750 million aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes, in a private offering. We are required to conduct the Exchange Offer pursuant to a registration rights agreement dated August 15, 2017, with respect to the Unregistered Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), for the purpose of allowing holders to exchange their Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

 

Notes Offered for Exchange   

The Issuer is offering on a one-for-one basis and in satisfaction of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement:

 

(i)   up to $2,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 2.297% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 2.297% Notes;

 

(ii)   up to $2,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 2.764% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 2.764% Notes;

 

(iii)  up to $2,500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 3.222% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 3.222% Notes;

 

(iv)  up to $3,500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 3.557% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 3.557% Notes;

 

(v)   up to $2,500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 4.390% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 4.390% Notes;

 

(vi)  up to $2,500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 4.540% Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 4.540% Notes;

 

(vii)   up to $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes; and

 

(viii)  up to $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes registered under the

 

5


Table of Contents
  

Securities Act in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes.

 

The Exchange Notes have substantially the same terms as the Unregistered Notes you hold, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act, and therefore will be freely tradable and will not benefit from the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the Issuer is conducting this Exchange Offer, including the provisions in the Registration Rights Agreement related to an increase in the interest rate related to defaults in our obligation to carry out this Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Offer    The Issuer is offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of your Unregistered Notes; provided that each Exchange Note will be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 above that amount. In order to be exchanged, your Unregistered Notes must be properly tendered and accepted. All Unregistered Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged.
Required Representations   

By tendering your Unregistered Notes, you represent to us that:

 

(i)  you are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of BATCAP or any Guarantor;

 

(ii)   you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) to be issued in the Exchange Offer;

 

(iii)  you are acquiring the Exchange Securities in your ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)  you will otherwise cooperate in our preparations for the Exchange Offer; and

 

(v)   you are not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

 

See “ The Exchange Offer—Representations We Need From You Before You May Participate in the Exchange Offer ” and “ Plan of Distribution ”.

Those Excluded From the Exchange Offer    You may not participate in the Exchange Offer if you are a holder of Unregistered Notes in any jurisdiction in which the Exchange Offer is not, or your acceptance will not be, legal under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction. See “ The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions ”.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange Your Unregistered Notes    After the Exchange Offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to exchange your Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes. If you do not exchange your Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes in

 

6


Table of Contents
   the Exchange Offer, your Unregistered Notes will continue to have the restrictions on transfer contained in the Unregistered Notes and in the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2017, among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, the other guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust”), as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture no. 1, dated as of September 28, 2018, and as further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”). Citibank, N.A., New York Branch will replace Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent on or prior to October 16, 2018. In general, your Unregistered Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act or unless there is an exemption from, or unless the transaction is not governed by, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. These transfer restrictions and the availability of Exchange Notes could adversely affect the trading market for your Unregistered Notes. We have no current plans to register your Unregistered Notes under the Securities Act.
Expiration Date    The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2018, unless the Issuer extends the offer (the “Expiration Date”). The Issuer does not currently intend to extend the Expiration Date.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer    The Exchange Offer has customary conditions that may be waived by us. There is no minimum amount of Unregistered Notes that must be tendered to complete the Exchange Offer.
Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes   

If you wish to tender your Unregistered Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, you or the custodial entity through which you hold your Unregistered Notes must send to Citibank, N.A., London Branch, the exchange agent, on or before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer:

 

·   a properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, which has been provided to you with this prospectus, together with your Unregistered Notes and any other documentation requested by the letter of transmittal; and

 

·   for holders who hold their positions through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”):

 

o  an agent’s message from DTC stating that the tendering participant agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and the terms of the Exchange Offer;

 

o  your Unregistered Notes by timely confirmation of book-entry transfer through DTC; and

 

o  all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

 

7


Table of Contents
  

 

Holders who hold their positions through the Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”) must adhere to the procedures described in “ The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes .”

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners    If you beneficially own Unregistered Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Unregistered Notes in the Exchange Offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on your behalf.
Withdrawal Rights    You may withdraw the tender of your Unregistered Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
U.S. Tax Considerations    The exchange of Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Rather, the Exchange Notes you receive in the Exchange Offer will be treated as a continuation of your investment in the Unregistered Notes. For additional information regarding U.S. federal income tax considerations, you should read the discussion under “ Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations ”.
Use of Proceeds    The Issuer will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer.
Resales of the Exchange Notes   

Based on interpretations by the SEC staff, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, the Issuer believes that the Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:

 

·   you are not a broker-dealer that acquired the Unregistered Notes from us or in market-making transactions or other trading activities;

 

·   any Exchange Notes you receive in the Exchange Offer will be acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

·   you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the Exchange Notes.

  

If you are an affiliate of the Issuer, or are engaged in or intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes:

 

·   you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and

 

·   you must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

8


Table of Contents
   If you are a broker-dealer that acquired Unregistered Notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the Exchange Notes as described in this summary under “ Broker-Dealers ” below.
Broker-Dealers    Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Unregistered Notes, where such Unregistered Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer, resale or other transfer of such Exchange Notes, including information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the Exchange Notes, and must confirm that it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor or any of their affiliates to distribute the Exchange Notes. We have agreed to provide sufficient copies of the latest version of this prospectus to broker-dealers promptly upon request at any time for a period of 90 days (or such shorter period during which participating broker-dealers are required by law to deliver such prospectus) commencing on the day that notice of the Exchange Offer is given to holders in order to facilitate such resales. See “ Plan of Distribution ”.
Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Calculation Agent    Citibank, N.A., London Branch; on or prior to October 16, 2018, Citibank, N.A., New York Branch will replace Citibank, N.A., London Branch in such capacities.
Exchange Agent   

Citibank, N.A., London Branch is serving as the exchange agent. Its address, telephone number and email address are:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)20 7508 3867

Email: Citiexchanges@citi.com

Please review the information under the heading “ The Exchange Offer ” for more detailed information concerning the Exchange Offer.

 

9


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The following is not intended to be complete. You should carefully review the “Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees” section of this prospectus, which contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Notes. In this subsection, “we”, “us” and “our” refer only to the Issuer.

 

Issuer

B.A.T Capital Corporation.

 

Guarantors

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by British American Tobacco p.l.c., British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., and, unless released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, Reynolds American Inc. and potential future Subsidiary Guarantors (other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors). See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Guarantees—Release ”.

 

Exchange Notes

Up to $17,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes, consisting of:

up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.297% Exchange Notes;

up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.764% Exchange Notes;

up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.222% Exchange Notes;

up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.557% Exchange Notes;

up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.390% Exchange Notes;

up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.540% Exchange Notes (collectively, the “Fixed Rate Exchange Notes”); and

up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes; and

up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes (collectively, the “Floating Rate Exchange Notes”).

 

  In this prospectus, we refer to the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and the Floating Rate Exchange Notes as the “Exchange Notes”.

 

  In this prospectus, we refer to each of the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and the Floating Rate Exchange Notes as a “series” of Exchange Notes.

 

The Guarantees

The obligations of the Issuer under the Exchange Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior and unsecured basis by each of the Parent Guarantor, the Dutch Guarantors,

 

10


Table of Contents
 

BATIF, and RAI. As described below, the guarantee of the Exchange Notes provided by Subsidiary Guarantors (including RAI) other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors will be automatically released under certain circumstances. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Guarantees ”.

 

Subsidiary Guarantee Release

Any Guarantor of the Exchange Notes that is a subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (a “Subsidiary Guarantor”) (including RAI), other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors, will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, in the event that (1) its guarantee of all then outstanding notes issued under the EMTN Programme (as defined in the “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees ”) is released or (2) at substantially the same time its guarantee of the Exchange Notes is terminated, the Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money for which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower). For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money shall not include (A) the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, (B) any other debt the terms of which permit the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of such debt under similar circumstances, as long as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of such other debt are terminated at substantially the same time as its guarantee of the Exchange Notes, (C) any debt that is being refinanced at substantially the same time that the guarantee of the Exchange Notes is being released, provided that any obligations of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the debt that is incurred in the refinancing shall be included in the calculation of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money and (D) for the avoidance of doubt, any debt in respect of which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower) (i) between or among the Parent Guarantor and any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof or (ii) between or among any subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Guarantees—Release ”.

 

Maturity Dates

2.297% Exchange Notes: August 14, 2020.

2.764% Exchange Notes: August 15, 2022.

3.222% Exchange Notes: August 15, 2024.

3.557% Exchange Notes: August 15, 2027.

4.390% Exchange Notes: August 15, 2037.

4.540% Exchange Notes: August 15, 2047.

2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes: August 14, 2020.

2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes: August 15, 2022.

 

11


Table of Contents

Interest

2.297% Exchange Notes: 2.297% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

2.764% Exchange Notes: 2.764% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

3.222% Exchange Notes: 3.222% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

3.557% Exchange Notes: 3.557% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

4.390% Exchange Notes: 4.390% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

4.540% Exchange Notes: 4.540% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrear.

 

  The 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest equal to LIBOR plus 0.59%, as determined by the Calculation Agent, payable quarterly in arrear. The interest rate on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes for each subsequent interest period will be reset quarterly on each 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes interest payment date.

 

  The 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest equal to LIBOR plus 0.88%, as determined by the Calculation Agent, payable quarterly in arrear. The interest rate on the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes for each subsequent interest period will be reset quarterly on each 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes interest payment date.

 

  The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent date on which interest on the Unregistered Notes has been paid.

 

Interest Payment Dates

February 14 and August 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2019 until the Maturity Date in respect of the 2.297% Exchange Notes.

 

  February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2019 until the relevant Maturity Date in respect of the 2.764% Exchange Notes, 3.222% Exchange Notes, 3.557% Exchange Notes, 4.390% Exchange Notes and 4.540% Exchange Notes.

 

  February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2019 until the Maturity Date in respect of the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes.

 

  February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2019 until the Maturity Date in respect of the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes.

 

Status of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees

The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees will be direct, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, respectively, ranking pari passu among themselves and with all other direct, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations (except those obligations preferred by statute or operation of law) of the Issuer and each of the

 

12


Table of Contents
 

Guarantors, respectively, from time to time outstanding. The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees will be structurally subordinated to any debt or other obligations of any subsidiary of BAT that does not guarantee the Exchange Notes, with respect to the earnings and assets of that subsidiary. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Status of the Notes and Guarantees ”.

 

Use of Proceeds

The Issuer will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

Covenants

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has agreed to observe certain covenants with respect to the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors ”.

 

Events of Default

For a discussion of certain events that will permit the acceleration of the Exchange Notes, including acceleration of certain other indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, see “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Events of Default ”.

 

Optional Redemption

(i) At all times in respect of the 2.297% Exchange Notes or (ii) before the applicable Par Call Date (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”) for all other series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes, the Issuer may redeem the relevant series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes in whole or in part, at its option, at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (x) 100% of the principal amount of the relevant series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed and (y) the sum of the present values of the applicable Remaining Scheduled Payments (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”) discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”),

 

  plus :

 

  in the case of the 2.297% Exchange Notes, 15 basis points

in the case of the 2.764% Exchange Notes, 15 basis points

in the case of the 3.222% Exchange Notes, 20 basis points

in the case of the 3.557% Exchange Notes, 20 basis points

in the case of the 4.390% Exchange Notes, 25 basis points

in the case of the 4.540% Exchange Notes, 30 basis points

 

  together with, in each case:

 

 

accrued interest on the principal amount of the relevant series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed to the date of

 

13


Table of Contents
 

redemption. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”.

 

  For the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, on or after the applicable Par Call Date (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”), if any, the Issuer may redeem the relevant series of Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Exchange Notes of such series to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Optional Redemption ”.

 

  The 2.297% Exchange Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will not be subject to such optional redemption summarized in the previous paragraph by the Issuer.

 

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Issuer may redeem in whole but not in part, at its option, the relevant series of Exchange Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of such Exchange Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, if the Issuer or a Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Payment of Additional Amounts ”) due to a Change in Tax Law (as defined in “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Redemption for Tax Reasons ”) with respect to such series of Exchange Notes or payments under the Guarantees in respect thereof. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Redemption—Redemption for Tax Reasons ”.

 

Payment of Additional Amounts

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Issuer or, if applicable, each Guarantor will pay to the holder of an Exchange Note such Additional Amounts on the Exchange Note as may be necessary to ensure that the net amounts received by such holder after all withholding or deductions, if any, will not be less than the amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest which such holder would have received in respect of such Exchange Note (or payments under the Guarantees in respect thereof) in the absence of such withholding or deduction. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Additional Amounts ”.

 

Denomination, Form and Registration of Notes

The Exchange Notes will be issued in fully registered form and only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Exchange Notes will be issued initially as Global Notes (as defined below).

 

14


Table of Contents

Further Issues

The aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes issuable under the Indenture is unlimited. The Issuer may, from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of the Exchange Notes in respect of any series of the Exchange Notes “reopen” such series of the Exchange Notes and create and issue additional notes having substantially the same terms and conditions as the Exchange Notes issued hereunder. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Further Issues ”.

 

Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

Tax Considerations

For a discussion of the material tax considerations relating to the Exchange Notes, see “ Material Tax Considerations ”. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of an investment in the Exchange Notes.

 

Governing Law

State of New York.

 

Listing

The BAT Group will seek to obtain admission of each series of Exchange Notes to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in the Exchange Notes involves risks. Prior to investing in the Exchange Notes, prospective investors should consider, together with the other information set out in this prospectus, the factors and risks attaching to an investment in the Exchange Notes. See “ Risk Factors ”.

 

CUSIP

2.297% Exchange Notes

05526DAR6

2.764% Exchange Notes

05526DAV7

3.222% Exchange Notes

05526DAZ8

3.557% Exchange Notes

05526DBB0

4.390% Exchange Notes

05526DBD6

4.540% Exchange Notes

05526DBF1

2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes

05526DAT2

2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes

05526DAX3

 

 

15


Table of Contents

ISIN

2.297% Exchange Notes

US05526DAR61

2.764% Exchange Notes

US05526DAV73

3.222% Exchange Notes

US05526DAZ87

3.557% Exchange Notes

US05526DBB01

4.390% Exchange Notes

US05526DBD66

4.540% Exchange Notes

US05526DBF15

2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes

US05526DAT28

2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes

US05526DAX30

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including in the sections captioned “Principal Group risk factors” and “Additional risks for the Group” beginning on pages 48 and 226, respectively, of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the matters addressed under “Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risks before making any investment decisions with respect to the Exchange Notes.

Risk Factors Relating to the BAT Group and the Tobacco Industry

Competition from illicit sources may have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s overall sales volume, restricting the ability to increase selling prices and damaging brand equity.

Illicit trade and tobacco trafficking in the form of counterfeit products, smuggled genuine products and locally manufactured products on which applicable taxes are evaded, represent a significant and growing threat to the legitimate tobacco industry. For example, the World Health Organization estimates that one in every ten cigarettes and tobacco products consumed globally is illicit. Factors such as increasing levels of taxation, price increases, lack of law enforcement, weak border control, regulatory restrictions such as plain packaging or graphic health warnings, display bans, taste or ingredient restrictions and economic downturn are encouraging more adult tobacco consumers to switch to illegal cheaper tobacco products and providing greater rewards for counterfeiters and smugglers. Illicit trade can have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s overall sales volume and profits, restrict the ability to increase selling prices and damage brand equity, which in turn could lead to a competitive disadvantage. Illicit trade can also potentially damage the BAT Group’s reputation, undermine the BAT Group’s investment in trade marketing and distribution, negatively impact the BAT Group’s brand image and may lead to commoditization of its products. This could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions.

The BAT Group’s business faces increasing tobacco control and regulation which significantly impairs its ability to communicate, differentiate, market or launch its products and which may have an impact on its overall sales volume and profit.

The advertising, sale and consumption of tobacco products have been, and continue to be, subject to increasingly stringent regulatory regimes. These restrictions have been introduced by both regulation and voluntary agreements and may impact the BAT Group’s ability to sell its existing products, maintain or build brand equity, communicate with adult tobacco consumers, apply strategic pricing decisions, launch future products and innovations, enter new markets, including through acquisitions, and compete within the legitimate tobacco industry; may impact adult tobacco consumers’ ability to differentiate products; may reduce adult tobacco consumer acceptability of new product specifications; and, in particular, may contribute to the growth of illicit tobacco products. This may have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions.

Increased scope and severity of compliance regimes introduced by new regulation could lead to higher costs and greater complexity, and potential reputational damage, product recall, regulatory sanctions or fines in connection with inadvertent breach. Taking into account the significant number of regulations that may apply to the BAT Group’s businesses across the world, the BAT Group is and may in the future be subject to claims for breach of such regulations. Even when proven untrue, there are often financial costs and reputational impacts in defending against such claims, in particular, considering the speed and spread of any accusations through social media.

Most regulation or potential regulatory initiatives can typically be categorized as follows:

 

  ·  

Place : including regulations restricting smoking in private, public and work places (e.g., public place smoking bans);

 

17


Table of Contents
  ·  

Product : including regulations on the use of ingredients, product design and attributes (e.g., ceilings regarding tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields, as well as restrictions on flavors); product safety regulations (e.g., General Product Safety Directive (2001/95/EC), electrical safety regulations and reduced cigarette ignition propensity standards) and regulatory product disclosure requirements (e.g., in relation to ingredients and emissions);

 

  ·  

Packaging and labeling : including regulations on health warnings and other government mandated messages (e.g., in respect of content, positioning, size and rotation); restrictions on the use of certain descriptors and brand names; requirements on pack shape, size, weight and color and mandatory plain packaging;

 

  ·  

Sponsorship, promotion and advertising : including partial or total bans on tobacco advertising, marketing, promotions and sponsorship and restrictions on brand sharing and stretching (the latter refers to the creation of an association between a tobacco product and a non-tobacco product by the use of tobacco branding on the non-tobacco product);

 

  ·  

Purchase : including regulations on the manner in which tobacco products are sold, such as type of outlet (e.g., supermarkets and vending machines) and how they are sold (e.g., above the counter versus beneath the counter); and

 

  ·  

Price : including regulations which have implications on the prices which manufacturers can charge for their tobacco products (e.g., excise and minimum prices).

The BAT Group believes that further tobacco-control regulation is inevitable over the medium term in most of the BAT Group’s markets, and is driven by tobacco control activities undertaken by national governments and non-governmental organizations, as well as guidelines and protocols derived from the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”). The FCTC is an international public health treaty, ratified by 181 countries worldwide, that establishes a global program to promote the regulation of tobacco in an effort to reduce initiation and encourage cessation.

The FCTC has led to increased efforts by tobacco control advocates and public health organizations to reduce the supply of and demand for tobacco products, and to encourage governments to further regulate the tobacco industry. Many of the measures outlined in the FCTC have been or are being implemented by means of national legislation in many markets in which the BAT Group operates.

In recent years, some countries have moved beyond the recommendations of the FCTC. For example, the adoption of the Tobacco Plain Packaging Act 2011 in Australia has required the use of plain packaging in Australia since December 1, 2012. Also, the EU has adopted the revised Tobacco and Related Products Directive (Directive 2014/40/EU) (“TPD2”). Among other things, this directive bans the sale of tobacco products with a characterizing flavor. Menthol flavored cigarettes are exempt from the ban until May 2020. TPD2 also purports to leave open to EU member states the possibility of further standardizing the packaging of tobacco products and to apply its provisions in different ways. For example, it provides, among other things, that the labeling, packaging and the tobacco product itself shall not include any element or feature that suggests that a particular tobacco product has vitalizing, energetic, healing, rejuvenating, natural, organic properties or has other health or lifestyle benefits. On February 1, 2017, the French Government applied its laws transposing these provisions into French national law to prohibit the sale of all variants of Vogue cigarettes from February 2018, as well as the use of certain other tobacco brand and brand variant names. The law was subsequently annulled, but France may still seek to introduce it. It is also possible that other countries may adopt a similar approach. For example, in 2018, Belgium notified the EU of its intention to adopt a French-style prohibition on certain brands and brand variants, while Pakistan is considering adopting a prohibition on messages on cigarette packaging that directly or indirectly promote a cigarette brand or usage.

More recently, significant debate has been generated regarding the appropriate regulation of next generation products. This includes debate over the nicotine-containing liquids used in vapor products, and the classification of products and restrictions on advertising. While this nascent category has grown in size and complexity in a relatively short period of time, a consensus framework for regulation

 

18


Table of Contents

and taxation has yet to emerge. The TPD2, for example, establishes frameworks for the regulation of novel tobacco products and e-cigarettes, introducing nicotine limits, health warning requirements, advertising restrictions as well as pre-market notification and post-market disclosure obligations. Conversely, some governments have intentionally banned or are seeking to ban novel tobacco products and products containing nicotine, while others would need to amend their existing legislation to permit their sale. Even in countries where the sale of such products is permitted, some governments have adopted, or are seeking to adopt, bans on vaping in public places or to restrict permitted flavors.

Significant and/or unexpected increases or structural changes in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions. These changes may result in a decline in overall sales volume for the BAT Group’s products or may alter its sales mix.

Tobacco products are subject to high levels of taxation, including excise taxes, sales taxes, import duties and levies in most markets in which the BAT Group operates. In many of these markets, taxes are generally increasing but the rate of increase varies between markets and between different types of tobacco products. Increases in tobacco excise taxes may be caused by a number of factors, including fiscal pressures, health policy objectives and increased lobbying pressure from anti-tobacco advocates. Significant or unexpected increases in tobacco taxes, the introduction of laws establishing minimum retail selling prices, changes in relative tax rates for different tobacco products or adjustments to excise structures, have and may continue to result in an increase in illicit trade, a decline in overall sales volume for the BAT Group’s products or an alteration in the sales mix in favor of value-for-money brands and may have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions. Increases in tobacco-related taxes, the introduction of new tobacco-related taxes or changes to excise structures can limit the BAT Group’s ability to increase the prices on tobacco products or could necessitate absorption of tax increases. Additionally, tax increases can also lead to portfolio erosion, reduction of legal industry sales volumes and growth in illicit trade.

The BAT Group faces significant tobacco-related and other litigation that may be lost or compromised, resulting in a material loss or other consequences, including substantially reduced profitability and severely impaired liquidity.

There are a number of legal and regulatory actions, proceedings and claims against the BAT Group related to tobacco products pending in a number of jurisdictions, including the United States and Canada. These proceedings comprise claims for personal injury (both individual claims and class actions), economic loss arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases (such as medical recoupment claims brought by local governments), negligence, strict liability in tort, design defect, failure to warn, fraud, misrepresentation, deceptive and unfair trade practices, conspiracy, medical monitoring, and violations of antitrust and racketeering laws. There are also ongoing proceedings that are not directly related to tobacco products, including environmental pollution claims. These various proceedings could give rise to material liability.

Tobacco-related litigation

Tobacco-related litigation falls into three broad categories: medical reimbursement cases; class actions and individual cases.

Tobacco-related litigation outside the United States

As at June 30, 2018, active product liability claims against the BAT Group companies existed in 15 markets outside the United States. The only markets with five or more claims were Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Nigeria and Italy.

In Canada, following the implementation of legislation enabling provincial governments to recover healthcare costs directly from tobacco manufacturers, ten actions for recovery of healthcare costs arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases have been brought and are

 

19


Table of Contents

proceeding in ten provinces. Damages sought have not yet been quantified by all ten provinces; however, in respect of five provinces, the damages quantified in each of the provinces range between CAD$10-330 billion. Legislation in two of the three territories has received the Royal Assent but is not yet in force.

In respect of the two class actions against the Group’s subsidiary Imperial Tobacco Canada (“ITCAN”) in Quebec, in 2015 the Quebec Court of Appeal upheld the Order for Security, of which ITCAN’s share is CAD $758 million, which has been paid in full to the Court escrow account as required by the judgment. ITCAN continues to retain strong legal grounds to appeal the original judgment. No charge against profit has been made with regards to the deposit, as ITCAN continues to assess that the deposits are fully recoverable upon a successful appeal of the original judgment.

As at June 30, 2018, medical reimbursement actions had been brought in Angola, Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Nigeria and South Korea and class actions had been brought in Brazil, Venezuela and Canada, with 11 class actions in Canada spread over seven provinces.

Tobacco-related litigation in the United States

In the United States, the total number of tobacco product liability cases pending as at June 30, 2018 involving RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W was approximately 4,053. Since many of these pending cases seek unspecified damages, it is not possible to quantify the total amounts being claimed, but the aggregate amounts involved in such litigation are significant, possibly totaling billions of U.S. dollars.

The tobacco-related legal actions range from individual lawsuits to class-actions and other aggregate claim lawsuits. For example, in Engle v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., involving RJR Tobacco Company and B&W, the Florida Supreme Court issued a ruling that, while determining that the case could not proceed further as a class action, permitted members of the Engle class to file individual claims, including claims for punitive damages, through January 11, 2008. The decision preserved several of the Engle jury findings for use in adjudicating these subsequent individual actions, which are now known as Engle progeny cases.

As of June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company had been served in 2,427 pending Engle progeny cases filed on behalf of approximately 3,072 individual plaintiffs. Many of these are in active discovery or nearing trial.

The Engle progeny cases have resulted in increased litigation and trial activity, including an increased number of adverse verdicts, and increased expenses. Since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company or Lorillard Tobacco has paid judgments in 41 Engle progeny cases and have cumulatively paid $323.2 million in compensatory or punitive damages and $109.1 million for attorneys’ fees and statutory interest, for a total of $432.3 million in these cases. In addition, since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018 outstanding jury verdicts in favor of the Engle progeny plaintiffs had been entered against RJR Tobacco Company or Lorillard Tobacco for $137.2 million in compensatory damages (as adjusted) and $176.3 million in punitive damages, a total of $313.5 million. A significant majority of these verdicts are in various stages in the appellate process and have been bonded as required by Florida law under the $200 million bond cap passed by the Florida legislature in 2009. Although RJR Tobacco Company cannot currently predict when or how much it may be required to bond and pay, RJR Tobacco Company will likely be required to bond and pay additional judgments as the litigation proceeds.

Class-action suits have been filed in a number of states against individual cigarette manufacturers, including B&W and RJR Tobacco Company, alleging that the use of the terms “lights” and “ultra-lights” constitutes unfair and deceptive trade practices. In addition, several class actions have been filed against Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc. (“SFNTC”) and RAI asserting that use of the terms “natural”, “additive-free” and “organic” in the product labeling and advertising for SFNTC’s Natural American Spirit cigarette brand violates state deceptive and unfair trade practice, statutes.

 

20


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the BAT Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the Master Settlement Agreement dated November 23, 1998 between 46 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and five U.S. territories and various tobacco manufacturers, including RJR Tobacco Company, B&W and Lorillard Tobacco, resolving various state healthcare cost recovery claims and the state settlement agreements with the states of Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota (the “MSA” and such settlement agreements, collectively “State Settlement Agreements”). RAI’s operating subsidiaries’ expenses and payments under the State Settlement Agreements for 2017 amounted to $2,856 million in respect of settlement expenses and $4,612 million in respect of settlement cash payments. RAI’s operating subsidiaries’ projected expenses and payments under the State Settlement Agreements for 2018 and 2019, and thereafter, amount to greater than $2,800 million per year in respect of projected settlement expenses and, in respect of projected settlement cash payments, greater than $900 million in respect of 2018 and greater than $2,900 million per year in respect of 2019 and thereafter.

It is likely that legal actions, proceedings and claims arising out of the sale, distribution, manufacture, development, advertising, marketing and claimed health effects of cigarettes and other tobacco products will continue to be filed against the BAT Group and other tobacco companies for the foreseeable future.

Judgments in favor of plaintiffs in highly publicized cases against members of the BAT Group and other tobacco companies regarding the health effects of smoking may stimulate further claims. A material increase in the number of pending claims could significantly increase defense costs. In addition, adverse outcomes in pending cases could have adverse effects on the ability of the BAT Group to prevail in other smoking and health litigation.

Non-tobacco-related litigation

There are also a number of non-tobacco-related legal and regulatory proceedings against the BAT Group. For example, one of the BAT Group’s subsidiaries has certain liabilities in respect of indemnities given on the purchase and disposal of former businesses in the United States, which has resulted in the BAT Group subsidiary entering into an arrangement with certain parties to fund a portion of the ongoing costs of the clean-up of environmental contamination in the Fox River. The sums the BAT Group subsidiary has agreed to pay under the funding agreement are subject to ongoing adjustment, as clean-up costs can only be estimated in advance of the work being carried out and as certain sums payable are the subject of ongoing U.S. litigation. In 2017, the BAT Group subsidiary paid £18 million in respect of clean-up costs and is potentially liable for further significant future clean-up costs. Such BAT Group subsidiary may also be liable under the indemnities in respect of claims in relation to the environmental clean-up of the Kalamazoo River. The amount of the clean-up costs for the Kalamazoo River is presently unclear, but could run into hundreds of millions of dollars. Non-tobacco-related litigation, including for natural resource damages which costs cannot be estimated at this time, could impose substantial monetary obligations on the BAT Group and could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

General litigation conclusion

The BAT Group’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be materially affected in a particular fiscal year by an unfavorable outcome of certain pending or future litigation, including through exposure to substantial liabilities as a result of such outcomes. This, in turn, could materially increase costs, including costs associated with bringing proceedings and defending such claims, which includes exposure to adverse costs orders. Any negative publicity resulting from these claims may adversely affect the BAT Group’s reputation.

 

21


Table of Contents

The BAT Group is exposed to economic, regulatory and political factors inherent in its global operations and any geopolitical tensions, social unrest, terrorism and organized crime have the potential to disrupt the BAT Group’s business in multiple markets.

The BAT Group operates in over 200 markets. The BAT Group’s results of operations and financial condition are influenced by the economic, regulatory and political situations in the markets and regions in which it has operations, which are often unpredictable and outside of its control. In particular, a substantial majority of the BAT Group’s profit from operations is based on its operations in 15 markets, including the U.S. The BAT Group’s reported profits may be adversely affected by a significant downturn in one or more of these larger markets.

Economic, regulatory and political factors affecting the BAT Group include the prevailing economic climate, governmental austerity measures, levels of employment, inflation, governmental action to increase minimum wages, employment costs, interest rates, raw material costs and consumer confidence. Any change to such factors in any of the markets in which the BAT Group operates could affect consumer behavior and have an impact on its revenue, margins and cash flow.

Additionally, some markets in which the BAT Group operates face the threat of increasing civil unrest and can be subject to frequent changes in regime. In others, terrorism, conflict, the threat of war or criminal activity, or economic policy changes, such as state nationalization of assets and withdrawal from international or bilateral trade agreements, may have a significant impact on the business environment and could lead to potential loss of life, loss of assets and disruption to normal business processes. National and international sanction regimes may also affect jurisdictions where the BAT Group operates or third parties with whom it may have commercial relationships and could lead to supply and payment chain disruptions. In addition, some markets maintain trade barriers or adopt policies that favor domestic producers, preventing or restricting the BAT Group’s sales.

Certain of these risks may disrupt the BAT Group’s supply chain, manufacturing capabilities or distribution capabilities, resulting in the loss of personnel, property or equipment that are critical to its business in certain markets and difficulty in staffing and managing its operations, which could in turn reduce the BAT Group’s volumes, revenues and net earnings. The BAT Group may also face increased costs due to the need for more complex supply chain arrangements and to build new facilities or to maintain inefficient facilities as a result of these risks.

The acquisition of RAI resulted in the BAT Group becoming subject to U.S. regulations which are different from the regulations to which the BAT Group was subject before such acquisition. Current and future U.S. regulations could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

Following the acquisition of RAI, the BAT Group’s exposure to the impact of a wide variety of U.S. federal, state and local laws has increased. Any such existing or future additional regulations will pose an increased compliance burden for the BAT Group and, particularly where supplemented by new regulations, this could lead to higher costs and greater complexity, and potential reputational damage, product recall, regulatory sanctions or fines in connection with inadvertent breach. The enactment of unduly onerous and restrictive regulation could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

These regulations include limitations on the advertising, sale and/or use of tobacco products in the United States, which have proliferated in recent years. For example, some local laws prohibit the sale of certain tobacco products, prohibit certain types of marketing practices, such as consumer coupons, or prohibit the consumption of cigarettes and other tobacco products in restaurants and other public places. Private businesses also have adopted policies that prohibit or restrict, or are intended to discourage, smoking and tobacco use. Among other things, these laws, regulations and policies could result in a decline in the overall sales volume of tobacco products in the United States, which could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

 

22


Table of Contents

The BAT Group is now subject to, among others, the following U.S. laws and regulations:

U.S. securities, corporate governance and compliance laws and regulations

As a result of the registration of the BAT ordinary shares with the SEC in connection with the acquisition of RAI and the listing of its ADSs on the NYSE, BAT is subject to U.S. securities laws and other U.S. laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, which applies to the BAT Group’s worldwide activities and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a foreign private issuer (as defined in Rule 3b-4(c) of the Exchange Act and Rule 405 of the Securities Act). These regulations are different from the regulations to which BAT was subject to prior to the acquisition of RAI, and therefore pose an increased compliance burden on BAT. While BAT continuously seeks to improve its systems of internal controls and to remedy any weaknesses identified, there can be no assurance that the policies and procedures will be followed at all times or effectively detect and prevent violations of applicable laws. Failure to comply with the requirements could lead to loss of U.S. exchange listing, fines, criminal liability and reputational damage.

FDA regulations

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) has broad authority over the manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products. Regulations issued by the FDA could, among other impacts, result in a decrease in cigarette and smokeless tobacco product sales in the United States, including sales of the BAT Group’s brands, have resulted in increased costs for the historical RAI Group and may increase the costs of operations of the BAT Group.

For example, the ability of the BAT Group to introduce new tobacco products in the United States could be adversely affected by FDA rules and regulations. Under the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act of 2009, as amended (the “FDA Tobacco Act”), for a manufacturer to launch a new tobacco product or modify an existing tobacco product after March 22, 2011, the manufacturer must obtain an order from the FDA’s Center for Tobacco Products (the “CTP”), allowing the new or modified product to be marketed. In order to obtain such an order, a manufacturer must file an application in accordance with one of three following pathways: a pre-market tobacco application, a substantial equivalence application, or a substantial equivalence exemption application.

Similarly, a manufacturer that introduced a product between February 15, 2007 and March 22, 2011, was required to file a substantial equivalence report with the CTP demonstrating either (1) that the new or modified product had the same characteristics as a product commercially available as at February 15, 2007, referred to as a predicate product, or (2) if the new or modified product had different characteristics than the predicate product, that it did not raise different questions of public health. A product subject to such report is referred to as a provisional product. A manufacturer may continue to market a provisional product unless and until the CTP issues an order that the provisional product is not substantially equivalent (“NSE”), in which case the FDA could then require the manufacturer to remove the provisional product from the market. On September 15, 2015, the CTP issued four NSE orders to RJR Tobacco Company, determining that four cigarette styles were not substantially equivalent to their respective predicate products, and ordering that RJR Tobacco Company immediately stop all distribution, importation, sale, marketing and promotion of these provisional products. RJR Tobacco Company has complied with these NSE orders. Although the sales of the provisional products subject to the foregoing NSE orders are not material to RJR Tobacco Company, with the exception of the 14 provisional products sold by the RAI Group operating subsidiary SFNTC recently cleared by the CTP as substantially equivalent, almost all of the RAI Group’s products currently on the market are provisional products. If the CTP were to issue NSE orders with respect to other provisional products of the RAI Group such orders, if not withdrawn or invalidated, would have an adverse impact on the sales of the products subject to the orders, and could have an adverse impact on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

 

23


Table of Contents

Further, the FDA may seek to require the reduction of nicotine levels under the FDA Tobacco Act and also may require the reduction or elimination of other constituents. For instance, the FDA has proposed a rule that, if adopted, would require the reduction, over a three-year period, of the levels of N-nitrosonornicotine (“NNN”) contained in smokeless tobacco products.

In addition, on July 28, 2017, the FDA announced its intention to issue an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPRM”) to seek input on the potential public health benefits and any possible adverse effects of lowering nicotine in combustible cigarettes to ‘non-addictive’ levels. Subsequently, on March 16, 2018, the FDA published its ANPRM entitled “Tobacco Product Standard for Nicotine Level of Combusted Cigarettes” and invited interested parties to submit comments on, among other issues: maximum nicotine limits; technical achievability; analytical testing methods; whether any maximum nicotine level should apply to combustible tobacco products in addition to cigarettes and whether such limits should be implemented through a single target or a stepped-down approach. The closing date for comments was July 16, 2018.

If the proposed rule on NNN reduction (either in its current form or in a form substantially similar to its current form) or other rules on nicotine reduction are adopted, compliance or the inability to comply could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

FDA regulations in relation to next generation products

The FDA may also issue other regulations that, among other things, make it more difficult for the BAT Group to grow its e-cigarette business in the United States or that limit the level of nicotine in cigarettes made, sold or marketed in the United States. On May 10, 2016, the FDA issued a final regulation deeming e-cigarettes and certain other tobacco products to be subject to the FDA’s regulatory authority under the FDA Tobacco Act. In addition, “components” and “parts” (e.g., batteries), but not “accessories” (e.g., lighters, pipe pouches), of newly deemed products are themselves subject to the FDA Tobacco Act by virtue of the final rule. As a result, such newly ‘deemed’ tobacco products will be subject to many of the same requirements of the FDA Tobacco Act that currently apply to cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. Under this regulation, any newly ‘deemed’ tobacco product, including e-cigarettes that were not on the market as at February 15, 2007, is considered a new tobacco product subject to premarket review by the FDA. Neither RJR Vapor VUSE e-cigarette, nor virtually any other e-cigarette, was on the market as at such date. As a result, e-cigarette manufacturers, including RJR Vapor and the BAT Group, are not able to utilize the substantial equivalence pathway for clearing these products, but instead have to file premarket tobacco product applications. A compliance policy set forth in the final rule permitted the continued marketing of ‘deemed’ tobacco products for a period of time following the effective date of the final rule, provided that a premarket tobacco product application would be filed for each product by August 8, 2018 (later extended to November 8, 2018).

However, on July 28, 2017, the FDA revised its compliance policy and further extended the deadline for filing these applications until August 8, 2021 for combustible products and until August 8, 2022 for non-combustible products. The FDA also re-confirmed that a manufacturer that files a premarket application for such a product before the relevant deadline may continue to market the product unless and until the FDA declines to issue a marketing order for said product. For products that were not in the market by August 8, 2016, manufacturers must file and await clearance of such premarket applications before placing such products into commerce.

For the FDA to clear a premarket tobacco product application (“PMTA”) covering an e-cigarette, as with combustible tobacco products, the applicant must show that the marketing of the e-cigarette would be appropriate for the protection of the public health. In draft guidance issued by the FDA, the agency has stated that to completely assess whether a PMTA shows that a product is appropriate for the protection of the public health, the “FDA will look at the product in the context of the current tobacco product market. The FDA can do this by understanding the spectrum of risk of currently available tobacco products and assessing the new product within that spectrum.” While the FDA has stated on several occasions an intention to issue foundational rules to make the application and product review process

 

24


Table of Contents

more efficient, predictable and transparent for manufacturers, there remains substantial uncertainty over how the FDA will interpret the foregoing principles in practice when determining whether to clear an e-cigarette PMTA. To date, few PMTAs have been filed, and the only PMTAs that the FDA has cleared relate to snus products of another manufacturer. If the BAT Group is unable to obtain FDA clearance, or obtains FDA clearance on a delayed basis, of premarket applications for VUSE and other e-cigarette products, there could be an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows, and financial position of the BAT Group.

On September 12, 2018, the FDA sent letters to the manufacturers of the leading brands of e-cigarettes sold in the US, including RAI. In the letter, the FDA stated that it was “reevaluating its current compliance policy” with respect to Vuse and similar products, including its previous decision to extend the premarket review compliance date for electronic nicotine delivery systems (“ENDS”) to August 2022, owing to concerns about the significant increase in youth uptake of such products in the US. The FDA has requested that the relevant manufacturers, including RAI, take “prompt action” and provide the FDA with a detailed proposal to address the issue within 60 days of receipt of the letter.

It is not known whether or how the FDA will amend its current compliance policy with respect to ENDS.

Pending MRTP applications

On December 18, 2017, the CTP accepted for review modified risk tobacco product (“MRTP”) applications for six Camel Snus smokeless tobacco products. Beginning in 2018, the CTP undertook a review of these applications that has included facility inspections and additional questions posed to the company.

On September 13 and 14, 2018, the FDA, as required by statute, convened a meeting of the Tobacco Product Scientific Advisory Committee (“TPSAC”) to provide recommendations to the agency regarding certain questions that it had regarding the Camel Snus MRTP applications. While not binding on the agency, the TPSAC unanimously agreed that completely switching to Camel Snus reduced one’s risk for lung cancer and respiratory diseases . The Committee was split as to the impact on oral cancer and heart disease. Finally, TPSAC commented on other non-specific claims in the proposed advertising and made recommendations to the agency as to what should be included in a post marketing surveillance program .

The FDA will not consider TPSAC recommendations as it finishes its review of the applications. Under previously issued guidance, the FDA has stated an intention to issue a decision on MRTP applications within one year of acceptance for filing.

Regulations banning or materially restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products

As a result of the acquisition of RAI, BAT, through its subsidiaries, acquired RJR Tobacco Company’s Newport brand, and other menthol brands, which represent a substantial portion of RAI’s total consolidated net sales. The FDA may adopt regulations banning or severely restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products or the sale of menthol cigarettes. As part of its announcement on July 28, 2017, the FDA confirmed that it would issue an ANPRM to seek public comment on the role that flavors (including menthol) in tobacco products and e-cigarettes play in attracting youth and may play in helping some smokers switch to potentially less harmful forms of nicotine delivery. On March 21, 2018, the FDA duly published its ANPRM entitled “Regulation of Flavors in Tobacco Products” and invited interested parties to submit comments on, among other issues: the role of flavors in initiation and patterns of tobacco product and e-cigarette use, particularly among youth and young adults; and the role that flavors in non-combustible tobacco products may play in helping people quit combustible product use, quitting all tobacco use or in dual use. The closing date for comments was July 19, 2018.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition to the potential regulation of menthol in cigarettes by the FDA, certain municipalities either have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, a ban on the sale of menthol cigarettes.

Advertising and marketing of tobacco products

The BAT Group is subject to significant limitations on the advertising and marketing of tobacco products in the United States. Additional such regulation could harm the value of the BAT Group’s existing brands and ability to launch new brands. In the United States, television and radio advertisements of cigarettes have been prohibited since 1971, and television and radio advertisements of smokeless tobacco products have been prohibited since 1986. Under the MSA, RJR Tobacco Company and SFNTC, as a subsequent participating manufacturer under the MSA, cannot use billboard advertising, cartoon characters, sponsorship of certain events, non-tobacco merchandise bearing their brand names and various other advertising and marketing techniques. The MSA also prohibits targeting of youth in advertising, promotion or marketing of tobacco products, including the smokeless tobacco products of RJR Tobacco Company. In addition, pursuant to the FDA Tobacco Act, the FDA has reissued regulations addressing advertising and marketing restrictions that were originally promulgated in 1996. Although these restrictions were intended to ensure that tobacco advertising was not aimed at young people, some of the restrictions also may limit the ability of the BAT Group to communicate with adult tobacco consumers in the United States.

Any additional regulations issued by the FDA or any additional U.S. federal, state or local laws could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

BAT, through its subsidiaries, has acquired RJR Tobacco Company’s Newport brand, the leading U.S. menthol cigarette brand, and any action by the FDA or any other governmental authority that could have the effect of banning or materially restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products could have a material adverse effect on sales of the Newport brand and the menthol styles of other brands of RAI’s operating subsidiaries, which could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

As a result of the acquisition of RAI, BAT, through its subsidiaries, acquired RJR Tobacco Company’s Newport brand, the leading U.S. menthol cigarette brand, the sales of which, together with the other menthol brands of RAI’s operating subsidiaries, represent a substantial portion of RAI’s total net sales. In 2013, the FDA issued its preliminary scientific evaluation regarding menthol cigarettes, concluding that menthol cigarettes adversely affect initiation, addiction and cessation compared to non-menthol cigarettes. In 2013, the FDA also issued an ANPRM, seeking comments on various issues relating to the potential regulation of menthol cigarettes. More recently, on July 28, 2017, the FDA confirmed that it would issue an ANPRM to seek public comment on the role that flavors (including menthol) in tobacco products play in attracting youth and may play in helping some smokers switch to potentially less harmful forms of nicotine delivery. On March 21, 2018, the FDA duly published its ANPRM entitled “Regulation of Flavors in Tobacco Products” and invited interested parties to submit comments by July 19, 2018.

Although it is not possible to predict whether or when the FDA will take actions, if the FDA or any other governmental authority were to adopt regulations banning or severely restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products or the sale of menthol cigarettes, those regulations could have a material adverse effect on sales of the Newport brand and the menthol styles of other brands of RAI’s operating subsidiaries, which could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

The BAT Group’s inability to obtain price increases may adversely affect its sales and growth.

Annual manufacturers’ price increases are among the key drivers in increasing market profitability. However, the BAT Group may not be able to obtain such price increases as a result of increased regulation, which may reduce its ability to build brand equity and enhance its value proposition to its adult tobacco consumers; stretched consumer affordability arising from deteriorating economic

 

26


Table of Contents

conditions and rising prices; sharp increases or changes in excise structures; and competitor pricing activities. As a result, the BAT Group may be unable to achieve its strategic growth metrics, have fewer funds to invest in growth opportunities, and be faced with quicker reductions in sales volumes than anticipated due to accelerated market decline. In addition, down-trading (switching to a cheaper brand) and illicit trade may increase. These in turn may impact the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions.

The BAT Group’s business may be significantly impacted by constantly changing tax rates from around the world as well as unfavorable rulings and significant financial penalties in relation to tax disputes.

The BAT Group operates in over 200 markets and pays tax in accordance with the tax legislation of those markets. Tax laws and tax rates around the world frequently change on a prospective or retroactive basis and these changes may have a significant impact on the taxes the BAT Group must pay and may impact its net profits, which could be material.

Further, taking into account the frequent changes to tax regulations, it is possible that the BAT Group may be subject to claims for breach of such regulations, including for late or incorrect filings or for misinterpretation of rules. The BAT Group is party to tax disputes in a number of jurisdictions, including Brazil, South Africa, The Netherlands and Bangladesh. For example, in Brazil, the tax authority is seeking to reassess the profits of overseas subsidiaries to corporate income tax and social contribution tax. The reassessments are for the years 2004 until and including 2012 for a total amount of BRL1,436 million (£320 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties. In South Africa, debt financing is being challenged across the periods from 2006 to 2010 for a total amount of ZAR2.01 billion (£120 million) covering both tax and interest. In The Netherlands, the Dutch tax authority has issued assessments for the years 2003 through to 2014 in the sum of 978 million (£865 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties. The assessments relate to a number of intra-group transactions.

In Bangladesh, the tax authority issued a retrospective notice of imposition and realization of VAT and supplementary duty on low price category brands from the National Board of Revenue for approximately £160 million.

The BAT Group may face significant financial and potential legal penalties, including the payment of fines and interest in the event of an unfavorable ruling by a tax authority in a disputed area. The impact could affect the BAT Group’s profit and dividend and cause a disruption and loss of focus on the business due to the diversion of management time.

The BAT Group’s business is vulnerable to the effects of a tough trading environment, market size reduction, consumer down-trading and declining consumption of legitimate tobacco products.

The BAT Group competes primarily on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, brand loyalty, taste, innovation, packaging, service, marketing, advertising and price. The BAT Group is subject to highly competitive conditions in all aspects of its business. The competitive environment and the BAT Group’s competitive position can be significantly influenced by the prevailing economic climate, consumers’ disposable income, regulation, competitors’ introduction of lower-price products or innovative products, higher tobacco product taxes, higher absolute prices, governmental action to increase minimum wages, employment costs, interest rates and increase in raw material costs. Furthermore, the BAT Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the State Settlement Agreements, which adversely affect the ability of the BAT Group to compete in the United States with manufacturers of deep-discount cigarettes that are not subject to such substantial obligations.

In tough competitive environments, where the price burden on adult tobacco consumers is high, the BAT Group’s ability to raise prices could be limited. In addition, the BAT Group may be vulnerable to market size reduction, customer down-trading (including to fine cut), illicit trade and competitors

 

27


Table of Contents

aggressively taking market share through price repositioning or price wars, which generally has the impact of reducing the overall profit pool of the market and therefore the BAT Group’s profits, as well as lead to a decline in the sales volumes of the BAT Group, erosion of its portfolio mix and reduction of funds available to it for investment in growth opportunities.

The BAT Group’s business is further impacted by the continued decline in consumption of tax-paid cigarettes in many of the BAT Group’s key markets. The BAT Group estimates there has been a 3.5% fall in the overall industry volume between 2016 and 2017. This decline is due to multiple factors, including the increase in excise taxes and changes in the regulatory environment leading to continued above-inflation price rises, the continuing difficult economic environment in many countries impacting consumers’ disposable incomes, and the increase in the trade of illicit tobacco products. Any future substantial decline in the demand for legitimate tobacco products could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions.

The BAT Group’s exposure to risks related to the U.S. cigarette market has increased, which could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

Following the acquisition of RAI in July 2017, the BAT Group has an increased exposure to the U.S. cigarette market, and the commercial risks related thereto. The U.S. cigarette market is declining and is expected to continue to decline.

The U.S. cigarette consumption has declined for a variety of factors, including, for example, price increases, restrictions on advertising and promotions, smoking prevention campaigns, increases in regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, a decline in the social acceptability of smoking, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, and migration to smokeless products. Any such decline or the transition of adult tobacco consumers away from premium cigarette brands in the U.S. could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

In addition, the BAT Group’s U.S. subsidiaries are dependent on premium cigarette brands, such as Newport. The premium segment accounted for approximately 26% of the BAT Group’s cigarette and THP volumes in 2017. As a result, the BAT Group is susceptible to consumer price sensitivities and adverse financial or economic conditions that could increase the number of consumers switching to a lower-priced brand.

As a result of increased exposure to the U.S. cigarette market, the BAT Group’s exposure to risks such as the inability to keep up with competitor actions, and the inability to raise prices to compensate for declines in sales volumes and increases in excise taxes will also increase.

The BAT Group is exposed to foreign exchange rate risk.

The BAT Group’s reporting currency is pound sterling. The BAT Group is exposed to changes in currency rates on the translation of the net assets of overseas subsidiaries into the BAT Group’s reporting currency. The BAT Group is also exposed to currency changes from the translation of profits earned in overseas subsidiaries; these exposures are not normally hedged. Exposures also arise from the foreign currency denominated trading transactions undertaken by subsidiaries and dividend flows. These exposures are continuously monitored and where not offset by opposing flows, are hedged according to internal policies. However, hedging of certain currencies might not be possible due to exchange controls, limited currency availability or prohibitive costs. Volatility and/or increased costs in the BAT Group’s business due to transactional foreign exchange rate exposures may adversely affect its financial performance. Significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could have an adverse impact on the BAT Group’s results of operations and financial conditions.

During periods of exchange rate volatility, the impact on the BAT Group’s results can be significant. Fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of key currencies against pound sterling may result in volatility in the BAT Group’s reported earnings per share, cash flow and balance sheet. Furthermore, the dividend paid by the BAT Group may be impacted if the payout ratio is not adjusted. Differences in translation between earnings and net debt may also affect key ratios used by credit rating agencies.

 

28


Table of Contents

The BAT Group may be required to incur significant costs to address breaches of or liabilities arising under, health and safety and environmental laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates.

If the BAT Group fails to maintain adequate safety standards or to comply with the health and safety laws and regulations to which it is subject, this could result in serious injury, ill health, disability or loss of life to employees, which could in turn lead to substantial fines, penalties and criminal or civil legal liability and the risk of prosecution from enforcement bodies. This could have a negative impact on the BAT Group’s reputation and also result in high staff turnover or difficulties in recruitment if the BAT Group is perceived to have a poor environmental, health and safety record. It could further adversely affect its operations and financial condition and the value of its assets.

From time to time, the BAT Group, or third party suppliers to the BAT Group, have accidents in the workplace which, on occasion, can result in the fatality of an employee, a contractor working on their behalf or a member of the public.

Failure to minimize the impact on the natural environment and the local communities in which the BAT Group conducts its business activities or failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations and operational standards to which the BAT Group is subject could result in an adverse impact on the natural environment where the BAT Group operates and could cause business disruption, reputational damage, consequential losses, the obligation to install or upgrade costly pollution control equipment, potentially significant remedial costs and damages, fines, or civil or criminal legal liability.

The BAT Group is exposed to funding and liquidity, interest rate and counterparty risks.

Funding and liquidity risks expose the BAT Group to shortages of cash and cash equivalents needed in its operations and for refinancing its existing debt. The BAT Group cannot be certain that it will have access to bank financing or to the debt and equity capital markets at all times. Some markets in which the BAT Group operates are subject to currency controls and other limitations on currency convertibility which can affect the ability to pay for imports as well as impede dividend remittances and similar payments, and access to cash balances. Inability to fund the business under the BAT Group’s current capital structure or failure to access funding and foreign exchange may have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s funding and liquidity position, the BAT Group’s credit rating or its ability to finance strategic opportunities, which would in turn result in increased funding costs for the BAT Group or require the BAT Group to issue equity or seek new sources of capital. The BAT Group may also suffer reputational damage due to its perceived failure to manage the financial risk profile of the business, which may result in an erosion of shareholder value reflected in an underperforming share price.

The BAT Group is subject to restrictive covenants under some of its credit facilities. These covenants could affect the way in which the BAT Group conducts its business, and failure to comply with these covenants could lead to an acceleration of its debt, which may have an adverse impact on its business, results of operations and financial conditions.

In connection with the acquisition of RAI, the BAT Group incurred substantial levels of debt. As of June 30, 2018, BAT’s consolidated net debt was £45.7 billion, including £940 million in respect of the purchase price adjustment relating to the acquisition of RAI. This increased level of debt could have the effect, among other things, of reducing the BAT Group’s flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions, reducing funds available for the BAT Group’s investments in research and development and capital expenditures, share repurchases and other activities and may create competitive disadvantages for the BAT Group relative to other companies with lower debt levels and will impose greater demands on the BAT Group’s cash resources to service its debt.

The BAT Group’s credit rating impacts the cost and availability of future borrowings and, accordingly, BAT’s cost of capital. The BAT Group’s credit rating reflects each credit rating organization’s opinion of the BAT Group’s financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet debt obligations. Following announcement of the acquisition of RAI, Standard & Poor’s Credit Market Services Europe

 

29


Table of Contents

Limited (“Standard & Poor’s”) downgraded the long-term rating of the BAT Group from A- to BBB+ and reaffirmed the A-2 short-term rating and Moody’s Investors Service Ltd (“Moody’s”) downgraded the long-term rating of the BAT Group from A3 to Baa2 and reaffirmed the P-2 short-term rating. The reduction in the BAT Group’s credit rating by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s and any further reduction may limit BAT’s ability to borrow at interest rates and terms consistent with the interest rates and terms that have been available to BAT prior to the downgrade. If the BAT Group’s credit rating is reduced further, BAT may not be able to sell additional debt securities or borrow money in the amounts, at the times or at interest rates or upon the more favorable terms and conditions that might be available if the BAT Group’s current credit rating is maintained. Any impairment of BAT’s ability to obtain future financing on favorable terms could have an adverse effect on BAT’s ability to refinance existing debt.

The BAT Group maintains both floating and fixed rate debt. Where appropriate, it uses derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, to vary the fixed to floating mix. Changes in currency values and interest rates could have an adverse impact on the BAT Group’s financial condition or operations. The BAT Group is exposed to changes in interest rates on current floating rate debt and future refinanced debt. The current economic environment related to the removal of extraordinary monetary policies, such as low rates and quantitative easing, increases the likelihood of higher interest rates in the future.

Cash deposits and other financial instruments give rise to credit risk on the amounts due from counterparties. The failure of any counterparty to meet the BAT Group’s payment obligations or performance undertakings to it or the deterioration in the financial condition of one or more of its counterparties could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s financial condition or operations. In addition, the failure of a transactional banking counterparty could cause disruption to the BAT Group’s operations.

The BAT Group may be unsuccessful in launching innovative products that offer adult tobacco consumers meaningful value-added differentiation.

The BAT Group focuses its research and development activities on both creating new products, including next generation products, and processes and maintaining and improving the quality of its existing products. In a competitive market, the BAT Group believes that innovation is key to growth. The BAT Group considers that one of its key challenges in the medium- and long-term is to provide adult tobacco consumers with high-quality products that take into account their changing preferences and expectations, while complying with evolving regulation. The inability to develop and roll-out innovations or consumer relevant products, including any failure to predict changes in adult tobacco consumer and societal behavior and expectations and fill gaps in the product portfolio, as well as the risk of poor product quality or the BAT Group’s inability to timely develop and bring products to market could lead to missed opportunities, under- or over-supply, loss of competitive advantage, unrecoverable costs and/or the erosion of its consumer base or brand equity. The BAT Group’s potential failure to predict changes in consumer behavior, to install or contract sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet such new or increased demand or to take appropriate pricing decisions, could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s operations and results. Moreover, additional product regulation could further reduce the ability to launch or use innovations, as well as differentiate tobacco products as a result of increased restrictions, such as on ingredients and design. In addition, restrictions on packaging and labeling, as well as restrictions on promotion and advertising, could impact the BAT Group’s ability to communicate permitted innovations and product differences to adult tobacco consumers, leading to unsuccessful product launches. The occurrence of any of the above described risks could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The BAT Group may be unsuccessful in its attempts to successfully develop and commercialize consumer-appealing next generation products.

The BAT Group devotes considerable resources to the research and development of a next generation of vapor products and non-combustible tobacco products, some of which may have the potential to

 

30


Table of Contents

reduce the risks of smoking-related disease. Given the challenges of achieving adult tobacco consumer, regulatory and scientific acceptance of these products, there is a risk that these investments may incur significant costs without achieving financial success. If the BAT Group does not succeed, but the BAT Group’s competitors do, or if the BAT Group’s competitors can roll out products faster or cheaper, the BAT Group may be at a competitive disadvantage. The BAT Group may be unable to develop and roll-out consumer relevant products, including the risk of suppliers not delivering materials or failing to meet quality assurance standards. Failure to accurately forecast demands could lead to undersupply or to write-offs, causing financial loss. Lack of experience in a new industry as well as less leverage with suppliers could lead to margin erosion. Furthermore, the regulatory environment impacting non-combustible tobacco products, vapor products and other non-tobacco nicotine products, including classification of products for regulatory and excise purposes, is still developing and it cannot be predicted whether regulations will permit the marketing of such next generation products in any given market in the future. Categorization as medicines, for example, and restrictions on advertising could stifle innovation, increase complexity and cost and significantly undermine the commercial viability of these products. Alternatively, categorization of any next generation products as tobacco products could result in the application of onerous regulation, which could also stifle uptake. Furthermore, as third-party intellectual property rights are not always identifiable, it is possible that the BAT Group may be subject to claims for infringement of such third-party rights, which could result in interim injunctions, product recall and payment of damages. The BAT Group’s ability to generate future sales is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond its control, including the pricing of competing products, overall demand for its products, changes in adult tobacco consumer preferences, market competition and government regulation. The occurrence of any of the above described risks could have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to uphold high standards of corporate behavior could subject the BAT Group to potential liability under sanctions, anti-corruption and other laws and regulations.

The BAT Group expects its employees to uphold a high standard of corporate behavior and is subject to various anti-corruption laws and regulations (“Anti-Corruptions Laws”) that generally prohibit its employees, vendors and agents from engaging in certain activities to obtain or retain business or to influence a person working in an official capacity. In addition, national and international sanction regimes may affect jurisdictions where the BAT Group operates or third parties with whom it may have commercial relationships, which could lead to supply chain or payment chain disruption and forced market exits. Failure of the BAT Group to comply with Anti-Corruption Laws or sanctions or to deploy and maintain robust internal processes and policies could result in significant fines and penalties, criminal sanctions against the BAT Group and its officers and employees, prohibitions or other limitations on the conduct of the BAT Group’s business, and damage to the BAT Group’s reputation.

Taking into account the significant number of regulations, including sanctions that may apply to the BAT Group’s businesses across the world, the BAT Group may be subject to claims for breach of such regulations or for failure to uphold standards of corporate behavior from time to time. Even when proven untrue, there are often financial costs, time demands and reputational impacts associated with investigating and defending against such claims, in particular, considering the speed and spread of any accusations through social media.

The BAT Group is investigating, through external legal advisers, allegations of misconduct and is liaising with the UK Serious Fraud Office (“SFO”) and other relevant authorities. It was announced in August 2017 that the SFO had opened an investigation in relation to the BAT Group, its subsidiaries and associated persons. The BAT Group is cooperating with the SFO’s investigation. The outcomes of these matters will be decided by the relevant authorities or, if necessary, the courts. It is too early to predict the outcomes, but these could include the prosecution of individuals and/or of a BAT Group company or companies. Accordingly, the potential for fines, penalties or other consequences cannot

 

31


Table of Contents

currently be assessed. As the investigation is ongoing, it is not yet possible to identify the timescale in which these matters might be resolved.

In 2016, the BAT Group began a project, which continued in 2017, to review and further strengthen all aspects of the BAT Group’s global compliance procedures. Any actions taken by government authorities or findings of courts in relation to these matters may result in the adverse consequences identified above for the BAT Group.

Reliance on digital and information technology means that a significant disruption, malicious manipulation or cyber-attack could affect the BAT Group’s communications and operations.

The BAT Group increasingly relies on information technology systems for its internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers. Some of these information systems are managed by third-party service providers. A significant disruption due to computer viruses, cyber threats, malicious intrusions, unintended or malicious behavior by employees, contractors or service providers, the lack of infrastructure or application resilience, slow or insufficient disaster recovery service levels or the installation of new systems could affect the BAT Group’s communications and operations. Any data, including confidential, personal or other sensitive information stored or transported by IT systems, could be corrupted, lost or disclosed, causing reputational, competitive or operational damage, fraudulent abuse, malicious manipulation or legal liability and result in significant remediation and other costs to the BAT Group. Restoring or recreating such information could be costly, difficult or even impossible. Further, the General Data Protection Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2016/679), which came into effect in Europe in May 2018, created a range of new compliance obligations, and increased financial penalties for noncompliance significantly.

Loss of key personnel or inability to attract and retain the best global talent could have a negative impact on the BAT Group’s operations.

The BAT Group relies on a number of highly experienced employees with detailed knowledge of tobacco and other business-related issues. Unanticipated losses of key employees or the inability to identify, attract, develop and retain qualified personnel in the future could adversely affect the BAT Group’s business operations.

In addition, the tobacco industry competes for talent with consumer products and other companies that enjoy greater societal acceptance than a cigarette company. As a result, the BAT Group may be unable to attract and retain the best global talent.

Failure to successfully design, implement and sustain an integrated operating model or to deliver costs savings may reduce profitability.

The BAT Group aims to improve profitability and productivity through supply chain improvements and the implementation of an integrated operating model, including standardization of processes and shared back-office services. The failure to successfully design, implement and sustain the integrated operating model and organizational structure could lead to the failure to realize anticipated benefits, increased costs, disruption to operations, decreased trading performance and reduced market share, which in turn could further reduce profitability and funds available for investment in long-term growth opportunities.

The BAT Group may be unable to achieve growth through successful mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures.

The BAT Group’s growth strategy includes a combination of organic growth as well as mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures. The BAT Group may be unable to acquire attractive businesses on favorable terms and may inappropriately value or otherwise fail to capitalize on growth opportunities. The BAT Group may not be able to deliver strategic objectives and revenue improvements from business combinations, successfully integrate the businesses that it acquires or establishes or obtain

 

32


Table of Contents

the appropriate regulatory approvals for such business combinations. Risks from integration of businesses also include the risk that the integration may divert the BAT Group’s focus and resources from its other strategic goals. Additionally, the BAT Group could be exposed to financial, legal or reputational risks if it fails to appropriately consider any compliance or anti-trust aspects of a transaction. Any of the foregoing risks could result in increased costs, decreased revenues or a loss of opportunities and have a material adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions, and in the case of a breach of compliance or anti-trust regulation, could lead to fines or potentially criminal sanctions.

In addition, the BAT Group may become liable for claims arising in respect of conduct prior to the merger or acquisition of the businesses in the event that it is deemed to be a successor to the liabilities of the acquired company. An adverse judgment against the BAT Group may adversely affect its business. In particular, it is noted that:

 

  ·  

ITG Brands, LLC, has an uncapped indemnity in connection with the asset purchase agreement related to the Lorillard Divestiture entered into by the RAI Group; and

 

  ·  

three subsidiaries of the RAI Group have granted an uncapped indemnity in favor of JTI International Holding B.V. in connection with a purchase agreement dated September 28, 2015, which completed on January 13, 2016.

The indemnification obligations referred to above are uncapped except with respect to breaches of representations or warranties, or pre-closing covenants (capped indemnifications for pre-closing covenants is in respect of the agreement with ITG Brands, LLC only). Accordingly, these indemnification obligations could be substantial and could adversely affect the BAT Group’s results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

The BAT Group may be adversely affected by its leading market position in certain markets.

According to the BAT Group’s internal estimates, the BAT Group is a market leader in more than 55 countries by volume and is one of a small number of tobacco companies in certain other markets in which it operates. As a result, the BAT Group may be subject to investigation for alleged abuse of its position in markets in which it has significant market share or for alleged collusion with other market participants, which could result in adverse regulatory action by the authorities, including monetary fines and negative publicity.

Contamination of the BAT Group’s products could adversely impact sales volume, market share and profitability.

The BAT Group’s market position may be affected through the contamination of its products, either by accident or deliberate malicious intent during the supply chain or manufacturing process or may otherwise fail to comply with the BAT Group’s quality standards. In these instances, significant costs may be incurred in recalling products from the market or temporarily ceasing production. In addition, adult tobacco consumers may lose confidence in the specific brand affected by the contamination, resulting in a loss of sales volume which may take a long time to recover or may not fully recover, or the BAT Group could be subject to legal action. During this time, the BAT Group’s competitors may substantially increase their market share, which would be difficult and costly to regain. Contamination of the BAT Group’s products may have an adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

The BAT Group may be adversely affected by the performance of its associates.

Although the BAT Group owns an approximate 30% interest in ITC, the BAT Group’s associate company in India, it does not have control over ITC. The BAT Group’s ownership interest in ITC means the BAT Group may be affected by its business and financial performance, as it is subject to tobacco-related industry and business risk factors similar to those the BAT Group faces. Any issue with the

 

33


Table of Contents

business and financial performance of ITC may have an adverse impact on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the BAT Group.

The BAT Group’s licenses to use certain brands and trademarks may be terminated or not renewed.

Some of the brands and trademarks under which the BAT Group’s products are sold are licensed to it for a fixed period of time in respect of specified markets, such as the right to use the Camel, Winston and Salem brands and trademarks in various markets in Latin America. In the event that the license to use any of such brands and trademarks is terminated or is not renewed after the end of the term of the relevant license, the BAT Group will no longer have the right to use, and to sell products under, such brand(s) and trademark(s) in the relevant markets and this could have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

The BAT Group is exposed to intellectual property rights infringements as a result of limitations in judicial protection and/or inadequate enforceability.

The BAT Group relies on trademarks, patents, registered designs, copyrights and trade secrets. The brand names under which the BAT Group’s products are sold are key assets of its business. Investments over a period of time have led to many of the BAT Group’s brands having significant brand equity and a global appeal to adult tobacco consumers, essential to delivering sustainable profit growth into the future. The protection and maintenance of the reputation of these brands is important to the BAT Group’s success. In some of the markets in which the BAT Group operates, the risk of intellectual property rights infringement remains high as a result of limitations in judicial protection and/or inadequate enforceability. Any substantial erosion in the value of the BAT Group’s brands could have a material adverse effect on the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition. The BAT Group’s strategy or its execution may not maintain the value in any of its product brands. In addition, as third party rights are not always identifiable, it is possible that the BAT Group may be subject to claims for infringement of third party intellectual property rights, which could result in interim injunctions, product recall and payment of damages. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of intellectual property rights for any reason may adversely affect the BAT Group’s business, results of operation and financial conditions.

The BAT Group is exposed to availability and price volatility in tobacco leaf and other raw materials.

Raw materials and other inputs, such as leaf, wood pulp and energy, used in the BAT Group’s businesses are commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by numerous factors, including weather conditions, growing conditions, climate change, local planting decisions, political influence, market fluctuations and changes in agricultural regulations. The BAT Group purchases more than 500,000 tons of packed leaf each year. The BAT Group’s results of operations will, therefore, be exposed to fluctuations in the availability, quality and price of tobacco leaf and other commodities required in the manufacture of cigarettes and next generation products.

Tobacco production in certain countries is also subject to a variety of controls, including regulation affecting farming and production control programs, as well as competition for land use from other agriculture products. The BAT Group’s access to raw materials may be adversely affected by a significant event occurring in one or more major leaf growing areas. Climate instability and diseases causing crop failure may have a negative impact on the BAT Group’s business, which may include decreased quantity and/or quality of leaf, increased prices, reallocation of growing areas and factories or supply-chain disruptions. Commodity price, quality and quantity changes beyond the BAT Group’s control could affect its profitability and business. Such changes may result in unexpected increases in raw materials and packaging costs for the BAT Group’s products. The BAT Group may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced sales volume and income, or be able to meet increased adult tobacco consumer demand for certain types of tobacco or products.

 

34


Table of Contents

The BAT Group has operations in geographic areas where full insurance coverage against damage resulting from natural disasters may not be obtainable or obtainable on commercially reasonable terms, or coverage may be subject to other limitations. The BAT Group may be unable to recover any damages covered by its insurance or obtain certain types of insurance in the future.

The BAT Group may lose market share and profit due to the loss of production capacity or key suppliers, distribution interruption, commodity risk, problems with labor relations, or a major fire, violent weather conditions or other disasters.

There are some product categories for which the BAT Group does not have spare production capacity or where substitution between different production plants is very difficult. A major fire, violent weather conditions or other disasters that affect manufacturing and other facilities of the BAT Group’s operating subsidiaries, or of their suppliers and vendors, could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the BAT Group’s operating subsidiaries. For example, RJR Tobacco Company’s cigarette manufacturing is conducted primarily at a single facility, and SFNTC’s cigarette manufacturing is conducted at a single facility. The BAT Group may lose market share and profit in the event of loss of or insufficient production capacity needed to supply its products or meet increased demand. The BAT Group has an increasingly global approach to managing its supply chain. Severe disruption to any aspect of the BAT Group’s supply chain or suppliers’ operations or deterioration in the financial condition of a trading partner could have an adverse impact on the BAT Group’s ability to produce and deliver products meeting customer demands. For example, in the U.S. and within the next generation product area, the BAT Group relies on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials or other components. If a supplier fails to meet any of the BAT Group’s operating subsidiaries’ demands, any such operating subsidiary may fail to operate effectively and may fail to meet shipment demand, which could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial conditions of the BAT Group. A continuing industry consolidation among distributors and suppliers could lead to reduced efficiency, higher costs and concentrated risk of supply chain interruptions, contract disputes and systems and logistics failures. In certain markets, distribution of the BAT Group’s products is through third party monopoly channels, and is often licensed by governments. The BAT Group may be unable to renew these third party supplier and distribution agreements on satisfactory terms for numerous reasons, including government regulations. Loss of distribution may adversely affect the BAT Group’s sales volume, market share and profits. The loss of these customers, or a significant decline in their purchases, could have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the BAT Group.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that any deterioration in labor or union relations, or any disputes or work stoppages or other labor related developments (including problems experienced during any consultation procedures or programs or the introduction of new labor regulations in countries where the BAT Group operates), will not increase the costs and upset the BAT Group’s ability to supply products, which would adversely affect the BAT Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations. This is particularly relevant in jurisdictions where the BAT Group’s manufacturing facilities are more concentrated, such as in the United States.

In addition, the BAT Group may not be able to establish or maintain relationships, on favorable commercial terms, with vendors willing to produce alternative products, or components or raw materials used in such products, resulting in additional expenditures for the BAT Group.

The BAT Group has net liabilities under retirement benefit schemes of the BAT Group which may increase in the future due to a number of factors.

The BAT Group operates approximately 190 retirement benefit arrangements worldwide. These arrangements have been developed in accordance with local practices in the markets concerned. The majority of the BAT Group’s scheme members belong to defined benefit schemes, most of which are funded externally, although the BAT Group operates an increasing number of defined contribution schemes. The contributions to the BAT Group’s defined benefit schemes and their valuations are

 

35


Table of Contents

determined in accordance with the advice of independent, professionally qualified actuaries. The present total value of funded scheme liabilities as at December 31, 2017 was £11,868 million (2016: £7,155 million), while unfunded scheme liabilities amounted to £1,157 million (2016: £476 million). The schemes’ assets increased from £7,278 million in 2016 to £12,350 million in 2017. After excluding unrecognized scheme surpluses of £23 million (2016: £18 million), the overall net liability for all pension and healthcare schemes in BAT Group subsidiaries amounted to £698 million at the end of 2017, compared to £371 million at the end of 2016.

Changes in asset returns, salary increases, inflation, long-term interest rates, life expectancies, population trends and other actuarial assumptions could have an adverse impact on the BAT Group’s financial condition and operations, hence adversely affect its credit rating and ability to raise funds.

The BAT Group’s business may be negatively affected by the economic conditions in the EU.

The BAT Group’s businesses and performance are influenced by local and global economic conditions and perceptions of those conditions and future economic prospects. In recent years, the global markets and economic conditions have been negatively impacted by market perceptions regarding the ability of certain EU member states to service their sovereign debt obligations, together with the risk of contagion to other, more stable, countries. The large sovereign debts and/or fiscal deficits of a number of European countries have raised concerns regarding the financial condition of financial institutions, insurers and other corporations (1) located in these countries; (2) that have direct or indirect exposure to these countries; and/or (3) whose banks, counterparties, custodians, customers, service providers, sources of funding and/or suppliers have direct or indirect exposure to these countries.

The default, or a significant decline in the credit rating, of one or more sovereigns or financial institutions, as well as the breakup of or exit from the EU and/or eurozone by a member state, could cause severe stress in the financial system generally and on the euro and other European currencies, could disrupt the banking system generally and adversely affect the markets in which the BAT Group operates and the businesses and economic condition and prospects of the BAT Group’s counterparties, customers, suppliers or creditors, directly or indirectly, in ways which are difficult to predict. In addition, the consequences of the United Kingdom’s exit from the EU are uncertain, but could cause disruption to the BAT Group’s supply chain, lead to increased foreign exchange and interest rate volatility and changes to tax structures (including customs tariffs) and could adversely impact the BAT Group’s ability to obtain funding.

These risks, alone or in combination with regulatory changes, including devaluation of local currencies and increased inflation, or actions of market participants, may increase the BAT Group’s exposure to foreign exchange rate risks and cause a loss of competitiveness from increased production cost and lower revenue, increased customer down-trading, significant write-downs of stock and a growth in illicit trade, which may adversely impact the BAT Group’s business, results of operations and financial conditions.

BAT may fail to successfully integrate RAI into its business, and the BAT Group may fail to realize the expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisition of RAI and the combined businesses may not perform as expected.

BAT and RAI and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates have operated independently until the completion of the acquisition of RAI in July 2017, and there can be no assurances that their businesses can be integrated successfully.

The success of the acquisition of RAI will depend, in part, on BAT’s ability to successfully integrate RAI into its business and the ability of the BAT Group to realize the expected synergies and other benefits from combining the businesses of the historical BAT Group and RAI Group. There is also no assurance that the costs to integrate and achieve the synergies will not be higher than anticipated. The BAT Group’s ability to successfully combine and integrate the businesses of the historical BAT Group and

 

36


Table of Contents

RAI Group and the BAT Group’s ability to realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings is subject to certain risks, including the following:

 

  ·  

changes or conflicts in corporate culture, controls, procedures and systems;

 

  ·  

retaining existing employees and attracting new employees;

 

  ·  

maintaining relationships with customers, suppliers and other constituencies; and

 

  ·  

inefficiencies associated with the integration and management of the operations of the BAT Group.

In addition, the BAT Group will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating the business practices and operations of the historical BAT Group and RAI Group, which may result in diversion of the attention of each group’s management and employees from ongoing operations, the lack of personnel or other resources to pursue other potential business opportunities and the disruption of, or the loss of momentum in, each group’s ongoing businesses.

If the BAT Group is not able to successfully combine the businesses of the historical BAT Group and RAI Group within the anticipated timeframe, or at all, the expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisition of RAI may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected and the combined businesses may not perform as expected. Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the acquisition of RAI may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information and the actual results of operations, cash flows and financial position after the merger may differ materially.

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial position or results of operations that would have been realized had the RAI acquisition occurred as of the dates indicated, nor is it meant to be indicative of any anticipated combined financial position or future results of operations that the BAT Group will experience. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon the best available information and certain assumptions that BAT believes to be reasonable. The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information does not reflect any adjustment for liabilities or related costs of any integration and similar activities, or benefits, including potential synergies that may be derived in future periods, from the RAI acquisition. See “ BAT Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information ”.

Risk Factors Relating to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Exchange Notes

BAT, RAI and BATHTN are holding companies, and the Issuer, BATIF and BATNF are financing companies with no revenue-generating operations.

BAT, RAI and BATHTN are holding companies and the Issuer, BATIF and BATNF are financing companies with no revenue-generating operations of their own. The business of BAT is carried out through a number of operating subsidiaries and associated companies. Consequently, BAT, RAI, BATHTN, the Issuer, BATIF and BATNF will depend upon dividend and other payments from operating subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to pay the principal of, and the interest on, the Exchange Notes or make payments under the Guarantees, as the case may be. These operating subsidiaries and associated companies have not guaranteed the Exchange Notes, and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes or the Guarantees or to make funds available for these payments, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of the operating subsidiaries to make dividend or other payments to BAT, RAI, BATHTN, the Issuer, BATIF or BATNF will depend on their cash flows and earnings which, in turn, will be affected by all of the factors discussed herein. In addition, under the corporate laws of many jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, the ability of some subsidiaries and associates to pay dividends is limited to the amount of distributable reserves of such companies.

 

37


Table of Contents

Holders will have a direct claim based on the Exchange Notes against the Issuer and based on the Guarantees against the Guarantors, but will not have a direct claim based on the Exchange Notes or the Guarantees against any operating subsidiaries. The right of the holders to receive payments under the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of the operating subsidiaries and associated companies. These liabilities include debt that some of our subsidiaries have incurred under bank facilities or debt securities. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding relating to a subsidiary, the right of holders to participate in a distribution of the assets of such subsidiary will rank behind such subsidiary’s and associated companies’ creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any), except to the extent that BAT, RAI, BATHTN, the Issuer, BATIF or BATNF have direct claims against such subsidiary.

Any Guarantees provided by certain Subsidiary Guarantors will be automatically released in certain circumstances.

The Indenture provides that a Guarantee provided by a Subsidiary Guarantor (including RAI), other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors, will automatically be released under certain circumstances without consent of the holders of the Exchange Notes or the Trustee. The Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be terminated and be of no further force or effect in the event that (1) its guarantee of all then outstanding notes issued under the EMTN Programme (as defined in the “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees ”) is released or (2) at substantially the same time its Guarantee of the Exchange Notes is terminated, the Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money for which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower). For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money shall not include (A) the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, (B) any other debt the terms of which permit the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of such debt under similar circumstances, as long as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of such other debt are terminated at substantially the same time as its guarantee of the Exchange Notes, (C) any debt that is being refinanced at substantially the same time that the guarantee of the Exchange Notes is being released, provided that any obligations of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the debt that is incurred in the refinancing shall be included in the calculation of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money and (D) for the avoidance of doubt, any debt in respect of which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower) (i) between or among the Parent Guarantor and any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof or (ii) between or among any subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Guarantees—Release ”.

If the Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor is released, the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor are not required to replace such Guarantee, and the Exchange Notes will have the benefit of fewer subsidiary guarantees for the remaining maturity of the Exchange Notes.

RAI is the only Subsidiary Guarantor as of the date hereof whose Guarantee may be released by this provision. The guarantee release provisions described here will apply to future Subsidiary Guarantors.

The Exchange Notes will initially be held in book-entry form and therefore you must rely on the procedures of relevant clearing systems to exercise any rights and remedies.

Unless and until Exchange Notes in definitive registered form, or definitive registered Exchange Notes, are issued in exchange for book-entry interests, owners of book-entry interests will not be considered owners or holders of notes. DTC, or its nominee, will be the registered holder of the Global Notes for the benefit of its participants including Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. After payment to the registered holder, we will have no responsibility or liability for the payment of interest, principal or other amounts to the owners of book-entry interests. Accordingly, if you own a book-entry interest, you must rely on the procedures of DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, and if you are not a participant in DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, on the procedures of the participants

 

38


Table of Contents

through which you own your interest, to exercise any rights and obligations of a holder under the Indenture. See “ Book Entry, Delivery and Form ”.

Unlike the holders of Exchange Notes themselves, owners of book-entry interests will not have any direct rights to act upon our solicitations for consents, requests for waivers or other actions from holders of the Exchange Notes. Instead, if you own a book-entry interest, you will be permitted to act only to the extent you have received appropriate proxies to do so from DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg or, if applicable, from a participant. There can be no assurance that procedures implemented for the granting of such proxies will be sufficient to enable you to vote on any matters on a timely basis.

Similarly, upon the occurrence of an event of default under either Indenture, unless and until definitive registered notes are issued in respect of all book-entry interests, if you own a book-entry interest, you will be restricted to acting through DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg. The procedures to be implemented through DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg may not be adequate to ensure the timely exercise of rights under the Exchange Notes. See “ Book Entry, Delivery and Form of Securities ”.

A holder’s actual yield on the Exchange Notes may be reduced from the stated yield by transaction costs.

When Exchange Notes are purchased or sold, several types of incidental costs (including transaction fees and commissions) are incurred in addition to the current prices of the security. These incidental costs may significantly reduce or even exclude the profit potential of the Exchange Notes. For instance, credit institutions as a rule charge their clients for their own commissions which are either fixed minimum commissions or pro-rata commissions depending on the order value. To the extent that additional domestic or foreign parties are involved in the execution of an order, including but not limited to domestic dealers or brokers in foreign markets, holders must take into account that they may also be charged for the brokerage fees, commissions and other fees and expenses of such parties.

A holder’s effective yield on the Exchange Notes may be diminished by the tax impact on that holder of its investment in the Exchange Notes.

Payments of interest on the Exchange Notes, or profits realized by the holder upon the sale or repayment of the Exchange Notes, may be subject to taxation in its home jurisdiction or in other jurisdictions in which it is required to pay taxes. However, the tax impact on an individual holder may differ from the situation described for holders generally. See “ Material Tax Considerations ”.

The introduction of a conditional withholding tax may increase the amounts the Dutch Guarantors may become obligated to pay under their Guarantees.

On October 10, 2017, the new Dutch government released its policy statement ( Regeerakkoord 2017-2021 “Vertrouwen in de toekomst” ). The policy statement does not include concrete legislative proposals, but instead sets out a large number of policy intentions of the new Dutch government. In the policy statement it was announced that The Netherlands will introduce a new withholding tax on interest payments paid to low-tax jurisdictions.

In a letter dated February 23, 2018 to the Dutch Parliament, the Dutch Under-Minister of Finance published more details about the proposed introduction of withholding tax on interest payments. The letter states that the interest withholding tax would apply to interest paid by a Dutch entity within a group to entities that are resident (i) in a jurisdiction with a low statutory rate or (ii) in a jurisdiction included in the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions.

In addition, the letter states that measures will be taken to counteract “abusive situations” ( misbruiksituaties ). According to the letter abusive situations include a situation where a payment of interest is not made directly to a low-tax or non-cooperative jurisdiction, but where such interest indirectly reaches such jurisdiction by means of an artificial construction.

 

39


Table of Contents

In his letter, the Dutch Under-Minister of Finance announced that it is intended for the withholding tax on interest payments to be effective from 2021 and that a legislative proposal will be submitted to the Dutch parliament in 2019. This was reiterated by the Dutch Under-Minister of Finance in one of the legislative proposals published on budget day 2018 ( Prinsjesdag 2018 ).

The exact scope of the proposed legislation is not yet certain. Therefore, it cannot be excluded that the envisaged interest withholding tax could have a wider application and, as such, it could potentially be applicable to payments by the Dutch Guarantors under the Guarantees. If payments by the Dutch Guarantors under the Guarantees become subject to Dutch withholding tax under the envisaged legislation, the relevant Dutch Guarantor may be required to pay Additional Amounts (see “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees ”), which may give rise to an event whereby the Issuer may be entitled to redeem the Exchange Notes (see “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees Redemption for tax reasons ”).

Floating Rate Exchange Notes can be a volatile investment and the potential phasing out of LIBOR after 2021 may adversely affect the value of the Floating Rate Exchange Notes.

The interest of the holders of each series of Exchange Notes may not be consistent with those of the holders of the other series. For example, the Floating Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest at a floating rate and will have other features that will differ from the other series of Exchange Notes offered hereby. As a result of these differences, the interests of holders of the Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the interests of the other holders could conflict. A holder of a Floating Rate Note carries the risk of fluctuating interest rate levels and uncertain interest earnings. Interest rate fluctuations make it impossible to determine the yield of Floating Rate Exchange Notes in advance. Investors in Floating Rate Exchange Notes should bear in mind that neither the current nor the historical level of the relevant floating interest rate is an indication of the future development of such floating interest rate during the term of any Floating Rate Note.

On July 27, 2017, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that it will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of the LIBOR rates after 2021 (the “FCA Announcement”). It is not possible to predict the effect of the FCA Announcement, any changes in the methods pursuant to which the LIBOR rates are determined and any other reforms to LIBOR, including to the rules promulgated by the FCA in relation thereto, that will be enacted in the UK and elsewhere, which may adversely affect the trading market for LIBOR based securities, including the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, or result in the phasing out of LIBOR as a reference rate for securities. The interest in respect of the 2022 Floating Rate Notes, which mature on August 15, 2022, will be determined in accordance with the Indenture. See “ Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees—Principal, Maturity and Interest—Interest—Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”. In addition, any changes announced by the FCA (including the FCA Announcement), ICE Benchmark Administration Limited as independent administrator of LIBOR or any other successor governance or oversight body, or future changes adopted by such body, in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR rates are determined may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in the reported LIBOR rates. If that were to occur, the level of interest payments and the value of the Floating Rate Exchange Notes may be affected. Further, uncertainty as to the extent and manner in which the UK government’s recommendations following its review of LIBOR in September 2012 will continue to be adopted and the timing of such changes may adversely affect the current trading market for LIBOR based securities and the value of the Floating Rate Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes and Guarantees are unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and are subordinated to secured obligations on insolvency.

Holders of secured obligations of the Issuer will have claims that are prior to the claims of holders of the Exchange Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing those other obligations. The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees are effectively subordinated to secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing those other obligations. In the event of any distribution of assets or payment in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, or other

 

40


Table of Contents

bankruptcy proceeding, the assets securing the claims of secured creditors will be available to satisfy the claims of those creditors, if any, before they are available to unsecured creditors, including the holders of the Exchange Notes. In any of the foregoing events, there is no assurance to holders of the Exchange Notes that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the Exchange Notes. As a result, holders of the Exchange Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of secured obligations.

The trading market for debt securities may be volatile and may be adversely impacted by many events.

The market for debt securities is influenced by economic and market conditions, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and inflation rates in the European Union and other industrialized countries and areas. There can be no assurance that events in the eurozone or elsewhere will not cause market volatility, or that such volatility will not adversely affect the price of the Exchange Notes or that economic and market conditions will not have any other adverse effect.

Exchange rate risks and exchange controls may adversely impact currency conversions of principal and interest paid on the Exchange Notes.

The Issuer will pay principal and interest on the Exchange Notes in U.S. dollars (the “Specified Currency”). This presents certain risks relating to currency conversions if an investor’s financial activities are denominated principally in a currency or currency unit (the “Investor’s Currency”) other than the Specified Currency. These include the risk that exchange rates may significantly change (including changes due to devaluation of the Specified Currency or revaluation of the Investor’s Currency) and the risk that authorities with jurisdiction over the Investor’s Currency may impose or modify exchange controls. An appreciation in the value of the Investor’s Currency relative to the Specified Currency would decrease the Investor’s Currency equivalent yield on the Exchange Notes, the Investor’s Currency equivalent value of the principal payable on the Exchange Notes and the Investor’s Currency equivalent market value of the Exchange Notes.

Credit ratings may not reflect all risks, are not recommendations to buy or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time.

One or more independent credit rating agencies may assign credit ratings to the Exchange Notes. The ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to structure, market, additional factors discussed above and other factors that may affect the value of the Exchange Notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be revised or withdrawn by the rating agency at any time.

We may be able to incur substantially more debt in the future.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including in connection with future acquisitions, some of which may be secured by some or all of our assets. The terms of the Exchange Notes will not limit the amount of indebtedness we may incur. Any such incurrence of additional indebtedness could exacerbate the related risks that we now face.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer

Our board of directors has not made a recommendation as to whether you should tender your Unregistered Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, and we have not obtained a third-party determination that the Exchange Offer is fair to holders of our Unregistered Notes.

Our board of directors has not made, and will not make, any recommendation as to whether holders of Unregistered Notes should tender their Unregistered Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. We have not retained, and do not intend to retain, any unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of the holders of the Unregistered Notes for purposes of

 

41


Table of Contents

negotiating the terms of this Exchange Offer, or preparing a report or making any recommendation concerning the fairness of this Exchange Offer. Therefore, if you tender your Unregistered Notes, you may not receive more than or as much value as if you chose to keep them. Holders of Unregistered Notes must make their own independent decisions regarding their participation in the Exchange Offer.

Late deliveries of Unregistered Notes and other required documents could prevent you from exchanging your Unregistered Notes.

Holders are responsible for complying with all procedures of the Exchange Offer. The issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange for Unregistered Notes will occur only upon completion of the procedures described in “ The Exchange Offer—Procedures For Tendering Unregistered Notes ”. Therefore, holders of Unregistered Notes who wish to exchange them for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time for timely completion of the exchange procedure. Neither we nor the exchange agent are obligated to extend the Exchange Offer or notify you of any failure to follow the proper procedure or waive any defect if you fail to follow the proper procedure.

If you do not properly tender your Unregistered Notes, you will continue to hold Unregistered Notes and your ability to transfer Unregistered Notes will continue to be subject to transfer restrictions, which may adversely affect their market price.

If you do not properly tender your Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on the transfer of your Unregistered Notes. In general, the Unregistered Notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act, as well as applicable state securities laws, or exempt from registration thereunder. Except as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the Unregistered Notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “ The Exchange Offer—Procedures For Tendering Unregistered Notes ” for information about how to tender your Unregistered Notes. The tender of Unregistered Notes under the Exchange Offer will reduce the outstanding amount of each series of the Unregistered Notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the Unregistered Notes due to a reduction in liquidity.

The Exchange Offer will result in reduced liquidity for any Unregistered Notes that are not exchanged.

To the extent the Exchange Offer is successful, the trading market for the Unregistered Notes that are not tendered and exchanged will become very limited or cease to exist altogether due to the reduction in the principal amount of Unregistered Notes outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, which might adversely affect the liquidity and market price of such Unregistered Notes. The Unregistered Notes may trade at a significant discount depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for Unregistered Notes with similar credit features, our performance and other factors. Furthermore, the prices at which any such trading occurs in the Unregistered Notes could be extremely volatile. Holders of Unregistered Notes not tendered and exchanged may attempt to obtain quotations for their Unregistered Notes from their brokers; however, there can be no assurance that an active market in the Unregistered Notes will exist or be maintained following consummation of the Exchange Offer and no assurance can be given as to the prices at which the Unregistered Notes may trade.

Consummation of the Exchange Offer may not occur.

The Exchange Offer is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. See “ The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer. ” Even if the Exchange Offer is completed, it may not be completed on the schedule described in this prospectus. Accordingly, holders participating in the Exchange Offer may have to wait longer than expected to receive their Exchange Notes, during which time such holders will not be able to effect transfers of their Unregistered Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer.

Until we announce whether we have accepted valid tenders of Unregistered Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer, no assurance can be given that the Exchange Offer will be completed

 

42


Table of Contents

because, subject to applicable law and as provided in this prospectus, we may, in our discretion, extend, re-open, amend, waive any condition of or terminate any or all of the Exchange Offer, subject to applicable law, at any time until then.

If you are a broker-dealer, your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes may be restricted.

A broker-dealer that purchased Unregistered Notes for its own account as part of market-making or trading activities must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act when it sells the Exchange Notes. Our obligation to make this prospectus available to broker-dealers is limited. Consequently, we cannot guarantee that a proper prospectus will be available to broker-dealers wishing to resell their Exchange Notes.

 

43


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW OF OUR BUSINESS

BAT is the parent holding company of the BAT Group, a leading, multicategory consumer goods company that provides tobacco and nicotine products to millions of consumers around the world.

According to the BAT Group’s internal estimates, the BAT Group is a market leader in more than 55 countries by volume, producing the cigarette chosen by one in eight of the world’s one billion smokers. The BAT Group in 2017, excluding the BAT Group’s associated undertakings, was organized into five regions: Asia-Pacific, Americas, Eastern Europe Middle East and Africa (EEMEA) and Western Europe, and the U.S.—Reynolds American Inc. The BAT Group has a devolved structure, with each local company having responsibility for its operations.

Effective January 1, 2018, the BAT Group is organized into four regions, being the United States, Asia-Pacific and Middle East (APME), Europe and North Africa (ENA) and Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa (AmSSA).

The BAT Group’s range of combustible products covers all segments, from value-for-money to premium with a portfolio of international, regional and local tobacco brands to meet a broad array of adult tobacco consumer preferences wherever the BAT Group operates. The BAT Group is investing in building a portfolio of potentially less harmful tobacco and nicotine products alongside its traditional tobacco business—including vapor and tobacco heating products (THPs) in the Next Generation Products (NGP) category, and, in the oral tobacco and nicotine products category, products such as snus, tobacco-free nicotine pouches and moist snuff. Collectively, the BAT Group refers to these products as its potentially reduced-risk products.

The BAT Group manages a globally integrated supply chain and its products are distributed to retail outlets worldwide.

LITIGATION

The Group is subject to contingencies pursuant to requirements that it complies with relevant laws, regulations and standards. Failure to comply could result in restrictions in operations, damages, fines, increased tax, increased cost of compliance, interest charges, reputational damage or other sanctions. These matters are inherently difficult to quantify. In cases where the Group has an obligation as a result of a past event existing at the balance sheet date, if it is probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation and if the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated, a provision will be recognized based on best estimates and management judgement. There are, however, contingent liabilities in respect of litigation, taxes in some countries and guarantees for which no provisions have been made.

General Litigation Overview

There are a number of legal and regulatory actions, proceedings and claims against Group companies related to tobacco products that are pending in a number of jurisdictions. These proceedings include claims for personal injury (both individual claims and class actions) and claims for economic loss arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases (such as medical recoupment claims brought by local governments).

The plaintiffs in these cases seek recovery on a variety of legal theories, including negligence, strict liability in tort, design defect, failure to warn, fraud, misrepresentation, violations of unfair and deceptive trade practices statutes, conspiracy, medical monitoring and violations of competition and antitrust laws. The plaintiffs seek various forms of relief, including compensatory and, where available, punitive damages, treble or multiple damages and statutory damages and penalties, creation of medical monitoring and smoking cessation funds, disgorgement of profits, attorneys’ fees, and injunctive and other equitable relief.

 

44


Table of Contents

Although alleged damages often are not determinable from a complaint, and the law governing the pleading and calculation of damages varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, compensatory and punitive damages have been specifically pleaded in a number of cases, sometimes in amounts ranging into the hundreds of millions and even billions of pounds.

With the exception of the Engle progeny cases described below, the Group continues to win the majority of tobacco-related litigation claims that reach trial, and a very high percentage of the tobacco-related litigation claims brought against them, including Engle progeny cases, continue to be dismissed at or before trial. Based on their experience in tobacco-related litigation and the strength of the defenses available to them in such litigation, the Group’s companies believe that their successful defense of tobacco-related litigation in the past will continue in the future.

Group companies generally do not settle claims. However, Group companies may enter into settlement discussions in some cases, if they believe it is in their best interests to do so. Exceptions to this general approach include, but are not limited to, actions taken pursuant to “offer of judgment” statutes and Filter Cases, as defined below. An “offer of judgment,” if rejected by the plaintiff, preserves the Group’s right to recover attorneys’ fees under certain statutes in the event of a verdict favorable to the Group. Such offers are sometimes made through court-ordered mediations. Other settlements by Group companies include the State Settlement Agreements, the funding by various tobacco companies of a $5.2 billion trust fund contemplated by the MSA to benefit tobacco growers, the original Broin flight attendant case, and most of the Engle progeny cases pending in U.S. federal court, after the initial docket of over 4,000 such cases was reduced to approximately 400 cases. The Group believes that the circumstances surrounding these claims are readily distinguishable from the current categories of tobacco-related litigation claims involving Group companies.

Although the Group believes that the Group’s companies have valid bases for appeals of adverse verdicts in their pending cases and valid defenses to all actions and intends to defend them vigorously, litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and generally, it is not possible to predict the outcome of any particular litigation pending against Group companies, or to reasonably estimate the amount or range of any possible loss. Furthermore, a number of political, legislative, regulatory and other developments relating to the tobacco industry and cigarette smoking have received wide media attention. These developments may negatively affect the outcomes of tobacco-related legal actions and encourage the commencement of additional similar litigation. Therefore, the Group does not provide estimates of the financial effect of the contingent liabilities represented by such litigation, as such estimates are not practicable.

U.S. Litigation

Group companies, notably RJR Tobacco Company (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco and B&W) as well as other leading cigarette manufacturers, are defendants in a number of product liability cases. In a number of these cases, the amounts of compensatory and punitive damages sought are significant.

On July 30, 2004, B&W completed the combination of the assets, liabilities and operations of its U.S. tobacco business with RJR Tobacco Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc. (the “Business Combination”). As part of the Business Combination, B&W contributed to RJR Tobacco Company all of the assets and liabilities, including its tobacco-related litigation liabilities, of its U.S. cigarette and tobacco business, subject to specified exceptions, in exchange for an approximately 42.2% equity ownership interest in RAI, which was formed as a new holding company for these combined businesses.

As a result of the Business Combination, RJR Tobacco Company assumed all liabilities of B&W (except liabilities to the extent relating to businesses and assets not contributed by B&W to RJR Tobacco Company and other limited categories of liabilities) and contributed subsidiaries or otherwise to the extent related to B&W’s tobacco business as conducted in the United States on or prior to July 30, 2004. In addition, RJR Tobacco Company agreed to indemnify B&W and each of its affiliates

 

45


Table of Contents

(other than RAI and its subsidiaries) against, among other matters, certain losses (including those arising from Environmental Tobacco Smoke (“ETS”) claims), liabilities, damages, expenses, judgments and attorneys’ fees, to the extent relating to or arising from such assumed liabilities or the assets contributed by B&W to RJR Tobacco Company (the “RJRT Indemnification”).

The scope of the RJRT Indemnification included certain expenses and contingent liabilities in connection with litigation to the extent relating to or arising from B&W’s U.S. tobacco business as conducted on or prior to July 30, 2004, including smoking and health tobacco litigation, whether the litigation is commenced before or after July 30, 2004.

Effective July 25, 2017, BAT completed the acquisition of the approximately 57.8% of RAI that BAT did not already own. As a result of that acquisition, RJR Tobacco Company has become an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT. Given the completion of this acquisition, the RJRT Indemnification is therefore between members of the Group, and as such the Group no longer has the benefit from an indemnification by an external party.

Certain terms and phrases used in this section may require some explanation.

 

i.

“Judgment” or “final judgment” refers to the final decision of the court resolving the dispute and determining the rights and obligations of the parties. At the trial court level, for example, a final judgment generally is entered by the court after a jury verdict and after post-verdict motions have been decided. In most cases, the losing party can appeal a verdict only after a final judgment has been entered by the trial court.

 

ii.

“Damages” refers to the amount of money sought by a plaintiff in a complaint, or awarded to a party by a jury or, in some cases, by a judge. “Compensatory damages” are awarded to compensate the prevailing party for actual losses suffered, if liability is proved. In cases in which there is a finding that a defendant has acted wilfully, maliciously or fraudulently, generally based on a higher burden of proof than is required for a finding of liability for compensatory damages, a plaintiff also may be awarded “punitive damages.” Although damages may be awarded at the trial court stage, a losing party may be protected from paying any damages until all appellate avenues have been exhausted by posting a supersedeas bond. The amount of such a bond is governed by the law of the relevant jurisdiction and generally is set at the amount of damages plus some measure of statutory interest, modified at the discretion of the appropriate court or subject to limits set by a court or statute.

 

iii.

“Settlement” refers to certain types of cases in which cigarette manufacturers, including RJR Tobacco Company, B&W and Lorillard Tobacco, have agreed to resolve disputes with certain plaintiffs without resolving the cases through trial.

Prior to BAT’s acquisition of the approximately 57.8% of RAI that BAT did not already own, the U.S. Litigation section included significant cases where B&W and/or a UK-based Group company is named as a defendant and all cases where RJR Tobacco Company is named as a defendant as a successor to B&W. Given BAT’s completion of its acquisition of RAI, the U.S. Litigation section now also includes discussion of significant cases in which RJR Tobacco Company (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco), its affiliates and B&W are defendants, in addition to those cases in which a UK-based Group company is named as a defendant.

The total number of U.S. tobacco product liability cases pending at June 30, 2018 involving RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W was approximately 4,053. As at June 30, 2018, British American Tobacco (Investments) Limited (“Investments”) has been served as a co-defendant in one of those cases. No other UK-based Group company has been served as a co-defendant in any U.S. tobacco product liability case pending as at June 30, 2018.

Since many of these pending cases seek unspecified damages, it is not possible to quantify the total amounts being claimed, but the aggregate amounts involved in such litigation are significant, possibly totaling billions of U.S. dollars. The cases fall into four broad categories: medical reimbursement cases; class actions; individual cases and other claims.

 

46


Table of Contents

RJR Tobacco Company (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco), American Snuff Co., SFNTC, RJR Vapor, RAI, Lorillard, Inc., other RAI affiliates and indemnitees, including but not limited to B&W (collectively, the “Reynolds Defendants”), believe that they have valid defenses to the tobacco-related litigation claims against them, as well as valid bases for appeal of adverse verdicts against them. The Reynolds Defendants have, through their counsel, filed pleadings and memoranda in pending tobacco-related litigation that set forth and discuss a number of grounds and defenses that they and their counsel believe have a valid basis in law and fact.

Scheduled trials. Trial schedules are subject to change, and many cases are dismissed before trial. In the U.S., there are 39 cases, exclusive of Engle progeny cases, scheduled for trial as of June 30, 2018 through June 30, 2019, for the Reynolds Defendants: eight individual smoking and health cases, 26 Filter Cases, four Broin II cases and one other non-smoking and health case. There are also approximately 147 Engle progeny cases against RJR Tobacco Company (individually and as successor to Lorillard Tobacco) and B&W set for trial through June 30, 2019. It is not known how many of these cases will actually be tried.

Trial results. From January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2018, 95 individual smoking and health, Engle progeny, Filter and health-care cost recovery cases in which the Reynolds Defendants were defendants were tried, including nine trials for cases where mistrials were declared in the original proceedings. Verdicts in favor of the Reynolds Defendants and, in some cases, other defendants, were returned in 25 cases, tried in Florida (23), California (1) and New Jersey (1). There were also 23 mistrials in Florida. Verdicts in favor of the plaintiffs were returned in 40 cases tried in Florida. Five cases in Florida were dismissed during trial. Two cases were continued during trial.

(a) Medical Reimbursement Cases

These civil actions seek to recover amounts spent by government entities and other third party providers on healthcare and welfare costs claimed to result from illnesses associated with smoking.

At June 30, 2018, one U.S. medical reimbursement suit (Crow Creek Sioux Tribe v. American Tobacco Co.) was pending against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W in a Native American tribal court in South Dakota. The plaintiffs seek to recover actual and punitive damages, restitution, funding of a clinical cessation program, funding of a corrective public education program, and disgorgement of unjust profits from sales to minors. No other medical reimbursement suits are pending against these companies by county or other political subdivisions of the states.

U.S. Department of Justice Action

On September 22, 1999, the U.S. Department of Justice brought an action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia against various industry members, including RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W, B.A.T Industries p.l.c. (“Industries”) and Investments (United States v. Philip Morris USA Inc.). The U.S. Department of Justice initially sought (1) recovery of federal funds expended in providing healthcare to smokers who developed alleged smoking-related diseases pursuant to the Medical Care Recovery Act and Medicare Secondary Payer provisions of the Social Security Act and (2) equitable relief under the civil provisions of Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), including disgorgement of roughly $280 billion in profits the government contended were earned as a consequence of a purported racketeering “enterprise” along with certain “corrective communications”. In September 2000, the district court dismissed the government’s Medical Care Recovery Act and Medicare Secondary Payer claims. In February 2005, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit (the “DC Circuit”), ruled that disgorgement was not an available remedy.

Industries was dismissed for lack of personal jurisdiction on September 28, 2000. In addition, Investments was a defendant at the trial, but intervening changes in controlling law post-trial led to a March 28, 2011 court ruling that the court’s Final Judgment and Remedial Order no longer applied to Investments prospectively, and for this reason, Investments would not have to comply with any of the remaining injunctive remedies being sought by the government. As the government did not appeal the

 

47


Table of Contents

March 28, 2011 ruling, this means that Investments is no longer in the case and is not subject to the injunctive relief the court ordered against the remaining defendants. As the case continued as against RJR Tobacco Company and Lorillard Tobacco with respect to injunctive relief and related matters, the following is noted.

The non-jury trial of the RICO portion of the claim began on September 21, 2004, and ended on June 9, 2005. On August 17, 2006, the federal district court issued its Final Judgment and Remedial Order, which found certain defendants, including RJR Tobacco Company, B&W, Lorillard Tobacco and Investments, had violated RICO, but did not impose any direct financial penalties. The district court instead enjoined the defendants from committing future racketeering acts, participating in certain trade organizations, making misrepresentations concerning smoking and health and youth marketing, and using certain brand descriptors such as “low tar,” “light,” “ultra light,” “mild” and “natural”. The district court also ordered the defendants to issue “corrective communications” on five subjects, including smoking and health and addiction, and to comply with further undertakings, including maintaining websites of historical corporate documents and disseminating certain marketing information on a confidential basis to the government. In addition, the district court placed restrictions on the defendants’ ability to dispose of certain assets for use in the United States, unless the transferee agrees to abide by the terms of the district court’s order, and ordered certain defendants to reimburse the U.S. Department of Justice its taxable costs incurred in connection with the case.

Defendants, including RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and Investments, appealed, and the U.S. government cross-appealed to the DC Circuit. On May 22, 2009, the DC Circuit affirmed the federal district court’s RICO liability judgment, but vacated the order and remanded for further factual findings and clarification as to whether liability should be imposed against B&W, based on changes in the nature of B&W’s business operations (including the extent of B&W’s control over tobacco operations). The court also remanded on three other discrete issues relating to the injunctive remedies, including for the district court “to reformulate” the injunction on the use of low-tar descriptors “to exempt foreign activities that have no substantial, direct, and foreseeable domestic effects,” and for the district court to evaluate whether corrective communications could be required at point-of-sale displays (which requirement the DC Circuit vacated). On June 28, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the parties’ petitions for further review.

On December 22, 2010, the district court dismissed B&W from the litigation. In November 2012, the trial court entered an order setting forth the text of the corrective statements and directed the parties to engage in discussions with the Special Master to implement them. After various proceedings and appeals, the federal district court in October 2017 ordered RJR Tobacco Company and the other U.S. tobacco company defendants to fund the publishing of compelled public statements in various U.S. media outlets, including in newspapers, and on television, the companies’ websites and cigarette packaging. The compelled public statements commenced running regularly in major US newspapers and on major US television networks on November 26, 2017, appeared in newspapers for four months, and will appear on television networks through November 2018. Those statements also began appearing on RJRT’s website on June 18, 2018 and will be included in package onserts beginning in November 2018. Briefing regarding compelled public statements at point-of-sale was completed on September 14, 2018. The trial court has not yet indicated whether it will entertain argument on the issue.

(b) Class Actions

At June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W were named as a defendant in six separate actions attempting to assert claims on behalf of classes of persons allegedly injured or financially impacted through smoking, and SFNTC was named in 17 separate cases where plaintiffs alleged that use of the words “natural,” “additive-free,” or “organic” in NATURAL AMERICAN SPIRIT advertising and promotional materials suggests that those cigarettes are less harmful than other cigarettes and, for that reason, violated state consumer protection statutes or amounted to fraud or a

 

48


Table of Contents

negligent or intentional misrepresentation. If the classes are or remain certified, separate trials may be needed to assess individual plaintiffs’ damages. Among the pending class actions, 21 specified the amount of the claim in the complaint, including 17 that alleged that the plaintiffs were seeking in excess of $5.0 million and four that alleged that the plaintiffs were seeking less than $75,000 per class member plus unspecified punitive damages.

“Lights” Cases

Four of the class actions against RJR Tobacco Company, its affiliates and/or B&W allege that the use of the terms “lights” and “ultralights” constituted unfair and deceptive trade practices under state law or violates federal RICO laws. The classes in these cases generally seek to recover compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive and other forms of relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs from RJR Tobacco Company and/or B&W. In general, the plaintiffs allege that RJR Tobacco Company or B&W made false and misleading claims that “lights” cigarettes were lower in tar and nicotine and/or were less hazardous or less mutagenic than other cigarettes. The cases typically are filed pursuant to state consumer protection and related statutes. Similar class action suits have been filed in a number of states against individual cigarette manufacturers and their parent corporations.

 

i.

Turner v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. is a “lights” class action filed in February 2000 against RJR Tobacco Company in the Circuit Court, Madison County, Illinois. In November 2001, the trial court certified a class of purchasers of RJR Tobacco Company “lights” cigarettes. In November 2003, the case was stayed pending resolution of Price v. Philip Morris, Inc., the seminal “lights” putative class action case filed in the same court and involving RJR Tobacco Company’s competitor, Philip Morris. In Price, the trial court in March 2003 entered judgment against Philip Morris in the amount of $7.1 billion in compensatory damages and $3 billion in punitive damages. The Illinois Supreme Court reversed that judgment in December 2005, and after further appeals that court reaffirmed its decision in November 2015. The U.S. Supreme Court denied plaintiffs’ petition to review the decision in June 2016, concluding the Price case. The stay in Turner subsequently expired, and the court accordingly scheduled a series of status conferences, all of which were continued by agreement of the parties. On September 25, 2018, the trial court entered an agreed order dismissing the case with prejudice as to the named plaintiffs and dismissing the case without prejudice as to the absent class members.

 

ii.

Howard v. Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corp. is a “lights” class action filed in February 2000 against B&W in the Circuit Court, Madison County, Illinois. In December 2001, the trial court certified a class of purchasers of B&W “lights” cigarettes. In June 2003, the trial judge issued an order staying all proceedings pending resolution of the Price case described above. In August 2005, an Illinois appellate court affirmed the trial court’s stay order.

 

iii.

Black v. Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corp. is a “lights” class action filed in November 2000, which in 2008, the Circuit Court, City of St. Louis, Missouri stayed pending U.S. Supreme Court review in Good v. Altria Group, Inc. The case is brought by a putative class of purchasers of B&W “lights” cigarettes. The case was dismissed without prejudice on September 5, 2018.

 

iv.

Collora v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. is a “lights” class action filed in 2000 against RJR Tobacco Company in the Circuit Court, City of St. Louis, Missouri. The trial court certified a class of purchasers of RJR Tobacco Company “lights” cigarettes in December 2003. The case was dismissed without prejudice on September 5, 2018.

In the event RJR Tobacco Company, its affiliates or indemnitees lose one or more of the pending “lights” class-action suits, RJR Tobacco Company, depending upon the amount of any damages ordered, could face difficulties in its ability to pay the judgment or obtain any bond required to stay execution of the judgment which could have a material adverse effect on RJR Tobacco Company’s, and consequently RAI’s, results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

49


Table of Contents

No Additive/Natural/Organic Claim Cases

A total of 16 putative class actions have been filed in nine U.S. federal district courts against SFNTC, a subsidiary of RAI (and in some cases against RJR Tobacco Company and RAI) which cases generally allege, in various combinations, violations of state deceptive and unfair trade practice statutes, and claim state common law fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and unjust enrichment based on the use of descriptors such as “natural,” “organic” and “100% additive-free” in the marketing, labelling, advertising, and promotion of SFNTC’s Natural American Spirit brand cigarettes. The actions seek various categories of recovery, including economic damages, injunctive relief (including medical monitoring and cessation programs), interest, restitution, disgorgement, treble and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. In April 2016, in response to a motion by the various plaintiffs, the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (“JPML”) consolidated these cases for pre-trial purposes before a federal court in New Mexico. That court heard argument on defendants’ motion to dismiss the current consolidated complaint on June 9, 2017. On December 21, 2017, the district court granted the motion in part, dismissing a number of claims with prejudice, and denied it in part. Class certification briefing and argument are expected to occur in 2019.

On November 7, 2016, a public health advocacy organization filed a case (Breathe DC v. Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Co., Inc.) in the Superior Court for the District of Columbia (Washington DC) against SFNTC, RAI and RJR Tobacco Company based on allegations relating to the labelling, advertising and promotional materials for SFNTC’s Natural American Spirit brand cigarettes, which allegations are similar to the allegations in the actions consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the transferee court described immediately above. The complaint seeks injunctive and other non-monetary relief, but does not seek monetary damages. On June 9, 2017, the defendants moved to dismiss this action. A decision is pending.

Other Putative Class Actions

Jones v. American Tobacco Co., Inc. is a putative class action filed in December 1998 in the Circuit Court, Jackson County, Missouri. The action was brought by a plaintiff on behalf of a putative class of Missouri tobacco product users and purchasers against various defendants, including RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W, alleging that the plaintiffs’ use of the defendants’ tobacco products has caused them to become addicted to nicotine, and seeking an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. There is currently no activity in this case.

Young v. American Tobacco Co., Inc. is a case filed in November 1997 in the Circuit Court, Orleans Parish, Louisiana against various U.S. cigarette manufacturers, including RJR Tobacco Company and B&W, and parent companies of such manufacturers. This putative ETS class action, which was brought on behalf of a putative class of Louisiana residents who, though not themselves cigarette smokers, have been exposed to second-hand smoke from cigarettes manufactured by the defendants, and allegedly suffered injury as a result of that exposure, seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. In March 2016, the court entered an order staying the case, including all discovery, pending the completion of the smoking cessation program ordered by the court in Scott v. The American Tobacco Co.

Engle Class Action and Engle Progeny Cases (Florida)

In July 1998, trial began in Engle v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., a then-certified class action filed in Circuit Court, Miami-Dade County, Florida, against U.S. cigarette manufacturers, including RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W. The then-certified class consisted of Florida citizens and residents, and their survivors, who suffered from smoking-related diseases that first manifested between May 5, 1990, and November 21, 1996, and were caused by an addiction to cigarettes. In July 1999, the jury in this Phase I found against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and the other defendants on common issues relating to the defendants’ conduct, general causation, the addictiveness of cigarettes, and entitlement to punitive damages.

 

50


Table of Contents

In July 2000, the jury in Phase II awarded the class a total of approximately $145 billion in punitive damages, apportioned $36.3 billion to RJR Tobacco Company, $17.6 billion to B&W, and $16.3 billion to Lorillard Tobacco. The three class representatives in the Engle class action were awarded $12.7 million in compensatory damages.

This decision was appealed and ultimately resulted in the Florida Supreme Court in December 2006 decertifying the class and allowing judgments entered for only two of the three Engle class representatives to stand and setting aside the punitive damages award. The court preserved certain of the jury’s Phase I findings, including that cigarettes can cause certain diseases, nicotine is addictive, and the defendants placed defective cigarettes on the market, breached duties of care, concealed health-related information and conspired. Putative Engle class members were permitted to file individual lawsuits, deemed “Engle progeny cases,” against the Engle defendants, within one year of the Supreme Court’s decision (subsequently extended to January 11, 2008).

During 2015, RJR Tobacco Company and Lorillard Tobacco, together with Philip Morris USA Inc. (“PM USA”), settled virtually all of the Engle progeny cases then pending against them in federal district court. The total amount of the settlement was $100 million divided as follows: RJR Tobacco Company – $42.5 million; PM USA – $42.5 million; and Lorillard Tobacco – $15 million. The settlement covered more than 400 federal Engle progeny cases but did not cover 12 federal progeny cases previously tried to verdict and then pending on post-trial motions or appeal; and two federal progeny cases filed by different lawyers from the ones who negotiated the settlement for the plaintiffs.

As at June 30, 2018, there were approximately 2,427 Engle progeny cases pending in which RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W have been named as defendants and served (compared to 2,569 on December 31, 2017). The number of Engle progeny cases will fluctuate as cases are dismissed or if any of the dismissed cases are appealed. These cases include claims by or on behalf of 3,072 plaintiffs. (In addition, as of June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company was aware of 14 additional Engle progeny cases that have been filed but not served.) The number of pending cases fluctuates for a variety of reasons, including voluntary and involuntary dismissals. Voluntary dismissals include cases in which a plaintiff accepts an “offer of judgment”, from RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or RJR Tobacco Company’s affiliates and indemnitees. An offer of judgment, if rejected by the plaintiff, preserves RJR Tobacco Company’s and Lorillard Tobacco’s right to recover attorneys’ fees under Florida law in the event of a verdict favorable to RJR Tobacco Company or Lorillard Tobacco, or affiliates of such entities. Such offers are sometimes made through court-ordered mediations.

Ninety-one Engle progeny cases have been tried in Florida state and federal courts against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, and additional state court trials are scheduled for 2018. Of these 91 trials, 40 resulted in plaintiffs’ verdicts. Since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, total damages awarded against RJR Tobacco Company were approximately $313,491,739. This number comprises approximately $137,154,664 in compensatory damages and approximately $176,337,075 in punitive damages. As at June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company had appealed all of these 40 adverse judgments and still had time to appeal four other adverse judgments. Out of the 40 appeals, 20 remain undecided in the District Court of Appeals (one case has a rehearing time pending so opinion is not final, there are two cases with petitions for review pending in the Florida Supreme Court and 0 cases with petitions for review pending in the U.S. Supreme Court) and 17 appeals were decided and/or closed. Of these 17 appeals, 11 were affirmed in favor of plaintiff (further review of U.S. Supreme Court time remains pending in two), one had the liability findings affirmed but was reversed for reinstatement of full compensatory damages amount, however the judgment was paid, one was affirmed as to compensatory damages, but reversed for plaintiff to seek punitive damages on negligence and strict liability claims, one was reversed for new trial, however the judgments were paid, two in which there was an appeal of the judgment which was subsequently dismissed and the judgment paid and one was affirmed on compensatory damages but reversed on punitive damages and on retrial, a directed verdict

 

51


Table of Contents

was entered in favor of RJR Tobacco Company on punitive damages. RJR Tobacco Company has paid damages to plaintiffs in 3 cases that were not appealed that are now closed. The total damages awarded may vary depending on the outcome of pending appeals.

Since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company or Lorillard Tobacco has paid judgments in 41 Engle progeny cases. Those payments totaled $437.9 million and included $323.2 million for compensatory or punitive damages and $114.7 million for attorneys’ fees and statutory interest.

In addition, accruals for damages and attorneys’ fees and statutory interest for three cases (Starr-Blundell v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Grossman v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., and Pardue v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co.) and an accrual for attorneys’ fees and interest for one case, Ward v. R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., were recorded in RAI’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2018.

By statute, Florida applies a $200 million bond cap to all Engle progeny cases in the aggregate. Individual bond caps for any given Engle progeny case vary depending on the number of judgments in effect at a given time. Judicial attempts by several plaintiffs in the Engle progeny cases to challenge the bond cap as violating the Florida Constitution have failed, and bills that would have eliminated the bond cap have been introduced in prior legislative sessions, but did not pass.

(c) Individual Cases

As of June 30, 2018, 104 individual cases were pending in the United States against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W (compared to 99 on December 31, 2017). This category of cases includes smoking and health cases alleging personal injuries caused by tobacco use or exposure brought by or on behalf of individual plaintiffs based on theories of negligence, strict liability, breach of express or implied warranty, and violations of state deceptive trade practices or consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs seek to recover compensatory damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, and punitive damages. The category does not include the Engle progeny cases, discussed above, or the West Virginia personal injury cases (“West Virginia IPIC”) cases, Broin II cases, and Filter Cases, discussed below. One of the individual cases is brought by or on behalf of an individual or his/her survivors alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to ETS.

Five individual cases have been tried against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W since the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, and one additional individual case is scheduled for trial in 2018. Of those five trials, three resulted in plaintiffs’ verdicts that awarded total damages of approximately $94 million. This number includes approximately $51 million in compensatory damages and $43 million in punitive damages. As of June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company had appealed one of these adverse verdicts in an appeal that remains undecided, and the time for appealing the other two adverse verdicts has not yet expired. From the beginning of 2016 through June 30, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company or Lorillard Tobacco paid $17.7 million for a judgment in an individual case, which included $13.5 million for compensatory and punitive damages and $4.2 million for attorneys’ fees and statutory interest.

West Virginia IPIC Cases

As at June 30, 2018, there was one pending West Virginia IPIC cases (compared to one on December 31, 2017). The West Virginia IPIC cases are a series of roughly 1,200 cases, filed in West Virginia beginning in 1999, asserting claims against PM USA, Lorillard Tobacco, RJR Tobacco Company, B&W and The American Tobacco Company. These cases were brought in consolidated proceedings in West Virginia alleging personal injuries, where the first phase of the trial began on April 15, 2013 and on May 15, 2013 the jury returned a verdict for defendants on all but one of plaintiffs’ claims (the verdict was affirmed on appeal). The one claim upon which plaintiffs prevailed was a limited failure to instruct claim covering a narrow window of time. Only 30 plaintiffs qualified to pursue that narrow claim. In 2017, those 30 plaintiffs agreed to resolve their claims for $7,000 per

 

52


Table of Contents

case. All of those failure to instruct claims have been dismissed with prejudice, with the agreement that each plaintiff who submits a release within one year will receive the agreed payment of $7,000 from either PM USA or RJRT as appropriate. Three of the 30 plaintiffs have submitted releases to date. In addition to the foregoing failure to instruct claims, various plaintiffs in 1999 and 2000 asserted claims against retailers and distributors (which have not been pursued in light of the result in the Phase I trial in defendants’ favour), as well as smokeless claims against various defendants including RJRT, Lorillard, American Snuff Co. and B&W. In 2017, 41 plaintiffs sought to pursue their smokeless claims over defendants’ objections. On April 27, 2018, the court dismissed the claims of those 41 plaintiffs with prejudice. In the final weeks of the case in the trial court, one plaintiff sought to pursue a roll-your-own claim that had long been dormant. The trial court denied that request and that one plaintiff appealed to the West Virginia Supreme Court on May 8, 2018. The Supreme Court has set a briefing schedule for that appeal.

Broin II Cases

As at June 30, 2018, there were 1,413 Broin II cases pending against RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W (compared to 2,321 on December 31, 2017). Broin v. Philip Morris, Inc. was a class action filed in Circuit Court in Miami-Dade County, Florida in 1991 and brought on behalf of flight attendants alleged to have suffered from diseases or ailments caused by exposure to ETS in airplane cabins. In October 1997, RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and other cigarette manufacturer defendants settled Broin, agreeing to pay a total of $300 million in three annual $100 million instalments, allocated among the companies by market share, to fund research on the early detection and cure of diseases associated with tobacco smoke. It also required those companies to pay a total of $49 million for the plaintiffs’ counsel’s fees and expenses. RJR Tobacco Company’s portion of these payments was approximately $86 million; Lorillard Tobacco’s was approximately $57 million; and B&W’s was approximately $31 million. The settlement agreement, among other things, limits the types of claims class members may bring and eliminates claims for punitive damages. The settlement agreement also provides that, in individual cases by class members that are referred to as Broin II lawsuits, the defendants will bear the burden of proof with respect to whether ETS can cause certain specifically enumerated diseases, referred to as “general causation.” With respect to all other liability issues, including whether an individual plaintiff’s disease was caused by his or her exposure to ETS in airplane cabins, referred to as “specific causation,” individual plaintiffs will bear the burden of proof. On September 7, 1999, the Florida Supreme Court approved the settlement. There have been no Broin II trials since 2007. There have been periodic efforts to activate cases and the Company expects this to continue over time.

Filter Cases

As at June 30, 2018, there were 63 pending Filter Cases (compared to 71 on December 31, 2017) brought against Lorillard Tobacco and Lorillard, Inc. by individuals who seek damages resulting from their alleged exposure to asbestos fibers that were incorporated into filter material used in one brand of cigarettes manufactured by a predecessor to Lorillard Tobacco for a limited period of time ending more than 50 years ago. Pursuant to the terms of a 1952 agreement between P. Lorillard Company and H&V Specialties Co., Inc. (the manufacturer of the filter material), Lorillard Tobacco is required to indemnify Hollingsworth & Vose for legal fees, expenses, judgments and resolutions in cases and claims alleging injury from finished products sold by P. Lorillard Company that contained the filter material. From January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2018, Lorillard Tobacco and RJR Tobacco Company have paid, or have reached agreement to pay, a total of approximately $27.5 million in settlements to resolve 123 Filter Cases.

(d) State Settlement Agreements

In November 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers, including RJR Tobacco Company, B&W and Lorillard Tobacco, entered into the MSA with attorneys general representing 46 U.S. states, the

 

53


Table of Contents

District of Columbia and certain U.S. territories and possessions. These cigarette manufacturers previously settled four other cases, brought on behalf of Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota, by separate agreements with each state.

These State Settlement Agreements settled all health-care cost recovery actions brought by, or on behalf of, the settling jurisdictions; released the defending major U.S. cigarette manufacturers from various additional present and potential future claims; imposed future payment obligations in perpetuity on RJR Tobacco Company, B&W, Lorillard Tobacco and other major U.S. cigarette manufacturers; and placed significant restrictions on their ability to market and sell cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. In accordance with the MSA, various tobacco companies agreed to fund a $5.2 billion trust fund to be used to address the possible adverse economic impact of the MSA on tobacco growers.

The State Settlement Agreements have materially adversely affected RJR Tobacco Company’s shipment volumes. RAI believes that these settlement obligations may materially adversely affect the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of RAI and RJR Tobacco Company in future periods. The degree of the adverse impact will depend, among other things, on the rate of decline in U.S. cigarette sales in the premium and value categories, RJR Tobacco Company’s share of the domestic premium and value cigarette categories, and the effect of any resulting cost advantage of manufacturers not subject to the State Settlement Agreements.

In addition, the MSA includes an adjustment that potentially reduces the annual payment obligations of RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco and the other signatories to the MSA, known as “Participating Manufacturers” (“PMs”). Certain requirements, collectively referred to as the “Adjustment Requirements,” must be satisfied before the Non-Participating Manufacturers (“NPM”) Adjustment for a given year is available: (i) an Independent Auditor must determine that the PMs have experienced a market share loss, beyond a triggering threshold, to those manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA (such non-participating manufacturers being referred to as “NPMs”); and (ii) in a binding arbitration proceeding, a firm of independent economic consultants must find that the disadvantages of the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the loss of market share. This finding is known as a significant factor determination.

When the Adjustment Requirements are satisfied, the MSA provides that the NPM Adjustment applies to reduce the annual payment obligation of the PMs. However, an individual settling state may avoid its share of the NPM Adjustment if it had in place and diligently enforced during the entirety of the relevant year a “Qualifying Statute” that imposes escrow obligations on NPMs that are comparable to what the NPMs would have owed if they had joined the MSA. In such event, the state’s share of the NPM Adjustment is reallocated to other settling states, if any, that did not have in place and diligently enforce a Qualifying Statute.

RJR Tobacco Company and Lorillard Tobacco are or were involved in NPM Adjustment proceedings concerning the years 2003 to 2016. In 2012, RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, and SFNTC entered into a term sheet with certain settling states that resolved accrued and potential NPM adjustments for the years 2003 through 2012 and, as a result, RJR Tobacco Company and SFNTC collectively received more than $1.1 billion in credits that, in substantial part, were applied to MSA payments in 2014 through 2017. After an arbitration panel ruled in September 2013 that six states had not diligently enforced their qualifying statutes in the year 2003, additional states joined the term sheet. RJR Tobacco Company executed the NPM Adjustment Settlement Agreement on September 25, 2017. Since the NPM Adjustment Settlement Agreement was executed, an additional 10 states have joined the Agreement. NPM proceedings are ongoing and could result in further reductions of the companies’ MSA-related payments.

On January 18, 2017, the State of Florida filed a motion to join ITG as a defendant and to enforce the Florida State Settlement Agreement, which motion seeks payment under the Florida State Settlement Agreement of approximately $45 million with respect to the four brands (Winston, Salem, Kool and Maverick) that were sold to ITG in the Divestiture, referred to as the “Acquired Brands”. The motion

 

54


Table of Contents

also claims future annual losses of approximately $30 million absent the court’s enforcement of the Florida State Settlement Agreement. The State’s motion sought, among other things, an order declaring that RJR Tobacco Company and ITG are in breach of the Florida Settlement Agreement and are required, jointly and severally, to make annual payments to the State under the Florida State Settlement Agreement with respect to the Acquired Brands. In addition, on January 18, 2017, PM USA filed a motion to enforce the Florida State Settlement Agreement, asserting among other things that RJR Tobacco Company and ITG breached that agreement by failing to make settlement payments as to the Acquired Brands, which PM USA asserts has improperly shifted settlement payment obligations to PM USA. On January 27, 2017, RJR Tobacco Company sought leave to file a supplemental pleading for breach by ITG of its obligations regarding joinder into the Florida State Settlement Agreement. The Florida court, on March 30, 2017, ruled that ITG should be joined into the enforcement action.

After a bench trial, the court entered an order holding that RJR Tobacco Company (not ITG) is liable for annual settlement payments for the Acquired Brands, finding that ITG did not assume liability for annual settlement payments under the terms of the asset purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture and RJR Tobacco Company remained liable for payments under the Florida State Settlement Agreement as to the Acquired Brands. On January 23, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company filed a notice of appeal, and on January 25, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company filed an amended notice of appeal, and PM USA filed a notice of appeal as to the court’s ruling as to ITG. On January 26, 2018, the State moved for recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs from RJR Tobacco Company. The State and PM USA filed a joint motion for the entry of final judgment on February 1, 2018. The Court declined to enter a final judgment until after resolution of the dispute between RJR Tobacco Company and PM USA regarding PM USA’s assertion that settlement payment obligations have been improperly shifted to PM USA. On August 15, 2018, the Court entered a final judgment in the action. As a result of the Court’s final judgment, PM USA’s challenge to RJR Tobacco Company’s accounting assumptions related to the Acquired Brands was rendered moot, subject to reinstatement if ITG joins the Florida State Settlement Agreement or if judgment is reversed. On August 29, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company filed a notice of appeal on the final judgment. On September 7, 2018, PM USA filed a notice of appeal with respect to the Court’s ruling as to ITG. On September 12, 2018, RJR Tobacco Company filed a motion to consolidate RJR Tobacco Company’s appeal with the appeal filed by PM USA, which motion remains outstanding. An appellate briefing schedule will be set after determination of the motion to consolidate. RJR Tobacco Company will seek indemnification from ITG, if necessary. In January 2018, the auditor of the Florida State Settlement Agreement adjusted the final 2017 invoice for the annual payment and amended the 2015 and 2016 invoices for the respective annual payment and the net operating profit penalty for each of those years under the Florida Settlement Agreement, based on the auditor’s interpretation of the court’s order. The adjusted invoices reflected amounts due to both the State of Florida and PM USA. In total, the estimated additional amounts due were $99.4 million (with $83.5 million to the State of Florida and $15.9 million to PM USA). RJR Tobacco Company has advised the auditor of the Florida State Settlement Agreement that it disputes these amounts, and therefore no further amounts were due or would be paid for those years pending the final resolution of RJR Tobacco Company’s appeal of the court’s order. These amounts were not paid.

On February 17, 2017, ITG filed an action in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking declaratory relief and a motion for a temporary restraining order against RAI and RJR Tobacco Company. In its complaint, ITG asked the court to declare various matters related to its rights and obligations under the asset purchase agreement (and related documents) relating to the Divestiture. ITG sought an injunction barring RAI and/or RJR Tobacco Company from alleging in the Florida enforcement litigation that ITG had breached the asset purchase agreement and requiring these companies to litigate issues under the asset purchase agreement in Delaware. Following a hearing on ITG’s complaint and motion on March 1, 2017, the Delaware court entered a temporary restraining order that enjoined RAI and RJR Tobacco Company from “taking offensive action to assert claims against ITG Brands” in the Florida enforcement action, but the order does not prevent RJR Tobacco

 

55


Table of Contents

Company from making arguments in response to claims asserted by the State of Florida, PM USA or ITG in the Florida enforcement litigation. On March 24, 2017, RAI and RJR Tobacco Company answered the ITG complaint and filed a motion to stay proceedings in Delaware pending the outcome of the Florida enforcement litigation, which motion was denied May 18, 2017. Cross motions for partial judgment on the pleadings were filed focusing on whether ITG’s obligation to use “reasonable best efforts” to join the Florida State Settlement Agreement continued after the June 12, 2015 closing. On November 30, 2017, following argument, the Delaware court ruled in favor of RJR Tobacco Company, holding that ITG’s obligation to use its reasonable best efforts to join the Florida Settlement Agreement did not terminate due to the closing of the asset purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture. RJR Tobacco Company is considering its next steps.

On March 26, 2018, the State of Minnesota filed a motion against RJR Tobacco Company to enforce the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement, which motion seeks payments under the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement of approximately $40 million with respect to the Acquired Brands. The motion also claims future annual losses of approximately $15 million absent the court’s enforcement of the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement. The State of Minnesota also filed a separate complaint against ITG, which complaint seeks the same payments. The State’s motion against RJR Tobacco Company and complaint against ITG seek, among other things, an order declaring that RJR Tobacco and ITG are in breach of the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement and are jointly and severally liable to make annual payments to the State of Minnesota under the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement with respect to the Acquired Brands. In addition, on March 28, 2018, PM USA filed a motion to enforce the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement, asserting among other things, that RJR Tobacco Company and ITG breached the Minnesota State Settlement Agreement by failing to make settlement payments as to the Acquired Brands, which PM USA asserts has improperly shifted settlement payment obligations to PM USA. On March 27, 2018, the Minnesota court consolidated the motions to enforce and complaint against ITG into one proceeding captioned In re Petition of the State of Minnesota for an Order Compelling Payments of Settlement Proceeds Related to ITG Brands LLC, Court File No. 62-CV-18-1912. On June 11, 2018, the court held a scheduling conference in the case and by order dated June 21, 2018, set a discovery schedule for the case. Discovery is scheduled to be completed by March 31, 2019. No trial date has yet been set.

(e) UK-Based Group Companies

As at June 30, 2018, Investments has been served in one dormant individual action in the U.S. (Perry) in which there has been no activity since 1998 following the plaintiff’s death in 1997.

Tobacco Related Litigation Outside the United States

As at June 30, 2018:

 

i.

active product liability claims against the Group’s companies existed in 15 markets outside the U.S. The only markets with five or more claims were Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Italy and Nigeria.

 

ii.

medical reimbursement actions are being brought in Angola, Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Nigeria and South Korea.

 

iii.

class actions are being brought in Brazil, Canada, Italy and Venezuela.

(a) Medical reimbursement cases

Angola

In or about November 2016, BAT Angola affiliate Sociedade Unificada de Tabacos de Angola (“SUT”) was served with a collective action filed in the Provincial Court of Luanda, 2nd Civil Section, by the consumer association Associação Angolana dos Direitos do Consumidor (“AADIC”). The lawsuit seeks

 

56


Table of Contents

damages of KZ 800,000,000.00 (roughly £24 million as at June 30, 2018) allegedly incurred by the Angolan Instituto Nacional do Controlo do Cancro (“INCC”) for the cost of treating tobacco-related disease, non-material damages allegedly suffered by certain individual smokers on the rolls of INCC, and the mandating of certain cigarette package warnings. SUT filed its answer to the claim on or about December 5, 2016. The case remains pending.

Argentina

In 2007, the non-governmental organization the Argentina Tort Law Association (“ATLA”) and Emma Mendoza Voguet brought a reimbursement action against Nobleza Piccardo S.A.I.C.y.F. (“Nobleza”) and Massalín Particulares. The case is being heard in the Contentious Administrative Court and is currently at the evidentiary stage.

Brazil

In August 2007, the São Paulo Public Prosecutor’s Office filed a medical reimbursement claim against Souza Cruz S.A. (“Souza Cruz”). A similar claim was lodged against Philip Morris Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda. On October 4, 2011, the Court dismissed the action against Souza Cruz, with a judgment on the merits. The plaintiffs’ appeal to the Court of Appeal failed by unanimous vote (3 to 0). The Public Prosecutor’s Office has since filed a Special Appeal to the Superior Court of Justice.

Canada

Following the implementation of legislation enabling provincial governments to recover healthcare costs directly from tobacco manufacturers, ten actions for recovery of healthcare costs arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases have been brought. These proceedings name various Group companies as defendants, including BAT, Investments, Industries, Carreras Rothmans Limited (collectively the “UK Companies”) and Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited (“Imperial”), the Group’s operating company in Canada, as well as RJR Tobacco Company and its affiliate R.J. Reynolds Tobacco International Inc. (“RJRTI”) (collectively, the “RJR Companies”). Pursuant to the terms of the 1999 sale of RJR Tobacco Company’s international tobacco business, RJR Tobacco Company has tendered the defense of these actions to Japan Tobacco Incorporated (“JTI”). Subject to a reservation of rights, JTI has assumed the defense of the RJR Companies in these actions.

The ten cases are proceeding in British Columbia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island. The enabling legislation is in force in all ten provinces. In addition, legislation has received Royal Assent in two of the three territories in Canada, but has yet to be proclaimed into force.

In 2001, the government of British Columbia brought a healthcare reimbursement claim against domestic and foreign ‘manufacturers’ pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2000. Imperial, Investments, Industries, Carreras Rothmans Limited and the RJR Companies and certain former Rothmans Group companies are named as defendants. The defenses of Imperial, Investments, Industries, Carreras Rothmans Limited and the RJR Companies have been filed, and document production and discoveries are ongoing. On February 13, 2017 the province delivered an expert report dated October 2016, quantifying its damages in the amount of CAD$118 billion. No trial date has been set. The federal government is seeking CAD$5 million jointly from all the defendants in respect of costs pertaining to the third-party claim, now dismissed.

The government of New Brunswick has brought a healthcare reimbursement claim in June 2006, against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2000 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed and document production and discoveries are substantially complete. Damages have been calculated by the province in the range of

 

57


Table of Contents

CAD$25-$60 billion from 1954 to 2060. Following a motion to set a trial date, the court ordered that the trial commence on November 4, 2019.

The government of the Province of Ontario has filed a healthcare reimbursement claim against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2009 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed. The parties completed significant document production in summer of 2017 and discoveries are scheduled to commence in the fall of 2018. On June 15, 2018, the province delivered an expert report quantifying its damages in the range of CAD $280 – 630 billion in 2016/2017 dollars for the period 1954 – 2060, and the Province amended the damages sought in its Statement of Claim accordingly. No trial date has been set, but the court is considering dates in late 2020, early 2021.

The government of the Province of Newfoundland and Labrador filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in February 2011 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2001 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. The case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed. The province began its document production in March 2018. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Saskatchewan filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in June 2012 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2007 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. This case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed, and the province has delivered a test shipment of documents. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Manitoba filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in May 2012 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Damages Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2006 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. This case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed and document production is underway. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Alberta filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in June 2012 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of the Crown’s Right of Recovery Act 2009 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. This case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed. Document production is underway. The province has stated its claim to be worth CAD$10 billion. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Quebec filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in June 2012 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers,’ pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Related Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2009 enacted in that Province. Imperial, Investments, Industries, the RJR Companies and Carreras Rothmans Limited have been named as defendants. The case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, Investments, Industries, Carreras Rothmans Limited and the RJR Companies have been filed. Motions over admissibility of documents and damages discovery have been filed but not heard. The province is seeking CAD$60 billion. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Prince Edward Island filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in September 2012 against domestic and foreign tobacco ‘manufacturers’, pursuant to the provisions of

 

58


Table of Contents

the Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2009 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. This case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed and the next step will be document production, which the parties have deferred for the time being. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

The government of the Province of Nova Scotia filed a healthcare reimbursement claim in January 2015 against tobacco industry defendants pursuant to the provisions of the Tobacco Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2005 enacted in that Province. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants. This case is at an early case management stage. The defenses of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed. The province provided a test document production in March 2018. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

Nigeria

British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited (“BAT Nigeria”), BAT and Investments have been named as defendants in a medical reimbursement action by the federal government of Nigeria, filed on November 6, 2007 in the Federal High Court, and in similar actions filed by the Nigerian states of Kano (May 9, 2007), Oyo (May 30, 2007), Lagos (March 13, 2008), Ogun (February 26, 2008), and Gombe (October 17, 2008) commenced in their respective High Courts. In the five cases that remain active, the plaintiffs seek a total of approximately 10.6 trillion Nigerian naira (roughly £22.3 billion as at June 30, 2018) in damages, including special, anticipatory and punitive damages, restitution and disgorgement of profits, as well as declaratory and injunctive relief.

The suits claim that the state and federal government plaintiffs incurred costs related to the treatment of smoking-related illnesses resulting from allegedly tortious conduct by the defendants in the manufacture, marketing, and sale of tobacco products in Nigeria, and assert that the plaintiffs are entitled to reimbursement for such costs. The plaintiffs assert causes of action for negligence, negligent design, fraud and deceit, fraudulent concealment, breach of express and implied warranty, public nuisance, conspiracy, strict liability, indemnity, restitution, unjust enrichment, voluntary assumption of a special undertaking, and performance of another’s duty to the public

BAT and Investments have made a number of challenges to the jurisdiction of the Nigerian courts. Such challenges are still pending (on appeal) against the federal government and the states of Lagos, Kano, Gombe and Ogun. The underlying cases are stayed or adjourned pending the final outcome of these jurisdictional challenges. In the state of Oyo, on November 13, 2015, and February 24, 2017 respectively, BAT’s and Investments’ jurisdictional challenges were successful in the Court of Appeal and the issuance of the writ of summons was set aside.

South Korea

In April 2014, Korea’s National Health Insurance Service (“NHIS”) filed a healthcare recoupment action against KT&G (a Korean tobacco company), PM Korea and BAT Korea (including BAT Korea Manufacturing). The NHIS is seeking damages of roughly 54 billion Korean Won (roughly £36.7 million as at June 30, 2018) in respect of healthcare costs allegedly incurred by the NHIS treating patients with lung (small cell and squamous cell) and laryngeal (squamous cell) cancer between 2003 and 2012. Court hearings in the case, which constitute the trial, commenced in September 2014 and remain ongoing.

(b) Class Actions

Brazil

There are currently two class actions being brought in Brazil. One is also a medical reimbursement claim (São Paulo Public Prosecutor’s Office), and is therefore discussed above.

 

59


Table of Contents

In 1995, the Associação de Defesa da Saúde do Fumante (“ADESF”) class action was filed against Souza Cruz and Philip Morris in the São Paulo Lower Civil Court alleging that the defendants are liable to a class of smokers and former smokers for failing to warn of cigarette addiction. The case was stayed in 2004 pending the defendants’ appeal from a decision issued by the Lower Civil Court that held that the defendants had not met their burden of proving that cigarette smoking was not addictive or harmful to health.

On November 12, 2008, the São Paulo Court of Appeals overturned the lower court’s unfavorable decision of 2004, returning the case to the lower court for production of evidence and a new judgment. Following production of evidence, on May 16, 2011, the lower court granted Souza Cruz’s motion to dismiss the action in its entirety on the merits. The plaintiffs’ appeal to the Sao Paolo Court of Appeals was unsuccessful. The plaintiffs then filed a Special Appeal to the Superior Court of Justice, which was rejected under procedural grounds on February 20, 2017. The plaintiffs filed an appeal of the rejection in the Superior Court of Justice on March 15, 2017.

Canada

There are 11 class actions being brought in Canada against Group companies:

Knight Class  Action : The Supreme Court of British Columbia certified a class of all consumers who purchased Imperial cigarettes in British Columbia bearing ‘light’ or ‘mild’ descriptors since 1974. The plaintiff is seeking compensation for amounts spent on ‘light and mild’ products and a disgorgement of profits from Imperial on the basis that the marketing of light and mild cigarettes was deceptive because it conveyed a false and misleading message that those cigarettes are less harmful than regular cigarettes.

On appeal, the appellate court confirmed the certification of the class, but limited any financial liability, if proven, to 1997 onward. Imperial’s third party claim against the federal government was dismissed by the Supreme Court of Canada. The federal government is seeking a parallel cost order of CAD$5 million from Imperial relating to its now dismissed third party claim. After being dormant for several years, the plaintiff delivered a Notice of Intention to Proceed, and Imperial delivered an application to dismiss the action for delay. The application was heard on June 23, 2017 and was dismissed on August 23, 2017. Notice to class members of certification was provided on February 14, 2018. The next anticipated steps include discovery related ones.

Growers’ Class  Action : In December 2009, Imperial was served with a proposed class action filed by Ontario tobacco farmers and the Ontario Flue-Cured Tobacco Growers’ Marketing Board. The plaintiffs allege that Imperial and the Canadian subsidiaries of Philip Morris International and JTI failed to pay the agreed domestic contract price to the growers used in products manufactured for the export market and which were ultimately smuggled back into Canada. JTI has sought indemnification pursuant to the JTI Indemnities (discussed below). The plaintiffs seek damages in the amount of CAD$50 million. Various preliminary challenges have been heard, the last being a motion for summary judgment on a limitation period. The motion was dismissed and ultimately, leave to appeal to the Ontario Court of Appeal was dismissed in November 2016. In December 2017, the plaintiffs proposed that the action proceed by way of individual actions as opposed to a class action. The parties are currently in discussions as to next steps.

Quebec Class  Actions : There are currently two class actions in Quebec. On February 21, 2005, the Quebec Superior Court granted certification in two class actions against Imperial and two other domestic manufacturers. The Court certified two classes, with the class definitions being revised in the judgment rendered May 27, 2015. One class consists of residents of Quebec who (a) smoked before November 20, 1998 at least 12 pack years of cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants; and (b) were diagnosed before March 12, 2012 with: lung cancer, or cancer (squamous cell carcinoma) of the throat, or emphysema. The group also includes the heirs of persons deceased after November 20, 1998 who meet the criteria described above. The second consists of residents of Quebec who, as of

 

60


Table of Contents

September 30, 1998, were addicted to nicotine contained in cigarettes and who in addition meet the following three criteria: (a) they started smoking before September 30, 1994 by smoking cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants; (b) between September 1 and September 30, 1998 they smoked on average at least 15 cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants on a daily basis; and (c) they still smoked an average of at least 15 cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants as of February 21, 2005, or until their death if it occurred before that date. The group also includes the heirs of members who meet the criteria described above. Pursuant to the judgment, the plaintiffs were awarded damages and interest against Imperial and the Canadian subsidiaries of Philip Morris International and JTI in the amount of CAD$15.6 billion, of which Imperial’s share is CAD$10.4 billion. An appeal of the judgment was filed on June 26, 2015. The Court also awarded provisional execution pending appeal of CAD$1,131 million, of which Imperial’s share was approximately CAD$742 million. This order was subsequently overturned by the Court of Appeal. Following the cancellation of the order for provisional execution, the plaintiffs filed a motion against Imperial and one other manufacturer seeking security in the amount of CAD $5 billion to guarantee, in whole or in part, the payment of costs of the appeal and the judgment. On October 27, 2015, the Court of Appeal ordered the parties to post security in the amount of CAD$984 million, of which Imperial’s share is CAD$758 million. The security was paid in seven equal quarterly instalments (of just over CAD$108 million) between December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2017. Imperial filed its Factum on Appeal on December 11, 2015 and the appeal was heard in November 2016. A decision is under reserve.

Other Canadian Smoking and Health Class  Actions : Seven putative class actions, described below, have been filed against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including the UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies, in various Canadian Provinces. In these cases, none of which have quantified their asserted damages, the plaintiffs allege claims based on fraud, fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty, breach of warranty of merchantability, and of fitness for a particular purpose, failure to warn, design defects, negligence, breach of a “special duty” to children and adolescents, conspiracy, concert of action, unjust enrichment, market share liability, and violations of various trade practices and competition statutes. Pursuant to the terms of the 1999 sale of RJR Tobacco Company’s international tobacco business, RJR Tobacco Company has tendered to JTI the defense of these seven actions (Semple, Kunka, Adams, Dorion, Bourassa, McDermid and Jacklin, discussed below). Subject to a reservation of rights, JTI has assumed the defense of the RJR Companies in these actions.

In June 2009, four smoking and health class actions were filed in Nova Scotia (Semple), Manitoba (Kunka), Saskatchewan (Adams) and Alberta (Dorion) against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including the UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies. In Saskatchewan, BAT and Carreras Rothmans Limited have been released from the action, and the RJR Companies have brought a motion challenging the jurisdiction of the court. No date has been set in these cases with respect to the certification motion hearing. There are service issues in relation to Imperial and the UK Companies in Alberta and in relation to the UK Companies in Manitoba.

In June 2010, two further smoking and health class actions were filed in British Columbia against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies. The Bourassa claim is allegedly on behalf of all individuals who have suffered chronic respiratory disease and the McDermid claim proposes a class based on heart disease. Both claims state that they have been brought on behalf of those who have “smoked a minimum of 25,000 cigarettes.” The UK Companies, Imperial, the RJR Companies and other defendants objected to jurisdiction. Subsequently, BAT and Carreras Rothmans Limited were released from Bourassa and McDermid. Imperial, Industries, Investments and the RJR Companies remain as defendants in both actions. No certification motion hearing date has been set. The Plaintiffs were due to deliver certification motion materials by January 31, 2015, but have not yet done so.

 

61


Table of Contents

In June 2012, a new smoking and health class action was filed in Ontario (Jacklin) against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including the UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies. The claim is presently in abeyance.

Venezuela

In April 2008, the Venezuelan Federation of Associations of Users and Consumers (FEVACU) and Wolfang Cardozo Espinel and Giorgio Di Muro Di Nunno, acting as individuals, filed a class action against the Venezuelan government. The class action seeks regulatory controls on tobacco and recovery of medical expenses for future expenses of treating smoking-related illnesses in Venezuela. Both C.A Cigarrera Bigott Sucs. (“Cigarrera Bigott”) and ASUELECTRIC, represented by its president Giorgio Di Muro Di Nunno (who had previously filed as an individual), have been admitted as third parties by the Constitutional Chamber of the Supreme Court of Justice. A hearing date for the action is yet to be scheduled. On April 25, 2017, Cigarrera Bigott requested the Court to declare the lapsing of the class action due to no proceedings taking place in the case in over a year. A ruling on the matter is yet to be issued.

(c) Individual personal injury claims

As at June 30, 2018, the jurisdictions with the most active individual cases against Group companies were, in descending order: Brazil (66), Italy (25), Chile (8), Canada (7), Argentina (6) and Ireland (2). There were a further five jurisdictions with one active case only. Out of the 119 active individual tobacco related personal injury claims, one has received an unfavorable verdict in either the court of first instance or on appeal. The total value of that unfavorable verdict is 874,196.00.

Non-Tobacco Related Litigation

Croatian Distributor Dispute

BAT Hrvatska d.o.o and BAT Investments (Central and Eastern Europe) Ltd are named as defendants in a claim by Mr. Perica received on August 22, 2017 and brought before the commercial court of Zagreb, Croatia. Mr. Perica seeks damages of HRK 408,401,866.15 (roughly £49 million as at June 30, 2018) relating to a BAT Standard Distribution Agreement dating from 2005. BAT Hrvatska d.o.o and BAT Investments (Central and Eastern Europe) Ltd filed a reply to the Statement of Claim on October 6, 2017. A hearing had been scheduled to take place on May 10, 2018, but it was postponed due to a change of the judge hearing the case. TDR d.o.o. is also named as the defendant in a claim by Mr. Perica received on April 30, 2018 and brought before the commercial court of Zagreb, Croatia. Mr. Perica seeks payment in the amount of HRK 408,401,866.15 (roughly £49 million as at June 30, 2018) claiming that BAT Hrvatska d.o.o. transferred a business unit to TDR d.o.o, thus giving rise to a liability of TDR d.o.o. for the debts incurred by BAT Hrvatska d.o.o, on the basis of the provisions of Croatian civil obligations law. A response to the statement of claim was filed on May 30, 2018—the Commercial Court in Zagreb declared they do not have jurisdiction and that the competent court to hear this case is the Municipal Court in Pula. Mr. Perica filed an appeal against this decision. Following a final decision on the jurisdiction, the litigation will continue.

Reynolds American Inc. / Lorillard, Inc. Shareholder Litigation

On July 15, 2014, RAI announced that it had entered into a definitive merger agreement with Lorillard, Inc., whereby RAI would acquire Lorillard, Inc. in exchange for a combination of cash and RAI stock (the “Lorillard Transaction”). As part of this transaction, BAT executed a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire a sufficient number of RAI’s shares to maintain its approximately 42.2% equity stake in RAI after the merger.

On August 8, 2014, BAT was named as a defendant in an action in state court in North Carolina (Corwin v. British American Tobacco PLC) stemming from the announcement of the Lorillard

 

62


Table of Contents

Transaction. The action was brought on behalf of a putative class of RAI’s shareholders alleging that BAT is a controlling shareholder of RAI and breached its fiduciary duty to RAI’s other shareholders in connection with the Lorillard Transaction. The plaintiff alleges that as part of an equity financing to support the Lorillard Transaction, BAT purchased newly issued RAI stock at an amount alleged to be up to $920 million below fair value. RAI and the members of the RAI board of directors were also named as defendants.

RAI believed that the Corwin action was without merit. However, to eliminate certain burdens, expenses and uncertainties, on January 17, 2015, RAI and the director defendants in Corwin entered into the North Carolina Memorandum of Understanding regarding the settlement of the disclosure claims asserted in that lawsuit. The North Carolina Memorandum of Understanding outlines the terms of the parties’ agreement in principle to settle and release the disclosure claims which were or could have been asserted in Corwin. In consideration of the partial settlement and release, RAI agreed to make certain supplemental disclosures to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which it did on January 20, 2015. On February 17, 2016, the trial court approved the partial settlement, including the plaintiff’s unopposed request for $415,000 in attorneys’ fees and costs. The partial settlement did not affect the consideration paid to Lorillard, Inc. shareholders in connection with the Lorillard Merger.

On August 4, 2015, the trial court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss all of the remaining non-disclosure claims. On August 28, 2015, the court dismissed all claims against BAT. Among other things, the court found that the plaintiff had not properly alleged that BAT was a controlling shareholder of RAI and therefore that BAT did not owe a fiduciary duty to RAI’s other shareholders. The plaintiff appealed. On December 20, 2016, the North Carolina Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of the claims against RAI and RAI’s board of directors on the grounds that the plaintiff could not state a direct claim against RAI’s Board of Directors for breach of fiduciary duties. That court reversed the trial court’s judgment with respect to the claims against BAT, finding the allegations that BAT was a controlling shareholder and breached its fiduciary duty to be sufficient to warrant further proceedings for the plaintiff to attempt to prove those allegations with evidence. On January 4, 2017, BAT moved to have the North Carolina Court of Appeals rehear the case en banc, and that motion was denied on February 2, 2017. On February 17, 2017, BAT filed a petition for discretionary review with the North Carolina Supreme Court, which the plaintiff opposed on February 27, 2017. On June 9, 2017, the North Carolina Supreme Court allowed BAT’s petition for discretionary review. Briefing in the North Carolina Supreme Court concluded on August 23, 2017, and oral argument was held on January 9, 2018.

BAT / Reynolds American Inc. Shareholder Litigation

Following BAT’s acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI in July 2017, pursuant to North Carolina law, under which RAI was incorporated, a number of RAI stockholders dissented and asserted their rights to a judicial appraisal of the value of their RAI stock. On November 29, 2017, RAI filed a Complaint for Judicial Appraisal in state court in North Carolina against 20 dissenting stockholders, comprised of three groups of affiliated entities. The complaint asks the court to determine the fair value of the dissenting stockholders’ shares in RAI and any accrued interest. The pretrial discovery process has begun, and the case is set for trial no earlier than June 2019.

Fontem Patent Litigation

On April 4, 2016, a case was filed in federal court in California, Fontem Ventures B.V. and Fontem Holdings 1 B.V. v. R. J. Reynolds Vapor Company, which alleges that VUSE products infringe four patents owned by Fontem purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. On May 3, 2016, Fontem filed a second complaint asserting that the VUSE products infringe two additional Fontem patents purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. On June 22, 2016, Fontem filed a third complaint asserting that the VUSE products infringe one additional Fontem patent purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. RJR Vapor filed an answer in the first case on June 27, 2016, and an amended answer on July 25, 2016. RJR Vapor also

 

63


Table of Contents

filed answers in the second and third cases on July 25, 2016. On June 29, 2016, RJR Vapor filed a motion to transfer the three cases to the Middle District of North Carolina, which was granted on August 8, 2016. On December 14, 2016, the transferred cases were consolidated with lead case Fontem Ventures B.V. and Fontem Holdings 1 B.V. v. R. J. Reynolds Vapor Company, 16-cv-1255 (M.D.N.C.). On March 1, 2017, Fontem filed a fourth complaint in the Middle District of North Carolina asserting that the VUSE products infringe eight additional Fontem patents. RJR Vapor filed an answer to the fourth complaint on April 24, 2017. On April 14, 2017, Fontem filed a motion to amend the consolidated three prior actions to add certain Reynolds Companies as additional defendants, which was denied as moot on May 30, 2017, due to an agreed stipulation where the additional Reynolds entities agreed to be bound by any judgment and to provide discovery as if they were named parties. On May 9, 2017, the fourth action was also consolidated with the lead case. In the district court litigation, the court issued a claim construction ruling on March 12, 2018 and the parties are currently engaged in fact discovery. Also, to date, RJR Vapor has filed twenty-six (26) petitions for inter partes review (“IPRs”) against the asserted patents. Five (5) of the IPRs have been granted, sixteen (16) have been denied, and five (5) are pending institution decisions. The U.S. Patent Office has issued final written decisions (“FWD”) in three (3) of the granted IPRs. In one FWD, the Patent Office held all challenged claims unpatentable. In the other two FWDs, the Patent Office held that RJR Vapor failed to show that the challenged claims are unpatentable. All three FWDs are the subject of appeals. RJR Vapor and Fontem recently entered into a confidential “US Settlement and License Agreement.” The case is now settled.

Glo Patent Litigation

On June 22, 2018, an affiliate of Philip Morris International (PMI) commenced proceedings against British American Tobacco Japan, Ltd. in the Japanese courts challenging the manufacture, importation and sales of the glo device, claiming that the glo devices fall within the scope of certain Japanese patents that have been issued to the PMI affiliate. The damages claimed in the court filing are 100 million yen. The case is currently at an early stage.

Fox River

Background to environmental liabilities arising out of contamination of the Fox River

In Wisconsin, the authorities have identified potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) to fund the clean-up of river sediments in the lower Fox River. The pollution was caused by discharges of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (“PCBs”) from paper mills and other facilities operating close to the river. Among the PRPs is NCR Corporation (“NCR”).

In NCR’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is the most recent public source available, the total clean-up costs for the Fox River are estimated at $825 million. This estimate is subject to uncertainties and does not include natural resource damages (“NRDs”). Total NRDs may range from $0 to $246 million.

Industries’ involvement with the environmental liabilities arises out of indemnity arrangements which it became party to due to a series of transactions that took place from the late-1970s onwards and subsequent litigation brought by NCR against Industries and Appvion Inc. (“Appvion”) (a former Group subsidiary) in relation to those arrangements, which was ultimately settled. U.S. authorities have never identified Industries as a PRP.

There has been a substantial amount of litigation in the United States involving NCR and Appvion regarding the responsibility for the costs of the clean-up operations. The U.S. Government also brought enforcement proceedings against NCR and Appvion to ensure compliance with regulatory orders made in relation to the Fox River clean-up. This litigation has been settled through agreements with other PRPs and a form of settlement known as a Consent Decree with the U.S. Government.

 

64


Table of Contents

The principal terms of the Consent Decree, in summary, are as follows:

 

i.

NCR will perform and fund all of the remaining Fox River remediation work by itself.

 

ii.

The U.S. Government enforcement proceedings will be settled, with NCR having no liability to meet the U.S. Government’s claim for costs it has incurred in relation to the clean-up to date and only a secondary responsibility to meet certain future costs. NCR will have no liability to the U.S. Government for NRDs.

 

iii.

NCR will cease to pursue its contribution claims against the other PRPs and in return will receive contribution protection which means that the other PRPs will not be able to pursue their contribution claims against NCR. NCR will, however, have the right to reinstate its contribution claims if the other PRPs decide to continue to pursue certain contractual claims against NCR.

 

iv.

Appvion will also cease to pursue its claims against the other PRPs to recover monies that it has spent on the clean-up and in return will receive contribution protection. Appvion will, however, have the right to reinstate its claims if the other PRPs decide to continue to pursue certain claims against Appvion.

The Consent Decree was approved by the District Court in Wisconsin on August 23, 2017. The U.S. Government enforcement action against NCR was terminated as a result of that order. The PRPs’ claims for contribution against NCR were dismissed by order of the District Court in Wisconsin given on October 11, 2017.

On October 20, 2017 P.H. Glatfelter filed an appeal against the approval of the Consent Decree in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit has ordered that written appeal briefs be filed by the parties by May 14, 2018. Any oral argument will follow later in 2018. The date of any ruling on the appeal is currently unknown.

Industries’ involvement with environmental liabilities arising out of the contamination of the Fox River

NCR has taken the position that, under the terms of a 1998 Settlement Agreement between it, Appvion and Industries and a 2005 arbitration award, Industries and Appvion generally had a joint and several obligation to bear 60% of the Fox River environmental remediation costs imposed on NCR and of any amounts NCR has to pay in respect of other PRPs’ contribution claims.

Until May 2012, Appvion and Windward Prospects Ltd (“Windward”) (another former Group subsidiary) paid the 60% share of the clean-up costs and Industries was never required to contribute. Around that time Appvion refused to continue to pay clean-up costs, leading to NCR demanding that Industries pay a 60% share.

Industries commenced proceedings against Windward and Appvion in December 2011 seeking indemnification in respect of any liability it might have to NCR (the “English Indemnity Proceedings”) pursuant to a 1990 de-merger agreement between those parties.

Funding Agreement of September 30, 2014

On September 30, 2014, Industries entered into the Funding Agreement with Windward, Appvion, NCR and BTI 2014 LLC (“BTI”) (a wholly owned subsidiary of Industries). Pursuant to the Funding Agreement, the English Indemnity Proceedings and a counterclaim Appvion had brought in those proceedings, as well as an NCR-Appvion arbitration concerning Appvion’s indemnity to NCR, were discontinued as part of an overall agreement between the parties providing a framework through which they would together fund the ongoing costs of the Fox River clean-up. Under the agreement, NCR has agreed to accept funding by Industries at the lower level of 50% of the ongoing clean-up related costs of the Fox River (rather than the 60% referenced above); this remains subject to an ability to litigate at a later stage the extent of Industries’ liability in relation to Fox River clean-up related costs (including in respect of the 50% of costs that Industries has paid under the Funding Agreement to date). In addition Windward has contributed $10 million of funding and Appvion has contributed $25 million for Fox River

 

65


Table of Contents

and agreed to contribute $25 million for the Kalamazoo River (see further below). Appvion entered Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on October 1, 2017.

The parties also agreed to cooperate in order to maximize recoveries from certain claims made against third parties, including (i) a claim commenced by Windward in the High Court of England & Wales (the “High Court”) against Sequana and the former Windward directors (the “Windward Dividend Claim”). That claim was assigned to BTI under the Funding Agreement, and relates to dividend payments made by Windward to Sequana of around 443 million in 2008 and 135 million in 2009 (the “Dividend Payments”) and (ii) a claim commenced by Industries directly against Sequana to recover the value of the Dividend Payments alleging that the dividends were paid for the purpose of putting assets beyond the reach of Windward’s creditors (including Industries) (the “BAT section 423 Claim”).

A trial of the Windward Dividend Claim and the BAT section 423 Claim took place before the English High Court between February and April 2016. Judgment was handed down by the High Court on July 11, 2016. The Court held that the 2009 Dividend Payment of 135 million was a transaction at an undervalue made with the intention of putting assets beyond the reach of Industries or of otherwise prejudicing Industries’ interests. It therefore contravened Section 423 of the Insolvency Act. The Court dismissed the Windward Dividend Claim. BTI sought permission to appeal in respect of the Judge’s findings in relation to the Windward Dividend Claim. Sequana sought permission to appeal the Judge’s findings in relation to the BAT section 423 Claim.

On January 13 and 16, 2017 and February 3, 2017 further hearings took place to determine the precise form of relief to be awarded to Industries and to hear the parties’ applications for permission to appeal. Judgment was handed down on February 10, 2017. In respect of relief, the Court ordered that Sequana must pay BTI an amount up to the full value of the 2009 Dividend plus interest (which equates to around $185 million). This figure is subject to increase as interest is continuing to accrue. Sequana must make an initial payment of around $138.4 million and further payments going forward as and when Industries makes payments in respect of clean-up costs. In respect of appeals, the Court granted BTI and Sequana permission to appeal (the “Sequana Claims Appeal”). The Court also granted Sequana a stay in respect of the above payments. The stay was lifted in May 2017.

In February 2017, Sequana entered into a process in France seeking court protection (the “Sauvegarde”). Sequana exited the Sauvegarde in June 2017. To date, Industries has not received any payments from Sequana.

In June 2018, the Court of Appeal heard arguments in the Sequana Claims Appeal. Judgment in the Sequana Claims Appeal is expected later in 2018.

BTI has brought claims against certain of Windward’s former advisers, including Windward’s auditors at the time of the dividend payments, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (which claims were also assigned to BTI under the Funding Agreement). The claim was stayed while the Windward Dividends Claim and the section 423 Claim were heard. BTI and PwC have agreed that the stay will remain in effect until the Court of Appeal gives judgment in the Sequana Claims Appeal.

The sums Industries has agreed to pay under the Funding Agreement are subject to ongoing adjustment, as clean-up costs can only be estimated in advance of the work being carried out and as certain sums payable are the subject of ongoing U.S. litigation. In 2018, Industries has paid £7 million in respect of clean-up costs and is potentially liable for a further £114 million in future clean-up costs. Industries has a provision of £129 million, which represents the current best estimate of its exposure.

Kalamazoo

Industries is aware that NCR is also being pursued by Georgia-Pacific, as the owner of a facility on the Kalamazoo River in Michigan which released PCBs into that river. Georgia-Pacific has been designated as a PRP in respect of the river.

 

66


Table of Contents

Georgia-Pacific contends that NCR is responsible for, or should contribute to, the clean-up costs, because:

 

i.

a predecessor to NCR’s Appleton Papers Division sold “broke” containing PCBs to Georgia-Pacific or others for recycling;

 

ii.

NCR itself sold paper containing PCBs to Georgia-Pacific or others for recycling; and/or

 

iii.

NCR is liable for sales to Georgia-Pacific or others of PCB-containing broke by Mead Corporation, which, like the predecessor to NCR’s Appleton Papers Division, coated paper with the PCB-containing emulsion manufactured by NCR.

A full trial on liability took place in February 2013. On September 26, 2013, the Michigan Court held that NCR was liable as a PRP on the basis that broke sales constituted an arrangement for the disposal of hazardous material for the purposes of CERCLA. The decision was based on NCR’s knowledge of the hazards of PCBs from at least 1969. NCR will have the ability to appeal the ruling once a final judgment has been entered or it has been otherwise certified for appeal.

The second phase of the Kalamazoo trial to determine the apportionment of liability amongst NCR, Georgia-Pacific and the other PRPs (International Paper Company and Weyerhaeuser Company) took place between September and December 2015.

On March 29, 2018, Judge Jonker handed down judgment in respect of around $55 million of Georgia-Pacific’s past remediation costs. Judge Jonker did not determine the question of future remediation costs. Judge Jonker ordered that NCR pay 40% of NCR’s past costs (around $22 million).

NCR may look to Industries to pay 60% of any sums it becomes liable to pay to Georgia-Pacific. Industries has defenses to any demand for payment from NCR on the basis, it would be asserted, that the river constitutes a “Future Site” for the purposes of the Settlement Agreement. Industries has defenses to any such claim by NCR. The Funding Agreement described above does not resolve any such claims, but does provide an agreed mechanism pursuant to which any surplus from the valuable recoveries of any third party claims that remains after all Fox River related clean-up costs have been paid and Industries and NCR have been made whole may be applied towards Kalamazoo clean-up costs, in the event that NCR were to be successful in any claim for a portion of them from Industries or Appvion (subject to Appvion’s cap, described below). Industries has defences to any demand for payment from NCR. No such demand has been received by Industries.

Industries also anticipates that NCR may seek to recover from Appvion (subject to a cap of $25 million for “Future Sites” under the Funding Agreement. The basis of the recovery would be the same as any demand NCR may make on Industries. Appvion entered Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on October 1, 2017. The effect of the Chapter 11 proceedings on Appvion’s liability for Future Sites payments under the Funding Agreement is currently uncertain).

Further hearings have been held before Judge Jonker to determine the final form of the order reflecting this judgment. All parties are expected to appeal Judge Jonker’s judgment with the appeal process expected to commence in July 2018. NCR has agreed an appeal bond with Georgia-Pacific to prevent enforcement of the judgment while it remains subject to appeal. The appeal bond arrangement has been approved by the Court.

The quantum of the clean-up costs for the Kalamazoo River is presently unclear (and the extent of NCR’s liability in respect of such future costs remains unclear pending any appeal of Judge Jonker’s March 29, 2018 ruling), but could run into the hundreds of millions of dollars. A witness on behalf of Georgia-Pacific testified in the trial concerning apportionment of liability that the cost of performing future remediation in Operable Unit 5 of the Kalamazoo River was in the order of $670 million. Operable Unit 5 is the Kalamazoo River itself, as distinct from the other Operable Units which are landfills or other facilities adjoining the Kalamazoo River. Remediation of these other Operable Units has largely been completed except for monitoring.

 

67


Table of Contents

As detailed above, Industries is taking active steps to protect its interests, including seeking to procure the repayment of the Windward dividends, pursuing the other valuable claims that are now within its control, and working with the other parties to the Funding Agreement to maximize recoveries from third parties with a view to ensuring that amounts funded towards clean-up related costs are later recouped under the agreed repayment mechanisms under the Funding Agreement.

Other environmental matters

RAI and its subsidiaries are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations concerning the discharge, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances. Such laws and regulations provide for significant fines, penalties and liabilities, sometimes without regard to whether the owner or operator of the property or facility knew of, or was responsible for, the release or presence of hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, third parties may make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries and property damage associated with releases of hazardous or toxic substances. In the past, RJR Tobacco Company has been named a potentially responsible party with third parties under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act with respect to several superfund sites. RAI and its subsidiaries are not aware of any current environmental matters that are expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial position of RAI or its subsidiaries.

Criminal Investigations

As previously reported by BAT, it has been investigating, through external legal advisors, allegations of misconduct and has been liaising with the SFO and other relevant authorities. It was announced in August 2017 that the SFO had opened an investigation in relation to BAT, its subsidiaries and associated persons. BAT is cooperating with the SFO’s investigation.

The outcomes of these matters will be decided by the relevant authorities or, if necessary, the courts. It is too early to predict the outcomes, but these could include the prosecution of individuals and/or of a Group company or companies. Accordingly, the potential for fines, penalties or other consequences cannot currently be assessed. As the investigation is ongoing, it is not yet possible to identify the timescale in which these matters might be resolved.

Closed litigation matters

The following matters on which BAT reported in the contingent liabilities and financial commitments note 28 to BAT’s 2017 financial statements have been dismissed, concluded or resolved as noted below:

 

i.

Parsons, a case brought against various defendants, including RJR Tobacco Company and B&W, in the U.S. Circuit Court, Ohio, West Virginia, by a putative class of persons alleging personal injury claims from their exposure to respirable asbestos fibers and cigarette smoke. The claim was dismissed with prejudice on March 5, 2018; and

 

ii.

A class action asserting addiction-related claims brought against BAT Italia in the Civil Court of Rome by the consumer association, Codacons, and three class representatives was dismissed at first instance and an appeal was rejected by the Supreme Court.

General Litigation Conclusion

While it is impossible to be certain of the outcome of any particular case or of the amount of any possible adverse verdict, the Group believes that the defenses of the Group’s companies to all these various claims are meritorious on both the law and the facts, and a vigorous defense is being made everywhere.

An adverse judgment was entered against one Group company, Imperial, in the Quebec class actions and an appeal has been made. If further adverse judgments are entered against any of the Group’s

 

68


Table of Contents

companies in any case, all avenues of appeal will be pursued. Such appeals could require the appellants to post appeal bonds or substitute security (as has been necessary in Quebec) in amounts which could in some cases equal or exceed the amount of the judgment. At least in the aggregate, and despite the quality of defenses available to the Group, it is not impossible that the Group’s results of operations or cash flows, in particular quarterly or annual periods, could be materially adversely affected by the impact of a significant increase in litigation, difficulties in obtaining the bonding required to stay execution of judgments on appeal, or any final outcome of any particular litigation.

Having regard to all these matters, with the exception of Fox River and certain Engle progeny cases identified above, and the U.S. Department of Justice litigation, the Group does not consider it appropriate to make any provision in respect of any pending litigation because the likelihood of any resulting material loss, on an individual case basis, is not considered probable and/or the amount of any such loss cannot be reasonably estimated. The Group does not believe that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will significantly impair the Group’s financial condition. If the facts and circumstances change, then there could be a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

Other contingencies

JTI Indemnities . By a purchase agreement dated March 9, 1999, amended and restated as of May 11, 1999, referred to as the 1999 Purchase Agreement, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc. (“RJR”) and RJR Tobacco Company sold their international tobacco business to JTI. Under the 1999 Purchase Agreement, RJR and RJR Tobacco Company retained certain liabilities relating to the international tobacco business sold to JTI, and agreed to indemnify JTI against: (i) any liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of the imposition or assessment of any tax with respect to the international tobacco business arising prior to the sale, other than as reflected on the closing balance sheet; (ii) any liabilities, costs and expenses that JTI or any of its affiliates, including the acquired entities, may incur after the sale with respect to any of RJR’s or RJR Tobacco Company’s employee benefit and welfare plans; and (iii) any liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by JTI or any of its affiliates arising out of certain activities of Northern Brands.

As described above, RJR Tobacco Company has received claims for indemnification from JTI, and several of these have been resolved. Although RJR and RJR Tobacco Company recognize that, under certain circumstances, they may have other unresolved indemnification obligations to JTI under the 1999 Purchase Agreement, RJR and RJR Tobacco Company disagree what circumstances described in such claims give rise to any indemnification obligations by RJR and RJR Tobacco Company and the nature and extent of any such obligation. RJR and RJR Tobacco Company have conveyed their position to JTI, and the parties have agreed to resolve their differences at a later date.

ITG Indemnity . In the purchase agreement relating to the divestiture of certain assets, on June 12, 2015, by subsidiaries or affiliates of RAI and Lorillard, Inc., together with the transfer of certain employees and certain liabilities, to a wholly owned subsidiary of Imperial Brands plc (the “Divestiture”), RAI agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, ITG in connection with claims relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands on or before June 12, 2015, as well as in actions filed before June 13, 2023, relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands. In the purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture, ITG agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, RAI and its affiliates in connection with claims relating to the purchase or use of “blu” brand e-cigarettes. ITG also agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, RAI and its affiliates in actions filed after June 12, 2023, relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands after June 12, 2015.

Loews Indemnity . In 2008, Loews Corporation (“Loews”), entered into an agreement with Lorillard, Inc., Lorillard Tobacco, and certain of their affiliates, which agreement is referred to as the “Separation Agreement”. In the Separation Agreement, Lorillard, Inc. agreed to indemnify Loews and its officers,

 

69


Table of Contents

directors, employees and agents against all costs and expenses arising out of third party claims (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, interest, penalties and costs of investigation or preparation of defense), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, taxes, demands, assessments, and amounts paid in settlement based on, arising out of or resulting from, among other things, Loews’ ownership of or the operation of Lorillard, Inc. and its assets and properties, and its operation or conduct of its businesses at any time prior to or following the separation of Lorillard, Inc. and Loews (including with respect to any product liability claims). Loews is a defendant in three pending product liability actions, each of which is a putative class action. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Lorillard, Inc. is required to indemnify Loews for the amount of any losses and any legal or other fees with respect to such cases. Following the closing of the Lorillard, Inc. merger, RJR Tobacco Company assumed Lorillard, Inc.’s obligations under the Separation Agreement as was required under the Separation Agreement.

SFRTI Indemnity . In connection with the January 13, 2016 sale by RAI of the international rights to the Natural American Spirit brand name and associated trademarks, along with SFR Tobacco International GmbH (“SFRTI”) and other international companies that distributed and marketed the brand outside the United States, to JT International Holding BV (“JTI Holding”), each of SFNTC, R. J. Reynolds Global Products, Inc., and R. J. Reynolds Tobacco B.V. agreed to indemnify JTI Holding against, among other things, any liabilities, costs, and expenses relating to actions (i) commenced on or before (a) January 13, 2019, to the extent relating to alleged personal injuries, and (b) in all other cases, January 13, 2021; (ii) brought by (a) a governmental authority to enforce legislation implementing European Union Directive 2001/37/EC or European Directive 2014/40/EU or (b) consumers or a consumer association; and (iii) arising out of any statement or claim (a) made on or before January 13, 2016, (b) by any company sold to JTI Holding in the transaction, (c) concerning Natural American Spirit brand products consumed or intended to be consumed outside of the United States and (d) that the Natural American Spirit brand product is natural, organic, or additive free.

Indemnification of Distributors and Retailers . RJR Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco, SFNTC, American Snuff Co. and RJR Vapor have entered into agreements to indemnify certain distributors and retailers from liability and related defense costs arising out of the sale or distribution of their products. Additionally, SFNTC has entered into an agreement to indemnify a supplier from liability and related defense costs arising out of the sale or use of SFNTC’s products. The cost has been, and is expected to be, insignificant. RJR Tobacco Company, SFNTC, American Snuff Co. and RJR Vapor believe that the indemnified claims are substantially similar in nature and extent to the claims that they are already exposed to by virtue of their having manufactured those products.

Except as otherwise noted above, RAI is not able to estimate the maximum potential of future payments, if any, related to these indemnification obligations.

Investments Indemnity . Investments has agreed to indemnify its supplier of crushable capsules in respect of liabilities (including damages and legal costs) that it may incur as a result of pending legal proceedings brought against its supplier regarding alleged patent infringement. Damages are currently being sought in the region of £40 million. The extent of Investments’ liability under the indemnity will depend upon the final outcome of those proceedings.

Tax Disputes

The Group has exposures in respect of the payment or recovery of a number of taxes. The Group is and has been subject to a number of tax audits covering, amongst others, excise tax, value added taxes, sales taxes, corporate taxes, withholding taxes and payroll taxes.

The estimated costs of known tax obligations have been provided in the Group’s accounts in accordance with its accounting policies. In some countries, tax law requires that full or part payment of disputed tax assessments be made pending resolution of the dispute. To the extent that such payments exceed the estimated obligation, they would not be recognized as an expense.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following matters may proceed to litigation:

Brazil

The Brazilian Federal Tax Authority has filed claims against Souza Cruz seeking to reassess the profits of overseas subsidiaries to corporate income tax and social contribution tax. The reassessments are for the years 2004 until and including 2012 for a total amount of R$1,436 million (£320 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties.

Souza Cruz appealed all reassessments. Regarding the first assessments (2004-2006), the Souza Cruz appeal was rejected in 2013 although the written judgment of that tribunal was received in 2016. Souza Cruz has appealed the decision. The appeal against the second assessments (2007 and 2008) was upheld at the second tier tribunal and was closed. In 2015, a further reassessment for the same period (2007 and 2008) was raised after the five-year statute of limitation. This has been appealed to the administrative level special chamber.

Souza Cruz received further reassessments in 2014 for the 2009 calendar year and in 2015, an assessment for the 2010 calendar year. Souza Cruz appealed both the reassessments in full. In December 2016, assessments were received for the calendar years 2011 and 2012, which have also been appealed.

South Africa

In 2011, the South African Revenue Service (“SARS”) challenged the debt financing of British American Tobacco South Africa (“BATSA”) and reassessed the years 2006 to 2008. BATSA has objected to and appealed this reassessment. In 2014, SARS also reassessed the years 2009 and 2010. In 2015, BATSA filed formal Notices of Appeal and detailed objection letters against the 2009 and 2010 assessments and has reserved its right to challenge the constitutionality of the assessments at a later date. In 2016, SARS filed a Statement of Grounds of Assessment and BATSA filed its Statement of Grounds of Appeal in early 2017. BATSA is currently waiting to receive SARS’ response to the Statement of Grounds of Appeal and its notice of discovery. Across the period from 2006 to 2010, the reassessments are for R2.01 billion (£120 million) covering both tax and interest.

The Netherlands

The Dutch tax authority has issued assessments for the years 2003 through to 2014 in the sum of 978 million (£865 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties. The assessments relate to a number of intra-group transactions. On the same issues, for periods through to 2016 additional exposures for an aggregate sum of 76 million (£68 million) covering tax, interest and penalties is expected to be assessed. Further challenges relating to other intra-group transactions that have taken place in the year 2016 could potentially also be assessed by the Dutch Tax authority.

Covering the years from 2003 through 2013, BATHN has filed notice of appeal with the District Court of North Holland, Haarlem.

The Group believes that its companies have meritorious defenses in law and fact in each of the above matters, and intends to pursue each dispute through the judicial system as necessary. The Group does not consider it appropriate to make provision for these amounts assessed nor for any potential further amounts which may be assessed in relation to these matters in subsequent years.

While the amounts that may be payable or receivable in relation to tax disputes could be material to the results or cash flows of the Group in the period in which they are recognized, the Board does not expect these amounts to have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition.

 

71


Table of Contents

VAT and Duty Disputes

On July 25, 2018, the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court of Bangladesh has reversed the decision of the High Court Division against British American Tobacco Bangladesh Company Limited in respect of the retrospective demands for VAT and supplementary duty amounting to approximately £170 million. The Attorney General’s Office has 30 days from receipt of the certified Court Order in which to seek a review of this decision.

 

72


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are making the Exchange Offer to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, we will receive an equal principal amount of Unregistered Notes. Any Unregistered Notes that are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer will be accepted, canceled and retired and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in a change in our capitalization.

 

73


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

For purposes of calculating this ratio, “earnings” consist of profit before taxation and share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, fixed charges, adjusted for non-controlling interests, and including dividends from affiliates accounted for by the equity method. “Fixed charges” consist of finance costs, excluding loss on bond redemption, and the estimated interest portion of rental expense. The following table sets forth BAT’s ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated, prepared on a consistent basis reflecting the retrospective adoption of IFRS 15 ( Revenue from Contracts with Customers ).

British American Tobacco p.l.c. and Subsidiaries

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     10.2        9.5        9.2        8.9        5.9        5.6  

 

74


Table of Contents

BAT UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT

The following BAT unaudited Pro Forma Income Statement gives effect to the merger of BAT and RAI.

The Pro Forma Income Statement is based on the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements and the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements, and has been prepared to reflect the merger, including the financing structure established to fund the merger.

The Pro Forma Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS. The RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Pro Forma Income Statement includes adjustments to convert the financial information of RAI from U.S. GAAP to IFRS as well as reclassifications to conform RAI’s historical accounting presentation to BAT’s accounting presentation.

For further information on the merger accounting refer to note 24 in the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon the best available information and certain assumptions that BAT believes to be reasonable. The Pro Forma Income Statement has been prepared in accordance with Article 11-02 of Regulation S-X and is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations that would have been realized had the merger occurred as of the date indicated, nor is it meant to be indicative of any anticipated combined future results of operations that the combined company will experience after the completion of the merger. The Pro Forma Income Statement is based on the BAT Group’s accounting policies. The Pro Forma Income Statement does not reflect any adjustment for liabilities or related costs of any integration and similar activities, or benefits, including potential synergies that may be derived in future periods, from the merger.

 

75


Table of Contents

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT GIVING EFFECT TO THE RAI ACQUISITION FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

    A     B     C     D     E     F  
    BAT     RAI     RAI     Pro Forma adjustments     Total Pro Forma  
    For the
year ended
31.12.2017
    25.07.2017 to
31.12.2017
    For the
year ended
31.12.2017
    RAI Merger     Financing     For the year
ended
31.12.2017
 
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
    Note 2     Note 2     Note 3     Note 4     Note 5        

Revenue

    19,564       (4,147)       9,678                   25,095  
Raw materials and consumables used     (4,520)       362       (1,033)       (14)             (5,205)  
Changes in inventory of finished goods and work in progress     (513)       483       (5)       (451)             (486)  
Employee benefit costs     (2,679)       321       (796)       24             (3,130)  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs     (902)       147       (121)       (254)             (1,130)  
Other operating income     144       (1)       3                   146  
Other operating expenses     (4,682)       1,452       (3,559)       141             (6,648)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

    6,412       (1,383)       4,167       (554)             8,642  
Finance (costs)/income     (1,094)       367       (467)       86       (320)       (1,428)  
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures     24,209                   (23,819)             390  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

    29,527       (1,016)       3,700       (24,287)       (320)       7,604  
Taxation on ordinary activities     8,129       (9,559)       1,550       7,325       115       7,560  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

    37,656       (10,575)       5,250       (16,962)       (205)       15,164  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Owners of the parent     37,485       (10,575)       5,250       (16,962)       (205)       14,993  
Non-controlling interests     171                               171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    37,656       (10,575)       5,250       (16,962)       (205)       15,164  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note:

F = A + B + C + D + E

 

76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT

 

Note

1. Basis of presentation

The Pro Forma Income Statement set forth herein is based upon the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements and the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements and has been prepared to illustrate the effects of the merger, including the financing structure established to fund the merger, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2017 in respect of the Pro Forma Income Statement. The Pro Forma Income Statement is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined company’s results of operations that would have been realized had the merger occurred as of the date indicated, nor is it meant to be indicative of any anticipated combined future results of operations that the combined company will experience after the completion of the merger.

Pro forma adjustments reflected in the Pro Forma Income Statement are based on items that are factually supportable, which are directly attributable to the merger and which are expected to have a continuing impact on BAT’s results of operations. With the exception of the gain arising from the disposal of the RAI associate, pre-financing costs and acquisition related costs, any adjusting items that were already included in the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements or the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements have not been eliminated—see note 6. The Pro Forma Income Statement has not removed the cost of any integration activities or benefits from the merger that occurred after July 25, 2017. The Pro Forma Income Statement does not reflect potential synergies that may be generated in future periods.

The Pro Forma Income Statement is based on the BAT Group’s consolidated financial statements and the RAI Group’s consolidated financial statements, which are incorporated by reference in this registration statement.

The estimated income tax impacts of the pre-tax adjustments that are reflected in the Pro Forma Income Statement are calculated using an estimated blended statutory rate. The estimated blended statutory rate and the effective tax rate of the combined group could be significantly different depending on the post-transaction activities and geographical mix of profit before taxes.

RAI’s presentation currency is U.S. dollars, while BAT’s presentation currency is the pound sterling. BAT has used exchange rates of £0.77597/US$, being the average rate for the year ended December 31, 2017, to translate the RAI Group’s consolidated financial results and all associated financing and merger adjustments. These exchange rates may differ from future exchange rates, which would have an impact on the Pro Forma Income Statement.

 

Note

2. Historical Information

Column A refers to BAT’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Column B refers to RAI’s consolidated income statement submission adjusted for IFRS differences added to the finance costs incurred by BAT Capital Corporation in connection with the funding of the RAI acquisition for the period of July 25, 2017 to December 31, 2017 included in BAT’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

77


Table of Contents
Note 3.

Adjustments to the RAI Group’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017

 

    RAI     Reclassifications     IFRS 15     Pensions     Revenue     Other     IFRS     IFRS  
    For the
year ended
31.12.2017
US GAAP
    3a     3b     3c     3d     3e     RAI     RAI  
    $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     £m  
Revenue     12,563             (82)             (8)             12,473       9,678  
Cost of products sold     (4,742)       4,742                                      
Selling, general and administrative expenses     (2,074)       2,074                                      
Gain on divestiture                                                
Intangible—Amortization     (23)       23                                      
Raw materials and consumables used           (1,301)                   (21)       (9)       (1,331)       (1,033)  
Changes in inventory of finished goods and work in progress           (13)                         6       (7)       (5)  
Employee benefit costs           (811)         (215)                   (1,026)       (796)  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs           (144)                         (12)       (156)       (121)  
Other operating income           4                               4       3  
Other operating expenses           (4,574)                         (13)       (4,587)       (3,559)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

    5,724             (82)       (215)       (29)       (28)       5,370       4,167  
Net finance costs     (600)                                     (600)       (467)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

    5,124             (82)       (215)       (29)       (28)       4,770       3,700  
Taxation     1,897             21       80                   1,998       1,550  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

    7,021             (61)       (135)       (29)       (28)       6,768       5,250  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Column C represents RAI’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017 adjusted for IFRS differences. The classification of certain items presented by RAI under U.S. GAAP has been modified in order to align with the presentation used by BAT under IFRS.

3a. Modification to RAI’s historical income statement presentation

Modification to RAI’s historical income statement presentation include:

 

  ·  

Presentation of net sales and net sales, related party together within revenue;

 

  ·  

Separate presentation of components of cost of sales into raw materials and consumables used, changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress, employee benefit costs and depreciation, amortization and impairment costs;

 

  ·  

Separate presentation of components of selling, general and administrative expenses into employee benefit costs, depreciation, amortization and impairment costs and other operating expenses;

 

78


Table of Contents
  ·  

Presentation of amortization expense and asset impairment charges within depreciation, amortization and impairment costs;

 

  ·  

Presentation of interest and debt expense, interest income and other income/expenses (net) within net finance (costs)/income; and

 

  ·  

Provision (for)/ benefit from income taxes is presented within the heading Taxation.

3b. IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers)

The RAI results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 have been revised for IFRS 15 ( Revenue from Contracts with Customers ) which the Group adopted on January 1, 2018 on a fully retrospective basis.

3c. Retirement benefits

Under U.S. GAAP, the expected return on pension plan assets is used to calculate the return component of net periodic benefit costs, with the difference between the actual and expected rate of return recognized as a component of actuarial gains and losses within accumulated other comprehensive income with subsequent recognition in the income statement to the extent the net gains or losses are in excess of the corridor. Under IFRS as applied by BAT, net interest cost on defined benefit plans, a component of defined benefit costs, is calculated by applying the discount rate assumption to the net defined benefit liability. The difference between actual return on plan assets and the component of net interest derived from plan assets is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of remeasurement gains and losses. IFRS does not permit recognition of remeasurement gains and losses in profit in current or future periods. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, prior service costs are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date of the adoption of the plan amendment and then amortized into income as employee benefit costs. Under IFRS, prior service costs cannot be spread over a future service period but rather are recognized immediately. As a result, employee benefit costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects an increase of $215 million. The related impact to taxation on ordinary activities is $80 million.

3d. Revenue

Sales between BAT and RAI have been eliminated in the Pro Forma Income Statement.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, BAT and RAI agreed to an early termination of a contract manufacturing agreement and as a result BAT agreed to make a compensation payment of $90 million to RAI, which BAT recognized in expense immediately and RAI recognized in deferred revenue. RAI is recognizing the deferred revenue into income pro-rata through December 31, 2018. Adjustments to revenue largely consisted of $17 million towards elimination of the above transaction from the Pro Forma Income Statement.

RAI has deferred certain related party sales transactions for which the U.S. GAAP revenue recognition criteria have not been met. This is primarily because shipment of the related inventory has not occurred. Under IFRS as applied by BAT, these transactions are determined to meet the revenue recognition criteria requiring the transfer of control to the customer prior to period end and have been recognized accordingly.

3e. Other

Included within “Other” are certain minor adjustments required to transition from U.S. GAAP to IFRS including an adjustment for the last-in, first-out, or LIFO method of accounting for inventory.

 

79


Table of Contents

Under U.S. GAAP, RAI has historically accounted for the cost of tobacco inventories principally under the LIFO method. The LIFO method of accounting for inventory is not allowed under IFRS, and BAT accounts for these inventories based on the weighted average cost method.

Note 4. Pro forma adjustments related to the merger

The Pro Forma Income Statement has been adjusted for purchase price accounting. Refer to note 24 the BAT consolidated financial statements for information on the merger with RAI.

As the Pro Forma Income Statement has been prepared as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 2017, an increase to amortization expense of $196 million has been included in the Pro Forma Income Statement.

The BAT Group recorded an amount of £465 million towards fair value of inventory acquired from RAI on the acquisition date. Based on the assumption those inventories would be sold within twelve months following the acquisition, an adjustment of £465 million has been recorded as a part of the Pro Forma Income Statement and presented in “Changes in inventory of finished goods and work in progress”. This is non-recurring in nature.

Tax adjustments of £7,325 million included in Pro Forma on merger largely include income tax adjustments of £7,110 million arising on account of US Tax reforms. On December 22, 2017, the United States Government enacted comprehensive tax legislation which, among other things, changed the Federal tax rate to 21% as of January 1, 2018. The revised tax rate has been used to revalue the net deferred tax liabilities in the United States. The tax adjustment on the Pro Forma Income Statement largely relates to the difference in tax value versus the market fair value of trademarks accounted for under IFRS as part of the RAI acquisition. This is non-recurring in nature. Other adjustments of £198 million to tax expense are resultant impacts of the pro-forma adjustments explained above.

In addition, the Pro Forma Income Statement has been adjusted to remove the following non-recurring items relating to the acquisition of RAI:

 

  ·  

The gain arising from the disposal of the RAI associate of £23,288 million

 

  ·  

Acquisition related costs of £130 million

Further, equity accounted results of the RAI associate up to July 24, 2017 has been excluded.

 

Note 5.

Pro forma adjustments related to financing

As the Pro Forma financial information has been prepared as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 2017, an increase to interest expense of $358 million has been included in the Pro Forma Income Statement. The related estimated net decrease to income tax expense for the Pro Forma Income Statement is $133 million.

In addition, the £153 million of pre-financing costs relating to the acquisition of RAI has been excluded as these costs are non-recurring costs in relation to the acquisition.

 

Note 6.

Adjusting items

Adjusting items are described in note 3 and note 5 of the BAT consolidated financial statements.

 

80


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

On August 15, 2017, the Issuer issued $17.25 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes, consisting of $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2.297% Notes, $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2.764% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 3.222% Notes, $3.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 3.557% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 4.390% Notes, $2.50 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 4.540% Notes, $1.00 billion aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes and $750 million aggregate principal amount of Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes, in a private offering to certain initial purchasers (the “initial purchasers”). The initial purchasers subsequently sold the Unregistered Notes to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. We are required to conduct the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for the purpose of allowing holders to exchange their Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes that have been registered under the Securities Act. The Unregistered Notes sold under Rule 144A under the Securities Act and in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act were given the following CUSIP numbers:

 

Unregistered 2.297% Notes   

144A: 05526DAQ8

Regulation S: U05526AE5

Unregistered 2.764% Notes   

144A: 05526DAU9

Regulation S: U05526AG0

Unregistered 3.222% Notes   

144A: 05526DAY1

Regulation S: U05526AJ4

Unregistered 3.557% Notes   

144A: 05526DBA2

Regulation S: U05526AK1

Unregistered 4.390% Notes   

144A: 05526DBC8

Regulation S: U05526AL9

Unregistered 4.540% Notes   

144A: 05526DBE4

Regulation S: U05526AM7

Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes   

144A: 05526DAS4

Regulation S: U05526AF2

Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes   

144A: 05526DAW5

Regulation S: U05526AH8

The Registration Rights Agreement requires us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act offering to exchange your Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes. Accordingly, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this prospectus, we are offering you the opportunity to exchange your Unregistered Notes for the same principal amount of Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will be registered and issued without a restrictive legend. The Registration Rights Agreement also requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC and to complete the Exchange Offer not later than March 31, 2019. In the event that we are unable to satisfy these requirements, holders of the Unregistered Notes would be entitled to additional interest on the Unregistered Notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) which increases by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but not to exceed 0.50% per annum. In addition, if the Exchange Offer registration statement ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes during periods specified in the

 

81


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement, the interest rate borne by the Unregistered Notes and the Exchange Notes will be increased 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 0.50% per annum. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, no additional interest shall accrue on the Unregistered Notes following the earlier of (x) one year from the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and (y) when all the initial securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

You are strongly encouraged to read the entire text of the Registration Rights Agreement, as it, and not this description, defines your rights. Except as discussed below, we will have no further obligation to register your Unregistered Notes upon the completion of the Exchange Offer.

We believe that the Exchange Notes issued to you in this Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, sold and otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, only if you are able to make the following representations:

 

  ·  

you are not a broker-dealer that acquired the Unregistered Notes from us or in market-making transactions or other trading activities;

 

  ·  

any Exchange Notes you receive in the Exchange Offer will be acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;

 

  ·  

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the Unregistered Notes or the Exchange Notes; and

 

  ·  

you are not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuer.

Our belief is based upon existing interpretations by the SEC’s staff contained in several “no-action” letters to third parties unrelated to us. If you tender your Unregistered Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of Exchange Notes, you cannot rely on these interpretations by the SEC’s staff and you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

The SEC considers broker-dealers that acquired Unregistered Notes directly from us, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, to be making a distribution of the Exchange Notes if they participate in the Exchange Offer. Consequently, these broker-dealers cannot use this prospectus for the Exchange Offer in connection with a resale of the Exchange Notes and, absent an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the Exchange Notes.

A broker-dealer that has bought Unregistered Notes for market-making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus in order to resell any Exchange Notes it receives for its own account in the Exchange Offer. The SEC has taken the position that such broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes by delivering the prospectus contained in the registration statement for the Exchange Offer. Accordingly, this prospectus may be used by such a broker-dealer to resell any of its Exchange Notes. We have agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Unregistered Notes acquired by broker-dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date notice of the exchange offer is given to holders and (ii) the date on which a broker-dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. We have also agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement to provide sufficient copies of the latest version of this prospectus to broker-dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. Unless you are

 

82


Table of Contents

required to do so because you are such a broker-dealer, you may not use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of Exchange Notes.

We are not making this Exchange Offer to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of Unregistered Notes in any jurisdiction in which the Exchange Offer or the acceptance of it would not be legal. See “ The Exchange Offer—Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions ”.

You may suffer adverse consequences if you fail to exchange your Unregistered Notes. Following the completion of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth below in the Registration Rights Agreement, you will not have any further registration rights and your Unregistered Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, if you do not participate in the Exchange Offer, your ability to sell your Unregistered Notes could be adversely affected.

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required, subject to certain conditions, to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to cover resales of the Unregistered Notes by holders if (i) we determine, after consultation with our outside counsel, that the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy and (ii) we receive a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from a holder of the Unregistered Notes stating that (A) such holder (other than a broker-dealer) is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such holder (other than a broker-dealer) does not receive freely tradable exchange securities on the date of the exchange or (C) such holder is an initial purchaser and holds Unregistered Notes acquired directly from BATCAP or one of its affiliates that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange securities in the Exchange Offer following consummation of the Exchange Offer.

If we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of (x) one year after it is declared effective and (y) the date all Exchange Notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to such shelf registration statement.

Holders of Unregistered Notes do not have appraisal or dissenters’ rights under state law. We intend to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act.

Representations We Need From You Before You May Participate in the Exchange Offer

By tendering your Unregistered Notes, you represent to us that:

 

(i)

you are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of BATCAP or any Guarantor;

 

(ii)

you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) to be issued in the Exchange Offer;

 

(iii)

you are acquiring the Exchange Securities in your ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)

you will otherwise cooperate in our preparations for the Exchange Offer; and

 

(v)

you are not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

In addition, you acknowledge that if you are a broker-dealer or a holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer, you (1) could not under SEC policy as in effect on the date of the Registration Rights Agreement rely on the position of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable,

 

83


Table of Contents

of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by you in exchange for Unregistered Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) acquired by you directly from the Issuer.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

We will accept any validly tendered Unregistered Notes that are not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of your Unregistered Notes tendered; provided that each Exchange Note will be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 above that amount. Holders may tender some or all of their Unregistered Notes in the Exchange Offer.

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes will be substantially the same as the form and terms of your Unregistered Notes except that:

 

  ·  

interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue, as the case may be, from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on your Unregistered Notes, or, if no interest has been paid on the Unregistered Notes, from the date of the original issuance of your Unregistered Notes;

 

  ·  

the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will not bear a legend restricting their transfer; and

 

  ·  

the Exchange Notes will not benefit from the registration and related rights pursuant to which we are conducting this Exchange Offer, including an increase in the interest rate related to defaults in our agreement to carry out this Exchange Offer.

This prospectus and the documents you received with this prospectus are being sent to you and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the Unregistered Notes. We intend to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will have accepted your validly tendered Unregistered Notes when we have given written notice to Citibank N.A., London Branch. Citibank N.A., London Branch will act as agent for the purpose of receiving the Unregistered Notes. If any tendered Unregistered Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events or otherwise, certificates sent to Citibank N.A., London Branch will be returned, without expense, as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date to you, unless you request in the letter of transmittal that the Unregistered Notes be sent to someone else.

You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions, fees or transfer taxes in connection with the exchange of your Unregistered Notes. We will pay all charges and expenses in connection with the Exchange Offer except for any taxes you may incur in effecting the transfer of your Unregistered Notes or Exchange Notes to some other person, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2018, unless we extend the Exchange Offer, in which case the Exchange Offer shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the last day of the extension. We do not currently intend to extend the Expiration Date. In any event, the Exchange Offer will be held open for at least 20 business days. In order to extend the Exchange Offer, we will issue a notice by press release or other public announcement.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

  ·  

to delay accepting your Unregistered Notes;

 

  ·  

to extend the Exchange Offer;

 

  ·  

to terminate the Exchange Offer, if any of the conditions shall not have been satisfied; or

 

  ·  

to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner.

 

84


Table of Contents

If we delay, extend, terminate or amend the Exchange Offer, we will give notice to the exchange agent and issue a press release or other public announcement.

Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes

Except in limited circumstances, only a DTC participant listed on a DTC securities position listing with respect to the Unregistered Notes may tender Unregistered Notes in the Exchange Offer. Except as stated below under “ —Book-Entry Transfer ”, to tender in the Exchange Offer:

 

  ·  

if you do not hold your position through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, you must, on or before the Expiration Date, deliver a duly completed letter of transmittal to the exchange agent at its address specified in the letter of transmittal, and certificates for your Unregistered Notes must be received by Citibank N.A., London Branch along with the letter of transmittal;

 

  ·  

if you hold your position through DTC, you must instruct DTC and a DTC participant by completing the form “Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” accompanying this prospectus of your intention whether or not you wish to tender your Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes, and you must in turn follow the procedures for book-entry transfer as set forth below under “ Book-Entry Transfer” and in the letter of transmittal; or

 

  ·  

if you hold your position through Euroclear or Clearstream, the form “Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” with respect to Unregistered Notes held through Euroclear or Clearstream must be completed by a direct accountholder in Euroclear or Clearstream, and interests in the Unregistered Notes must be tendered in compliance with procedures established by Euroclear or Clearstream.

None of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the exchange agent will be responsible for the communication of tenders by holders to the accountholders in DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream through which they hold Unregistered Notes or by such accountholders to the exchange agent, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

Holders will not be responsible for the payment of any fees or commissions to the exchange agent for the Unregistered Notes.

In no event should a holder submitting a tender for exchange send a letter of transmittal or Unregistered Notes to any agent of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors other than the exchange agent, or to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

Holders may contact the exchange agent for assistance in filling out and delivering letters of transmittal and for additional copies of the Exchange Offer materials.

To be tendered effectively, a letter of transmittal or, as described below under “ —Book-Entry Transfer ,” an “agent’s message” and other required documents must be received by Citibank, N.A., London Branch at its address set forth under “ —Exchange Agent ” below prior to the Expiration Date.

If you do not withdraw your tender before the Expiration Date, your tender will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and conditions in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of your Unregistered Notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to be delivered to Citibank, N.A., London Branch is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to ensure delivery to Citibank, N.A., London Branch before the Expiration Date. No letter of transmittal or Unregistered Notes should be sent to us. You may request your brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect these transactions on your behalf.

Procedure if the Unregistered Notes Are Not Registered in Your Name

If your Unregistered Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Unregistered Notes, then you should contact

 

85


Table of Contents

the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on behalf of a registered owner, you must, prior to completing and executing a letter of transmittal and delivering the registered owner’s Unregistered Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Unregistered Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed power of attorney or other proper endorsement from the registered holder. We strongly urge you to act immediately since the transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Signature Requirements and Signature Guarantees

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, referred to as an “eligible institution,” that is a member of specified signature guarantee programs.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal will not be required to be guaranteed if the Unregistered Notes are tendered:

 

  ·  

by a registered holder that has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

  ·  

for the account of an eligible institution.

If a letter of transmittal or any notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing. Evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with such letter of transmittal unless waived by us.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Unregistered Notes will be determined by us, in our sole discretion, and our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Unregistered Notes not properly tendered or any Unregistered Notes the acceptance of which would be unlawful in the opinion of us or our counsel. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Unregistered Notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, including the instructions in a letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Unregistered Notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine, unless waived by us. Although we intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Unregistered Notes, neither we, Citibank, N.A., London Branch nor any other person shall be under any duty to give such notification or shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Unregistered Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all such defects and irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Unregistered Notes received by Citibank, N.A., London Branch that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by Citibank, N.A., London Branch as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date to you, unless you request in the letter of transmittal that the Unregistered Notes be sent to someone else.

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Unregistered Notes that remain outstanding after the Expiration Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase Unregistered Notes in the open market in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of this Exchange Offer.

Despite any other term of the Exchange Offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange Exchange Notes for, any Unregistered Notes, and we may terminate the Exchange Offer, if:

 

  ·  

the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder, violates, in our good faith determination or on the advice of counsel, any applicable law, rule or regulation or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;

 

86


Table of Contents
  ·  

any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by the SEC or any other governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer that, in our judgment, would impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or

 

  ·  

we have not obtained any governmental approval that we, in our sole discretion, consider necessary for the completion of the Exchange Offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us at any time, regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time in our sole discretion. The failure by us to exercise any of our rights shall not be a waiver of our rights. We are required to use reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.

In all cases, the issuance of Exchange Notes for tendered Unregistered Notes that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

 

  ·  

certificates for Unregistered Notes or a timely confirmation from DTC of book-entry transfer of such Unregistered Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC;

 

  ·  

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or, with respect to DTC and its participants, an Agent’s Message in which the tendering holder acknowledges its receipt of and agreement to be bound by the letter of transmittal for such Exchange Offer; and

 

  ·  

all other required documents.

If we do not accept your tendered Unregistered Notes or if you submit Unregistered Notes for a greater aggregate principal amount than you desire to exchange, then the unaccepted or unexchanged Unregistered Notes will be returned without expense to you or, in the case of Unregistered Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such non-exchanged Unregistered Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Unregistered Notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of Unregistered Notes by causing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to transfer such Unregistered Notes into the exchange agent’s DTC account in accordance with DTC’s electronic Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for such transfer. The exchange of Exchange Notes for tendered Unregistered Notes will only be made after timely:

 

  ·  

confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Unregistered Notes into the exchange agent’s account; and

 

  ·  

receipt by the exchange agent of an executed and properly completed letter of transmittal or an Agent’s Message and all other required documents specified in the letter of transmittal.

The confirmation, letter of transmittal or Agent’s Message and any other required documents must be received at the exchange agent’s address listed below under “ —Exchange Agent ” on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer.

As indicated above, delivery of documents to any of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with its procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC tendering Unregistered Notes stating:

 

  ·  

the aggregate principal amount of Unregistered Notes that have been tendered by the participant;

 

87


Table of Contents
  ·  

that such participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and the terms of the Exchange Offer; and

 

  ·  

that we may enforce such agreement against the participant.

Delivery of an Agent’s Message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations contained in the letter of transmittal are true and correct.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of Unregistered Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

For a withdrawal of tendered Unregistered Notes to be effective, a written (or, for a DTC participant, electronic) notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent, at its address set forth in the next section of this prospectus entitled “ —Exchange Agent ”, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

Any such notice of withdrawal must:

 

  ·  

specify your name;

 

  ·  

identify the Unregistered Notes to be withdrawn, including, if applicable, the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Unregistered Notes;

 

  ·  

be signed by you in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which your Unregistered Notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient for the trustee of your Unregistered Notes to register the transfer of those Unregistered Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

  ·  

specify the name in which you want the withdrawn Unregistered Notes to be registered, if different from your name.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of such notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Unregistered Notes withdrawn will be considered not to have been validly tendered for exchange for the purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Unregistered Notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to you without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer relating to such Unregistered Notes. Properly withdrawn Unregistered Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above in “ —Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes ” at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

Exchange Agent

All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent. We have appointed Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus or letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at its offices at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, telephone: +44 (0)20 7508 3867 or by e-mail: citiexchanges@citi.com.

Fees and Expenses

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer, other than to the exchange agent.

The principal solicitation is being made by mail. However, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees.

 

88


Table of Contents

The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be paid by us and are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately $2.5 million, which includes the SEC registration fee, fees and expenses of Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as exchange agent, and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the Exchange Notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the Unregistered Notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchanges, as the terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Unregistered Notes. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

Transfer Taxes

If you tender Unregistered Notes for exchange, you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes unless you instruct us to register your Exchange Notes in a different name or if a transfer tax is imposed for a reason other than the exchange of notes pursuant to this Exchange Offer. If you request that your Unregistered Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to a different person, you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Properly Tender Unregistered Notes in the Exchange

We will issue Exchange Notes in exchange for Unregistered Notes under the Exchange Offer only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of the Unregistered Notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or Agent’s Message and all other required documents. Therefore, holders of the Unregistered Notes desiring to tender Unregistered Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities of tenders of Unregistered Notes for exchange. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, specified rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, including registration rights and any right to additional interest, will be either limited or eliminated.

Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary. In the event the Exchange Offer is completed, we will not, except in limited circumstances, be required to register the remaining Unregistered Notes. Unregistered Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted by us will, following completion of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the following restrictions on transfer:

 

  ·  

holders may resell Unregistered Notes only if an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available or, outside of the United States, to non-U.S. persons in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act; and

 

  ·  

the remaining Unregistered Notes will bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption from registration.

To the extent that Unregistered Notes are tendered and accepted in connection with the Exchange Offer, any trading market for remaining Unregistered Notes could be adversely affected.

Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer or an invitation to participate in the Exchange Offer in any jurisdiction in or from which, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make the relevant offer or invitation under applicable laws. The distribution of the prospectus in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into whose possession the prospectus comes are required by the Issuer and the Exchange Agent to inform themselves about, and to observe, any such restrictions.

 

89


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

The communication of this prospectus and any other documents or materials relating to the Exchange Offer is not being made, and such documents and/or materials have not been approved, by an authorized person for the purposes of section 21 of the FSMA. Accordingly, such documents and/or materials are not being distributed to, and must not be passed on to, the general public in the United Kingdom. The communication of such documents and/or materials is exempt from the restriction on financial promotions under section 21 of the FSMA on the basis that it is only directed at and may be communicated to (1) those persons who are existing members or creditors of the Group or other persons within Article 43 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, and (2) any other persons to whom these documents and/or materials may lawfully be communicated.

European Economic Area Retail Investors

The Exchange Offer is not being made available to, and the Exchange Notes are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to, any retail investor in the EEA. For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (ii) a customer within the meaning of the Insurance Mediation Directive, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive. Consequently no key information document required by the PRIIPs Regulation for offering or selling the Exchange Notes or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Exchange Notes or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPS Regulation.

By tendering any Unregistered Notes, you represent that if you are located or resident in any Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, you are a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive.

 

90


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture (as described below) and the Exchange Notes. We urge you to read the Exchange Notes and the Indenture in their entirety because the Exchange Notes and the Indenture, not this summary, define your rights as a holder of the Exchange Notes. A copy of the Indenture is available upon request to BAT at the address indicated under the section entitled “Where you can find more information; incorporation by reference”. Any capitalized term used herein but not defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture or under “—Certain Definitions”.

The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), as in effect on the date of the closing of the offering of the Exchange Notes.

GENERAL

The 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), the 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), the 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), the 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), the 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), the 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes” and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes and the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the “Fixed Rate Exchange Notes”), the floating rate notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”) and the floating rate notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and together with the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Floating Rate Exchange Notes”) will be issued by B.A.T Capital Corporation (“BATCAP” or the “Issuer”). The term “Unregistered Fixed Rate Notes” refers collectively to the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding fixed rate notes for which the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes are being exchanged, and the term “Unregistered Floating Rate Notes” refers collectively to the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding floating rate notes for which the Floating Rate Exchange Notes are being exchanged. Together, the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and the Floating Rate Exchange Notes are referred to as the “Exchange Notes”, the Unregistered Fixed Rate Notes and the Unregistered Floating Rate Notes are referred to as the “Unregistered Notes” and the term “Notes” refers to the Unregistered Notes and the Exchange Notes, collectively.

In this prospectus, we refer to each series of the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and Floating Rate Exchange Notes as a “series” of Notes.

The 2.297% Exchange Notes will mature on August 14, 2020. The 2.764% Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2022. The 3.222% Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2024. The 3.557% Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2027. The 4.390% Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2037. The 4.540% Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2047. The 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will mature on August 14, 2020. The 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2022.

The Exchange Notes will be issued in registered form and treated as eight separate series of debt securities under an indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture no. 1, dated as of September 28, 2018, and as further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”). The Indenture is by and among BATCAP, as Issuer, British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“BAT” or the “Parent Guarantor”), B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (“BATIF”), British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“BATHTN”), B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“BATNF” and, together with BATHTN, the “Dutch Guarantors”), and, unless its guarantee is released in accordance with the Indenture, Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”), each as a guarantor, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent (in such capacity, “Paying Agent”, “Registrar”, “Transfer Agent” or “Calculation Agent”, respectively). Citibank, N.A., New York Branch will replace Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent on or prior to October 16, 2018.

 

91


Table of Contents

Each entity that provides a guarantee in respect of the Notes is referred to herein as a “Guarantor”. In this “Description of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees”, the terms “holder”, “Noteholder” and other similar terms refer to a “registered holder” of Notes, and not to a beneficial owner of a book-entry interest in any Notes.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and Indenture are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior and unsecured basis by each of the Parent Guarantor, the Dutch Guarantors, BATIF and RAI.

The Exchange Notes are initially issuable in the following aggregate principal amounts not to be exceeded, with maturity dates as follows:

 

Series of Notes

   Maximum aggregate principal amount      Maturity date  
2.297% Exchange Notes    $ 2,250,000,000        August 14, 2020  
2.764% Exchange Notes    $ 2,250,000,000        August 15, 2022  
3.222% Exchange Notes    $ 2,500,000,000        August 15, 2024  
3.557% Exchange Notes    $ 3,500,000,000        August 15, 2027  
4.390% Exchange Notes    $ 2,500,000,000        August 15, 2037  
4.540% Exchange Notes    $ 2,500,000,000        August 15, 2047  
2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes    $ 1,000,000,000        August 14, 2020  
2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes    $ 750,000,000        August 15, 2022  

Interest

Fixed Rate Exchange Notes

The Fixed Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest per annum and have maturity dates as follows:

 

Series of Fixed Rate Notes

   Interest  rate  per  annum     Maturity date  
2.297% Exchange Notes      2.297     August 14, 2020  
2.764% Exchange Notes      2.764     August 15, 2022  
3.222% Exchange Notes      3.222     August 15, 2024  
3.557% Exchange Notes      3.557     August 15, 2027  
4.390% Exchange Notes      4.390     August 15, 2037  
4.540% Exchange Notes      4.540     August 15, 2047  

The 2.297% Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for on the Unregistered Notes, payable semi-annually in arrear on February 14 and August 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2019 (each, a “2020 Interest Payment Date”). The 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes and the 4.540% Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for on the Unregistered Notes, payable semi-annually in arrear on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2019 (each, together with the 2020 Interest Payment Dates, an “Interest Payment Date”) until their respective maturity date, unless previously purchased or redeemed by BATCAP, to the person in whose name any 2.297% Exchange Note, 2.764% Exchange Note, 3.222% Exchange Note, 3.557% Exchange Note, 4.390% Exchange Note or 4.540% Exchange Note, as applicable, is registered at the close of business on the 15th calendar day preceding each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day (each, a “Record Date”) notwithstanding any transfer or exchange of such Notes subsequent to the Record Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, except that, if and to the extent BATCAP shall default in the payment of the interest due on such Interest Payment Date, and the applicable grace period shall have expired, such defaulted interest may at the option of BATCAP be paid to the persons in whose names the outstanding Notes are registered at the close of business on a subsequent Record Date (which shall not be less than five Business Days

 

92


Table of Contents

prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest) established by notice sent by or on behalf of the Issuer to the holders (which term means registered holders) of the 2.297% Exchange Notes, 2.764% Exchange Notes, 3.222% Exchange Notes, 3.557% Exchange Notes, 4.390% Exchange Notes or 4.540% Exchange Notes, as applicable, not less than 15 days preceding such subsequent Record Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, or in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith. A “Business Day” refers to any day which is not, in London or New York City, or any other place of payment, a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close.

Floating Rate Exchange Notes

Interest will be payable on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes quarterly in arrear on February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2019. Interest on the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be payable quarterly in arrear on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2019. Interest will be paid to the person in whose name such Note is registered at the close of business on the second Business Day that precedes the related interest payment date. The 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (as defined below) plus 0.59% which will be reset as described below. The 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 0.88% which will be reset as described below.

If any interest payment date (other than a redemption date or other maturity date) for the Floating Rate Exchange Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment date will be postponed to the next succeeding business day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the interest payment date will be the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with interest accruing to but excluding the date of payment. If a redemption date or other maturity date for the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes or the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest will accrue or be payable unless the Issuer fails to make payment on such next succeeding Business Day.

The initial rate of interest on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be determined by the Calculation Agent on November 12, 2018. The rate of interest on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be reset quarterly on February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2019 (collectively, the “2020 Interest Reset Dates” and each, a “2020 Interest Reset Date”). The initial rate of interest on the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be determined by the Calculation Agent on November 13, 2018. The rate of interest on the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be reset quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2019 (collectively, the “2022 Interest Reset Dates” and each, a “2022 Interest Reset Date” and, together with the 2020 Interest Reset Dates, the “Interest Reset Dates” and each, an “Interest Reset Date”). If any Interest Reset Date would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the Interest Reset Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day.

The Calculation Agent for the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be the Paying Agent, or its successor appointed by the Issuer. The Calculation Agent will determine the interest rate for each Interest Reset Date by reference to LIBOR on the second London banking day preceding the applicable Interest Reset Date, which is referred to herein as an “Interest Determination Date”.

 

93


Table of Contents

Promptly upon such determination, the Calculation Agent will notify the Issuer and the Trustee of the new interest rate. Upon the request of the holder of any Floating Rate Exchange Note, the Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate that will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date.

“London banking day” means any day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market. “LIBOR” will be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  ·  

With respect to any Interest Determination Date, LIBOR will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months commencing on the related Interest Reset Date that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date. If no such rate appears, then LIBOR, in respect of that Interest Determination Date will be determined in accordance with the following provisions.

 

  ·  

With respect to an Interest Determination Date on which no rate appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes), as selected by the Issuer, to provide its offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on that Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

 

  ·  

If fewer than two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes) selected by the Issuer for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such rates.

 

  ·  

If fewer than two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Determination Date. “Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display that appears on Reuters (or any successor service) on page LIBOR01 (or any page as may replace such page on such service) for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for U.S. dollars.

Interest on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

All percentages resulting from any calculation of any interest rate for the Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward ( e . g ., 5.876545% (or .05876545) would be rounded to 5.87655% (or .0587655)), and all dollar amounts would be rounded to the nearest cent with one-half cent being rounded upward.

The interest rate on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law and in no event be less than 0.00%.

All calculations made by the Calculation Agent for the purposes of calculating interest on the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be conclusive and binding on the holders and the Issuer, absent manifest error.

 

94


Table of Contents

FORM AND DENOMINATION

The Exchange Notes will be issued in fully registered form and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Exchange Notes will be issued initially as Global Notes.

FURTHER ISSUES

The aggregate principal amount of Notes issuable under the Indenture is unlimited. The Issuer may, from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of the Notes, “reopen” any series of the Notes and create and issue additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, as the case may be (or in all respects except for the issue date, issue price, the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes and/or the first payment of interest following the issue date of such additional notes) so that the additional notes are consolidated and form a single series of Notes with the Notes, as the case may be (a “Further Issue”), provided that if the additional notes are not fungible with the Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the additional notes will have separate CUSIPs, ISINs, or other identifying numbers.

STATUS OF THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES

The Notes will be unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer and will rank pari passu in right of payment among themselves and with all other direct, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer (except those obligations preferred by statute or operation of law). Each Guarantor will fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior, unsecured basis, the due and punctual payment (and not collectability) of the principal of and interest on the Notes (and the payment of additional amounts described under “ —Payment of Additional Amounts ” below) and other obligations under the Indenture when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise. Each Guarantee will be an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the respective Guarantor and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all other direct, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of such Guarantor (except those obligations preferred by statute or operation of law). The Issuer and each Guarantor will be subject to a negative pledge with respect to certain types of indebtedness, which are discussed in “ —Covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors—Negative Pledge ” below.

GUARANTEES

Release

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of the Trustee or the Noteholders, a Guarantor that is a subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (a “Subsidiary Guarantor”), other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors, will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, in the event that (1) its guarantee of all then outstanding notes issued under the EMTN Programme is released or (2) at substantially the same time its Guarantee of the Notes is terminated, the Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money for which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower). For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money shall not include (A) the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, (B) any other debt the terms of which permit the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of such debt under similar circumstances, as long as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of such other debt are terminated at substantially the same time as its guarantee of the Notes, (C) any debt that is being refinanced at substantially the same time that the guarantee of the Notes is being released, provided that any obligations of the

 

95


Table of Contents

relevant Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the debt that is incurred in the refinancing shall be included in the calculation of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money and (D) for the avoidance of doubt, any debt in respect of which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower) (i) between or among the Parent Guarantor and any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof or (ii) between or among any subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

As of the date of this prospectus, RAI is the only Subsidiary Guarantor to which the above provision is relevant. Under the EMTN Programme, a Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee is released if at any time the aggregate amount of indebtedness for borrowed money for which the Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor does not exceed 10% of the outstanding long term debt of BAT as reflected in the balance sheet included in BAT’s most recent publicly released interim or annual consolidated financial statements, as evidenced by a certificate to such effect addressed to the trustee under the EMTN Programme and signed by a director of BAT.

ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

The Issuer or, if applicable, each Guarantor will make payments of, or in respect of, principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes, or any payment pursuant to the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, levy, impost or other similar governmental charge whatsoever imposed, assessed, levied or collected (“Taxes”) by or for the account of the United States, the United Kingdom (in the case of a payment by the Parent Guarantor or BATIF), The Netherlands (in the case of a payment by a Dutch Guarantor) or any other jurisdiction through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or, if applicable, such Guarantor (or any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof having the power to tax) (a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless such withholding or deduction is required by law.

If the Issuer or, if applicable, any Guarantor, is required by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to so withhold or deduct such Taxes, the Issuer or, if applicable, such Guarantor, will pay to the holder of a Note such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such holder will not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however , that amounts with respect to any United States Tax shall be payable only to holders that are not United States persons (within the meaning of the Code); and provided further , that neither the Issuer nor such Guarantor shall be required to pay any Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(i)

any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that the holder or beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such holder, if such holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) is or has been a domiciliary, national or resident of, or engaging or having been engaged in a trade or business or maintaining or having maintained a permanent establishment or being or having been physically present in, a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or otherwise having or having had some connection with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the holding or ownership of, or the collection of principal of, and premium (if any) or interest on, a Note or the enforcement of the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be;

 

(ii)

any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that, where presentation is required in order to receive payment, the applicable Note or Guarantee was presented more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or was provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner thereof would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the applicable Note or Guarantee been presented for payment on any day during such 30-day period;

 

(iii)

any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

(iv)

any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of the applicable Note or Guarantee;

 

96


Table of Contents
(v)

any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the failure by the holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee to (A) provide any certification, identification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the holder or the beneficial owner or its connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (B) make any valid or timely declaration or claim or satisfy any other reporting, information or procedural requirements relating to such matters if, in either case, compliance is required by statute, regulation, relevant income tax treaty or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a condition to relief or exemption from such Taxes;

 

(vi)

any Taxes imposed by reason of the holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee being or having been considered a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

(vii)

any Taxes imposed on interest received by a 10-percent shareholder of the Issuer within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

(viii)

any backup withholding imposed pursuant to Section 3406 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

(ix)

any Taxes imposed pursuant to Section 871(h)(6) or Section 881(c)(6) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

(x)

any Taxes imposed by reason of the holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee being or having been a personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or a corporation that has accumulated earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

(xi)

any Taxes imposed or withheld pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions), any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof or any agreements entered into in connection with the implementation thereof; or

 

(xii)

any combination of the Taxes described in (i) through (xi) above.

In addition, Additional Amounts will not be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of, or any premium or interest on, any of the applicable Notes or Guarantees to any holder that is a fiduciary, a partnership, a limited liability company or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership, an interest holder in such limited liability company or a beneficial owner that would not have been entitled to such amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member, interest holder or beneficial owner been the holder of the applicable Notes or Guarantees.

Unless otherwise stated, references in any context to the payment of principal of, and any premium or interest on, any Note, or any payment pursuant to the Guarantees, will be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

REDEMPTION

The Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and certain of the Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer as described below under “— Optional Redemption ”. Series of Floating Rate Exchange Notes having a maturity date that is less than five years from the issue date of the Unregistered Notes will not be subject to such optional redemption by the Issuer.

Both the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes and the Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer in the event of certain changes in tax laws applicable to payments in respect of the Notes as described below under “ —Redemption for Tax Reasons ”.

 

97


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

The Issuer may redeem the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time and from time to time (i) at all times in respect of the 2.297% Exchange Notes or (ii) before the applicable Par Call Date, for all other series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (x) 100% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed and (y) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the applicable Remaining Scheduled Payments (as defined below) discounted to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus, in the case of each respective series of Fixed Rate Exchange Notes as follows:

 

2.297% Exchange Notes      15 basis points  
2.764% Exchange Notes      15 basis points  
3.222% Exchange Notes      20 basis points  
3.557% Exchange Notes      20 basis points  
4.390% Exchange Notes      25 basis points  
4.540% Exchange Notes      30 basis points  

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

If the Issuer elects to redeem the 2.764% Exchange Notes, 3.222% Exchange Notes, 3.557% Exchange Notes, 4.390% Exchange Notes, 4.540% Exchange Notes or the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes on or after the applicable Par Call Date (as defined below), the Issuer will pay an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

In connection with such optional redemption the following defined terms apply:

 

  ·  

Comparable Treasury Issue means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to, the remaining term of the 2.297% Exchange Notes, 2.764% Exchange Notes, 3.222% Exchange Notes, 3.557% Exchange Notes, 4.390% Exchange Notes or the 4.540% Exchange Notes, as the case may be, to the relevant Par Call Date.

 

  ·  

Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (B) if the Independent Investment Banker for the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

 

  ·  

Independent Investment Banker means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers (as defined below) appointed by the Issuer to act as the “Independent Investment Banker”.

 

  ·  

Par Call Date means (i) July 15, 2022 with respect to any 2.764% Exchange Notes (one month prior to the maturity date of the 2.764% Exchange Notes), (ii) June 15, 2024 with respect to any 3.222% Exchange Notes (two months prior to the maturity date of the 3.222% Exchange Notes), (iii) May 15, 2027 with respect to any 3.557% Exchange Notes (three months prior to the maturity date of the 3.557% Exchange Notes), (iv) February 15, 2037 with respect to any 4.390% Exchange Notes (six months prior to the maturity date of the 4.390% Exchange Notes), (v) February 15, 2047 with respect to any 4.540% Exchange Notes (six months prior to the maturity date of the 4.540% Exchange Notes) and (vi) July 15, 2022 with respect to any 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes (one month prior to the maturity date of the 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes).

 

98


Table of Contents
  ·  

Reference Treasury Dealer means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and their respective successors and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms that are Primary Treasury Dealers specified from time to time by the Issuer; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Issuer shall substitute therefor another nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

  ·  

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding that Redemption Date.

 

  ·  

Remaining Scheduled Payments means, with respect to each Fixed Rate Exchange Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of the principal thereof and interest thereon that would be due from and including the related Redemption Date, but for such redemption, to but excluding the relevant Par Call Date; provided, however, that if that Redemption Date is not an Interest Payment Date with respect to such Fixed Rate Exchange Notes, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to that Redemption Date.

 

  ·  

Treasury Rate means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that Redemption Date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for that Redemption Date.

Notice of any optional redemption will be given in accordance with “ —Notice ” below at least 10 days but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each holder of the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed.

If less than all the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes are to be redeemed, in the case of a redemption at the Issuer’s option as discussed in this section, the Fixed Rate Exchange Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC.

Redemption for Tax Reasons

Each series of Notes is also redeemable by the Issuer, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Issuer’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law (as defined below): (i) the Issuer or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Notes or applicable Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Issuer and each such other Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer, taking reasonable measures available to it. In such case, the Issuer may redeem the applicable Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice as provided in “ —Notice ” below, at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (including Additional Amounts); provided, that, (a) no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay any such Additional Amounts in respect of the applicable Notes or applicable

 

99


Table of Contents

Guarantee, as applicable, then due and (b) at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. The Issuer’s right to redeem the applicable Notes shall continue as long as the Issuer or a Guarantor is obligated to pay such Additional Amounts, notwithstanding that the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall have made payments of Additional Amounts. Prior to the giving of any such notice of redemption, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee: (i) an officer’s certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred; and (ii) an opinion of independent counsel or an independent accountant of recognized standing, selected by the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to tax matters of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer or such Guarantor has, or would, become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such Change in Tax Law.

For the purposes hereof, “Change in Tax Law” shall mean: (i) any changes in, or amendment to, any law of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder and including, for this purpose, any treaty entered into by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) or any amendment to or change in the application or official interpretation (including judicial or administrative interpretation) of such law, which change or amendment becomes effective or, in the case of an official interpretation, is announced, on or after August 15, 2017; or (ii) if the Issuer or a Guarantor consolidates, merges, amalgamates or combines with, or transfers or leases its assets substantially as an entirety to, any person that is incorporated or tax resident under the laws of any jurisdiction other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (a “successor”) and as a consequence thereof such person becomes the successor obligor to the Issuer or such Guarantor in respect of Additional Amounts that may become payable (in which case, for purposes of this redemption provision, all references to the Issuer or such Guarantor shall be deemed to be and include references to such person), any change in, or amendment to, any law of the jurisdiction of organization or tax residence of such successor, or the jurisdiction through which payments will be made by the successor, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or thereon for purposes of taxation (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder and including, for this purpose, any treaty entered into by such jurisdiction) or any amendment to or change in the application or official interpretation (including judicial or administrative interpretation) of such law, which change or amendment becomes effective or, in the case of an official interpretation, is announced, on or after the date of such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, combination or other transaction.

General

Upon presentation of any Fixed Rate Exchange Note redeemed in part only, the Issuer will execute and the Paying Agent will authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to, or on, the order of the holder thereof, at the expense of the Issuer, a new Fixed Rate Exchange Note or Fixed Rate Exchange Notes, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note so presented.

On or before any Redemption Date (as defined above), the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed on such date. The redemption price shall be calculated by the Independent Investment Banker and the Issuer, and the Trustee and any agent shall be entitled to rely on such calculation.

On and after any Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or any portion thereof called for redemption.

 

100


Table of Contents

MATURITY

Unless previously purchased or redeemed by the Issuer, and cancelled, the principal amount of each respective series of Exchange Notes shall mature on:

 

Series of Notes

   Maturity date  
2.297% Exchange Notes      August 14, 2020  
2.764% Exchange Notes      August 15, 2022  
3.222% Exchange Notes      August 15, 2024  
3.557% Exchange Notes      August 15, 2027  
4.390% Exchange Notes      August 15, 2037  
4.540% Exchange Notes      August 15, 2047  
2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes      August 14, 2020  
2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes      August 15, 2022  

in an amount equal, in each case, to their principal amount, with accrued and unpaid interest to such date.

REACQUISITION

There is no restriction on the ability of the Issuer to purchase or repurchase Notes, provided, that any Notes so repurchased shall be cancelled and not reissued.

SINKING FUND

There is no provision for a sinking fund for any of the Notes.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Notes and the Indenture. You should refer to the Notes and the Indenture for the full definition of all defined terms as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“EMTN Programme” means the Euro Medium Term Note Programme to which BATIF, BATCAP, BATHTN and BATNF are parties as the issuers under the programme and notes issued thereunder are guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor, each of the issuers thereunder (except when it is the relevant issuer) and RAI, as amended from time to time.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Quoted Borrowing” means any indebtedness which: (a) is represented by notes, debentures or other securities issued otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks and/or other lending institutions; (b) is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or interest, in or by reference to any currency other than the currency of the country in which the issuer of the indebtedness has its principal place of business or is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or interest, in or by reference to the currency of such country but is placed or offered for subscription or sale by or on behalf of, or by agreement with, the issuer of such indebtedness as to over 20% outside such country; and (c) at its date of issue is, or is intended by the issuer of such indebtedness to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange or other organized and regulated securities market in any part of the world.

COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

Negative Pledge

The Indenture provides that so long as any of the applicable Notes remains outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will secure or allow to be secured any Quoted Borrowing or any payment

 

101


Table of Contents

under any guarantee by any of them of any Quoted Borrowing by any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien (other than arising by operation of law) upon any of its undertaking or assets, whether present or future, unless at the same time the same mortgage, charge, pledge or lien is extended, or security which is not materially less beneficial to the holders of the applicable Notes than the security given as aforesaid or which shall be approved by consent of the holders of not less than 75% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes at the time outstanding is extended or created (as the case may be), to secure equally and ratably the principal of, and interest on, and all other payments (if any) in respect of the applicable Notes.

Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations and Combinations

So long as any of the applicable Notes remain outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into any other person or sell, convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any person (other than any sale or conveyance by way of a lease in the ordinary course of business), unless: (i) in the case of the Issuer, any successor person assumes the Issuer’s obligations on the applicable Notes and under the Indenture and, in the case of any Guarantor, any successor person assumes such Guarantor’s obligations on the applicable Guarantee and under the Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) such successor person is organized under the laws of the United States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands or any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development as of the date of such succession; (iv) such successor person agrees to pay any Additional Amounts imposed by the jurisdiction in which such successor person is incorporated or otherwise a resident for tax purposes or through which payments are made and resulting therefrom or otherwise; and (v) if as a result of such consolidation or merger or such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or similar encumbrance to secure payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Issuer or a Guarantor which would not be permitted by the applicable Notes or under the Indenture, the Issuer or any Guarantor or such successor person, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness for borrowed money secured thereby.

The limitation on mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and combinations contained in this section “ —Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations and Combinations ” shall not apply to any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or combination in which the Issuer or applicable Guarantor is the surviving corporation except that, in such case, the provisions of (ii) and (v) above shall apply such that: (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and (y) if as a result of such consolidation or merger or such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or similar encumbrance to secure payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Issuer or a Guarantor which would not be permitted by the applicable Notes or under the Indenture, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness for borrowed money secured thereby.

The Indenture does not contain covenants or other provisions to afford protection to holders of the Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of the Issuer or any Guarantor except as provided above.

Upon certain mergers or consolidations involving the Issuer or a Guarantor, or upon certain sales or conveyances of the properties of the Issuer or a Guarantor, the obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor, under the applicable Notes or the applicable Guarantee, shall be assumed by the person

 

102


Table of Contents

formed by such merger or consolidation or which shall have acquired such property and upon such assumptions such person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and then the Issuer or such Guarantor will be relieved from all obligations under the Notes and the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be. The terms “Issuer” and “Guarantor”, as used in the Notes and the Indenture, also refer to any such successors or assigns so substituted.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “entirety or substantially as an entirety”, there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “entirety or substantially as an entirety” of the Issuer’s assets and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The following will be Events of Default (each an “Event of Default”) with respect to the applicable Notes:

 

(i)

Non-Payment: default is made in the payment of: (a) any installment of interest (excluding Additional Amounts) upon any applicable Note as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 14 days or more; (b) applicable Additional Amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 14 days; or (c) all or any part of the principal or premium, if any, of any applicable Note as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, and continuance of such default for three days;

 

(ii)

Breach of Other Obligations: the Issuer or any Guarantor does not perform or comply with any one or more of its other obligations under the applicable Notes or the Indenture (other than those described in paragraph (i) above) which is not remedied within 30 days after written notice of such default shall have been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

 

(iii)

Cross-Default: (a) any other present or future indebtedness for borrowed money of the Issuer or any Guarantor, other than the Notes issued by the Issuer, becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any default or event of default in respect thereof by the Issuer or any Guarantor and remains unpaid; or (b) any such indebtedness for borrowed money is not paid when due or, as the case may be, within any applicable grace period; or (c) the Issuer or any Guarantor fails to pay when due and called upon (after the expiry of any applicable grace period) any amount payable by it under any present or future guarantee for, or indemnity in respect of, any indebtedness for borrowed money and which remains unpaid; provided that (x) payment of the indebtedness for borrowed money is not being contested in good faith and in accordance with legal advice or (y) the aggregate amount of the indebtedness for borrowed money, guarantees and indemnities in respect of which one or more of the events mentioned above in (a), (b) and (c) has or have occurred and is or are continuing, equals or exceeds £750 million or its equivalent in any other currency of the indebtedness for borrowed money or, if greater, 1.25% of the Total Equity of the Parent Guarantor, as set out in the “Total Equity” line item in the most recent consolidated group balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries in the Parent Guarantor’s most recent Annual Report;

 

(iv)

Cessation of Guarantees: any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the Indenture or Guarantee;

 

(v)

Enforcement Proceedings: a distress or execution or other legal process is levied or enforced against or an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver, administrative receiver or other similar officer is appointed of the whole or a part of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor which is substantial in relation to the BAT Group taken as a whole and is not discharged, stayed, removed or paid out within 45 days after such execution or appointment;

 

103


Table of Contents
(vi)

Security Enforced: any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance, present or future, created or assumed by the Issuer or any Guarantor becomes enforceable and any step is taken to enforce it (including the taking of possession or the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, manager or other similar person) against all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor and is not discharged within 45 days;

 

(vii)

Insolvency: the Issuer or any Guarantor is insolvent or bankrupt or unable to pay its debts (in respect of companies incorporated in England and Wales, within the meaning of Sections 123(1)(b) or (e) or Section 123(2) of the UK Insolvency Act 1986), stops, suspends or threatens to stop or suspend payment of all or a material part of its debts, proposes or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition (otherwise than for the purposes of reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or consolidation or other similar arrangement) with or for the benefit of its creditors in respect of any of such debts or a moratorium is agreed or declared in respect of or affecting all or a material part of the debts of the Issuer;

 

(viii)

Winding-up: an order is made or an effective resolution passed for the winding-up or dissolution or administration of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply or petition for a winding-up or administration order in respect of itself or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or substantially all of its business or operations, in each case except for the purpose of and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or consolidation or other similar arrangement; or

 

(ix)

Analogous Events: any event occurs that under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in any of the foregoing paragraphs (vii) and (viii).

The Indenture will provide that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes of a series, then and in each and every such case (other than certain Events of Default specified in paragraphs (vii), (viii) and (ix) above with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor), unless the principal of all the applicable Notes shall have already become due and payable, the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any holder. If certain Events of Default described in paragraph (vii), (viii) or (ix) above occur with respect to the Issuer and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may waive defaults and rescind and annul declarations of acceleration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impart any right consequent thereon.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, subject to certain limitations to be specified in the Indenture, including providing to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it.

An Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes would not necessarily constitute an event of default with respect to the other series of Notes.

The Indenture also provides that no holder of any Notes governed by the Indenture may institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy under the Indenture (except suits for the enforcement of payment of overdue

 

104


Table of Contents

principal or interest) unless (1) the holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (2) the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (3) the holder or holders of Notes offer, and if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense, (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity and (5) during such 60-day period the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. The holder of a Note may not use the Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such holders).

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

The Indenture provides that BAT may, subject to satisfying certain conditions, discharge certain obligations to the holders of Notes of any series of Notes that have not already been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and that either have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year (or scheduled for redemption within one year) by depositing with the Trustee or Paying Agent, in trust, funds in an amount sufficient to pay the entire indebtedness on such series of Notes in respect of principal and premium, if any, and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (if such Notes have become due and payable) or to the maturity thereof or redemption date, as the case may be, along with an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will have the option either (a) to be deemed (together with each Guarantor) to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, a series of Notes and the applicable Guarantees and to have satisfied all the obligations under the Indenture relating to the series of Notes (except for certain obligations, including those relating to the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain paying agencies) on the 91st day after the applicable conditions described below have been satisfied or (b) to cease (together with each Guarantor) to be under any obligation to comply with the covenant described above under “ —Covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors—Negative Pledge ” and the condition relating to the absence of any events of default under “— Covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations and Combinations ” under the Indenture, and non-compliance with such covenants and the occurrence of all events described above under “ —Events of Default ” will not give rise to any Event of Default under the Indenture, at any time after the applicable conditions described below have been satisfied.

In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Issuer must (i) deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent, irrevocably in money or Government Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) funds sufficient in the opinion of a certified public accounting firm of national reputation for the payment of principal of and interest on the applicable outstanding Notes of any series to and including the Redemption Date irrevocably designated by the Issuer on or prior to the date of deposit of such money or Government Obligations, and must (ii) comply with certain other conditions, including delivering to the Trustee an opinion of U.S. counsel to the effect that beneficial owners of the applicable Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the exercise of such option and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised and, in the case of clause (a) in the previous paragraph, which opinion must state that such opinion is based on a ruling received from or published by the United States Internal Revenue Service or on a change of law after August 15, 2017.

 

105


Table of Contents

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

Without Consent of Noteholders

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee, without the consent of the holders of any of the applicable Notes at any time outstanding under such Indenture, from time to time and at any time, to enter into a supplemental indenture amending or supplementing such Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees in order to:

 

  ·  

convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the holders of the applicable Notes or any person acting on their behalf as security for the applicable Notes any property or assets;

 

  ·  

evidence the succession of another person to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor person(s) of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to the Indenture;

 

  ·  

evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor or successors to the Trustee and/or the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar, as applicable;

 

  ·  

add to the covenants of, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Issuer and any Guarantor, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Issuer and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, including to eliminate one or both prongs of the release provision under “— Release ”, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default under the Indenture permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in the Indenture; provided that, in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision, such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default;

 

  ·  

if required by the requirements of the SEC, comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”);

 

  ·  

modify the restrictions on, and procedures for, resale and other transfers of the applicable Notes pursuant to law, regulation or practice relating to the resale or transfer of restricted securities generally;

 

  ·  

cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes, or the Guarantees which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained therein or to make such other provision in regard to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees as the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which will not, in the opinion of the Issuer or any Guarantor, adversely affect the interests of the holders of the applicable Notes in any material respect;

 

  ·  

issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Notes under the Indenture or to “reopen” the applicable series of Notes and create and issue additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the applicable Notes (or in all respects except for the issue date, issue price, payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes and/or the first payment of interest following the issue date of such additional notes) so that the additional notes are consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding applicable Notes; and

 

106


Table of Contents
  ·  

evidence the addition of any new Guarantor of the Notes and the Indenture, or the release of any Guarantor from its obligations with respect to the Notes and the Indenture, in either case pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

With Consent of Noteholders

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all series of the Notes affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class) at the time outstanding under the Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the applicable Notes), from time to time and at any time, to enter into a supplemental indenture for the purpose of amending, waiving or otherwise modifying the provisions of the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, or adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the applicable Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the applicable Notes; provided, that no such supplemental indenture may, without the consent of the holder of each of the Notes so affected:

 

  ·  

change the stated maturity of the applicable Note of, or the date for payment of any principal of, or installment of interest on, any applicable Note; or

 

  ·  

reduce the principal amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any applicable Note or Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto or reduce the amount payable thereon in the event of redemption or default or change the method for determining the interest rate thereon; or

 

  ·  

change the currency of payment of principal of or interest on any applicable Note or Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto; or change the obligation of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to pay Additional Amounts (except as otherwise permitted by such applicable Note); or

 

  ·  

impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to any applicable Note; or

 

  ·  

reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes outstanding the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture; or

 

  ·  

reduce the aggregate principal amount of any applicable Note outstanding necessary to modify or amend the Indenture or any such Note or to waive any future compliance or past default or reduce the quorum requirements or the percentage of aggregate principal amount of any applicable Notes outstanding required for the adoption of any action at any meeting of holders of such Notes or to reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding necessary to rescind or annul any declaration of the principal of all accrued and unpaid interest on any Note to be due and payable,

provided, that no consent of any holder of any applicable Note shall be necessary to permit the Trustee, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors to execute supplemental indenture as described under “ —Without Consent of Noteholders ” above.

Any modifications, amendments or waivers to the Indenture or to the conditions of the applicable Notes will be conclusive and binding on all holders of the applicable Notes, whether or not they have consented to such action or were present at the meeting at which such action was taken, and on all future holders of the applicable Notes, whether or not notation of such modifications, amendments or waivers is made upon such Notes. Any instrument given by or on behalf of any holder of such a Note in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or waiver will be irrevocable once given and will be conclusive and binding on all subsequent registered holders of such Note.

 

107


Table of Contents

PRESCRIPTION

Under New York’s statute of limitations, any legal action upon the Notes in respect of interest or principal must be commenced within six years after the payment thereof is due.

NOTICE

So long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange and the rules of the London Stock Exchange so require, notices to holders of Notes will be given by the Issuer by publication in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London, England (which is expected initially to be the Financial Times ). Notices to holders of Notes will also be given by first-class mail postage prepaid to the last addresses of such holders as they appear in the Notes register; provided, no such mailing shall be required if Notes are held through DTC, as such notice shall be given in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC. Such notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or mailing.

So long as any Global Notes representing the Notes are held in their entirety on behalf of a clearing system, or any of its participants, there may be substituted for the publication and mailing of notice to holders of Notes described above the delivery of the relevant notices to the clearing system, and its participants, for communication by them to the entitled accountholders. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day on which the said notice was given to the clearing system, and its participants.

LISTING

Although we expect to obtain and maintain a listing for the Exchange Notes on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to admit the Exchange Notes for trading on the Professional Securities Market, we cannot assure you that our application will be approved or that any series of Exchange Notes will be listed and, if listed, that such Exchange Notes will remain listed for the entire term of such Exchange Notes. If we are unable to obtain or maintain such a listing, we may obtain and maintain listing for the Exchange Notes on another exchange in our sole discretion.

CONSENT TO SERVICE

Each of the non-U.S. Guarantors has initially designated BATCAP as their authorized agent for service of process in any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the performance of its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes brought in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, and will irrevocably submit (but for those purposes only) to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding.

GOVERNING LAW

The Indenture, Notes and Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

REGARDING THE TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

Wilmington Trust, National Association is the trustee under the Indenture. Citibank, N.A., London Branch has been appointed by the Issuer to act as registrar, transfer agent, calculation agent and paying agent for the Notes. Citibank, N.A., New York Branch will replace Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent on or prior to October 16, 2018. From time to time, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Citibank, N.A., New York Branch and their respective affiliates perform various other services for the BAT and its affiliates. Citibank, N.A., London Branch is also the fiscal and paying agent under the fiscal and paying agency agreements for BAT’s outstanding 144A notes and the issuing and principal paying agent under BAT’s EMTN Programme.

The Indenture contains limitations on the rights of the trustee, if it becomes a creditor of either Issuer or any Guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in some cases, or to realize on property received in respect

 

108


Table of Contents

of any of these claims as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions. However, if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA), it must either eliminate its conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in such Indenture. During the continuance of an Event of Default of which the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

109


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM OF SECURITIES

We will issue the Exchange Notes in the form of one or more global securities (the “Global Notes”). We will deposit these Global Notes with Citibank, N.A., New York as custodian (the “Custodian”) for DTC and they will be registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Direct and indirect participants in DTC will record beneficial ownership of the Exchange Notes by individual investors. The transfer of ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be effected only through records maintained by DTC or its nominee, or by participants or persons that hold through participants.

Investors may elect to hold beneficial interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in, DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will hold interests in the Global Notes on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries, which are participants in DTC.

Upon receipt of any payment in respect of a Global Note, DTC or its nominee will immediately credit participants’ accounts with amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Note as shown in the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note held through participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of those participants.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered holder of a Global Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the applicable Notes represented by the applicable Global Note for all purposes under the Indenture and the applicable Notes (except as the context otherwise requires in respect of Additional Amounts). Under certain circumstances, transfers may be made only upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of a written certification (in the form set out in the Indenture).

Transfers within Global Notes

Subject to the procedures and limitations described herein, transfers of beneficial interests within a Global Note may be made without delivery to the Issuer, each of the Guarantors or the Transfer Agent of any written certifications or other documentation by the transferor or transferee.

Transfers or Exchanges from a Global Note to Definitive Notes

No Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes in definitive registered form (“Definitive Notes”) unless:

 

  ·  

DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to hold the applicable Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in each case such Issuer does not appoint a successor depositary that is registered under the Exchange Act within 90 days after receipt of such notice or becoming aware that DTC is no longer so registered;

 

  ·  

a payment default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  ·  

in the event of a bankruptcy default, the Issuer fails to make payment on the applicable Notes when due; or

 

  ·  

the Issuer shall have determined in its sole discretion that the applicable Notes shall no longer be represented by the applicable Global Notes.

The holder of a Definitive Note may transfer such Note by surrendering it at the specified office of the Registrar or the Paying Agent. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Definitive Notes bearing the applicable legend set forth under “ Notice to Investors ” herein, or upon specific request for removal of such legend on a Definitive Note, the Issuer will deliver only Definitive Notes that bear such legend, or will refuse to remove such legend, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Issuer and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may reasonably

 

110


Table of Contents

be required by the Issuer, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

Each such Definitive Note will be endorsed with the applicable Guarantees from each of the Guarantors in the form set out in the Indenture and will include terms substantially in the form of those set forth in the Indenture. Except as set forth in this paragraph, no Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Definitive Notes.

Clearing and Settlement

The information set out below in connection with DTC is subject to any change in or reinterpretation of the rules, regulations and procedures of DTC currently in effect. The information about DTC set forth below has been obtained from sources that the Issuer and each of the Guarantors believe to be reliable, but none of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of the initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes takes any responsibility for or makes any representation or warranty with respect to the accuracy of the information. None of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of the initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of interests in Notes held through, the facilities of any clearing system, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

DTC has advised the Issuer and each of the Guarantors as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for DTC participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions between DTC participants through electronic book entry changes in accounts of DTC participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. DTC participants include certain of the initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations, and may in the future include certain other organizations (“DTC participants”). Indirect access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect DTC participants”).

Under the rules, regulations, and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the “Rules”), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers of Notes among DTC participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to Notes accepted into DTC’s book-entry settlement system as described below (the “DTC Notes”) and to receive and transmit distributions of the nominal amount and interest on the DTC Notes. DTC participants and indirect DTC participants with which beneficial owners of DTC Notes (“Owners”) have accounts with respect to the DTC Notes similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of their respective Owners. Accordingly, although Owners who hold DTC Notes through DTC participants or indirect DTC participants will not possess Notes, the Rules, by virtue of the requirements described above, provide a mechanism by which such Owners will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests with respect to the Notes.

Transfers of ownership or other interests in the Notes in DTC may be made only through DTC participants. Indirect DTC participants are required to effect transfers through a DTC participant. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the Notes. DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the DTC participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited, which may not be the beneficial owners. DTC participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers and for forwarding all notices concerning the Notes to their customers. So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered holder of a Global Note, payments on the applicable Notes will be made in immediately available funds to DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit DTC participants’ accounts on the applicable payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on its records, unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on that date. Payments by DTC

 

111


Table of Contents

participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, and will be the responsibility of the DTC participants and not of DTC, or any other party, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment to DTC is the responsibility of the Paying Agent. Disbursement of payments for DTC participants will be DTC’s responsibility, and disbursement of payments to the beneficial owners will be the responsibility of DTC participants and indirect DTC participants.

Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect DTC participants, and because owners of beneficial interests in the Notes holding through DTC will hold interests in the Notes through DTC participants or indirect DTC participants, the ability of the owners of the beneficial interests to pledge Notes to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC, or otherwise take actions with respect to the Notes, may be limited. DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by an Owner only at the direction of one or more DTC participants to whose account with DTC such Owner’s DTC Notes are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised the Issuer that it will take such actions with respect to any percentage of the beneficial interest of Owners who hold Notes through DTC participants or indirect participants only at the direction of and on behalf of DTC participants whose account holders include undivided interests that satisfy any such percentage.

To the extent permitted under applicable law and regulations, DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of DTC participants whose account holders include such undivided interests.

Ownership of interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through records maintained by, DTC, the DTC participants and the indirect DTC participants, including Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. Transfers between participants in DTC, as well as transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes, cross-market transfers between DTC, on the one hand, and participants in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg on the other hand, will be effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the case may be. Such cross-market transactions, however, will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines. Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to DTC to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving payment in accordance with DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System.

According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been provided to the industry for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind. Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or their respective participants or indirect participants, of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Initial Settlement in Relation to DTC Notes

Upon the issuance of a DTC Note deposited with DTC or a custodian therefor, DTC or its custodian, as the case may be, will credit, on its internal system, the respective nominal amount of the individual beneficial interest represented by such relevant DTC Note or Notes to the accounts of persons who have accounts with DTC. Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the relevant initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes. Ownership of beneficial interest in a DTC Note will be limited to

 

112


Table of Contents

DTC participants, including Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg or indirect DTC participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in DTC Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to interests of indirect DTC participants). Investors that hold their interests in a DTC Note will follow the settlement procedures applicable to global bond issues. Investors’ securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

Secondary Market Trading in Relation to DTC Notes

Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser’s and seller’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date. Although DTC has agreed to the following procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in Global Notes deposited with DTC or a custodian therefor among participants of DTC, DTC is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Issuer nor any agent of the Issuer will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Secondary market trading between DTC participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to global bond issues in same-day funds.

Payments

So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, the Issuer will maintain in London, England, so long as the Notes are admitted to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange, an office or agency (a) where the applicable Notes may be presented for payment, (b) in the case of the Issuer, where the applicable Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange and (c) where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the applicable Notes or the Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. The Issuer has initially designated the Paying Agent for such purposes. The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes or where such notices or demands may be served and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of any obligation to maintain an office or agency in London, England for such purposes. The Issuer shall give written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any such change in the location of any other office or agency.

A holder of Notes may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with their terms. The Registrar for the Notes will not be required to accept for registration or transfer any Notes, except upon presentation of satisfactory evidence (which may include legal opinions) that the restrictions on transfer have been complied with, all in accordance with such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may from time to time agree with such Registrar.

Notwithstanding any statement herein, the Issuer reserves the right to impose or remove such transfer, certification, substitution or other requirements, and to require such restrictive legends on the Notes, as they may determine are necessary to ensure compliance with the securities laws of the United States and the states therein and any other applicable laws or as may be required by any stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or Registrar). No service charge will be made for any such transaction.

 

113


Table of Contents

The Registrar will not be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes for a period of 15 days ending the due date for any payment of principal in respect of the Notes or (ii) any Notes selected, called or being called for redemption.

The Exchange Notes will be issued in registered form without coupons and transferable in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities which they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Global Notes is limited to such extent.

 

114


Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion, subject to the limitations set forth below, describes material tax consequences of the United Kingdom, the United States and The Netherlands relating to your ownership of Exchange Notes. Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any Exchange Notes in light of their own particular circumstances, including the effect of the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile. The discussions that follow for each jurisdiction are based upon the applicable laws and interpretations thereof as in effect as of the date hereof, all of which laws and interpretations are subject to change or differing interpretations, which changes or differing interpretations could apply retroactively.

MATERIAL UNITED KINGDOM INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The comments below are of a general nature and are not intended to be exhaustive. They are based on the Issuer’s understanding of current United Kingdom Tax law as applied in England and Wales and H.M. Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) generally published practice (which may not be binding on HMRC) as of the date of this prospectus. Any holders of Exchange Notes who are in doubt as to their personal Tax position should consult their professional advisers. Holders of Unregistered Notes must take their own tax advice on the consequences of a disposal of the Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

References in this part to “interest” shall mean amounts that are treated as interest for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

Payments of interest on the Exchange Notes by the Issuer may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax provided such interest is not treated as arising in the United Kingdom for the purposes of Section 874 of the Income Tax Act 2007 (“ITA”).

The Exchange Notes issued will constitute “quoted Eurobonds” within the meaning of Section 987 of the ITA, provided they are and continue to be listed on a “recognised stock exchange” within the meaning of Section 1005 ITA, and they continue to carry a right to interest. The London Stock Exchange is a recognised stock exchange for these purposes. Securities will be treated as listed on the London Stock Exchange if they are included in the Official List by the UK Listing Authority and are admitted to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange, as the Exchange Notes are expected to be.

While the Exchange Notes are and continue to be quoted Eurobonds, payments of interest on the Exchange Notes may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom Tax even if such interest is treated as arising in the United Kingdom for the purposes of Section 874 of the ITA.

If the Exchange Notes cease to be quoted Eurobonds, and payments of interest on the Exchange Notes are treated as interest which has a United Kingdom source, such interest will generally be paid by the Issuer under deduction of income tax at the basic rate (currently at the rate of 20%), subject to the availability of other reliefs under domestic law or to any direction to the contrary from HMRC in respect of such relief as may be available pursuant to the provisions of any applicable double taxation treaty.

Payments in respect of the Guarantee

If the Guarantors are required to make payments under the guarantees and any such payment can be characterized as interest or an annual payment, in either case, with a United Kingdom source, it may have to be paid under deduction of United Kingdom income tax (currently at the rate of 20%), subject to the availability of exemptions including a direction to the Issuer by HMRC pursuant to the provisions

 

115


Table of Contents

of an applicable double tax treaty. Such payments by the Guarantors may not be eligible for the exemption in respect of securities listed on a recognised stock exchange described above in relation to payments of interest by the Issuer.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the exchange of Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes in this Exchange Offer. The exchange of Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes will not constitute a taxable event for holders. Consequently, a holder will not recognize gain or loss on the exchange, the holding period of the Exchange Note will include the holding period of the Unregistered Note and the adjusted basis of the Exchange Note will be the same as the adjusted basis of the Unregistered Note immediately before the exchange. Persons considering the exchange of Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

If we file a shelf registration statement covering the Notes, no gain or loss should be recognized by a holder and such holder’s adjusted tax basis in, and holding period for, the Notes should also be unaffected.

MATERIAL NETHERLANDS INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section provides a general description of certain Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and transfer of the Exchange Notes issued by the Issuer and guaranteed by the Guarantors, including the Dutch Guarantors.

This summary provides general information only and is restricted to the matters of Dutch taxation stated herein. It is intended neither as tax advice nor as a comprehensive description of all Dutch tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire, to hold, or to transfer the Exchange Notes. This section does not discuss the Dutch tax consequences of the disposal/exchange of the Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Holders of Unregistered Notes must take their own tax advice in respect thereof. This summary does not purport to deal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as investment institutions, pension funds and dealers in securities) may be subject to special rules.

The summary provided below is based on the tax laws of The Netherlands as in effect on the date of this prospectus, including regulations, rulings and decisions of The Netherlands and its taxing and other authorities available in printed form on or before this date and now in effect, and as generally applied and interpreted by Dutch courts, without prejudice to any changes in law or the interpretation or application thereof, which changes may be implemented with or without retroactive effect. All references in this section to The Netherlands and Dutch tax, taxation or law are to the European part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands and its tax, taxation or law, respectively, only.

For Netherlands tax purposes, a holder of Exchange Notes may include an individual who, or an entity that, does not have the legal title to the Exchange Notes, but to whom nevertheless the Exchange Notes are attributed based either on such individual or entity holding a beneficial interest in the Exchange Notes or based on specific statutory provisions, including statutory provisions pursuant to which the Exchange Notes are attributed to an individual who is, or who has directly or indirectly inherited from a person who was, the settlor, grantor or similar originator of a trust, foundation or similar entity that holds the Exchange Notes.

Holders (and prospective holders) should consult their own tax advisors as to the Dutch or other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and transfer of Exchange Notes, including, in particular, the application to their particular situations of the tax considerations discussed below.

Withholding Tax

All payments made by either of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors of interest and principal under the Notes may be made free of withholding or deduction of any taxes of whatever

 

116


Table of Contents

nature imposed, levied, withheld or assessed by The Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

For developments and risks in relation to the application of Dutch withholding tax on interest payments see “ Risk Factors. The introduction of a conditional withholding tax may increase the amounts the Dutch Guarantors may become obligated to pay under their Guarantees .”

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

A noteholder who derives income from an Exchange Note or who realizes a gain from the transfer or redemption of a Note will not be subject to Dutch taxation on such income or gain, provided that such noteholder:

 

(i)

is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for Dutch tax purposes;

 

(ii)

does not have an enterprise or deemed enterprise (as defined in Dutch tax law) or an interest in or a co-entitlement to the net worth of an enterprise or deemed enterprise (as defined in Dutch tax law) that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment ( vaste inrichting ) or a permanent representative ( vaste vertegenwoordiger ) in The Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of that enterprise, as the case may be, the Exchange Notes are attributable;

 

(iii)

in the event such person is not an individual, neither entitled to a share in the profits of an enterprise effectively managed in The Netherlands nor co-entitled to the net worth of such enterprise, other than by way of the holding of securities, to which enterprise the Exchange Notes or payments in respect of the Exchange Notes are attributable;

 

(iv)

in the event such person who is an individual, is not entitled to a share in the profits of an enterprise effectively managed in The Netherlands, other than by way of the holding of securities or through an employment contract, to which enterprise the Exchange Notes or payments in respect of the Exchange Notes are attributable;

 

(v)

in the event such person is an individual, does not have, and certain persons related or deemed related to that noteholder do not have, directly or indirectly, a substantial interest ( aanmerkelijk belang ) as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 ( Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001 ), in an Issuer or Guarantor, or in any company that has, or that is part of a co-operation ( samenwerkingsverband ) that has, legally or in fact, directly or indirectly, the disposition of any part of the proceeds of the Exchange Notes;

 

(vi)

in the event such person is not an individual, does not have, directly or indirectly, a substantial interest ( aanmerkelijk belang ) as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001, in an Issuer or Guarantor, or, in the event that the Noteholder does have such interest, either (a) the Noteholder does not hold such interest with the main purpose or one of the main purposes to avoid the levy of income tax ( inkomstenbelasting ) of another person or entity, or (b) there is no arrangement or a series of arrangements that are not genuine. An arrangement or series of arrangements shall be regarded as not genuine to the extent not put into place for valid commercial reasons which reflect economic reality; and

 

(vii)

does not derive benefits from the Exchange Notes that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in The Netherlands ( resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden in Nederland) as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001, which include, but are not limited to, activities in respect of the Exchange Notes which are beyond the scope of “regular active asset management” ( normaal actief vermogensbeheer ).

 

117


Table of Contents

Gift and Inheritance Taxes

No Dutch gift or inheritance taxes will arise in The Netherlands with respect to the acquisition of the Notes by way of gift by, or on the death of, a noteholder who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for the purpose of the relevant provisions, unless:

 

(i)

such acquisition is construed as an inheritance, a bequest or a gift by or on behalf of a person who, at the time of the gift or his death, is or was a resident or a deemed resident of The Netherlands for the purpose of the relevant provisions;

 

(ii)

in the case of a gift of the Exchange Notes by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands; or

 

(iii)

the gift is made under a condition precedent and such holder is or is deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands at the time the condition is fulfilled.

For the purpose of Dutch gift and inheritance tax, an individual who has the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands at the date of the gift or the date of his death if he has been a resident of The Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or the date of his death.

For the purposes of Dutch gift tax, an individual will, irrespective of his nationality, be deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands at the date of the gift if he has been a resident of The Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

Value added Tax

No Dutch value added tax ( omzetbelasting ) will be payable by a Noteholder in consideration for the issue of the Exchange Notes (other than value added taxes on fees payable in respect of services not exempt from Netherlands value added tax).

Other taxes and duties

No Dutch registration tax, stamp duty or any other similar tax or duty, will be payable in The Netherlands by a noteholder in respect of or in connection with the acquisition, ownership or transfer of the Exchange Notes.

Residence

A noteholder will not become or be deemed to become a resident of The Netherlands for tax purposes by reason only of the acquisition, ownership or transfer of the Exchange Notes.

 

118


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Any broker-dealer who holds Unregistered Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer), may exchange such Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such broker-dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such broker-dealer of this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

We have agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Unregistered Notes acquired by broker-dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is given to holders and (ii) the date on which a broker-dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. We have also agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement to provide sufficient copies of the latest version of this prospectus to broker-dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by brokers-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to this Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to this Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Exchange Notes, subject to certain conditions) and will indemnify the holders of the Exchange Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the Exchange Notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such employee benefit plan, plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code,

 

119


Table of Contents

any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in the Exchange Notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws. In addition, a fiduciary of a Plan should consult with its counsel in order to determine if the investment satisfies the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of the Exchange Notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which any of the Issuer, Guarantors or initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes or any of their respective affiliates is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. Each of these exemptions contains conditions and limitations on its application, and there can be no assurance that all of the conditions will be satisfied. Therefore, each person that is considering acquiring or holding the Exchange Notes in reliance on an exemption should carefully review and consult with its legal advisors to confirm that it is applicable to the purchase and holding of the Exchange Notes.

In light of the above, the Exchange Notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code or violate any applicable Similar Laws.

Representation

Accordingly, by acceptance of an Exchange Note, each purchaser, holder and subsequent transferee of an Exchange Note will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser, holder or transferee to acquire or hold the Exchange Notes, or any interest therein, constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase, holding and subsequent disposition of the Exchange Notes by such purchaser, holder or transferee will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or violate any applicable Similar Laws. In addition, each purchaser that is purchasing or holding an Exchange Note on behalf of an ERISA Plan will be deemed to have represented and warranted that the purchaser (i) is an independent fiduciary to the ERISA Plan and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the decision to purchase the Exchange Notes on behalf of the ERISA Plan, (ii) is a bank, insurance carrier, investment adviser or broker-dealer described in 29 CFR § 2510.3—21(c)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) or holds or has under management total assets of at least $50 million, (iii) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to the purchase and holding of the Exchange Notes and (iv) understands and has been fairly

 

120


Table of Contents

informed of the financial interests of the Issuer, Guarantors and initial purchasers of the Unregistered Notes in connection with the purchase and holding of the Exchange Notes.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the Exchange Notes on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase, holding and subsequent disposition of the Exchange Notes.

Purchasers of the Exchange Notes have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their purchase and holding of the Exchange Notes complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA or of applicable Similar Laws and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. We make no representation as to whether an investment in the Exchange Notes is appropriate for any Plan in general or whether such investment is appropriate for any particular plan or arrangement. Neither this discussion nor anything provided in this prospectus is or is intended to be investment advice directed at any potential Plan purchaser or at Plan purchasers generally and such purchasers of the Exchange Notes should consult and rely on their own counsel and advisers as to whether an investment in the Exchange Notes is suitable.

 

121


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees offered by this prospectus and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Issuer and the Guarantors by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, U.S. counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors. Certain English law matters will be passed upon for the Issuer and the Guarantors by Linklaters LLP. Certain Dutch legal matters will be passed upon for the Issuer and the Guarantors by Stibbe N.V. Certain North Carolina legal matters will be passed upon for the Issuer and the Guarantors by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of BAT as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, included in the Report on Form 6-K of BAT dated October 2, 2018, have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of RAI as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP (United States), independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

122


Table of Contents

B.A.T Capital Corporation

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

2.297% Notes due 2020

2.764% Notes due 2022

3.222% Notes due 2024

3.557% Notes due 2027

4.390% Notes due 2037

4.540% Notes due 2047

Floating Rate Notes due 2020

Floating Rate Notes due 2022

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2018


Table of Contents

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Insurance

British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“BAT”) has a directors and officers liability insurance policy which, subject to policy terms and limitations, includes coverage to reimburse directors and officers of BAT and its subsidiaries (including B.A.T Capital Corporation (“BATCAP”), British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“BATHTN”), B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (“BATIF”), and Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”)) for the costs of defense, settlement or payment of claims and judgments under certain circumstances.

Indemnification

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Except as hereinafter set forth, there is no charter provision, by-law, contract, arrangement or statute under which any director or officer of BAT is insured or indemnified in any manner against any liability which he or she may incur in his or her capacity as such.

Under English law, any provision that purports to exempt a director of a company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void.

Subject to certain exceptions, English law does not permit BAT to indemnify a director against any liability attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to BAT. The exceptions allow BAT to: (1) purchase and maintain director and officer insurance insuring its directors or the directors of an “associated company” (i.e., a company that is a parent, subsidiary or sister company of BAT) against any liability attaching in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust owed to the company of which he or she is a director; (2) provide a qualifying third party indemnity provision which permits BAT to indemnify its directors and directors of an associated company in respect of proceedings brought by third parties (covering both legal costs and the amount of any adverse judgment), except for (a) the legal costs of an unsuccessful defense of criminal proceedings or civil proceedings brought by the company or an associated company, or the legal costs incurred in connection with certain specified applications by the director for relief where the court refuses to grant the relief, (b) fines imposed in criminal proceedings, and (c) penalties imposed by regulatory bodies; (3) loan funds to a director to meet expenditure incurred defending civil and criminal proceedings against him or her (even if the action is brought by the company itself), or expenditure incurred applying for certain specified relief, subject to the requirement that the loan must be on terms that it is repaid if the defense or application for relief is unsuccessful; and (4) provide a qualifying pension scheme indemnity provision, which allows the company to indemnify a director of a company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme against liability incurred in connection with such director’s activities as a trustee of the scheme (subject to certain exceptions).

Under the BAT articles of association, subject to the UK Companies Act 2006, BAT may do any or all of the following:

 

  ·  

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her) against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her or otherwise, in relation to BAT or any associated company;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  ·  

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director of an associated company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her) against any liability incurred by him or her in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of an occupational pension scheme;

 

  ·  

purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he or she may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her or otherwise, in relation to BAT or any associated company.

B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (“BATIF”)

Article 142 of the articles of association of BATIF provides that:

Subject to and so far as permitted by the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, BATIF may:

 

(a)

indemnify any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him/her), against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him/her or otherwise, in relation to BATIF or any associated company, and/or

 

(b)

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, at any time during which BATIF, or any such associated company, was that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him/her) against any liability incurred by him/her in connection with such company’s activities as a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, and/or

 

(c)

purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a director, or a director of an associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he/she may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to BATIF or any associated company.

BATIF also enters into deeds of indemnity with its directors. These deeds set out the terms of the indemnity BATIF will provide to the current and past directors of BATIF. The deeds of indemnity provide that BATIF will, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify the directors against, and pay to him or her an amount equal to any cost, charge, expense or liability other than an excluded liability as set out in the deed of indemnity, which the director may sustain or incur in or about the execution of his or her duties to BATIF or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into, or executed himself on behalf of BATIF or in relation to the business of BATIF.

B.A.T Capital Corporation

Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors, officers, employees and other agents of such corporation in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the person to be indemnified has been

 

II-2


Table of Contents

adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer of the corporation is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which he or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

The BATCAP Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains provisions that provide for indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by, and in the manner permissible under, applicable state and federal law, including the DGCL.

BATCAP has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. Generally, these agreements attempt to provide the maximum protection permitted by Delaware law with respect to indemnification. The indemnification agreements provide that BATCAP will pay certain amounts incurred by its directors in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or any other type whatsoever. Such amounts include any expenses, including all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by the indemnified person for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by BATCAP or any third party) actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnified person in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding. Mr. Brian T. Harrison, a director and the Secretary of BATCAP, is employed by the Delaware Trust Company, and the agreement for Mr. Harrison’s services to BATCAP also includes similar indemnification provisions.

Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”)

Section 55-8-51 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, referred to as the NCBCA, authorizes a corporation to indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if: (1) the director conducted himself or herself in good faith; and (2) the director reasonably believed (a) in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity with the corporation, that his or her conduct was in the corporation’s best interests; and (b) in all other cases, that his or her conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation’s best interests; and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The articles of incorporation of RAI provide that RAI will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the NCBCA, any person who was or is a director or officer of RAI who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, because such person was or is a director or officer of RAI or, while a director or officer of RAI, was or is serving at the request of RAI as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any other enterprise, plan or trust. The RAI articles of incorporation also provide that RAI shall pay expenses incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding in advance provided the director or officer agrees in writing to repay such amount if such person is ultimately determined not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. The indemnification rights pursuant to the RAI articles of incorporation are not exclusive.

Sections 55-8-52 and 55-8-56 of the NCBCA require a corporation, unless its articles of incorporation provide otherwise, to indemnify a director or officer who has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which such director or officer was made a party because he was or is a director or officer of the corporation against reasonable expenses actually incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceeding. Unless prohibited by the articles of incorporation, a director or officer also may make application and obtain court-ordered indemnification if the court determines that such director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification as provided in Sections 55-8-54 and 55-8-56 of the NCBCA.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Section 55-8-57 of the NCBCA permits a corporation, in its articles of incorporation or bylaws or by contract or resolution, to indemnify, or agree to indemnify, its directors, officers, employees or agents against liability and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in any proceeding (including proceedings brought by or on behalf of the corporation) arising out of their status as such or their activities in such capacities, except for any liabilities or expenses incurred on account of activities that were, at the time taken, known or believed by the person to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the corporation.

RAI has entered into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, RAI will generally indemnify, defend and hold harmless an indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of North Carolina in effect on the date such agreement is signed, or as such laws may thereafter be amended to increase the scope of permitted or required indemnification, against all losses based upon, arising out of or resulting from any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a current or former, director, officer, employee or agent of RAI or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other entity or enterprise as to which an indemnitee is or was serving at the request of RAI, or in respect of any action or failure to act by an indemnitee in any business or other activity of RAI.

The agreements provide that indemnitee will not be entitled to indemnification if prohibited by applicable law, and an indemnitee generally is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to the NCBCA to the extent that any loss is determined to have resulted from the indemnitee’s knowing misconduct from which he or she derived a direct improper personal benefit. In the event an indemnitee is not wholly successful on the merits in a proceeding, the indemnitee generally only is entitled to indemnification if it is determined that at the time of the indemnitee’s conduct, the indemnitee did not know or believe such conduct to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of RAI.

The indemnification agreements entitle an indemnitee to obtain advances of expenses from RAI, subject to conditions such as the indemnitee undertaking to repay RAI any advances he or she is not ultimately entitled to.

The agreements also generally require RAI to use commercially reasonably efforts to maintain, for as long as an indemnitee is a director or officer of RAI and thereafter for as long as a director or officer is subject to any potential indemnifiable claim, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering the indemnitee that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by RAI’s directors’ and officers’ coverage in effect at the time of execution of the indemnitee’s agreement.

Section 55-8-57 of the NCBCA also authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who was or is a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against certain liabilities incurred by such a person, whether or not the corporation is otherwise authorized by the NCBCA to indemnify that person.

Section 55-2-02 of the NCBCA enables a corporation in its articles of incorporation to eliminate or limit, with certain exceptions, the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of their duties as directors. No such provision is effective to eliminate or limit a director’s liability for: (1) acts or omissions that the director at the time of the breach knew or believed to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the corporation; (2) improper distributions as described in Section 55-8-33 of the NCBCA; (3) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or (4) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date the exculpatory provision became effective.

The RAI articles of incorporation provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the NCBCA, no person who is serving or who has served as a director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of duty as a director.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“BATHTN”) and B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“BATNF”)

The provisions of Dutch law governing the liability of the members of BATHTN’s and BATNF’s board of directors are mandatory in nature. Although Dutch law does not provide for any provisions with respect to the indemnification of officers and directors, the concept of indemnification of directors of a company for liabilities arising from their actions as members of the executive or supervisory boards is, in principle, accepted in The Netherlands.

BATHTN

The current articles of association of BATHTN do not provide for an indemnification of members of its board of directors and/or representatives (“ procuratiehouders ”). However, BATHTN has the option to include an indemnity to the members of the BATHTN board of directors and/or representatives in specific contracts between BATHTN and individual managing directors and/or representatives. BATHTN has not entered into any such contracts.

BATNF

The current articles of association of BATNF do not provide for an indemnification of members of its board of directors and/or representatives (“ procuratiehouders ”). However, BATNF has the option to include an indemnity to the members of the BATNF board of directors and/or representatives in specific contracts between BATNF and individual managing directors and/or representatives. BATNF has not entered into any such contracts.

The indemnification provided above is not exclusive of any rights to which any of the indemnitees of BAT, BATIF, BATCAP, RAI, BATHTN or BATNF may be entitled. Certain directors and officers benefit from indemnification arrangements or agreements provided by other members of the Group. The general effect of the foregoing provisions may be to reduce the circumstances in which such indemnitee may be required to bear the economic burdens of the foregoing liabilities and expenses.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Item 21.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The following is a list of exhibits to this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

   

Description of Exhibit

  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 16, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. and Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 8, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. (1)
  3.1     Articles of Association of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
  3.2 (i)    Articles of Incorporation of B.A.T Capital Corporation.
  3.2 (ii)    By-laws of B.A.T Capital Corporation.
  3.3     Deed of Incorporation of British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (dated February 24, 1992) and its Articles of Association (dated March 15, 2013).
  3.4     Deed of Incorporation of B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (Articles of Association of B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. included therein).
  3.5     Memorandum and Articles of Association of B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.
  3.6 (i)    Restated Articles of Incorporation of Reynolds American Inc. (2)
  3.6 (ii)    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Reynolds American Inc., dated July 25, 2017. (3)
  4.1     Indenture, dated August 15, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c. and certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee. (4)
  4.2     Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of September 28, 2018, among British American Tobacco p.l.c. and certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.
  4.3     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2017, by and among B.A.T Capital Corporation, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., Reynolds American Inc., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. as representatives of the initial purchasers. (5)
  4.4     Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed, dated May 25, 2018, by and among B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c., further modifying the Trust Deed dated, July 6, 1998 (as previously modified and restated) relating to the $3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme.
  5.1     Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  5.2     Opinion of Linklaters LLP (London) with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  5.3     Opinion of Stibbe N.V. with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  5.4     Opinion of Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  12.1     Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  23.1     Consent of KPMG LLP (United Kingdom).
  23.2     Consent of KPMG LLP (United States).
  23.3     Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Exhibit

  23.4      Consent of Linklaters LLP (London) (included in Exhibit 5.2).
  23.5      Consent of Stibbe N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.3).
  23.6      Consent of Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.4).
  24.1      Power of Attorney relating to BAT (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.2      Power of Attorney relating to BATCAP (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.3      Power of Attorney relating to BATIF (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.4      Power of Attorney relating to BATHTN (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.5      Power of Attorney relating to BATNF (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.6      Power of Attorney relating to RAI (included on the signature pages hereto).
  25.1      Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association.
  99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99.2      Form of Letter to Registered Holders.
  99.3      Form of Letter to The Depository Trust Company Participants.
  99.4      Form of Letter to Clients.
  99.5      Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner.

 

(1)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to BAT’s Schedule 13 D/A filed on January 17, 2017 and Exhibit 99.15 to BAT’s Schedule 13 D/A filed on June 8, 2017.

 

(2)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2017.

 

(3)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2017.

 

(4)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to BAT’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 15, 2018.

 

(5)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to BAT’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 15, 2018.

 

Item 22.

Undertakings

 

(a)

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

 

  (1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

  (ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
  (2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4)

To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided , that the registrants include in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-4, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or Item 8.A of Form 20-F if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

 

  (5)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; p rovided , however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (6)

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrants or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrants; (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrants or their securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrants; and (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrants to the purchaser.

 

(b)

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrants’ annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
(c)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(d)

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means, and (ii) to arrange or provide for a facility in the United States for the purpose of responding to such requests. The undertaking in subparagraph (i) above includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

(e)

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT LIST

The following is a list of exhibits to this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

   

Description of Exhibit

  2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January  16, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. and Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 8, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. (1)
  3.1     Articles of Association of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
  3.2 (i)    Articles of Incorporation of B.A.T Capital Corporation.
  3.2 (ii)    By-laws of B.A.T Capital Corporation.
  3.3     Deed of Incorporation of British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (dated February 24, 1992) and its Articles of Association (dated March 15, 2013).
  3.4     Deed of Incorporation of B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (Articles of Association of B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. included therein).
  3.5     Memorandum and Articles of Association of B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.
  3.6 (i)    Restated Articles of Incorporation of Reynolds American Inc. (2)
  3.6 (ii)    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Reynolds American Inc., dated July  25, 2017. (3)
  4.1     Indenture, dated August  15, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c. and certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee. (4)
  4.2     Supplemental Indenture No.  1, dated as of September 28, 2018, among British American Tobacco p.l.c. and certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.
  4.3     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August  15, 2017, by and among B.A.T Capital Corporation, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., Reynolds American Inc., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. as representatives of the initial purchasers. (5)
  4.4     Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed, dated May  25, 2018, by and among B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c., further modifying the Trust Deed dated, July 6, 1998 (as previously modified and restated) relating to the $3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme.
  5.1     Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  5.2     Opinion of Linklaters LLP (London) with respect to the Exchange Notes.
  5.3    

Opinion of Stibbe N.V. with respect to the Exchange Notes.

  5.4    

Opinion of Kilpatrick Townsend  & Stockton LLP with respect to the Exchange Notes.

  12.1    

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

  23.1    

Consent of KPMG LLP (United Kingdom).

  23.2    

Consent of KPMG LLP (United States).

  23.3    

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Exhibit

  23.4      Consent of Linklaters LLP (London) (included in Exhibit 5.2).
  23.5      Consent of Stibbe N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.3 ).
  23.6      Consent of Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.4 ).
  24.1      Power of Attorney relating to BAT (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.2      Power of Attorney relating to BATCAP (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.3      Power of Attorney relating to BATIF (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.4      Power of Attorney relating to BATHTN (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.5      Power of Attorney relating to BATNF (included on the signature pages hereto).
  24.6      Power of Attorney relating to RAI (included on the signature pages hereto).
  25.1      Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association.
  99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99.2      Form of Letter to Registered Holders.
  99.3      Form of Letter to The Depository Trust Company Participants.
  99.4      Form of Letter to Clients.
  99.5      Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner.

 

(1)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to BAT’s Schedule 13 D/A filed on January 17, 2017 and Exhibit 99.15 to BAT’s Schedule 13 D/A filed on June 8, 2017.

 

(2)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2017.

 

(3)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2017.

 

(4)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to BAT’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 15, 2018.

 

(5)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to BAT’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on March 15, 2018.

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of London, England, on this October 2, 2018.

 

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.
By:  

/s/ John Benedict Stevens

  Name: John Benedict Stevens
  Title: Executive Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of British American Tobacco p.l.c., hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard Burrows, Nicandro Durante, John Benedict Stevens and Paul McCrory, and each of them acting without the other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for them, together or individually, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on October 2, 2018.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Richard Burrows

Name: Richard Burrows

  Chairman

/s/ Nicandro Durante

Name: Nicandro Durante

 

Executive Director—Chief Executive

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ John Benedict Stevens

Name: John Benedict Stevens

 

Executive Director—Finance Director

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Kieran Poynter

Name: Kieran Poynter

  Non-Executive Director

/s/ Susan Farr

Name: Susan Farr

  Non-Executive Director

/s/ Dr. Marion Helmes

Name: Dr. Marion Helmes

  Non-Executive Director

/s/ Luc Jobin

Name: Luc Jobin

  Non-Executive Director


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Savio Kwan

Name: Savio Kwan

  Non-Executive Director

/s/ Dimitri Panayotopoulos

Name: Dimitri Panayotopoulos

  Non-Executive Director

/s/ Brian T. Harrison

Brian T. Harrison

Secretary, B.A.T Capital Corporation

 

Authorized Representative in the

United States


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Wilmington, Delaware, on October 2, 2018

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ John Whitener

  Name: John Whitener
  Title: President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of B.A.T Capital Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint John Whitener, Neil Wadey, Brian Harrison, and Caroline Price and each of them acting without the other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for them, together or individually, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ John Whitener

John Whitener

  Director and President (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial)   October 2, 2018

/s/ Neil Wadey

Neil Wadey

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Brian Harrison

Brian Harrison

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Robert Casey

Robert Casey

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Timothy Hazlett

Timothy Hazlett

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Caroline Price

Caroline Price

  Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, England, on October 2, 2018.

 

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE P.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Wadey

  Name: Neil Wadey
  Title: Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., hereby severally constitute and appoint James Barrett, Robert Casey, Steven Dale, John Benedict Stevens and Neil Wadey and each of them acting without the other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for them, together or individually, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ James Barrett

James Barrett

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Robert Casey

Robert Casey

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Steven Dale

Steven Dale

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ John Benedict Stevens

John Benedict Stevens

  Director and Principal Executive Officer   October 2, 2018

/s/ Neil Wadey

Neil Wadey

  Director and Principal Financial Officer   October 2, 2018

/s/ David Booth

David Booth

  Principal Accounting Officer   October 2, 2018

/s/ Brian T. Harrison

Brian T. Harrison

Secretary, B.A.T Capital Corporation

  Authorized Representative in the United States   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, on October 2, 2018.

 

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.
By:  

/s/ Mark Wiechers

  Name: Mark Wiechers
  Title: Director
By:  

/s/ Judith Bollen

  Name: Judith Bollen
  Title: Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., hereby severally constitute and appoint Judith Bollen, David Booth, Hendrik Lina, Jacob Nooij, Neil Wadey and Mark Wiechers, and each acting with at least one other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for any two or more of them, together, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, each of them full acting with at least one other, power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them acting with at least one other might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Judith Bollen

Judith Bollen

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ David Booth

David Booth

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Hendrik Lina

Hendrik Lina

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Jacob Nooij

Jacob Nooij

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Neil Wadey

Neil Wadey

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Mark Wiechers

Mark Wiechers

  Director, Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Claudia Schutte

Claudia Schutte

  As Principal Accounting Officer   October 2, 2018

/s/ Brian T. Harrison

Brian T. Harrison

Secretary, B.A.T Capital Corporation

  Authorized Representative in the United States   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, on October 2, 2018.

 

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.
By:  

/s/ Mark Wiechers

  Name: Mark Wiechers
  Title: Director
By:  

/s/ Judith Bollen

  Name: Judith Bollen
  Title: Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., hereby severally constitute and appoint Judith Bollen, David Booth, Hendrik Lina, Jacob Nooij, Neil Wadey and Mark Wiechers, and each acting with at least one other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for any two or more of them, together, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, each of them full acting with at least one other, power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them acting with at least one other might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Judith Bollen

Judith Bollen

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ David Booth

David Booth

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Hendrik Lina

Hendrik Lina

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Jacob Nooij

Jacob Nooij

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Neil Wadey

Neil Wadey

  Director   October 2, 2018

/s/ Mark Wiechers

Mark Wiechers

  Director, Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Claudia Schutte

Claudia Schutte

  As Principal Accounting Officer   October 2, 2018

/s/ Brian T. Harrison

Brian T. Harrison

Secretary, B.A.T Capital Corporation

  Authorized Representative in the United States   October 2, 2018


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, on October 2, 2018.

 

REYNOLDS AMERICAN INC.
By:  

/s/ Ricardo Oberlander

  Name: Ricardo Oberlander
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Reynolds American Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard Burrows, Nicandro Durante, John Benedict Stevens, Paul McCrory and Constantine E. Tsipis, and each of them acting without the other, as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for them, together or individually, in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on October 2, 2018.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Ricardo Oberlander

Name: Ricardo Oberlander

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Tony Hayward

Name: Tony Hayward

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (principal financial officer)

/s/ J. Jeffery Raborn

Name: J. Jeffery Raborn

 

Director

/s/ John R. Whitener

Name: John R. Whitener

 

Vice President, Controller and Treasurer

(principal accounting officer)

Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Company No. 3407696

Incorporated on 23 July 1997

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on 28 April 2010)


LOGO


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 25th day of April 2018

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Company”) duly convened and held at Milton Court Concert Hall, Silk Street, London EC2Y 9BH on 25 April 2018 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

16.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £191,137,389; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £191,137,389 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,


  provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 25 July 2019 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

17.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 16 above and by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 16 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 17) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £28,670,608,

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 16 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

18.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 229.3 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 14 March 2018;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

20.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 25th day of April 2018    Chairman                    


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 26th day of April 2017

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at Milton Court Concert Hall, Silk Street, London EC2Y 9BH on 26 April 2017 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

16.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £155,364,875; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £155,364,875 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,

 


provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 26 July 2018 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

17.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 16 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 16 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 17) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £23,304,731,

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 16 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

18.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 186.4 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 15 March 2017;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

20.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 26th day of April 2017    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 27th day of April 2016

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at Milton Court Concert Hall, Silk Street, London EC2Y 9BH on 27 April 2016 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

18.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £155,352,573; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £155,352,573 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,

 


provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 27 July 2017 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

19.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 18 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 18 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 19) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £23,302,886,

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 18 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

20.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 186.4 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 14 March 2016;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

24.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 27th day of April 2016    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 29th day of April 2015

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at Milton Court Concert Hall, Silk Street, London EC2Y 9BH on 29 April 2015 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

19.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £155,344,251; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £155,344,251 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,

 


provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 29 July 2016 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

20.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 19 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 19 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 20) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £23,301,637,

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 19 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

21.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 186.4 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 20 March 2015;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

23.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 29th day of April 2015    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 30th day of April 2014

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at The Banqueting House, Whitehall, London SW1A 2ER on 30 April 2014 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

17.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £157,070,467; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £157,070,467 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,

provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 30 July 2015 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require


shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

18.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 17 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 17 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 18) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £23,560,570,

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 17 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

19.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:

 

  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 188.4 million representing approximately 10 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 12 March 2014;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;


  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105 per cent of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

21.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 30th day of April 2014    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 25th day of April 2013

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at The Banqueting House, Whitehall, London SW1A 2ER on 25 April 2013 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

17.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £160,683,558; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £160,683,558 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,


  provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 25 July 2014 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

18.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 17 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 17 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 18) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £24,102,533 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 17 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

19.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:

 


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 192.8 million representing approximately 10 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 14 March 2013;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105 per cent of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

21.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 25th day of April 2013    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 26th day of April 2012

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at The Banqueting House, Whitehall, London SW1A 2ER on 26 April 2012 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

18.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £163,881,655; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £163,881,655 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,


provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 26 July 2013 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

19.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 18 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 18 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 19) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £24,582,248 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 18 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 

20.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:


  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 196.6 million representing approximately 10 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 15 March 2012;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105 per cent of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

21.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 26th day of April 2012    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 28th day of April 2011

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, London EC4V 3DB on 28 April 2011 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

17.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £166,182,644; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £166,182,644 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,


  provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 28 July 2012 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

 

20.

That the amendments to, and proposed operation of, the rules of the British American Tobacco 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan be and are hereby approved.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

18.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 17 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 17 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 18) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £24,927,396

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 17 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.


19.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:

 

  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 199.4 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 18 March 2011;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

 

 

21.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

DATED THIS 28th day of April 2011    Chairman                


Company Number: 3407696

 

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

RESOLUTIONS

OF

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

 

 

Passed on the 28th day of April 2010

 

 

At the ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of the Company duly convened and held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, London EC4V 3DB on 28 April 2010 the following resolutions were duly passed by the Company:-

ORDINARY RESOLUTION

 

8.

That the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company (“Rights”):

 

  (a)

up to an aggregate nominal amount of £166,391,574; and

 

  (b)

up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £166,391,574 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue to holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter,


  provided that this authority shall expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, on 28 July 2011 save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

 

9.

That the Directors be and they are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 8 above or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of Resolution 8 by way of rights issue only) in favour of the holders (“shareholders”) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) on the register of members at such record dates as the Directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of the shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held or deemed to be held by them on any such record dates, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

 

  (b)

the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Resolution 9) to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £24,958,736

and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 8 above, save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

 


10.

That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693 (4) of that Act) of ordinary shares of 25p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary shares”) provided that:

 

  (a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be purchased is 199.6 million representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 19 March 2010;

 

  (b)

the minimum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is 25p;

 

  (c)

the maximum price that may be paid for an ordinary share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle-market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

  (d)

this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this Resolution unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

 

  (e)

the Company may enter into a contract to purchase its ordinary shares under this authority prior to its expiry, which contract will or may be executed wholly or partly after such expiry, and may purchase its ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

 

11.

That a general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

 

12.

That with effect from the end of the Meeting:

 

  (a)

if Resolution 13 has been passed, the form of the articles of association produced to the Meeting and signed by the Chairman of the Meeting for the purposes of identification (the “New Articles”) be adopted as the articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, the existing articles of association of the Company; and

 

  (b)

if Resolution 13 has not been passed, the New Articles be adopted as the articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, the existing articles of association of the Company save that Article 113 of the existing articles of association shall be retained as Article 113 in the new articles of association.

 

13.

That with effect from the end of the Meeting:

 

  (a)

if Resolution 12 has been passed the new articles of association of the Company, adopted with effect from the end of the Meeting, shall include the changes to Article 113 as set out in the New Articles; and


  (b)

if Resolution 12 has not been passed, the existing articles of association of the Company be amended by substituting Article 113 as set out in the New Articles for, and to the exclusion of, Article 113 of the existing articles of association of the Company.

 

DATED THIS 28th day of April 2010    Chairman                


Index

 

Headings    Page  

PRELIMINARY

     1  

SHARE CAPITAL

     2  

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

     3  

SHARE CERTIFICATES

     4  

LIEN

     5  

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE

     5  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     7  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     8  

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

     9  

UNTRACED MEMBERS

     11  

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

     12  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     12  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     13  

AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS

     15  

POLLS

     15  

VOTES OF MEMBERS

     17  

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

     18  

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

     20  

DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     22  

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

     22  

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     23  

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION, GRATUITIES AND BENEFITS

     24  

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

     25  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     27  

DIVIDENDS

     29  

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

     33  

RECORD DATES

     34  

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

     34  

ADMINISTRATION

     37  

WINDING UP

     39  

INDEMNITY

     39  


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.

(adopted by Special Resolution passed on 28 April 2010)

PRELIMINARY

Definitions

 

1. (1)

In these articles the following words bear the following meanings:

“Acts” means the Companies Acts (as defined in section 2 of the Companies Act 2006), in so far as they apply to the Company;

“articles” means the articles of association of the Company;

“clear days” means in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

“electronic address” means any number or address used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means;

“electronic form” has the same meaning as in the Acts;

“electronic means” has the same meaning as in the Acts;

“executed” means any mode of execution;

“holder” means in relation to shares, the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares;

“Office” means the registered office of the Company;

“seal” means the common seal (if any) of the Company and an official seal (if any) kept by the Company by virtue of section 50 of the Companies Act 2006, or either of them as the case may require;

“secretary” means the secretary of the Company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

“Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc; and

“Uncertificated Securities Regulations” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

 

  (2)

In these articles, references to a share being in uncertificated form are references to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security and references to a share being in certificated form are references to that share being a certificated unit of a security, provided that any reference to a share in uncertificated form applies only to a share of a class which is, for the time being, a participating security, and only for so long as it remains a participating security.

 

1


  (3)

Save as aforesaid and unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these articles have the same meaning as in the Companies Act 2006 or the Uncertificated Securities Regulations (as the case may be).

 

  (4)

Except where otherwise expressly stated, a reference in these articles to any primary or delegated legislation or legislative provision includes a reference to any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force.

 

  (5)

In these articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a)

words in the singular include the plural, and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing any gender include all genders; and

 

  (c)

a reference to a person includes a reference to a body corporate and to an unincorporated body of persons.

 

  (6)

In these articles:

 

  (a)

references to writing include references to typewriting, printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form, whether sent or supplied in electronic form or made available on a website or otherwise;

 

  (b)

the words and phrases “other”, “otherwise”, “including” and “in particular” shall not limit the generality of any preceding words or be construed as being limited to the same class as the preceding words where a wider construction is possible;

 

  (c)

references to a power are to a power of any kind, whether administrative, discretionary or otherwise; and

 

  (d)

references to a committee of the directors are to a committee established in accordance with these articles, whether or not comprised wholly of directors.

 

  (7)

The headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of these articles.

Exclusion of other regulations

 

2.

Neither the regulations contained in Table A to the Companies Act 1985 nor the regulations contained in the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 apply to the Company.

SHARE CAPITAL

Liability of members

 

3.

The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

Further issues and rights attaching to shares on issue

 

4.

Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine or, if the Company has not so determined, as the directors may determine.

Redeemable shares

 

5.

Any share may be issued which is or is to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, and the directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such share.

 

2


Payment of commissions

 

6.

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Acts. Any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other and may be in respect of a conditional or an absolute subscription.

Trusts not recognised

 

7.

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust. Except as otherwise provided by these articles or by law, the Company shall not be bound by or recognise (even if having notice of it) any equitable, contingent, future, partial or other claim or any interest in any share other than the holder’s absolute ownership of it and all rights attaching to it.

Uncertificated shares

 

8.

Without prejudice to any powers which the Company or the directors may have to issue, allot, dispose of, convert, or otherwise deal with or make arrangements in relation to shares and other securities in any form:

 

  (a)

the holding of shares in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to such shares by means of a relevant system shall be permitted; and

 

  (b)

the Company may issue shares in uncertificated form and may convert shares from certificated form to uncertificated form and vice versa.

If and to the extent that any provision of these articles is inconsistent with such holding or transfer as is referred to in paragraph (a) of this article or with any provision of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, it shall not apply to any share in uncertificated form.

Separate holdings of shares in certificated and uncertificated form

 

9.

Notwithstanding anything else contained in these articles, where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, unless the directors otherwise determine, shares of any such class held by the same holder or joint holder in certificated form and uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

Variation of rights

 

10.

If at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, either while the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up:

 

  (a)

in such manner (if any) as may be provided by those rights; or

 

  (b)

in the absence of any such provision, with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class,

but not otherwise. To every such separate meeting the provisions of these articles relating to general meetings shall apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be (i) at any such meeting other than an adjourned meeting, two persons together holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class in question (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares); and (ii) at an adjourned meeting, one person holding shares of the class in question (other than treasury shares) or his proxy.

 

3


Rights deemed not varied

 

11.

Unless otherwise expressly provided by the rights attached to any class of shares, those rights shall be deemed not to be varied by the purchase by the Company of any of its own shares or the holding of such shares as treasury shares.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

Rights to share certificates

 

12. (1)

On becoming the holder of any share other than a share in uncertificated form, every person (other than a financial institution in respect of whom the Company is not required by law to complete and have ready a certificate) shall be entitled, without payment, to have issued to him within two months after allotment or lodgement of a transfer (unless the terms of issue of the shares provide otherwise) one certificate for all the shares of each class registered in his name or, upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine, several certificates each for one or more of his shares.

 

  (2)

Every certificate shall be issued under the seal or under such other form of authentication as the directors may determine (which may include manual or facsimile signatures by one or more directors), and shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up on them.

 

  (3)

Where a member (other than a financial institution) has transferred part only of the shares comprised in a certificate, the member is entitled, without payment, to have issued to him a certificate in respect of the balance of shares held by him or, upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine, several certificates each for one or more of his shares.

 

  (4)

When a member’s (other than a financial institution’s) holding of shares of a particular class increases, the Company may issue that member with a single, consolidated certificate in respect of all the shares of a particular class which that member holds or a separate certificate in respect of only those shares by which that member’s holding has increased.

 

  (5)

A member (other than a financial institution) may request the Company, in writing, to replace the member’s separate certificates with a consolidated certificate or the member’s consolidated certificate with two or more separate certificates representing such proportion of the shares as the member may specify, provided that any certificate(s) which it is (or they are) to replace has first been returned to the Company for cancellation. When the Company complies with such a request it may charge such reasonable sum as the directors may determine for doing so.

 

  (6)

The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to the senior shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them, and seniority shall be determined in the manner described in article 64.

 

  (7)

If a certificate issued in respect of a member’s shares is damaged or defaced or said to be lost, stolen or destroyed, then that member is entitled to be issued with a replacement certificate in respect of the same shares. A member exercising the right to be issued with such a replacement certificate:

 

  (a)

must return the certificate which is to be replaced to the Company if it is damaged or defaced; and

 

  (b)

must comply with such conditions as to evidence, indemnity and the payment of a reasonable fee as the directors may determine.

 

4


LIEN

Company’s lien on shares not fully paid

 

13.

The Company has a lien over every share which is partly paid for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The directors may declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this article. The Company’s lien over a share takes priority over any third party’s interest in that share, and extends to any dividend or other money payable by the Company in respect of that share (and, if the lien is enforced and the share is sold by the Company, the proceeds of sale of that share).

Enforcing lien by sale

 

14.

The Company may sell, in such manner as the directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien if an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share, or the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

Giving effect to a sale

 

15.

To give effect to the sale:

 

  (a)

in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

  (i)

to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the Operator of a relevant system to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

  (ii)

after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and/or take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

The title of the transferee to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

Application of proceeds of sale

 

16.

The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the amount for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold, in the case of a share in certificated form, and subject to a like lien for any amount not presently payable as existed upon the share before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the date of the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE

Calls

 

17.

Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any amounts unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may, before receipt by the Company of an amount due under it, be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

5


18.

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

Joint and several liability in respect of calls

 

19.

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of it.

Interest

 

20.

If a call or an instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid, from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the shares in question or fixed in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Acts). The directors may, however, waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

Sums treated as calls

 

21.

An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid these articles shall apply as if that sum had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

Power to differentiate

 

22.

Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may differentiate between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

Payment of calls in advance

 

23.

The directors may receive from any member willing to advance it all or any part of the amount unpaid on the shares held by him (beyond the sums actually called up) as a payment in advance of calls, and such payment shall, to the extent of it, extinguish the liability on the shares in respect of which it is advanced. The Company may pay interest on the amount so received, or so much of it as exceeds the sums called up on the shares in respect of which it has been received, at such rate (if any) as the member and the directors agree.

Notice if call not paid and forfeiture

 

24.

If a call or an instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. If the notice is not complied with, any shares in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends and other amounts payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

Sale of forfeited shares

 

25.

A forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person and, at any time before the disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors determine. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person:

 

  (a)

in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

6


  (b)

in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

  (i)

to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the Operator of a relevant system to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

  (ii)

after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and/or take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

Cessation of membership and continuing liability

 

26.

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the shares forfeited and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation any certificate for the shares forfeited. However, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all amounts which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those amounts before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Acts) from the date of forfeiture until payment. The directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

Statutory declaration as to forfeiture

 

27.

A statutory declaration by a director or the secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary, in the case of a share in certificated form) constitute good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

Transfer of shares in certificated form

 

28.

The instrument of transfer of a share in certificated form may be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, where the share is not fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee.

Transfer of shares in uncertificated form

 

29.

Where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, title to shares of that class which are recorded on an Operator register of members as being held in uncertificated form may be transferred by means of the relevant system concerned. The transfer may not be in favour of more than four transferees.

Refusal to register transfers

 

30. (1)

The directors may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share in certificated form which is not fully paid provided that if the share is listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority such refusal does not prevent dealings in the shares from taking place on an open and proper basis. They may also refuse to register a transfer of a share in certificated form (whether fully paid or not) unless the instrument of transfer:

 

  (a)

is lodged, duly stamped, at the Office or at such other place as the directors may appoint and (except in the case of a transfer by a financial institution where a certificate has not been issued in respect of the share) is accompanied by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

7


  (b)

is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

  (c)

is in favour of not more than four transferees.

 

  (2)

The directors may refuse to register a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form in any case where the Company is entitled to refuse (or is excepted from the requirement) under the Uncertificated Securities Regulations to register the transfer.

Notice of and reasons for refusal

 

31.

If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company (in the case of a transfer of a share in certificated form) or the date on which the Operator-instruction was received by the Company (in the case of a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form) send to the transferee notice of the refusal together with reasons for the refusal. The directors shall send to the transferee such further information about the reasons for the refusal as the transferee may reasonably request.

No fee for registration

 

32.

No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share.

Retention or return of instrument of transfer

 

33.

The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall (except in the case of fraud) be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

Recognition of renunciation

 

34.

Nothing in these articles shall preclude the directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

Transmission on death

 

35.

If a member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, or his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest. However, nothing in this article shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

Election of person entitled by transmission

 

36.

A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as the directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the Company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall transfer title to the share to that person. All the provisions of these articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer (if any) as if it were an instrument of transfer signed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred.

 

8


Rights of person entitled by transmission

 

37.

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares.

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

Disclosure of interests

 

38. (1)

If a member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by that member, has been given a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and has failed in relation to any shares (the “default shares”) to give the Company the information thereby required within 14 days from the date of giving the notice, the following sanctions shall apply, unless the directors otherwise determine:

 

  (a)

the member shall not be entitled in respect of the default shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by representative or proxy) at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares or on any poll; and

 

  (b)

where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of their class (calculated exclusive of treasury shares):

 

  (i)

any dividend payable in respect of the shares shall be withheld by the Company, which shall not have any obligation to pay interest on it, and the member shall not be entitled to elect, pursuant to these articles, to receive shares instead of that dividend; and

 

  (ii)

no transfer, other than an excepted transfer, of any shares held by the member in certificated form shall be registered unless:

 

  (A)

the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

  (B)

the member proves to the satisfaction of the directors that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares the subject of the transfer;

 

  (iii)

for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(b)(ii) of this article, in the case of shares held by the member in uncertificated form, the directors may, to enable the Company to deal with the shares in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the Operator of a relevant system to convert the shares into certificated form.

 

  (2)

Where the sanctions under paragraph (1) of this article apply in relation to any shares, they shall cease to have effect at the end of the period of seven days (or such shorter period as the directors may determine) following the earlier of:

 

  (a)

receipt by the Company of the information required by the notice mentioned in that paragraph; and

 

  (b)

receipt by the Company of notice that the shares have been transferred by means of an excepted transfer,

and the directors may suspend or cancel any of the sanctions at any time in relation to any shares.

 

  (3)

Any new shares in the Company issued in right of default shares shall be subject to the same sanctions as apply to the default shares, and the directors may make any right to an allotment of the new shares subject to sanctions corresponding to those which will apply to those shares on issue, provided that:

 

9


  (a)

any sanctions applying to, or to a right to, new shares by virtue of this paragraph shall cease to have effect when the sanctions applying to the related default shares cease to have effect (and shall be suspended or cancelled if and to the extent that the sanctions applying to the related default shares are suspended or cancelled); and

 

  (b)

paragraph (1) of this article shall apply to the exclusion of this paragraph (3) if the Company gives a separate notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 in relation to the new shares.

 

  (4)

Where, on the basis of information obtained from a member in respect of any share held by him, the Company gives a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 to any other person, it shall at the same time send a copy of the notice to the member. The accidental omission to do so, or the non-receipt by the member of the copy, shall, however, not invalidate or otherwise affect the application of paragraph (1) of this article.

 

  (5)

For the purposes of this article:

 

  (a)

a person, other than the member holding a share, shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if the member has informed the Company that the person is, or may be, so interested, or if the Company (after taking account of any information obtained from the member or, pursuant to a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is, or may be, so interested;

 

  (b)

“interested” shall be construed as it is for the purpose of section 793 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (c)

reference to a person having failed to give the Company the information required by a notice, or being in default as regards supplying such information, includes (i) reference to his having failed or refused to give all or any part of it and (ii) reference to his having given information which he knows to be false in a material particular or having recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; and

 

  (d)

an “excepted transfer” means, in relation to any shares held by a member:

 

  (i)

a transfer pursuant to acceptance of a takeover offer (within the meaning of section 974 of the Companies Act 2006) in respect of shares in the Company; or

 

  (ii)

a transfer in consequence of a sale made through a recognised investment exchange (as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company’s shares are normally traded; or

 

  (iii)

a transfer which is shown to the satisfaction of the directors to be made in consequence of a sale of the whole of the beneficial interest in the shares to a person who is unconnected with the member and with any other person appearing to be interested in the shares.

 

  (6)

Nothing in this article shall limit the powers of the Company under section 794 of the Companies Act 2006 or any other powers of the Company whatsoever.

 

10


UNTRACED MEMBERS

Untraced members

 

39. (1)

The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share held by a member, or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission, if:

 

  (a)

for a period of 12 years no cheque or warrant or other method of payment for amounts payable in respect of the share sent and payable in a manner authorised by these articles has been cashed or effected and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or person concerned;

 

  (b)

during that period the Company has paid at least three cash dividends (whether interim or final) and no such dividend has been claimed by the member or person concerned;

 

  (c)

the Company has, after the expiration of that period, by advertisement in a national newspaper published in the United Kingdom and in a newspaper circulating in the area of the registered address or last known address of the member or person concerned, given notice of its intention to sell such share, and the advertisements, if not published on the same day, shall have been published within 30 days of each other; and

 

  (d)

the Company has not during the further period of three months following the date of publication of the advertisements (or, if published on different dates, the later or latest of them) and prior to the sale of the share received any communication from the member or person concerned.

 

  (2)

The Company shall also be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any additional share issued during the said period of 12 years in right of any share to which paragraph (1) of this article applies (or in right of any share so issued), if the criteria in sub-paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of that paragraph are satisfied in relation to the additional share (but as if the words “for a period of 12 years” were omitted from sub-paragraph (a) and the words “, after the expiration of that period,” were omitted from sub-paragraph (c)).

 

  (3)

To give effect to the sale of any share pursuant to this article:

 

  (a)

in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

  (i)

to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the Operator of a relevant system to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

  (ii)

after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and/or take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as it thinks fit to effect the transfer.

The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the proceeds of sale, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The Company shall be indebted to the member or other person entitled to the share for an amount equal to the net proceeds of the sale, but no trust or duty to account shall arise and no interest shall be payable in respect of the proceeds of sale.

 

11


ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

Consolidation and sub-division

 

40.

The Company may by ordinary resolution:

 

  (a)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (b)

sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than its existing shares; and

 

  (c)

determine that, as between the shares resulting from such a sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others,

and where any difficulty arises in regard to any consolidation or division, the directors may settle such difficulty as they see fit. In particular, without limitation, the directors may sell to any person (including the Company) the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members or retain such net proceeds for the benefit of the Company and:

 

  (i)

in the case of shares in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the directors may, to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the Operator of a relevant system to convert the share into certificated form; and after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and/or take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

Calling general meetings

 

41.

The directors may call general meetings. If there are not sufficient directors to form a quorum in order to call a general meeting, any director may call a general meeting. If there is no director, any member of the Company may call a general meeting.

Notice of annual general meetings and other general meetings

 

42.

An annual general meeting and all other general meetings of the Company shall be called by at least such minimum period of notice as is prescribed or permitted under the Acts. The notice shall specify the place, the date and the time of meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted, and in the case of an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Where the Company has given an electronic address in any notice of meeting, any document or information relating to proceedings at the meeting may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting. Subject to the provisions of these articles and to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, notices shall be given to all members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member and to the directors and auditors of the Company.

 

12


Omission or failure to give notice and non-receipt of notice

 

43.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to give notice due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

Quorum

 

44.

No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present. Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation which is a member (including for this purpose two persons who are proxies or corporate representatives of the same member), shall be a quorum.

Procedure if quorum not present

 

45.

If a quorum is not present within half an hour after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned in accordance with article 53(1).

Chairing general meetings

 

46.

The chairman (if any) of the board of directors, or in his absence some other director nominated prior to the meeting by the directors, shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If neither the chairman nor such other director (if any) is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the directors present shall elect one of their number present and willing to act to be chairman of the meeting, and if there is only one director present he shall be chairman of the meeting.

 

47.

If no director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

Security arrangements and orderly conduct

 

48.

The directors or the chairman of the meeting may direct that any person wishing to attend any general meeting should submit to and comply with such searches or other security arrangements (including without limitation, requiring evidence of identity to be produced before entering the meeting and placing restrictions on the items of personal property which may be taken into the meeting) as they or he consider appropriate in the circumstances. The directors or the chairman of the meeting may in their or his absolute discretion refuse entry to, or eject from, any general meeting any person who refuses to submit to a search or otherwise comply with such security arrangements.

 

49.

The directors or the chairman of the meeting may take such action, give such direction or put in place such arrangements as they or he consider appropriate to secure the safety of the people attending the meeting and to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting. Any decision of the chairman of the meeting on matters of procedure or matters arising incidentally from the business of the meeting, and any determination by the chairman of the meeting as to whether a matter is of such a nature, shall be final .

Directors entitled to attend and speak

 

50.

Directors may attend and speak at general meetings and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, whether or not they are members. The chairman of the meeting may permit other persons who are not members of the Company or otherwise entitled to exercise the rights of members in relation to general meetings to attend and, at the chairman of the meeting’s discretion, speak at a general meeting or at any separate class meeting.

 

13


Attendance and participation at different places and by electronic means

 

51.

In the case of any general meeting, the directors may, notwithstanding the specification in the notice convening the general meeting of the place at which the chairman of the meeting shall preside (the “Principal Place”), make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation by electronic means allowing persons not present together at the same place to attend, speak and vote at the meeting (including the use of satellite meeting places). The arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at any place at which persons are participating, using electronic means may include arrangements for controlling or regulating the level of attendance at any particular venue provided that such arrangements shall operate so that all members and proxies wishing to attend the meeting are able to attend at one or other of the venues.

 

52.

The members or proxies at the place or places at which persons are participating via electronic means shall be counted in the quorum for, and be entitled to vote at, the general meeting in question, and that meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman of the meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the meeting to ensure that the members or proxies attending at the place or places at which persons are participating via electronic means are able to:

 

  (a)

participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; and

 

  (b)

see and hear all persons who speak (whether through the use of microphones, loud speakers, audiovisual communication equipment or otherwise) in the Principal Place and any other place at which persons are participating via electronic means.

For the purposes of all other provisions of these articles (unless the context requires otherwise), the members shall be treated as meeting at the Principal Place.

If it appears to the chairman of the meeting that the facilities at the Principal Place or any place at which persons are participating via electronic means have become inadequate for the purposes set out in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the chairman of the meeting may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the general meeting. All business conducted at the general meeting up to the point of the adjournment shall be valid. The provisions of article 53(3) shall apply to that adjournment.

Adjournments

 

53. (1)

If a quorum is not present within half an hour after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned and (subject to the provisions of the Acts) the chairman of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

  (2)

Without prejudice to any other power of adjournment he may have under these articles or at common law:

 

  (a)

the chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting; and

 

  (b)

the chairman of the meeting may, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting before or after it has commenced, if the chairman of the meeting considers that:

 

  (i)

there is not enough room for the number of members and proxies who wish to attend the meeting;

 

14


  (ii)

the behaviour of anyone present prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting;

 

  (iii)

an adjournment is necessary to protect the safety of any person attending the meeting; or

 

  (iv)

an adjournment is otherwise necessary in order for the business of the meeting to be properly carried out.

and, if so adjourned, the chairman of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine.

 

  (3)

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, it shall not be necessary to give notice of an adjourned meeting except that when a meeting is adjourned for 14 days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. No business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place.

AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS

Amendments to special and ordinary resolutions

 

54. (1)

A special resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

  (a)

the chairman of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed; and

 

  (b)

the amendment does not go beyond what is necessary to correct a clear error in the resolution.

 

  (2)

An ordinary resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

  (a)

written notice of the terms of the proposed amendment and of the intention to move the amendment have been delivered to the Company at the Office at least 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or the adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution in question is proposed and the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairman of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution; or

 

  (b)

the chairman of the meeting, in his absolute discretion, decides that the proposed amendment may be considered or voted on.

Withdrawal and ruling amendments out of order

 

55.

With the consent of the chairman of the meeting, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is voted on. If an amendment proposed to any resolution under consideration is ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in the ruling.

POLLS

Demand for a poll

 

56. (1)

A resolution put to the vote of a general meeting must be decided on a show of hands unless either the notice of the meeting specifies that a poll will be called on such resolution or a poll is (before the resolution is put to the vote on a show of hands or immediately after the result of a show of hands on that resolution is declared) demanded by:

 

15


  (a)

the chairman of the meeting;

 

  (b)

a majority of the directors present at the meeting;

 

  (c)

not less than five members having the right to vote at the meeting;

 

  (d)

a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares in the Company held as treasury shares); or

 

  (e)

a member or members holding shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting which are held as treasury shares).

Chairman’s declaration

 

57.

Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, and an entry in respect of such declaration in the minutes of the meeting, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

58.

The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman of the meeting, and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

Polls to be taken as chairman directs

 

59.

Polls at general meetings shall, subject to articles 60 and 61 below, be taken when, where and in such manner as the chairman of the meeting directs. The chairman of the meeting may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and decide how and when the result of the poll is to be declared. The result of a poll shall be the decision of the meeting in respect of the resolution on which the poll was demanded.

When poll to be taken

 

60.

A poll on the election of the chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately. Any other polls must be taken either immediately or within 30 days of the poll being demanded. A demand for a poll does not prevent a general meeting from continuing, except as regards the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

Notice of poll

 

61.

No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case, at least seven clear days’ notice must be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

 

16


VOTES OF MEMBERS

Voting rights

 

62.

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares:

 

  (a)

on a show of hands:

 

  (i)

every member who is present in person has one vote;

 

  (ii)

every proxy present who has been duly appointed by one or more members entitled to vote on the resolution has one vote, except that if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution and is instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more others to vote against it, or is instructed by one or more of those members to vote in one way and is given discretion as to how to vote by one or more others (and wishes to use that discretion to vote in the other way) he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution; and

 

  (iii)

every corporate representative present who has been duly authorised by a corporation has the same voting rights as the corporation would be entitled to;

 

  (b)

on a poll every member present in person or by duly appointed proxy or corporate representative has one vote for every share of which he is the holder or in respect or which his appointment as proxy or corporate representative has been made.

 

  (c)

a member, proxy or corporate representative entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses the same way.

Voting record date

 

63.

For the purposes of determining which persons are entitled to attend or vote at a general meeting and how many votes such persons may cast, the Company may specify in the notice convening the meeting a time, being not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting (and for this purpose no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day), by which a person must be entered on the register in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting.

Votes of joint holders

 

64.

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the register of members.

Votes on behalf of an incapable member

 

65.

A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, on a show of hands or on a poll, by any person authorised in that behalf by that court and the person so authorised may exercise other rights in relation to general meetings, including appointing a proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming the right to vote shall be delivered to the Office, or such other place as is specified in accordance with these articles for the delivery or receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised, and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

17


No right to vote where sums overdue

 

66.

No member shall have the right to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him unless all amounts presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

Objections and validity of votes

 

67. (1)

Any objection to the qualification of any person voting at a general meeting or on a poll or to the counting of, or failure to count, any vote, must be made at the meeting or adjourned meeting or at the time the poll is taken (if not taken at the meeting or adjourned meeting) at which the vote objected to is tendered. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. If a vote is not disallowed by the chairman of the meeting it is valid for all purposes.

 

  (2)

The Company shall not be bound to enquire whether any proxy or corporate representative votes in accordance with the instructions given to him by the member he represents and if a proxy or corporate representative does not vote in accordance with the instructions of the member he represents the vote or votes cast shall nevertheless be valid for all purposes.

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

Appointment of proxies

 

68.

A member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll. Delivery of an appointment of proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment of it. A proxy need not be a member. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him. References in these articles to an appointment of proxy include references to an appointment of multiple proxies.

Validity

 

69.

Where two or more valid appointments of proxy are received in respect of the same share in relation to the same meeting, the one which is last sent shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others. If the Company is unable to determine which is last sent, the one which is last received shall be so treated. If the Company is unable to determine either which is last sent or which is last received, none of such appointments shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

Form of proxy appointment

 

70. (1)

Subject to article 71 below, an appointment of proxy shall be in writing in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the appointor which in the case of a corporation may be either under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or attorney or other person duly authorised for that purpose. The signature on the appointment of proxy need not be witnessed.

 

  (2)

Where the appointment of a proxy is expressed to have been or purports to have been executed by a duly authorised person on behalf of a member:

 

  (i)

the Company may treat the appointment as sufficient evidence of that person to execute the appointment of proxy on behalf of that member; and

 

18


  (ii)

the member shall, if requested by or on behalf of the Company, send or procure the sending of any authority under which the appointment of proxy has been executed, or a certified copy of any such authority to such address and by such time as is specified under article 72 or the receipt of an appointment of proxy and, if the request is not complied with in any respect, the appointment of proxy may be treated as invalid.

Proxies sent or supplied in electronic form

 

71.

The directors may (and shall if and to the extent that the Company is required to do so by the Acts) allow an appointment of proxy to be sent or supplied in electronic form subject to any conditions or limitations as the directors may specify. Where the Company has given an electronic address in any instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any document or information relating to proxies for the meeting (including any document necessary to show the validity of, or otherwise relating to, an appointment of proxy, or notice of the termination of the authority of a proxy) may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting.

Receipt of appointments of proxy

 

72.

An appointment of proxy may:

 

  (a)

in the case of an appointment of proxy in hard copy form, be received at the Office or such other place in the United Kingdom as is specified in the notice convening the meeting, or in any appointment of proxy or any invitation to appoint a proxy sent out or made available by the Company in relation to the meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates; or

 

  (b)

in the case of an appointment of proxy in electronic form, be received at the electronic address specified in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy or any invitation to appoint a proxy sent out or made available by the Company in relation to the meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates; or

 

  (c)

in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting, be received as aforesaid not less than 24 hours (or such shorter time as the directors may determine) before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

The directors may specify in the notice convening the meeting that in determining the time for delivery of proxies pursuant to this article, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day. An appointment of proxy which is not, received or delivered in a manner so permitted shall be invalid.

Termination of appointments of proxy

 

73.

A vote given or poll demanded by proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous termination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll, unless notice of the termination was delivered in writing to the Company at such place or address at which an appointment of proxy may be duly received under article 72, not later than the last time at which an appointment of proxy should have been received under article 72 in order for it to be valid.

Availability of appointments of proxy

 

74.

The directors may at the expense of the Company send or make available appointments of proxy or invitations to appoint a proxy to the members by post or by electronic means or otherwise (with or without provision for their return prepaid) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in blank or nominating in the alternative any one or more of the directors or any other person. If for the purpose of any meeting, appointments of proxy or invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of

 

19


  persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the members entitled to be sent a notice of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission, or the failure due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control, to send or make available such an appointment of proxy or give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt thereof by, any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

Corporations acting by representatives

 

75. (1)

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, any corporation (other than the Company itself) which is a member of the Company may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company, or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares. The corporation shall for the purposes of these articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person or persons so authorised is present at it. The Company may require such person or persons to produce a certified copy of the resolution before permitting him to exercise his powers.

 

  (2)

A vote given or poll demanded by a corporate representative shall be valid notwithstanding that he is no longer authorised to represent the member unless notice of the termination was delivered in writing to the Company at such place or address and by such time as is specified in article 72 for the receipt of an appointment of proxy.

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

Number of directors

 

76.

Unless otherwise determined by the Company by ordinary resolution the number of directors (disregarding alternate directors) shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than five.

Power of Company to appoint a director

 

77.

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint a person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

Procedure for appointment or reappointment at general meeting

 

78.

No person other than a director retiring at the meeting shall be appointed or reappointed a director at any general meeting unless:

 

  (a)

he is recommended by the directors; or

 

  (b)

not less than seven nor more than 35 days before the date appointed for holding the meeting, notice executed by a member qualified to vote on the appointment or reappointment has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment or reappointment, stating the particulars which would, if he were appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the Company’s register of directors, together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed or reappointed.

Election of two or more directors

 

79.

At a general meeting a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as directors by a single resolution shall not be made, unless a resolution that it shall be so made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it. For the purposes of this article a motion for approving a person’s appointment or for nominating a person for appointment shall be treated as a motion for his appointment.

 

20


Power of directors to appoint a director

 

80.

The directors may appoint a person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number fixed as the maximum number of directors. A director so appointed shall retire at the next annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for reappointment.

Number and identity of directors to retire by rotation

 

81. (1)

At the annual general meeting in every year there shall retire from office by rotation:

 

  (a)

all directors who held office at the time of each of the two preceding annual general meetings and who did not retire at either of them; and

 

  (b)

if the number of directors retiring under (a) above is less than one-third of the Relevant Directors (or, if the number of Relevant Directors is not three or a multiple of three, is less than the number which is nearest to but does not exceed one-third of the Relevant Directors), such additional number of directors as shall, together with the directors retiring under (a) above, equal one-third of the Relevant Directors (or, if the number of Relevant Directors is not three or a multiple of three, the number which is nearest to but does not exceed one-third of the Relevant Directors).

 

  (2)

Subject to the provisions of this article the directors, if any, to retire by rotation under paragraph (1)(b) of this article shall be those other Relevant Directors who have been longest in office since their last appointment or reappointment, but, as between persons who became or were last reappointed directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

 

  (3)

Any director who is to retire at or prior to any annual general meeting for any reason other than retirement by rotation under this article shall be an “Excluded Director”. An Excluded Director shall not be taken into account in determining the number or identity of the directors to retire by rotation at that meeting pursuant to this article 81.

 

  (4)

The number and identity of the directors to retire at an annual general meeting pursuant to this article 81 shall be determined by reference to the number and identity of the directors, other than any Excluded Director, at 9.00 am (London time) on the date of the notice convening the annual general meeting (the “Relevant Directors”) notwithstanding any change in the number or identity of such directors after that time but before the close of that annual general meeting.

Filling of vacancy

 

82.

If the Company, at the meeting at which a director retires under any provision of these articles, does not fill the vacancy the retiring director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been reappointed unless at the meeting it is resolved not to fill the vacancy or a resolution for the reappointment of the director is put to the meeting and lost.

Director not reappointed at annual general meeting

 

83.

A director who retires at an annual general meeting may be reappointed. If he is not reappointed or deemed to have been reappointed, he shall retain office until the meeting elects someone in his place or, if it does not do so, until the close of the meeting.

 

21


DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Removal of director

 

84.

In addition to any power of removal under the Acts, the Company may, by special resolution, remove a director before the expiration of his period of office and, subject to these articles, may, by ordinary resolution, appoint another person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director instead of him. A person so appointed shall be treated, for the purposes of determining the time at which he or any other director is to retire, as if he had become a director on the day on which the director in whose place he is appointed was last appointed or reappointed a director.

Termination of a director’s appointment

 

85.

A person ceases to be a director as soon as:

 

  (a)

that person ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Acts or is prohibited from being a director by law; or

 

  (b)

a bankruptcy order is made against that person; or

 

  (c)

a composition is made with that person’s creditors generally in satisfaction of that person’s debts; or

 

  (d)

by reason of that person’s mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise have; or

 

  (e)

notification is received by the Company from that person that he is resigning or retiring from his office as director, and such resignation or retirement has taken effect in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (f)

in the case of a director who holds any executive office, his appointment as such is terminated or expires and the directors resolve that he should cease to be a director; or

 

  (g)

that person is absent without permission of the other directors from meetings of the directors for more than six consecutive months and the other directors resolve that he should cease to be a director; or

 

  (h)

a notice in writing is served upon him personally, or at his residential address provided to the Company for the purposes of section 165 of the Companies Act 2006, signed by all the other directors stating that that person shall cease to be a director with immediate effect (and such notice may consist of several copies each signed by one or more directors, but a notice executed by an alternate director need not also be executed by his appointor and, if it is executed by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not also be executed by the alternate director in that capacity).

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

Appointment and removal of an alternate director

 

86.

Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors and willing to act and permitted by law to do so, to be an alternate director and may remove an alternate director appointed by him from his appointment as alternate director.

 

22


Rights of an alternate director

 

87.

An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the directors and of committees of the directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the director appointing him is not present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a director in his absence. An alternate director shall not (unless the Company by ordinary resolution otherwise determines) be entitled to any fees for his services as an alternate director, but shall be entitled to be paid such expenses as might properly have been paid to him if he had been a director.

Termination of an alternate director’s appointment

 

88.

An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases to be a director; however, if a director retires, by rotation or otherwise, but is reappointed or deemed to have been reappointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate director made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement shall continue after his reappointment.

 

89.

An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director on the occurrence in relation to the alternate director of any event which, if it occurred in relation to his appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s appointment as a director.

Method of appointment or removal of an alternate director

 

90.

An appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be by notice in writing to the Company signed by the director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the directors.

Other provisions regarding alternate directors

 

91.

Save as otherwise provided in these articles, an alternate director shall:

 

  (a)

be deemed for all purposes to be a director;

 

  (b)

alone be responsible for his own acts and omissions;

 

  (c)

in addition to any restrictions which may apply to him personally, be subject to the same restrictions as his appointor; and

 

  (d)

not be deemed to be the agent of or for the director appointing him.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

General powers of the Company vested in the directors

 

92.

The business of the Company shall be managed by the directors who, subject to the provisions of these articles and to any directions given by special resolution to take, or refrain from taking, specified action, may exercise all the powers of the Company. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof, and, subject to the provisions of these articles, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. No alteration of these articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this article shall not be limited by any special power given to the directors by these articles and a meeting of the directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the directors.

Provision for employees on cessation or transfer of business

 

93.

The directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a director or former director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

 

23


Delegation to persons or committees

 

94. (1)

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the directors may delegate any of the powers which are conferred on them under the articles:

 

  (a)

to such person or committee;

 

  (b)

by such means (including by power of attorney);

 

  (c)

to such an extent;

 

  (d)

in relation to such matters or territories; and

 

  (e)

on such terms and conditions,

as they think fit.

 

  (2)

If the directors so specify, any such delegation may authorise further delegation of the directors’ powers by any person to whom they are delegated.

 

  (3)

The directors may revoke any delegation in whole or part, or alter its terms and conditions.

 

  (4)

The power to delegate under this article includes power to delegate the determination of any fee, remuneration or other benefit which may be paid or provided to any director.

 

  (5)

Subject to paragraph (6) of this article, the proceedings of any committee appointed under paragraph (1)(a) of this article with two or more members shall be governed by such of these articles as regulate the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

 

  (6)

The directors may make rules regulating the proceedings of such committees, which shall prevail over any rules derived from these articles pursuant to paragraph (5) of this article if, and to the extent that, they are not consistent with them.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION, GRATUITIES AND BENEFITS

Directors’ remuneration

 

95.

Until otherwise determined by the Company by ordinary resolution, there shall be paid to the directors who do not hold executive office (other than alternate directors) such fees for their services in the office of director as the directors may determine (not exceeding in the aggregate an annual sum of £2,500,000 or such larger amount as the Company may by ordinary resolution decide) divided between the directors as they may determine, or, failing such determination, equally . The fees shall be deemed to accrue from day to day and shall be distinct from and additional to any remuneration or other benefits which may be paid or provided to any director pursuant to any other provision of these articles.

Expenses

 

96.

The directors may also be paid all reasonable expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the directors or of committees of the directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company and any reasonable expenses properly incurred by them otherwise in connection with the exercise of their powers and the discharge of their responsibilities in relation to the Company.

 

24


Directors’ gratuities and benefits

 

97.

The directors may (by the establishment of, or maintenance of, schemes or otherwise) provide benefits, whether by the payment of allowances, gratuities or pensions, or by insurance or death, sickness or disability benefits or otherwise, for any director or any former director of the Company or of any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the Company or a predecessor in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, and for any member of his family (including a spouse or civil partner or a former spouse or former civil partner) or any person who is or was dependent on him and may (before as well as after he ceases to hold such office) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

Executive directors

 

98.

The directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office of the Company and any such appointment may be made for such term, at such remuneration and on such other conditions as the directors think fit. Any appointment of a director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of the contract of service between the director and the Company.

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

Other interests and offices

 

99. (1)

Provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director notwithstanding his office:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; and

 

  (b)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is interested,

and (i) he shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate; (ii) he shall not infringe his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company as a result of any such office or employment or any such transaction or arrangement or any interest in any such body corporate; (iii) he shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the Company, any confidential information relating to such office or employment if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with such office or employment; (iv) he may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to such office, employment, transaction, arrangement or interest; and (v) no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

  (2)

For the purposes of this article:

 

  (a)

a general notice given to the directors that a director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified;

 

25


  (b)

an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his;

 

  (c)

an interest which consists of a Director of the Company being a Director or other officer of, or employed by any subsidiary undertaking of the Company shall be deemed not to be a material interest;

 

  (d)

a director need not disclose an interest if it cannot be reasonably regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; and

 

  (e)

a director need not disclose an interest if, or to the extent that, the other directors are already aware of it (and for this purpose the other directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware).

 

100. (1)

The directors may (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as they may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation) authorise, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

  (a)

any matter which would otherwise result in a director infringing his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest (including a conflict of interest and duty or conflict of duties); and

 

  (b)

a director to accept or continue in any office, employment or position in addition to his office as a director of the Company and, without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1)(a) of this article, may authorise the manner in which a conflict of interest arising out of such office, employment or position may be dealt with, either before or at the time that such a conflict of interest arises,

provided that the authorisation is effective only if (i) any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the director in question or any other interested director, and (ii) the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

  (2)

If a matter, or office, employment or position, has been authorised by the directors in accordance with this article then (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as the directors may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation or the permissions set out below):

 

  (a)

the director shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the Company, any confidential information relating to such matter, or such office, employment or position if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that matter, or that office, employment or position;

 

  (b)

the director may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to that matter, or that office, employment or position; and

 

  (c)

a director shall not, by reason of his office as a director of the Company, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such matter, or from any such office, employment or position.

 

26


PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

Procedures regarding board meetings

 

101. (1)

Subject to the provisions of these articles, the directors may make any rule which they think fit about how they take decisions, and about how such rules are to be recorded or communicated to directors.

 

  (2)

A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors.

 

  (3)

Notice of a board meeting may be given to a director personally, or by telephone, or sent in hard copy form to him at a postal address in the United Kingdom notified by him to the Company for this purpose, or sent in electronic form to such electronic address (if any) as may for the time being be notified by him to the Company for that purpose. It shall not be necessary to give notice of a board meeting to a director who is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom unless he has requested that notices of board meetings shall during his absence be given in hard copy form or in electronic form to him at a postal address or electronic address notified by him to the Company for that purpose. Such notices, however, need not be given any earlier than notices given to directors not so absent. A director may waive notice of any board meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

 

  (4)

Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall (unless he is not entitled to vote on the resolution in question) have a second or casting vote. A director who is also an alternate director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote; and an alternate director who is appointed by two or more directors shall be entitled to a separate vote on behalf of each of his appointors in the appointor’s absence.

 

  (5)

A meeting of the directors may consist of a conference between directors some or all of whom are in different places provided that each director who participates in the meeting is able to:

 

  (a)

hear each of the other participating directors addressing the meeting; and

 

  (b)

address each of the other participating directors simultaneously,

whether directly, by conference telephone or by any other form of communication equipment (whether in use when this article is adopted or developed subsequently) or by a combination of such methods. A quorum shall be deemed to be present if those conditions are satisfied in respect of at least the number of directors required to form a quorum. A meeting held in this way shall be deemed to take place at the place where the largest group of directors is assembled or, if no such group is readily identifiable, at the place from where the chairman of the meeting participates at the start of the meeting.

Number of directors below minimum

 

102.

The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of directors is less than the number fixed as the minimum, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

Election and removal of chairman and deputy chairman

 

103.

The directors may elect from their number, and remove, a chairman and a deputy chairman of the board of directors. The chairman, or in his absence the deputy chairman, shall preside at all meetings of the directors, but if there is no chairman or deputy chairman, or if at the meeting neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman is present within ten minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as chairman, the directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

27


Resolutions in writing

 

104.

A resolution in writing agreed to by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the directors and who would be entitled to vote (and whose vote would have been counted) on the resolution at a meeting of the directors (if that number is sufficient to constitute a quorum) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors, duly convened and held. A resolution in writing is adopted when all such directors have signed one or more copies of it or have otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing. A resolution agreed to by an alternate director, however, need not also be agreed to by his appointor and, if it is agreed to by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not also be agreed to by the alternate director in that capacity.

Quorum

 

105.

No business shall be transacted at any meeting of the directors unless a quorum is present. The quorum may be fixed by the directors. If the quorum is not fixed by the directors, the quorum shall be two. A director shall not be counted in the quorum present in relation to a matter or resolution on which he is not entitled to vote (or when his vote cannot be counted) but shall be counted in the quorum present in relation to all other matters or resolutions considered or voted on at the meeting. An alternate director who is not himself a director shall if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum.

Permitted interests and voting

 

106. (1)

Subject to the provisions of these articles, a director shall not vote at a meeting of the directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, a material interest (other than an interest in shares, debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company), unless his interest arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following sub-paragraphs:

 

  (a)

the resolution relates to the giving to him of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by him for the benefit of, the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings;

 

  (b)

the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of an obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the director has assumed responsibility in whole or part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (c)

the resolution relates to the giving to him of any other indemnity which is on substantially the same terms as indemnities given or to be given to all of the other directors and/or to the funding by the Company of his expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by the Company of anything to enable him to avoid incurring such expenditure where all other directors have been given or are to be given substantially the same arrangements;

 

  (d)

the resolution relates to the purchase or maintenance for any director or directors of insurance against any liability;

 

  (e)

his interest arises by virtue of his being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any shares in or debentures or other securities of the Company for subscription, purchase or exchange;

 

28


  (f)

the resolution relates to an arrangement for the benefit of the employees and directors and/or former employees and former directors of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings, and/or the members of their families (including a spouse or civil partner or a former spouse or former civil partner) or any person who is or was dependent on such persons, including but without being limited to a retirement benefits scheme and an employees’ share scheme, which does not accord to any director any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees and/or former employees to whom the arrangement relates;

 

  (g)

the resolution relates to a transaction or arrangement with any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly, provided that he is not the holder of or beneficially interested in 1 per cent. or more of any class of the equity share capital of that company (or of any other company through which his interest is derived) and not entitled to exercise 1 per cent. or more of the voting rights available to members of the relevant company (and for the purpose of calculating the said percentage there shall be disregarded (i) any shares held by the director as a bare or custodian trustee and in which he has no beneficial interest; (ii) any shares comprised in any authorised unit trust scheme in which the director is interested only as a unit holder; and (iii) any shares of that class held as treasury shares).

 

  (2)

Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including the fixing or varying of terms of appointment) of two or more directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and (provided he is not by virtue of paragraph (1)(g) of this article, or otherwise under that paragraph, or for any other reason, precluded from voting) each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

Suspension or relaxation of prohibition on voting

 

107.

The Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, in respect of any particular matter, any provision of these articles prohibiting a director from voting at a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

Questions regarding director’s rights to vote

 

108.

If a question arises at a meeting of the directors as to the right of a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairman of the meeting (or, if the director concerned is the chairman, to the other directors at the meeting), and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself (or, as the case may be, the ruling of the majority of the other directors in relation to the chairman) shall be final and conclusive.

DIVIDENDS

Declaration of dividends by the Company

 

109.

The Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

Payment of interim dividends

 

110.

The directors may pay interim dividends if it appears to them that they are justified by the profits of the Company available for distribution. If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividend as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear. The directors may also pay at intervals

 

29


  settled by them any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. If the directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

Payment according to amount paid up

 

111.

Except as otherwise provided by these articles or the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. If any share is issued on terms that it ranks for dividend as from a particular date, it shall rank for dividend accordingly. In any other case (and except as aforesaid), dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. For the purpose of this article, no account is to be taken of any amount which has been paid up on a share in advance of the due date for payment of that amount.

Non-cash distribution

 

112.

A general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the directors, direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the same as they think fit and in particular (but without limitation) may:

 

  (a)

issue fractional certificates or other fractional entitlements (or ignore fractions) and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof;

 

  (b)

determine that cash shall be paid to any member on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of those entitled to participate in the dividend; and

 

  (c)

vest any such specific assets in trustees.

Dividend payment procedure

 

113. (1)

Any dividend or other money payable (whether in sterling or foreign currency) in respect of a share may be paid by such method as the directors, in their absolute discretion, consider appropriate and which method may be different for different holders or groups of holders of shares. Without limiting any other method of payment which the Company may adopt, any such payment may be made wholly or partly:

 

  (a)

by direct credit and bank transfer, electronic form, electronic means or by such other means approved by the directors directly to an account (of a type approved by the directors) nominated in writing by the holder of a share entitled to it or if two or more persons are the holders of the share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, all such joint holders; or

 

  (b)

by cheque or by warrant made payable to the holder of a share entitled to it and sent to the registered address of such person or, in the case of joint holders, made payable to that one of those persons who is first named in the register of members and sent to such person’s registered address or to such person and to such address as a holder (or in the case of joint holders all such persons) may by notice direct.

 

  (2)

Any joint holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other money payable in respect of the share.

 

  (3)

Payment of a cheque, warrant or order, or bank or electronic transfer of funds shall be a good discharge to the Company. Payment is made at the risk of the persons entitled thereto and the Company will not be responsible for a payment which is lost or delayed.

 

30


  (4)

If the directors elect to make payments by bank or electronic transfer to an account (of a type approved by the directors) nominated by a holder or joint holders of a share, but no such account is nominated by the holder or joint holders or an electronic transfer into a nominated account is rejected or refunded, the Company may credit the amount payable to an account of the Company to be held until the holder or joint holders nominate a valid account.

 

  (5)

An amount credited to an account under article 113(4) is to be treated as having been paid to the holder or joint holders entitled to it at the time it is credited to that account. The Company will not be a trustee of any such monies and no interest will accrue on such monies.

 

  (6)

The Company will not pay interest on any dividend or other money due to a holder or joint holders of a share, unless the rights attaching to any such share provide otherwise.

Right to cease sending payment

 

114.

The Company may cease to send any cheque or warrant (or to use any other method of payment) for any dividend payable in respect of a share if:

 

  (a)

in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on that share the cheque or warrant has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed (or that other method of payment has failed); or

 

  (b)

following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new address or account of the person entitled to the payment,

but, subject to the provisions of these articles, may recommence sending cheques or warrants (or using another method of payment) for dividends payable on that share if the person or persons entitled so request and have supplied in writing a new address or account to be used for that purpose.

No interest on dividends

 

115.

No dividend or other money payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company, unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

Forfeiture of unclaimed dividends

 

116.

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

Scrip dividends

 

117.

The directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer any holders of ordinary shares the right to elect to receive ordinary shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the directors) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. The following provisions shall apply:

 

  (a)

The resolution may specify a particular dividend (whether or not declared), or may specify all or any dividends declared or payable within a specified period, but such period may not end later than the beginning of the fifth annual general meeting next following the date of the meeting at which the ordinary resolution is passed.

 

 

31


  (b)

The entitlement of each holder of ordinary shares to new ordinary shares shall be such that the relevant value of the entitlement shall be as nearly as possible equal to (but not greater than) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) that such holder would have received by way of dividend. For this purpose “relevant value” shall be calculated by reference to the average of the middle market quotations for the Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the day on which the ordinary shares are first quoted “ex” the relevant dividend and the four subsequent dealing days, or in such other manner as may be determined by or in accordance with the ordinary resolution. A certificate or report by the auditors as to the amount of the relevant value in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

  (c)

No fraction of a share shall be allotted and the directors may make such provision for fractional entitlements as they think fit, including provision:

 

  (i)

for the whole or part of the benefit of fractional entitlements to be disregarded or to accrue to the Company; or

 

  (ii)

for the value of fractional entitlements to be accumulated on behalf of a member (without entitlement to interest) and applied in paying up new shares in connection with a subsequent offer by the Company of the right to receive shares instead of cash in respect of a future dividend.

 

  (d)

The directors shall, after determining the basis of allotment, notify the holders of ordinary shares of the right of election offered to them, and (except in the case of any holder from whom the Company has received written notice in such form as the directors may require which is effective for the purposes of the relevant dividend that such holder wishes to receive shares instead of cash in respect of all future dividends in respect of which a right of election is offered) shall send with, or following, such notification, forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and place at which, and the latest time by which, elections must be received in order to be effective.

 

  (e)

The directors may on any occasion decide that rights of election shall only be made available subject to such exclusions, restrictions or other arrangements as they shall in their absolute discretion deem necessary or desirable in order to comply with legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or stock exchange in, any territory.

 

  (f)

The dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been given) shall not be payable on ordinary shares in respect of which an election has been duly made (“the elected ordinary shares”). Instead, additional ordinary shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected ordinary shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid. For such purpose the directors shall capitalise out of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) or any of the profits which could otherwise have been applied in paying dividends in cash, as the directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional ordinary shares to be allotted on that basis and apply it in paying up in full the appropriate number of ordinary shares for allotment and distribution to the holders of the elected ordinary shares on that basis.

 

  (g)

The directors shall not proceed with any election unless the Company has sufficient reserves or funds that may be capitalised to give effect to it after the basis of allotment is determined.

 

  (h)

The additional ordinary shares when allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid ordinary shares then in issue except that they will not be entitled to participation in the dividend in lieu of which they were allotted.

 

  (i)

The directors may do all acts and things which they consider necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation, and may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and incidental matters and any agreement so made shall be binding on all concerned.

 

32


CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

Capitalisation of profits

 

118. (1)

The directors may with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company:

 

  (a)

subject as provided in this article, resolve to capitalise any profits of the Company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of any reserve or fund of the Company (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve);

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members in proportion to the nominal amounts of the shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively which would (or in the case of treasury shares, which would if such shares were not held as treasury shares) entitle them to participate in a distribution of that sum if the shares were fully paid and the sum were then distributable and were distributed by way of dividend and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full shares or debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot such shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this article, only be applied in paying up shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

resolve that any shares so allotted to any member in respect of a holding by him of any partly paid shares shall so long as such shares remain partly paid rank for dividend only to the extent that the latter shares rank for dividend;

 

  (d)

make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or other fractional entitlements (or by ignoring fractions) or by payment in cash or otherwise as they think fit in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions (including provision whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the members concerned);

 

  (e)

authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any further shares to which they are entitled upon such capitalisation, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such members; and

 

  (f)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to such resolution as aforesaid.

 

  (2)

Where, pursuant to an employees’ share scheme (within the meaning of section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006) the Company has granted options to subscribe for shares on terms which provide (inter alia) for adjustments to the subscription price payable on the exercise of such options or to the number of shares to be allotted upon such exercise in the event of any increase or reduction in or other reorganisation of the Company’s issued share capital and an otherwise appropriate adjustment would result in the subscription price for any share being less than its nominal value, then the directors may, on the exercise of any of the options concerned and payment of the subscription price which would have applied had such adjustment been made, capitalise any such profits or other sum as is mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) above to the extent necessary to pay up the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the shares which fall to be allotted on the exercise

 

33


  of such options and apply such amount in paying up such balance and allot shares fully paid accordingly. The provisions of paragraphs (1)(a) to (f) above shall apply with the necessary alterations to this paragraph (but as if the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company were not required).

RECORD DATES

Company or directors may fix record dates for payment or distribution

 

119.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, but without prejudice to the rights attached to any shares, the Company or the directors may fix a date as the record date by reference to which a dividend will be declared or paid or a distribution, allotment or issue made, and that date may be before, on or after the date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made. Where such a record date is fixed, references in these articles to a holder of shares or member to whom a dividend is to be paid or a distribution, allotment or issue is to be made shall be construed accordingly.

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

Requirements for writing

 

120.

Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these articles shall be in writing other than a notice calling a meeting of the directors which need not be in writing.

Methods of sending or supplying

 

121. (1)

Any notice, document or information may (without prejudice to articles 124 and 125) be sent or supplied by the Company to any member either:

 

  (a)

personally; or

 

  (b)

by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or postal address given pursuant to article 121(4), or by leaving it at that address; or

 

  (c)

by sending it in electronic form to a person who has agreed (generally or specifically) that the notice, document or information may be sent or supplied in that form (and has not revoked that agreement); or

 

  (d)

by making it available on a website, provided that the requirements in paragraph (2) of this article and the provisions of the Acts are satisfied.

 

  (2)

The requirements referred to in paragraph (1)(d) of this article are that:

 

  (a)

the member has agreed (generally or specifically) that the notice, document or information may be sent or supplied to him by being made available on a website (and has not revoked that agreement), or the member has been asked by the Company to agree that the Company may send or supply notices, documents and information generally, or the notice, document or information in question, to him by making it available on a website and the Company has not received a response within the period of 28 days beginning on the date on which the Company’s request was sent and the member is therefore taken to have so agreed (and has not revoked that agreement);

 

  (b)

the member is sent a notification of the presence of the notice, document or information on a website, the address of that website, the place on that website where it may be accessed, and how it may be accessed (“notification of availability”);

 

34


  (c)

in the case of a notice of meeting, the notification of availability states that it concerns a notice of a company meeting, specifies the place, time and date of the meeting, and states whether it will be an annual general meeting; and

 

  (d)

the notice, document or information continues to be published on that website, in the case of a notice of meeting, throughout the period beginning with the date of the notification of availability and ending with the conclusion of the meeting and in all other cases throughout the period specified by any applicable provision of the Acts, or, if no such period is specified, throughout the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the notification of availability is sent to the member, save that if the notice, document or information is made available for part only of that period then failure to make it available throughout that period shall be disregarded where such failure is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid.

 

  (3)

In the case of joint holders of a share:

 

  (a)

it shall be sufficient for all notices, documents and other information to be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding (the “first named holder”) only; and

 

  (b)

the agreement of the first named holder that notices, documents and information may be sent or supplied in electronic form or by being made available on a website shall be binding on all the joint holders.

 

  (4)

A member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom or the Republic of South Africa shall be entitled to receive notices, documents or information from the Company:

 

  (a)

if he gives to the Company an address (not being an electronic address) within the United Kingdom or the Republic of South Africa at which notices, documents or information may be sent; or

 

  (b)

if the directors are satisfied that the sending or supplying of such notices, documents or information by the Company to such address outside of the United Kingdom or the Republic of South Africa would not result in the Company breaching any applicable law (whether in the United Kingdom, Republic of South Africa, or elsewhere) or result, directly or indirectly, in the Company being required to comply with additional filing or other regulatory requirements in the United Kingdom, the Republic of South Africa, or any other jurisdiction.

 

  (5)

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this article are subject to article 43.

 

  (6)

The Company may at any time and at its sole discretion choose to send or supply notices, documents and information only in hard copy form to some or all members.

Deemed receipt of notice

 

122.

A member present either in person or by proxy at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

Notice by reference to register of members

 

123. (1)

Any notice to be given to a member may be given by reference to the register of members as it stands at any time within the period of 21 days before the notice is given; and no change in the register after that time shall invalidate the giving of the notice.

 

  (2)

Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been given to the person from whom he derives his title; but this paragraph does not apply to a notice given under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

35


Notice when post not available

 

124.

Where, by reason of any suspension or curtailment of postal services, the Company is unable effectively to give notice of a general meeting, the board may decide that the only persons to whom notice of the affected general meeting must be sent are: the directors; the Company’s auditors; those members to whom notice to convene the general meeting can validly be sent by electronic means and those members to whom notification as to the availability of the notice of meeting on a website can validly be sent by electronic means. In any such case the Company shall also:

 

  (a)

advertise the general meeting in at least two national daily newspapers published in the United Kingdom; and

 

  (b)

send or supply a confirmatory copy of the notice to members in the same manner as it sends or supplies notices under article 121 if at least seven clear days before the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

Other notices and communications advertised in national newspaper

 

125.

Any notice, document or information to be sent or supplied by the Company to the members or any of them, not being a notice of a general meeting, shall be sufficiently sent or supplied if sent or supplied by advertisement in at least one national daily newspaper published in the United Kingdom.

When notice or other communication deemed to have been received

 

126.

Any notice, document or information sent or supplied by the Company to the members or any of them:

 

  (a)

by post, shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after the time at which the envelope containing the notice, document or information was posted unless it was sent by second class post, or there is only one class of post, or it was sent by air mail to an address outside the United Kingdom, in which case it shall be deemed to have been received 48 hours after it was posted. Proof that the envelope was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice, document or information was sent. An electronic record by the registrars of the Company of despatch of a share certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the share certificate was sent;

 

  (b)

by being left at a shareholder’s registered address or postal address given pursuant to article 121(4) shall be deemed to have been received on the day it was left;

 

  (c)

by electronic means, shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after it was sent. Proof that a notice, document or information in electronic form was addressed to the electronic address provided by the member for the purpose of receiving communications from the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the notice, document or information was sent;

 

  (d)

by making it available on a website, shall be deemed to have been received on the date on which notification of availability on the website is deemed to have been received in accordance with this article or, if later, the date on which it is first made available on the website;

 

  (e)

by means of a relevant system shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after the Company or any sponsoring system-participant acting on the Company’s behalf, sends the issuer-instruction relating to the notice, document or information;

 

36


  (f)

by advertisement, shall be deemed to have been received on the day on which the advertisement appears.

Communications sent or supplied to persons entitled by transmission

 

127.

Any notice, document or information may be sent or supplied by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or supplying it in any manner authorised by these articles for the sending or supply of notice to a member addressed to that person by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, within the United Kingdom supplied for that purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be sent or supplied in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

Power to stop sending communications to untraced shareholders

 

128.

If on three consecutive occasions notices, documents or information sent or supplied to a member have been returned undelivered, the member shall not be entitled to receive any subsequent notice, document or information until he has supplied to the Company (or its agent) a new registered address, or a postal address within the United Kingdom or the Republic of South Africa, or (without prejudice to article 121(4)) shall have informed the Company, in such manner as may be specified by the Company, of an electronic address. For the purposes of this article, references to notices, documents or information include references to a cheque or other instrument of payment; but nothing in this article shall entitle the Company to cease sending any cheque or other instrument of payment for any dividend, unless it is otherwise so entitled under these articles.

Validation of documents in electronic form

 

129.

Where a document is required under these articles to be signed by a member or any other person, if the document is in electronic form, then in order to be valid the document must either:

 

  (a)

incorporate the electronic signature, or personal identification details (which may be details previously allocated by the Company), of that member or other person, in such form as the directors may approve; or

 

  (b)

be accompanied by such other evidence as the directors may require in order to be satisfied that the document is genuine.

The Company may designate mechanisms for validating any such document and a document not validated by the use of any such mechanisms shall be deemed as having not been received by the Company. In the case of any document or information relating to a meeting, an instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any validation requirements shall be specified in the relevant notice of meeting in accordance with articles 42 and 71.

ADMINISTRATION

Making and retention of minutes

 

130.

The directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose:

 

  (a)

of all appointments of officers made by the directors; and

 

  (b)

of all proceedings at meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, and of the directors, and of committees of the directors, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting.

Minutes shall be retained for at least ten years from the date of the appointment or meeting and shall be kept available for inspection in accordance with the Acts.

 

37


Inspection of accounts

 

131.

Except as provided by statute or by order of the court or authorised by the directors or an ordinary resolution of the Company, no person is entitled to inspect any of the Company’s accounting or other records or documents merely by virtue of being a member.

Appointment of secretary

 

132.

The secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such other conditions as they think fit; and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

Use of the seal

 

133.

The seal shall be used only by the authority of a resolution of the directors or of a committee of the directors. The directors may determine whether any instrument to which the seal is affixed shall be signed and, if it is to be signed, who shall sign it. Unless otherwise determined by the directors:

 

  (a)

share certificates and, subject to the provisions of any instrument constituting the same, certificates issued under the seal in respect of any debentures or other securities, need not be signed and any signature may be applied to any such certificate by any mechanical or other means or may be printed on it; and

 

  (b)

every other instrument to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by at least one authorised person in the presence of a witness who attests the signature and for this purpose an authorised person is any director of the Company or the secretary of the Company, or any person authorised by the directors for the purpose of signing instruments to which the seal is affixed.

Official seal for use overseas

 

134.

The Company may have an official seal for use in any place abroad, which may only be affixed to a document if its use on that document, or documents of a class to which it belongs, has been authorised by a decision of the directors.

Overseas branch registers

 

135.

Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Acts and the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, the Company, or the directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept in any territory an overseas branch register of members resident in such territory, and the directors may make and vary such provisions as they may think fit respecting the keeping of any such register.

 

136.

Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Acts, the Uncertificated Securities Regulations and the rules and/or conditions applicable to the operation of such a system, the directors may determine that any shares or class of shares held on any overseas branch register of the members of the Company may be held in uncertificated form in accordance with any system outside the United Kingdom which enables title to such shares to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and which is a relevant system.

Destruction of documents

 

137. (1)

The Company may destroy:

 

  (a)

any instrument of transfer, after six years from the date on which it is registered;

 

  (b)

any dividend mandate or notification of change of name or address, after two years from the date on which it is recorded;

 

  (c)

any share certificate, after one year from the date on which it is cancelled; and

 

38


  (d)

any other document on the basis of which an entry in the register of members is made, after six years from the date on which it is made.

 

  (2)

Any document referred to in paragraph (1) of this article may be destroyed earlier than the relevant date authorised by that paragraph, provided that a copy of the document (whether made electronically, by microfilm, by digital imaging or by any other means) has been made which is not destroyed before that date.

 

  (3)

It shall be conclusively presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the register of members purporting to have been made on the basis of a document destroyed in accordance with this article was duly and properly made, that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was duly registered, that every share certificate so destroyed was duly cancelled, and that every other document so destroyed was valid and effective in accordance with the particulars in the records of the Company, provided that:

 

  (a)

this article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties to it) to which the document might be relevant;

 

  (b)

nothing in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document otherwise than in accordance with this article which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this article; and

 

  (c)

references in this article to the destruction of any document include references to the disposal of it in any manner.

WINDING UP

Winding up

 

138.

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by law, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he may with the like sanction determine, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

Power to indemnify directors

 

139.

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may:

 

  (a)

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company; and/or

 

  (b)

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director of an associated company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any liability incurred by him in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of an occupational pension scheme; and/or

 

  (c)

purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company.

 

39

Exhibit 3.2(i)

 

  

Delaware

The First State

   PAGE 1

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWELFTH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, A.D. 2008, AT 2:50 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

                 0911777       8100

 

                080950162

 

   LOGO                               

/s/ Harriet Smith Windsor

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

        

            Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION:     6849805

 

                        DATE:     09-15-08


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 02:58 PM 09/12/2008

FILED 02:50 PM 09/12/2008

SRV 080950162 – 0911777 FILE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

(as adopted Sept 8, 2008)

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Corporation”). The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name B.A.T Capital Corporation.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State on April 6, 1981.

3. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

5. This Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation shall be effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

6. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION (the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, County of New Castle, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

The amount of the capital stock of the Corporation shall consist of Two Thousand (2,000) shares of Common Stock with the par value of One Dollar ($1.00) each.

Each stockholder of record shall be entitled at all meetings of the Corporation and in any other matters requiring a vote to one vote for each share of stock standing in his name upon the books of the Corporation.

The shares of capital stock of this Corporation may be issued by this Corporation from time to time for such consideration as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors of this Corporation; and all issued shares of the capital stock of this Corporation shall be deemed fully paid and non-assessable and the holders of such shares shall not be liable thereunder to this Corporation or its creditors. No stockholders of this Corporation shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any stock of this Corporation, or to any obligations convertible into stock of this Corporation, issued or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the Board of Directors of this Corporation in its discretion from time to time may determine, and at such price as the Board of Directors from time to time may fix, pursuant to the authority hereby conferred by the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation. The Board of Directors may issue stock of this Corporation, or obligations convertible into stock, without offering such issue of stock, either in whole or in part, to the stockholders of this Corporation. The acceptance of stock in this Corporation shall be a waiver of any such preemptive or preferential right which in the absence of this provision might otherwise be asserted by stock holders of this Corporation or any of them.

This Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share is registered as the owner thereof, for all purposes, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE V

The number of Directors of this Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time as may be provided by the By-Laws. In case of any increase in the numbers of Directors, the additional Directors may be elected by the Board of Directors to hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders when their successors are elected and qualified. In case of vacancies in the Board of Directors, a majority of the remaining members of the Board may elect Directors to fill such vacancies.

Any one or more of the Directors may be removed either with or without cause at any time by vote of the stockholders holding a majority of the stock if the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting and thereupon the terms of such Director or Directors who shall have been so removed shall forthwith terminate and there shall be a vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors to be filled as provided in the By-Laws. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

2


ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

(a) To make and alter the By-Laws of this Corporation, without any action on the part of the stockholders; but the By-Laws made by the Directors and the powers so conferred may be altered or repealed by the Directors or stockholders.

(b) By resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, to designate one (1) or more of their number to constitute an Executive Committee, which Committee, to the extent provide in said resolution or in the By-Laws of this Corporation, shall have and exercise (except when the Board of Directors shall be in session) any and all of the powers of the Board of Directors and the management of the business and affairs of this Corporation and have the power to authorize the seal of this Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

ARTICLE VII

The stockholders and Board of Directors shall have power to hold their meetings and to keep the books of this Corporation (except such as are required by the law of the State of Delaware to be kept in Delaware) and documents and papers of this Corporation outside of the State of Delaware and to have one or more offices within or without the state of Delaware at such places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VIII

All of the powers of this Corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully vested by this Certificate of Incorporation in the Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors of this Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

This Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights and powers conferred by this Certificate of Incorporation on stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE X

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the

 

3


Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class or creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as said Court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the Court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all creditors or class or creditors, and/or all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

The personal liability of a director to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director is eliminated, except (i) for any liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize broader elimination or limitation of liability of a director, then in addition to the foregoing elimination of liability, upon the effective date of such amendment, the liability of a director shall without further act also be eliminated and limited to such broader extent to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law as amended. The provisions of this Article shall be deemed to be a contract with each director of the Corporation who serves as such at any time while such provisions are in effect, and each such director shall be deemed to be serving as such in reliance on the provisions of this Article. No repeal or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation shall adversely affect any right or any elimination or limitation of liability of a Director existing at the time of the repeal or amendment. For purposes of this Article, “fiduciary duty as s director” shall include any fiduciary duty arising out of serving at the request of the Corporation as a director of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and “personal limited liability to the Corporation” shall include any liability to such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,, trust or other enterprise, and any liability to the Corporation in its capacity as a security holder, joint venturer, partner, member, beneficiary, creditor, or investor of or in any such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

ARTICLE XII

12.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, derivative, criminal, administrative, or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or an employee or agent of the Corporation or, being or having been such a director or officer, he or she or a person of whom he or she is a legal representative, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability

 

4


company, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction in any official capacity as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law, public policy, or other applicable law (including binding regulations and order of, and undertakings or other commitments with, any governmental entity or agency) as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability, and loss (including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 12.3 of this Article with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification granted in this Section 12.1 shall be contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however that the payment of such expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall, to the extent required by law, be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined (including the final resolution of any suit brought pursuant to Section 12.3) that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 12.1 or otherwise. The indemnification granted in this Section 12.1 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director officer, partner, member, trustee, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators.

12.2 Procedure for indemnification. Upon receipt of a written claim for indemnification under Section 12.1 of this Article, a determination, if required by applicable law, as to whether the claimant is entitled to indemnification shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) selected by the claimant with the consent of the Corporation (which consent shall to be unreasonably withheld) or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Legal Counsel, (i) by a quorum of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Legal Counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders, if Independent Legal Counsel shall make such determination, the Corporation shall pay the reasonable fees of such counsel and indemnify such counsel fully against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to counsel’s engagement for such purpose.

 

5


12.3 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 12.1 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. The claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement under this Article upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, upon tender of any required undertaking) and thereafter, the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the claimant is so entitled. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Legal Counsel, or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Legal Counsel, or stockholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled. If an action is brought pursuant to this Section, a final non-appealable order in such action shall constitute the ultimate determination of the claimant’s right to indemnification.

12.4 Nonexclusively of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition granted in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, or otherwise. The Corporation shall have the express right to grant additional indemnity without seeking further approval or satisfaction by the stockholders. All applicable indemnity provisions and any applicable law shall be interpreted and applied so as to provide a claimant with the broadest but non-duplicative indemnity to which he or she is entitled.

12.5 Insurance, Contracts, and Funding. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Corporation may enter into contracts granting indemnity to any director of officer of the Corporation and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest, or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to secure or ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification.

12.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors from time to time, provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to employees and agents of the Corporation with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation or pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise.

 

6


12.7 Partial Indemnification. If a claimant is entitled to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of expenses, liabilities or losses actually and reasonably incurred by claimant in an investigation, defense, appeal or settlement but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify claimant for the portion of such expenses, liabilities or losses to which claimant is entitled.

12.8 Conduct of the Proceedings. In the event the Corporation shall be obligated under this Article to pay the expenses of an indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, the Corporation shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by such indemnitee, upon the delivery to the indemnitee of written notice of the Corporation’s election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation, the indemnitee shall not be entitled to further indemnification for expenses in defending such civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suite or proceeding; provided that (i) the indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such proceeding at the indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by the indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Corporation, or (B) the indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Corporation shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of the indemnitee’s counsel shall be paid by the Corporation; provided further that the Corporation shall not be required to pay the expenses of more than one such separate counsel for persons it is indemnifying in any one proceeding.

12.9 Successors and Assigns. All obligations of the Corporation to indemnify any directors or officers shall be (i) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Corporation (including any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets and any successor by merger or otherwise by operation of law) and (ii) shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the spouse, heirs, personal representatives and estate of the director or officer. The Corporation shall not effect any: (i) sale of substantially all of its assets, (ii) merger, (iii) consolidation, or (iv) other reorganization unless the surviving entity agrees in writing to assume all such obligations of the Corporation.

12.10 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Article is determined by a court to require the Corporation to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Article shall remain in full force and effect.

12.11 Definitions. For proposes of this Article: (1) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the proceeding for which indemnification is being sought by the claimant; and (2) “Independent Legal Counsel” means a law firm or a member or a law firm of national or regional repute, experienced and knowledgeable in matters of corporation law, or a law professor licensed to practice law and recognized nationally as a scholar in corporation law, and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article; such person shall act only as an arbiter of the issue presented, and not as an advocate of either the claimant or the Corporation.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said B.A.T. Capital Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Kari L. Johnson, its Secretary, as of the 2 nd day of September, 2008.

 

B.A.T. CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Kari L. Johnson

Name: Kari L. Johnson
Title: Secretary

 

8

Exhibit 3.2(ii)

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION.

(adopted July 27, 2007)

ARTICLE I

Offices

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of Corporation Service Company, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said company shall be the registered agent of the Corporation in charge thereof.

1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meeting of Stockholders

2.1 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors and for such other proper business as shall come before the meeting, shall be held the third Thursday in May of each year at 10:00 o’clock a.m., or at such time and the date as determined by the Board of Directors by resolution, and at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as determined by the Board of Directors by resolution, and as set forth in the notice of the meeting.

If the date of the annual meeting falls upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the following Monday. At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and may transact such other proper business as shall come before the meeting.

2.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President, or the Secretary, or by resolution of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee, and shall be called upon requisition therefor delivered to the President, or the Secretary, signed by the holders of one-fourth (1/4) in number of the issued and outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereat.

Special meetings may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten (10) not more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any special meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.

 

1


2.4 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law, or by these By-laws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjoin the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until holders of the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which holders of the requisite amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed; but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments thereof, unless a new record date shall have been set as provided for in Section 5.2 hereof.

2.5 Voting. Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from this date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. All elections for directors shall be by ballot and shall be decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.6 Action Without Meeting. When the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any corporate action by any provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, or of these By-laws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, if all the stockholders who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if such meetings were held, shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

ARTICLE III

Directors

3.1 Powers. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except such as are by law, or by these By-laws, conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.

3.2 Number and Term. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. The number of directors, which shall be not less than two (2) nor more than ten (10), shall be determined at the annual election of directors by the stockholders entitled to vote or, in the intervals between annual elections, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.3 Increase of Number. The number of directors may be increased by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, at any annual, regular or special meeting thereof, or, by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, at any special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose or at any annual meeting, and by like vote of the directors or the stockholders the additional directors may be chosen at such directors’ or stockholders’ meeting, to hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are elected and qualify.

 

2


3.4 Removal. Any director or directors may be removed either with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors at any annual, regular or special meeting thereof, and the vacancies, thus created may be filled, by like vote of the stockholders, at the meeting held for the purpose of removal, or by like vote of the directors at any annual, regular or special meeting thereof.

3.5 Resignations. Any director, member of a committee or other officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

3.6 Vacancies. If the office of any director becomes vacant, the remaining directors in the office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be duly chosen.

3.7 Quorum. A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.

3.8 Meetings. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the election of officers, and if, provided for, of the Executive Committee, shall be held without notice immediately following the annual meeting of the stockholders.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President, or the Secretary, or by a majority of the directors then serving, on prior notice to each director and shall be held at such place or places as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

3.9 Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board, or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

3.10 (a)  Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one (1) or more directors of the Corporation to constitute an Executive Committee to serve at the pleasure of the Board. During the interval between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall possess and may exercise all of the powers of the Board in the management and conduct of the business and affairs of the Corporation conferred by these By-laws or otherwise, except as limited from time to time by resolution of the Board itself or by law.

 

3


A majority of the committee members shall constitute a quorum. Vacancies in the Executive Committee shall be filled by the Board; but during the temporary absence of a member of the Executive Committee, the remaining members may appoint a member of the Board to act in his place.

3.10 (b) Other Board Committees. The Board of Directors may by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees in addition to the Executive Committee, each such committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee or committees shall have such duties and may exercise such powers as may lawfully be delegated to it or to them by resolution of the Board. Vacancies in such committees shall be filled by the Board. A majority of any committee shall constitute a quorum.

3.10 (c) Committee Procedures. Any committee established by the Board under Sections 3.10(a) or 3.10(b) of this ARTICLE III may adopt whatever rules and procedures it deems advisable save as the Board may by resolution fix such rules and procedures. Any such committee shall keep a record of all its proceedings and report the same to the Board. The Secretary of the Corporation or his designate shall serve as Secretary to any such committee at its request.

3.11 Compensation. Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may, by resolution of the Board, be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary for serving as a director. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may elect one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors; Said officers shall have such authority, perform such duties and serve for such period of time as may be prescribed in these bylaws or from time to time by the Board of Directors. None of the officers of the Corporation need be directors. More than two offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall exercise general supervision and control over all of the businesses and other affairs of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and he shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

 

4


4.3 Vice President. Each Vice President, if such office is created and filled, or, if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or inability to act of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties as may be prescribed in these By-laws and as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.

4.4 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. He shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse and take proper vouchers for such disbursement of the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the President or, in the absence or inability to act of all of the foregoing, the chief operating officer. He shall render to the President, the chief operating officer or the Board of Directors at any regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

4.5 Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the President or the chief operating officer, or by the directors, or stockholders, upon whose requisition the meeting is called as provided in these By-laws. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the President or the chief operating officer. He shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors, the President or the chief operating officer, and attest the same.

4.6 Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may elect such other officers, including functional officers, and agents, as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5


ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

5.1 Certificates of Stock. Shares may, but need not be, represented by certificates. A certificate of stock, signed by the President or, in the absence or inability of the President by a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, may be issued to each stockholder certifying the number of shares owned by said stockholder in the Corporation. If stock certificates are issued, they shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Stockholders Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any right, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5.3 Seal. the corporate seal shall be in such form and of such content as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

5.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

5.5 Checks. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

5.6 Notice and Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by these By-laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or by facsimile or electronic transmission, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing or facsimile or electronic transmission, as applicable. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provision of any law, or these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

6


ARTICLE V

Amendments

These By-laws may be altered or repealed and By-laws may be made at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, by a vote of holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, or at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by a majority of the directors present at the meeting, a quorum being present.

 

7

Exhibit 3.3

LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

TRUE COPY of the deed of incorporation of:

Rothmans Holdings (Deutschland) B.V. having its seat at Amsterdam,

executed on February 24, 1992 before a deputy civil law notary, deputizing for J.A.E. Koning, civil law notary at Amsterdam.

Annexed :

English text deed of incorporation


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

LOGO

The undersigned,

Anton Arnaud Voorneman, deputy civil law notary, living at Bunnik, deputizing for Jan Aleid Edward Koning, civil law notary, officiating at Amsterdam, certifies that the attached document is a fair English translation of the deed of incorporation of:

Rothmans Holdings (Deutschland) B.V.,

with registered seat at Amsterdam.

In this translation an attempt has been made to be as literal as possible without jeopardizing the overall continuity. Inevitably, differences may occur in translation, and if so the Dutch text will by law govern.

 

 

Amsterdam, February 27, 1992    /s/ Anton Arnaud Voorneman
LOGO   

 


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

AV/HW

ENGLISH TRANSLATION

INCORPORATION PRIVATE COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY

On February twenty four, nineteenhundred ninety-two appeared before me, Bertha Josephina Maria Geenen-Timmermans, deputy civil law notary, living at Oosterhout, deputizing for Jan Aleid Edward Koning, civil law notary, officiating at Amsterdam:

Mr Jan Alexander Alferink, born te Geldrop on April four, nineteenhundred fiftyseven, deputy civil law notary, living at 2023 HA Haarlem, Rijksstraatweg 9, married, in this respect acting as proxyholder of: the company incorporated according to the laws of The

Netherlands: Rothmans Holdings B.V., having its seat at Amsterdam, with principal offices at Drentestraat 19 in (1083) HK Amsterdam.

The mandate appears from one private deed, which after having been authenticated in conformity with the law, has been annexed to this deed.

The existence of the mandate is sufficiently known to me, notary.

The appearer, acting as aformentioned, has declared to incorporate a private company with limited liability and therefore to lay down the following Articles of Association:

 


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

Name, seat and duration

Article 1

 

1.

The name of the company is:

Rothmans Holdings (Deutschland) B.V.

 

2.

The seat of the company will be in Amsterdam.

 

3.

The company has been entered into for an indefinite period of time.

Purposes

Article 2

The purposes of the company are:

 

   

to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever, to manage and to supervise enterprises and companies;

 

   

to manufacture tobacco products in the widest sense as well as to carry on the trade in these products;

 

   

to render guarantees and to bind the company or assets of the company on behalf of enterprises and companies with which the company forms a group;

 

   

to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with the aforementioned;

 

   

to trade in currencies, securities and intems of property in general;

 

   

to render services to enterprises and companies;

 

   

to finance enterprises and companies;

 

   

to lend and to borrow money;

 

   

to obtain, alienate, manage and to exploit real estate and items of property in general;

 

   

to exploit and to trade patents, mark rights, licenses, know-how, licences, royalties and other industrial rights of property;

 

   

to perform all kind of industrial, financial and commercial activities;

and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive there-to, all this to be interpreted in the widest sense.

 

- 2 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

Capital and shares

Article 3

 

1.

The authorized capital amounts to one hundred thousand Dutch guilders (NLG. 100.000,--).

 

2.

It is divided into one hundred (100) shares, each with a nominal value of one thousand Dutch guilders (NLG. 1.000,--).

 

3.

The shares are registered in the name of the holders.

No share-certificates shall be issued.

Shareholders register

Article 4

 

1.

The Managing Board shall keep a register in which the names and addresses of all shareholders shall be recorded, with mention of the amount paid in on each share.

 

2.

The provisions of Article 194, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, are applicable.

Issue of shares

Article 5

 

1.

The issue of shares shall be effected pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders - hereinafter referred to as: the “general meeting” - insofar as the general meeting has not designated another organ of the company in this respect.

 

2.

A resolution for the issue of shares shall stipulate whether shareholders have a right to pre-emption, with due observance of the provisions of the Law.

 

3.

The full nominal amount of each share must be paid in on issue.

 

4.

The Managing Board is entitled without prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders to perform acts in law as mentioned in article 204, paragraph 1, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Own shares

Article 6

 

1.

The company shall be entitled - subject to due observance of the relevant provisions of the Law - to acquire its own fully paid in shares or the depositary receipts thereof.

 

- 3 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

2.

The company may give loans in consideration of the taking or acquisition of shares in its capital, but only up to the amount of the distributable reserves.

 

3.

The company shall not co-operate with the issue of registered certificates of beneficial ownership.

Transfer of shares. Life estate. Pledging

Article 7

 

1.

The transfer of shares as well as the creation or transfer of a limited right thereon, shall be subject to the relevant provisions of the law. The transfer requirements prescribed by the law shall apply mutatis mutantis to the allocation of shares on the division of jointly-held property.

 

2.

If a life estate is created or if the shares are pledged, the voting rights cannot be assigned to the estate holder or the pledgee.

Restrictions on transfer of shares

Article 8

 

1.

If any shareholder (offerer) whishes to dispose of all or any part of his shareholding, he must first offer those shares to his co-shareholders (offerees) for sale unless all shareholders have given a written approval of the disposal concerned, which approval is valid for a period of three months only.

Inter alia contribution to and division of any community is considered to be a transfer.

 

2.

The shareholders who are interested to take over the offered shares, are obliged to notify the Managing Board in writing of the number of shares they want to take over, within two months after the offer, failing which the shareholders concerned shall be deemed not to be interested.

The price at which the shares can be taken over by the offerees shall be as agreed between the offerer and the offerees.

Failing agreement between the parties about the price, the price shall be set by an independant expert to be appointed by the chairman of the Netherlands Institute of Registered Accountants on request of the most interested party, unless the parties previously reach agreement on the appointment of the expert.

 

- 4 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

The offerees are obligated to notify the offerer by registered letter, within thirty days upon the determination of the price, if and to which extent they are interested in the offered shares against cash payment, failing such notice they shall be deemed to have rejected the offer.

 

3.

If the offerees jointly are interested in purchasing more shares than have been offered, the shares offered shall be distributed among them insofar as possible in proportion to the number of their present shareholding, but with due observance of the number of shares reflected upon by each offeree.

 

4.

The offerer is entitled to withdraw his offer, provided he does so within one month after the parties which are interested to purchase all the shares concerned in the offer and the price, are disclosed to the offerer.

 

5.

If it is definitely established that the offerees do not accept the offer or that not all shares offered shall be purchased against payment in cash, the offerer is free to transfer the shares within three months after the date, on which the price has been ascertained, to whomever he wishes.

 

6.

The company, holding issued shares in its own capital, is entitled to apply for the offered shares only with consent of the offerer.

 

7.

On the death of a shareholder, if a person, the winding up or dissolution, if a legal entity, or bankruptcy of a shareholder, the shares of the shareholder concerned are to be offered to the other shareholders as set out above within three months of the event.

Offers made under this requirement may not be withdrawn, provided all offered shares are taken up.

Managing Board

Article 9

 

1.

The company shall have a Managing Board, consisting of one or more members (directeuren).

 

- 5 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

2.

The general meeting shall appoint the members of the Managing Board and shall be competent to dismiss or to suspend them at any time.

 

3.

The general meeting shall determine the remuneration and further conditions of employment for each member of the Managing Board.

Article 10

 

1.

The Managing Board shall be entrusted with the management of the company.

 

2.

Without prejudice to any other appropriate provisions of these articles of association, the management board shall obtain the approval or general meeting for managerial decisions with respect to any one or more of the following matters:

 

  a.

the acquiring, alienating, encumbering, leasing, letting and in any other way obtaining and giving the use or benefit of registered property;

 

  b.

lending and borrowing money, with the exception or acquiring money under a credit facility already granted to the company by a bank;

 

  c.

long term direct or indirect cooperation with another company and the termination of such cooperation;

 

  d.

direct or indirect participation in the capital of another company and changing the size of such a participation;

 

  e.

investments;

 

  f.

giving personal or real security;

 

  g.

making settlements;

 

  h.

being a party to legal proceedings, which shall include the conducting of arbitration proceedings, with the exception of taking legal measures which cannot be delayed.

Representation

Article 11

 

1.

The managing board shall be authorized to represent the company in and out of court.

Two managing directors are also authorized to represent the company in and out of court, acting jointly.

 

- 6 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

In case only one managing director is in office, he will be authorised to represent the company in and out of court.

 

2.

In case of a conflict of interest with a member of the Managing Board, each and any member of the Managing Board remains entitled to represent the company.

 

3.

Without regard to whether a conflict of interest exists or not, all legal acts of the company vis-à-vis a holder of all of the shares, or vis-à-vis a participant in a marital community of which all of the shares form a part, whereby the company is represented by such shareholder or one of the participants, shall be put down in writing. For the application of the foregoing sentence, shares held by the company or its subsidiaries shall not be taken into account.

 

4.

Paragraph 3 does not apply to legal acts that, under their agreed terms, form part of the normal course of business of the company.

Article 12

In case one or more members of the Managing Board are prevented or incapacitated to act, the remaining members or the remaining member of the Managing Board shall be temporarily entrusted with the full management of the company, whereas in case all members of the Managing Board or the sole member of the Managing Board are prevented or incapacitated to act, the management shall be temporarily entrusted to the person to be designated thereto each year by the general meeting.

Financial year and annual accounts

Article 13

 

1.

The financial year of the company shall start on the first day of April and ends on the thirty-first day of March of the following year.

 

2.

Annually, within five months after the end of the financial year concerned - unless this term is extended by the general meeting with not more than six months by reason of special circumstances -, the Managing Board shall draw up the annual accounts consisting of a balance-sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

- 7 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

Within said period the annual accounts and the annual report shall be available at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders.

 

3.

The general meeting confirms the annual accounts.

Final and unreserved confirmation of the annual accounts by the general meeting shall release the members of the Managing Board from liability for their management during the past financial year.

Profits

Article 14

 

1.

The profits of the company, according to the annual accounts confirmed by the general meeting, are - insofar as they are not to be preserved for the formation or maintainance of reserves prescribed by Law - at the disposal of the general meeting which decides about reservation or payment of profits.

 

2.

Dividends may be paid up only to the amount above the sum of the balances between net assets and paid in capital, increased with reserves which must be maintained by virtue of Law.

 

3.

The management board may resolve to pay out an interim-dividend with due observance of the provision of paragraph 2.

 

4.

The claim of a shareholder for payment of dividend will expire after a period of five years.

General meetings of shareholders

Article 15

 

1.

The general meetings shall be held in the place where the company has its statutory seat.

 

2.

A general meeting shall be held annually within the six months after the end of the financial year concerned in which among other matters the annual accounts shall be confirmed and the appropriation of profits shall be decided upon.

Article 16

 

1.

The Managing Board shall convene the general meeting not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the meeting.

 

- 8 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

2.

Shareholders shall be convened to general meetings by letters sent to their addresses as per the register as mentioned in Article 4.

Article 17

 

1.

Valid resolutions may be taken on all subjects on the agenda provided unanimously, as long as the entire issued sharecapital is represented at a general meeting, even though the formalities prescribed by Law or the Articles of Association for the convocation and holding of meetings have not been complied with.

 

2.

The management board keeps a record of the resolutions made. If the management board is not represented at a meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall provide the management board with a transcript of the resolutions made as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the offices of the company for inspection by the shareholders and the holders of depositary receipts. Upon request each of them shall be provided with a copy or an extract of such record at not more than the actual costs.

Article 18

 

1.

On shares in its own capital acquired by the company no voting rights shall be exercised by the company. Payment to the company on these shares will not take place.

 

2.

At the determination of any majority or any quorum, required for passing of a resolution by the general meeting, the shares in its own capital acquired by the company shall be left out of consideration.

Article 19

 

1.

The general meetings shall appoint the chairman of the meeting.

 

2.

The general meeting decides with an absolute majority of votes, validly cast.

 

3.

Each share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

4.

The management board keeps a record of the resolutions made; article 17 paragraph 2 of the articles of association are equally applicable.

 

- 9 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

Article 20

 

1.

Resolutions of the shareholders may instead of in general meetings also be taken in writing (including cable- and telexmessage) provided this is done unanimously by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

2.

The management board shall keep a record of the resolutions thus made.

Each of the shareholders must procure that the management board is informed in writing of the resolutions made in accordance with paragraph 1 as soon as possible.

The records shall be deposited at the offices of the company for inspection by the shareholders and the holders of depositary receipts. Upon request each of them shall be provided with a copy or an extract of such record at not more than the actual costs.

Amendment

Article 21

In case a proposal for amendment of the Articles of Association is submitted to the general meeting simultaneously a copy of the proposal in which the verbatim text of the proposed amendment is embodied has to be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by those who are entitled thereto by Law, until the end of the meeting concerned.

Dissolution

Article 2 2

 

1.

At the dissolution of the company by virtue of a resolution of the general meeting, the liquidation shall be effected by the Managing Board, unless the general meeting shall decide otherwise.

 

2.

The general meeting shall fix the remuneration of the liquidators.

 

3.

The liquidation shall be effected with due observance of the applicable provisions of the Law.

 

4.

The remainder of the assets of the company after payment of all creditors shall be transferred to the shareholders in proportion to the nominal value of their shareholding.

 

- 10 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

 

5.

The liquidation shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Title 1 of Book 2 of the Civil Code.

 

6.

During the liquidation the Articles of Association shall remain applicable insofar as possible.

Final Clause

Article 23

The first financial bookyear of the company ends on the thirty-first day of March nineteenhundred ninety-two.

Final Provisions

Finally the appearer declared as follows:

 

1.

For the first time are appointed as members of the Managing Board of the company:

 

   

Mr. Andrew Graham Cripps, managing director, residing in (1861 CR) Bergen (Noord Holland), Hoflaan 24, born in Worthing (United Kingdom) on the seventeenth day of August nineteenhundred fifty-seven, of British nationality;

 

   

Mr. Willem Lourens de Bruijn, managing director, residing in (2106 EC) Heemstede, Frederik van Eedenplein 27, born in Krabbendijk on the sixteenth day of February nineteenhundred fifty;

 

   

Mr. Willem Joost Keulen, managing director, residing in (1423 DN) Uithoorn, Grevelingen 22, born in Amstelveen on the twenty-fifth day of July nineteenhundred fifty-two.

 

2.

In the issued capital of the company is participated by the incorporator with forty (40) shares, each share with a nominal value of one thousand Dutch guilders (NLG. 1.000,--), so that the issued capital amounts to forty thousand Dutch guilders (NLG. 40.000,--).

 

3.

The issue snail take place at par.

The issued capital has been fully paid up in cash.

Payment in foreign currency is acceptable.

To this deed have been attached documents of which Article 203a, Book 2 of the Dutch civil Code, prescribes attachment.

The company accepts the payments on the issued shares upon incorporation.

 

- 11 -


LOEFF CLAEYS VERBEKE

 

4.

On the draft of this deed the declaration of no objections by the Ministry of Justice has been granted by decree number B.V. 430.083 on February twenty one, nineteenhundred ninety two, as appears from a certified copy of said draft annexed to this deed.

The appearer is known to me, notary.

                                                                                                          THIS DEED,

drawn up in minute, has been executed at Amsterdam, on the day and year mentioned in the heading in this deed.

The contents of this deed were stated in substance to the appearer. The appearer then declared to be well informed on the contents of this deed and not to care for a reading out in full.

Immediately after limited reading, the appearer and I, notary, signed this deed at sixteen hour twentyminutes.

 

- 12 -


1/12

 

RB/HM/5148504/40058041

13467757

AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

(British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.)

This fifteenth day of March two thousand and thirteen, there appeared before me, Rudolf van Bork, civil law notary at Amsterdam:

Marleen Wessel, born in Alkmaar, the Netherlands, on the twentieth day of January nineteen hundred and eighty-six, employed at Fred. Roeskestraat 100, 1076 ED Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

The person appearing declared the following:

on the fifteenth day of March two thousand and thirteen the general meeting of British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. , a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ), having its official seat ( zetel ) in Amstelveen, the Netherlands, and its principal place of business at Handelsweg 53 A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, the Netherlands, and registered with the trade register under number 33236251 ( Company ), resolved to amend and completely readopt the Articles of Association of the Company, as well as to authorize the person appearing to have this deed executed. The adoption of such resolutions is evidenced by the minutes of the general meeting attached to this deed ( Annex ).

The Articles of Association of the Company were most recently amended by a deed, executed on the seventeenth day of November two thousand and five before A.A. Voorneman, civil law notary officiating in Amsterdam, with respect to which a ministerial Statement of No Objections was granted on the seventeenth day of November two thousand and five, under number B.V. 430083.

In implementing the aforementioned resolution, the Articles of Association of the Company are hereby amended and completely readopted as follows.


2/12

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

 

1.

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

Share: a share in the capital of the Company;

Shareholder: a holder of one or more Shares;

General Meeting: the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote and usufructuaries and pledgees with voting rights, or a meeting of Persons with Meeting Right (as the case may be);

Inability: inability (belet) as referred to in Section 2:244 subsection 4 of the Dutch Civil Code, including the event that the relevant person claims inability for a certain period of time in writing;

Depositary Receipt: a depositary receipt for a Share;

Management Board: the management board of the Company;

Transferees: has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 10.4;

in writing: by letter, telecopier, e-mail, or by a legible and reproducible message otherwise electronically sent, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

Company Body: the Management Board or the General Meeting;

Persons with Meeting Right: a Shareholder, a holder of one or more Depositary Receipts with Meeting Right and any usufructuary or pledgee with voting rights in respect of one or more Shares and/or Meeting Right;

Meeting Right: the right to attend the General Meeting and to address the meeting in person or through a representative authorized in writing, and the other rights designated by law to holders of depositary receipts of shares to which Meeting right is attached;

Transferor: has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 10.2.

 

1.2

References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

 

2.

Name and Official Seat

 

2.1

The Company’s name is:

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.

 

2.2

The official seat of the Company is in Amstelveen.

 

3.

Objects

The objects of the Company are:

 

(a)

the manufacture of Tobacco products, as well as the trade in the aforementioned products, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense;

 

(b)

to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever in, to manage, to administer, to supervise and to otherwise take an interest in businesses and companies;

 

(c)

to finance businesses and companies:

to grant guarantees and to bind the Company or its assets for obligations of the Company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(d)

to borrow, to lend, to provide, to place in custody and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with aforementioned activities;


3/12

 

(e)

to render advice, services to, to make donations to and to—in any way whatsoever—assist businesses and companies with which the Company forms a group and to third parties;

 

(f)

to grant guarantees, to bind the Company and to pledge its assets for obligations of the Company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(g)

to acquire, alienate, manage and exploit registered property and items of property in general;

 

(h)

to trade in currencies, securities and items of property in general;

 

(i)

to develop and trade in patents, trade marks, licenses, know-how and other intellectual and industrial property rights;

 

(j)

to perform any and all activities of an industrial, financial or commercial nature, and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

 

4.

Capital

 

4.1

The nominal value of each Share equals four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450.00).

 

4.2

All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

5.

Qualitative Obligations

No Share binds any holder thereof to any contractual obligations ( verplichtingen van verbintenisrechtelijke aard ) other than to pay in that Share in full.

 

6.

Register

The Management Board shall keep a register with the names and addresses of all Shareholders, pledgees, usufructuaries and holders of Depositary Receipts with Meeting Right.

 

7.

Issuance of Shares

 

7.1

Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting. The General Meeting may transfer this authority to the Management Board and may also revoke such transfer.

 

7.2

A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions.

 

7.3

Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and subject to Article 7.4.

 

7.4

Prior to each issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.5

The provisions of this Article 7 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but shall not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

7.6

The issue of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

 

7.7

The full nominal value of each Share must be paid in upon issuance.

 

8.

Own Shares and Reduction of the Issued Capital

 

8.1

Subject to approval of the General meeting, fully paid in Shares shall be acquired pursuant to a resolution of the Management Board.


4/12

 

8.2

The General Meeting may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

9.

Transfer of Shares

 

9.1

The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

9.2

Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to any Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the provisions of the law.

 

10.

Blocking Clause (approval General Meeting)

 

10.1

A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 10, unless (i) all Shareholders have approved the contemplated transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

10.2

A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares ( Transferor ) shall require the approval of the General Meeting for such transfer. The request for approval shall be made by the Transferor by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer and the person or persons to whom the Transferor wishes to transfer such Shares. The Management Board shall be obliged to convene and to hold a General Meeting to discuss the request for approval within six weeks from the date of receipt of the request. The contents of such request shall be stated in the convocation.

 

10.3

The Transferor may transfer the total number of Shares to which the request relates, and not part thereof, to the person or persons named in the request within a period of three months after the General Meeting granted the approval requested.

 

10.4

If:

 

  (a)

the General Meeting does not adopt a resolution regarding the request for approval within six weeks after the request has been received by the Management Board; or

 

  (b)

the approval has been refused without the General Meeting having informed the Transferor, at the same time as the refusal, of one or more transferees that wish to purchase all the Shares to which the request for approval relates for payment in cash ( Transferees ),

the approval requested shall be considered to have been granted, in the event mentioned under (a), on the final day of the six week period mentioned under (a).

 

10.5

The Shares to which the request for approval relates can be purchased by the Transferees at a price to be mutually agreed between the Transferor and the Transferees or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be determined by one or more independent experts to be appointed at the


5/12

 

  request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. An appointed expert shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in determining the price.

 

10.6

Within one month of the price being determined, the Transferees must give notice to the Management Board of the number of Shares to which the request for approval relates they wish to purchase. A Transferee who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be regarded as a Transferee. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, a Transferee can only withdraw with the consent of the other Transferees.

 

10.7

The Transferor may withdraw within one month after the day of being informed to which Transferee or Transferees all the Shares to which the request for approval relates can be sold and at what price. The Transferor is obliged to cooperate with the transfer of the Shares within two weeks after lapse of that term. If the Transferor does not withdraw timely, and does not meet his obligation to transfer within the said term, the Company shall be irrevocably authorized to transfer the Shares to the Transferee or Transferees. If the Management Board proceeds with such transfer, it shall immediately give notice thereof to the Shareholder concerned. If the Company effectuates the transfer, the Company is entitled to accept the purchase price on behalf of the party entitled thereto, under the obligation to forward the purchase price to such party, after deduction of the expenses chargeable to him, as soon as possible but at the latest ten (10) business days after receipt of the bank account number designated by such party for this purpose.

 

10.8

All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 10 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. The convocation of the General Meeting shall be made in accordance with the provisions of these Articles of Association.

 

10.9

All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  (a)

the Transferor if he withdraws;

 

  (b)

the Transferor for one half and the buyers for the other half, provided that if the Shares are purchased by one or more Transferees, each buyer shall contribute to such costs in proportion to the number of Shares purchased by that buyer;

 

  (c)

the Company, in cases not provided for under (a) or (b).

 

10.10

The preceding provisions of this Article 10 shall apply by analogy to rights to subscribe for Shares and rights of pre-emption.

 

11.

Pledge and Usufruct

 

11.1

The provisions of Article 9 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

11.2

The voting rights attributable to a Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary with the approval of the General Meeting and otherwise with due observance of the provisions of the law.


6/12

 

11.3

Any pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights on Shares shall also have Meeting Right. Meeting Right may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights on Shares with the approval of the General Meeting and otherwise with due observance of the provisions of the law.

 

12.

Depositary Receipts

 

12.1

The General Meeting has the authority to attach Meeting Right to Depositary Receipts. The General Meeting also has the authority to deprive Depositary Receipts of Meeting Right, provided that this authority has been reserved at the time the Meeting Right is attached, or with the consent of the relevant Depositary Receipts holder(s).

 

12.2

The transfer of a Depositary Receipt shall require a deed for that purpose to which those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

12.3

Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the Meeting Right attached to a Depositary Receipt can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the provisions of the law.

 

13.

Management Board Members

 

13.1

The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

13.2

Management Board members are appointed by the General Meeting.

 

13.3

A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the General Meeting at any time.

 

13.4

The authority to establish a remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the General Meeting.

 

14.

Duties and Decision-making of the Management Board

 

14.1

The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company. In performing their duties the Management Board members shall act in accordance with the interests of the Company and the enterprise connected with it.

 

14.2

Each Management Board member may cast one vote in the Management Board.

 

14.3

All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

14.4

Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions.

 

14.5

The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in particular shall be responsible.

 

14.6

A Management Board member shall not participate in deliberations and the decision-making process in the event of a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest between that Management Board member and the Company and the enterprise connected with it. If there is such personal conflict of interest in respect of all Management Board members, the preceding sentence does not apply and the Management Board shall maintain its authority, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 15.1.


7/12

 

15.

Approval of Management Board Resolutions

 

15.1

A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest between one or more Management Board members and the Company and the enterprise connected with it shall be subject to the approval of the General Meeting.

 

15.2

The Management Board may enter into the legal acts referred in Section 2:204 of the Dutch Civil Code without the prior approval of the General Meeting.

 

15.3

The absence of approval by the General Meeting of a resolution as referred to in this Article 15 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

16.

Representation

 

16.1

The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. If the Management Board consists of two or more members, any two members of the Management Board acting jointly shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

16.2

The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company.

 

17.

Vacancy or Inability of the Management Board Members

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board (ontstentenis) or upon the Inability of a Management Board member, the remaining Management Board members or member shall temporarily be entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or upon the Inability of all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, the management of the Company shall temporarily be entrusted to one or more other persons designated for that purpose by the General Meeting.

 

18.

Financial Year and Annual Accounts

 

18.1

The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

18.2

Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the General Meeting by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts and deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

18.3

Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 7 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

18.4

The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

18.5

The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.


8/12

 

18.6

The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the General Meeting.

 

18.7

The General Meeting shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

18.8

The General Meeting may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

 

18.9

When each Shareholder is also a Management Board member, the signing of the annual accounts by all the Management Board members shall not constitute the adoption of such accounts.

 

19.

Profits and Distributions

 

19.1

The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the General Meeting. If the General Meeting does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

19.2

The Management Board has the authority to resolve to make interim dividend payments. The General Meeting has the authority to make all other distributions, including but not limited to (interim) distributions out of a reserve.

 

19.3

If the Company is required by law to maintain reserves, the authority to make distributions only applies to the extent that the equity exceeds these reserves.

 

19.4

No resolution of the General Meeting to distribute shall have effect without the consent of the Management Board. The Management Board may withhold such consent only if it knows or reasonably should expect that after the distribution, the Company will be unable to continue the payment of its due debts.

 

20.

General Meetings

 

20.1

Unless the annual accounts are adopted in accordance with Article 18.9, at least one General Meeting, the annual General Meeting, shall be held or at least once a decision shall be made in accordance with Article 26 during each financial year.

 

20.2

Other General Meetings shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

20.3

One or more Persons with Meeting Right representing individually or jointly at least one per cent (1%) of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board in writing to convene a General Meeting, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not sufficiently taken such action that the meeting can be held within four weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

 

21.

Notice and Venue of Meetings

 

21.1

Notice of General Meetings shall be given by the Management Board. Notice of General Meetings may also be given by persons to whom voting rights to Shares accrue, representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital.

 

21.2

Notice of the meeting shall be given at least eight days before the day of the meeting.

 

21.3

The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed.


9/12

 

21.4

A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Persons with Meeting Right who individually or jointly represent at least one per cent (1 %) of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest (zwaarwichtig belang) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

21.5

The notice of the meeting shall be sent by letters to the addresses of the Persons with Meeting Right, shown in the register referred to in Article 6. Persons with Meeting Right may be sent notice of the meeting by means of a legible and reproducible message electronically sent to the address stated by them for this purpose to the Company.

 

21.6

General Meetings are held in the municipality of Amstelveen, Amsterdam or Schiphol (municipality of Haarlemmermeer). General Meetings may also be held elsewhere, provided that all Persons with Meeting Right have consented to the place of the meeting and prior to the decision-making process, the Management Board members have been given the opportunity to render advice.

 

22.

Admittance and Meeting Right

 

22.1

Each Person with Meeting Right shall be entitled to attend any General Meeting, to address that meeting and, if the voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Persons with Meeting Right may be represented in a General meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

22.2

At a meeting, each Person with Meeting Right or his representative must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

22.3

The Management Board members shall have the right to give advice in the General Meetings.

 

22.4

The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

 

23.

Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting

 

23.1

The chairperson of a General Meeting shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

23.2

The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

 

24.

Minutes and Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions

 

24.1

The secretary of a General Meeting shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

24.2

The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the General Meeting. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the chairperson’s representative shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Persons with Meeting Right. Each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records upon request.


10/12

 

25.

Resolutions

 

25.1

Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

25.2

To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the General Meeting shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

25.3

If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected.

 

25.4

If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions by the General Meeting may only be adopted in a meeting if all Persons with Meeting Right have consented to the decision-making process taking place and prior to the decision-making process, Management Board members have been given the opportunity to render advice.

 

25.5

No voting rights may be exercised in the General Meeting for any Share held by the Company or a subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such subsidiary. The Company or a subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

26.

Resolutions without holding Meetings

 

26.1

Shareholders resolutions may also be adopted in a manner other than at a meeting, provided that all Persons with Meeting Right have given consent to such decision-making process in writing. The votes shall be cast in writing. Prior to the adoption of resolutions, Management Board members shall be given the opportunity to render advice.

 

26.2

For the purposes of Article 26.1 the requirement of votes to be cast in writing shall also be met in case the manner in which each vote is cast is indicated in a resolution in writing or is recorded electronically and such resolution is signed by all Persons with Meeting Right.

 

26.3

As soon as the Management Board is acquainted with the resolution, it shall keep record thereof and add such record to those referred to in Article 24.2.

 

27.

Amendment of the Articles of Association

The General Meeting may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting. Simultaneously, a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Persons with Meeting Right, until the end of the meeting.

 

28.

Dissolution and Liquidation

 

28.1

The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the General Meeting. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.


11/12

 

28.2

If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The General Meeting may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

28.3

During liquidation, to the extent possible the provisions of these Articles of Association shall continue to apply.

 

28.4

The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

Final provision

At the time the foregoing amendment of the Articles of Association takes effect, the issued capital of the Company equals one hundred twelve million five hundred one thousand eight hundred euro (EUR 112,501,800.00), divided into two hundred fifty thousand four (250,004) shares with a nominal value of four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450.00) each.

End

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

This deed was executed in Amsterdam on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed. The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing. The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents. After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.


12/12

 

NOTE ABOUT TRANSLATION:

This document is an English translation of a document prepared in Dutch. In preparing this document, an attempt has been made to translate as literally as possible without jeopardizing the overall continuity of the text. Inevitably, however, differences may occur in translation and if they do, the Dutch text will govern by law.

In this translation, Dutch legal concepts are expressed in English terms and not in their original Dutch terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to concepts described by the English terms as such terms may be understood under the laws of other jurisdictions.

Exhibit 3.4

 

LOGO

ea/cw/5152943/15975917

NOTE ABOUT TRANSLATION:

This document is an English translation of a document prepared in Dutch. In preparing this document, an attempt has been made to translate as literally as possible without jeopardizing the overall continuity of the text. Inevitably, however, differences may occur in translation and if they do, the Dutch text will govern by law.

In this translation, Dutch legal concepts are expressed in English terms and not in their original Dutch terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to concepts described by the English terms as such terms may be understood under the laws of other jurisdictions.

DEED OF INCORPORATION

This twenty-third day of April two thousand and fourteen, there appeared before me, Rudolf van Bork, civil law notary at Amsterdam:

Esther van As, born in The Hague, the Netherlands, on the twelfth day of April nineteen hundred and seventy-four, employed at Fred. Roeskestraat 100, 1076 ED Amsterdam, the Netherlands, in this matter acting as authorized representative in writing of:

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its official seat ( zetel ) in Amstelveen, the Netherlands, and its principal place of business at Handelsweg 53 A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, the Netherlands, and registered with the trade register under number 33236251 (Incorporator).

The person appearing declared the following:

the Incorporator hereby incorporates a private limited liability company under Dutch law (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) (Company), with the following Articles of Association.

 

1/12


LOGO

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

 

1.

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

Share: a share in the capital of the Company;

Shareholder: a holder of one or more Shares;

General Meeting: the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote and usufructuaries and pledgees with voting rights, or a meeting of Persons with Meeting Right (as the case may be);

Inability: inability (belet) as referred to in Section 2:244 subsection 4 of the Dutch Civil Code, including the event that the relevant person claims inability for a certain period of time in writing;

Depositary Receipt: a depositary receipt for a Share;

Management Board: the management board of the Company;

Transferees: has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 10.4;

in writing: by letter, telecopier, e-mail, or by a legible and reproducible message otherwise electronically sent, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

Company Body: the Management Board or the General Meeting;

Persons with Meeting Right: a Shareholder, a holder of one or more Depositary Receipts with Meeting Right and any usufructuary or pledgee with voting rights in respect of one or more Shares and/or Meeting Right;

Meeting Right: the right to attend the General Meeting and to address the meeting in person or through a representative authorized in writing, and the other rights designated by law to holders of depositary receipts of shares to which Meeting right is attached;

Transferor: has the meaning assigned thereto in Article 10.2.

 

1.2

References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

 

2.

Name and Official Seat

 

2.1

The Company’s name is:

B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.

 

2.2

The official seat of the Company is in Amstelveen, the Netherlands.

 

3.

Objects

The objects of the Company are:

 

(a)

the manufacture of Tobacco products, as well as the trade in the aforementioned products, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense;

 

(b)

to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever in, to manage, to administer, to supervise and to otherwise take an interest in businesses and companies;

 

(c)

to finance businesses and companies; to grant guarantees and to bind the Company or its assets for obligations of the Company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(d)

to borrow, to lend, to provide, to place in custody and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with aforementioned activities;

 

2/12


LOGO

 

(e)

to render advice, services to, to make donations to and to - in any way whatsoever - assist businesses and companies with which the Company forms a group and to third parties;

 

(f)

to grant guarantees, to bind the Company and to pledge its assets for obligations of the Company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(g)

to acquire, alienate, manage and exploit registered property and items of property in general;

 

(h)

to trade in currencies, securities and items of property in general;

 

(i)

to develop and trade in patents, trade marks, licenses, know-how and other intellectual and industrial property rights;

 

(j)

to perform any and all activities of an industrial, financial or commercial nature, and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

 

4.

Capital

 

4.1

The nominal value of each Share equals four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450.00).

 

4.2

All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

5.

Qualitative Obligations

No Share binds any holder thereof to any contractual obligations (verplichtingen van verbintenisrechtelijke aard) other than to pay in that Share in full.

 

6.

Register

The Management Board shall keep a register with the names and addresses of all Shareholders, pledgees, usufructuaries and holders of Depositary Receipts with Meeting Right.

 

7.

Issuance of Shares

 

7.1

Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting. The General Meeting may transfer this authority to the Management Board and may also revoke such transfer.

 

7.2

A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions.

 

7.3

Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and subject to Article 7.4.

 

7.4

Prior to each issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.5

The provisions of this Article 7 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but shall not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

7.6

The issue of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

 

7.7

The full nominal value of each Share must be paid in upon issuance.

 

3/12


LOGO

 

8.

Own Shares and Reduction of the Issued Capital

 

8.1

Subject to approval of the General meeting, fully paid in Shares shall be acquired pursuant to a resolution of the Management Board.

 

8.2

The General Meeting may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

9.

Transfer of Shares

 

9.1

The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

9.2

Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to any Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the provisions of the law.

 

10.

Blocking Clause (approval General Meeting)

 

10.1

A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 10, unless (i) all Shareholders have approved the contemplated transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

10.2

A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares (Transferor) shall require the approval of the General Meeting for such transfer. The request for approval shall be made by the Transferor by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer and the person or persons to whom the Transferor wishes to transfer such Shares. The Management Board shall be obliged to convene and to hold a General Meeting to discuss the request for approval within six weeks from the date of receipt of the request. The contents of such request shall be stated in the convocation.

 

10.3

The Transferor may transfer the total number of Shares to which the request relates, and not part thereof, to the person or persons named in the request within a period of three months after the General Meeting granted the approval requested.

 

10.4

If:

 

  (a)

the General Meeting does not adopt a resolution regarding the request for approval within six weeks after the request has been received by the Management Board; or

 

  (b)

the approval has been refused without the General Meeting having informed the Transferor, at the same time as the refusal, of one or more transferees that wish to purchase all the Shares to which the request for approval relates for payment in cash (Transferees), the approval requested shall be considered to have been granted, in the event mentioned under (a), on the final day of the six week period mentioned under (a).

 

4/12


LOGO

 

10.5

The Shares to which the request for approval relates can be purchased by the Transferees at a price to be mutually agreed between the Transferor and the Transferees or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be determined by one or more independent experts to be appointed at the request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. An appointed expert shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in determining the price.

 

10.6

Within one month of the price being determined, the Transferees must give notice to the Management Board of the number of Shares to which the request for approval relates they wish to purchase. A Transferee who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be regarded as a Transferee. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, a Transferee can only withdraw with the consent of the other Transferees.

 

10.7

The Transferor may withdraw within one month after the day of being informed to which Transferee or Transferees all the Shares to which the request for approval relates can be sold and at what price. The Transferor is obliged to cooperate with the transfer of the Shares within two weeks after lapse of that term. If the Transferor does not withdraw timely, and does not meet his obligation to transfer within the said term, the Company shall be irrevocably authorized to transfer the Shares to the Transferee or Transferees. If the Management Board proceeds with such transfer, it shall immediately give notice thereof to the Shareholder concerned. If the Company effectuates the transfer, the Company is entitled to accept the purchase price on behalf of the party entitled thereto, under the obligation to forward the purchase price to such party, after deduction of the expenses chargeable to him, as soon as possible but at the latest ten (10) business days after receipt of the bank account number designated by such party for this purpose.

 

10.8

All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 10 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. The convocation of the General Meeting shall be made in accordance with the provisions of these Articles of Association.

 

10.9

All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  (a)

the Transferor if he withdraws;

 

  (b)

the Transferor for one half and the buyers for the other half, provided that if the Shares are purchased by one or more Transferees, each buyer shall contribute to such costs in proportion to the number of Shares purchased by that buyer;

 

  (c)

the Company, in cases not provided for under (a) or (b).

 

10.10

The preceding provisions of this Article 10 shall apply by analogy to rights to subscribe for Shares and rights of pre-emption.

 

5/12


LOGO

 

11.

Pledge and Usufruct

 

11.1

The provisions of Article 9 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

11.2

The voting rights attributable to a Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary with the approval of the General Meeting and otherwise with due observance of the provisions of the law.

 

11.3

Any pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights on Shares shall also have Meeting Right. Meeting Right may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights on Shares with the approval of the General Meeting and otherwise with due observance of the provisions of the law.

 

12.

Depositary Receipts

 

12.1

The General Meeting has the authority to attach Meeting Right to Depositary Receipts. The General Meeting also has the authority to deprive Depositary Receipts of Meeting Right, provided that this authority has been reserved at the time the Meeting Right is attached, or with the consent of the relevant Depositary Receipts holder(s).

 

12.2

The transfer of a Depositary Receipt shall require a deed for that purpose to which those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

12.3

Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the Meeting Right attached to a Depositary Receipt can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the provisions of the law.

 

13.

Management Board Members

 

13.1

The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

13.2

Management Board members are appointed by the General Meeting.

 

13.3

A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the General Meeting at any time.

 

13.4

The authority to establish a remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the General Meeting.

 

14.

Duties and Decision-making of the Management Board

 

14.1

The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company. In performing their duties the Management Board members shall act in accordance with the interests of the Company and the enterprise connected with it.

 

14.2

Each Management Board member may cast one vote in the Management Board.

 

14.3

All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

14.4

Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions.

 

14.5

The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in particular shall be responsible.

 

6/12


LOGO

 

14.6

A Management Board member shall not participate in deliberations and the decision-making process in the event of a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest between that Management Board member and the Company and the enterprise connected with it. If there is such personal conflict of interest in respect of all Management Board members, the preceding sentence does not apply and the Management Board shall maintain its authority, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 15.1.

 

15.

Approval of Management Board Resolutions

 

15.1

A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest between one or more Management Board members and the Company and the enterprise connected with it shall be subject to the approval of the General Meeting.

 

15.2

The Management Board may enter into the legal acts referred in Section 2:204 of the Dutch Civil Code without the prior approval of the General Meeting.

 

15.3

The absence of approval by the General Meeting of a resolution as referred to in this Article 15 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

16.

Representation

 

16.1

The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. If the Management Board consists of two or more members, any two members of the Management Board acting jointly shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

16.2

The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company.

 

17.

Vacancy or Inability of the Management Board Members

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board ( ontstentenis ) or upon the Inability of a Management Board member, the remaining Management Board members or member shall temporarily be entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or upon the Inability of all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, the management of the Company shall temporarily be entrusted to one or more other persons designated for that purpose by the General Meeting.

 

18.

Financial Year and Annual Accounts

 

18.1

The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

18.2

Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the General Meeting by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts and deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

7/12


LOGO

 

18.3

Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 7 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

18.4

The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

18.5

The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.

 

18.6

The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the General Meeting.

 

18.7

The General Meeting shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

18.8

The General Meeting may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

 

18.9

When each Shareholder is also a Management Board member, the signing of the annual accounts by all the Management Board members shall not constitute the adoption of such accounts.

 

19.

Profits and Distributions

 

19.1

The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the General Meeting. If the General Meeting does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

19.2

The Management Board has the authority to resolve to make interim dividend payments. The General Meeting has the authority to make all other distributions, including but not limited to (interim) distributions out of a reserve.

 

19.3

If the Company is required by law to maintain reserves, the authority to make distributions only applies to the extent that the equity exceeds these reserves.

 

19.4

No resolution of the General Meeting to distribute shall have effect without the consent of the Management Board. The Management Board may withhold such consent only if it knows or reasonably should expect that after the distribution, the Company will be unable to continue the payment of its due debts.

 

20.

General Meetings

 

20.1

Unless the annual accounts are adopted in accordance with Article 18.9, at least one General Meeting, the annual General Meeting, shall be held or at least once a decision shall be made in accordance with Article 26 during each financial year.

 

20.2

Other General Meetings shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

20.3

One or more Persons with Meeting Right representing individually or jointly at least one per cent (1%) of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board in writing to convene a General Meeting, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not sufficiently taken such action that the meeting can be held within four weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

 

8/12


LOGO

 

21.

Notice and Venue of Meetings

 

21.1

Notice of General Meetings shall be given by the Management Board. Notice of General Meetings may also be given by persons to whom voting rights to Shares accrue, representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital.

 

21.2

Notice of the meeting shall be given at least eight days before the day of the meeting.

 

21.3

The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed.

 

21.4

A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Persons with Meeting Right who individually or jointly represent at least one per cent (1%) of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest ( zwaarwichtig belang ) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

21.5

The notice of the meeting shall be sent by letters to the addresses of the Persons with Meeting Right, shown in the register referred to in Article 6. Persons with Meeting Right may be sent notice of the meeting by means of a legible and reproducible message electronically sent to the address stated by them for this purpose to the Company.

 

21.6

General Meetings are held in the municipality of Amstelveen, Amsterdam or Schiphol (municipality of Haarlemmermeer). General Meetings may also be held elsewhere, provided that all Persons with Meeting Right have consented to the place of the meeting and prior to the decision-making process, the Management Board members have been given the opportunity to render advice.

 

22.

Admittance and Meeting Right

 

22.1

Each Person with Meeting Right shall be entitled to attend any General Meeting, to address that meeting and, if the voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Persons with Meeting Right may be represented in a General meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

22.2

At a meeting, each Person with Meeting Right or his representative must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

22.3

The Management Board members shall have the right to give advice in the General Meetings.

 

22.4

The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

 

23.

Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting

 

23.1

The chairperson of a General Meeting shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

23.2

The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

 

9/12


LOGO

 

24.

Minutes and Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions

 

24.1

The secretary of a General Meeting shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

24.2

The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the General Meeting. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the chairperson’s representative shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Persons with Meeting Right. Each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records upon request.

 

25.

Resolutions

 

25.1

Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

25.2

To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the General Meeting shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

25.3

If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected.

 

25.4

If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions by the General Meeting may only be adopted in a meeting if all Persons with Meeting Right have consented to the decision-making process taking place and prior to the decision-making process, Management Board members have been given the opportunity to render advice.

 

25.5

No voting rights may be exercised in the General Meeting for any Share held by the Company or a subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such subsidiary. The Company or a subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

26.

Resolutions without holding Meetings

 

26.1

Shareholders resolutions may also be adopted in a manner other than at a meeting, provided that all Persons with Meeting Right have given consent to such decision-making process in writing. The votes shall be cast in writing. Prior to the adoption of resolutions, Management Board members shall be given the opportunity to render advice.

 

26.2

For the purposes of Article 26.1 the requirement of votes to be cast in writing shall also be met in case the manner in which each vote is cast is indicated in a resolution in writing or is recorded electronically and such resolution is signed by all Persons with Meeting Right.

 

26.3

As soon as the Management Board is acquainted with the resolution, it shall keep record thereof and add such record to those referred to in Article 24.2.

 

10/12


LOGO

 

27.

Amendment of the Articles of Association

The General Meeting may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting. Simultaneously, a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Persons with Meeting Right, until the end of the meeting.

 

28.

Dissolution and Liquidation

 

28.1

The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the General Meeting. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

28.2

If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The General Meeting may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

28.3

During liquidation, to the extent possible the provisions of these Articles of Association shall continue to apply.

 

28.4

The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

 

29.

First Financial Year

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December two thousand and fourteen. This article and its heading shall cease to exist after the end of the first financial year.

Finally, the person appearing has declared:

 

(a)

at incorporation, forty (40) shares with a nominal value of four hundred fifty euro (EUR 450.00) (Issued Shares) are issued at par, which Issued Shares are hereby subscribed for by the Incorporator.

The Issued Shares have been paid up in full, or shall be paid up in full immediately after incorporation, either in cash, by transfer to a bank account to be designated by the Company or by any other means to be agreed upon by the Company and the Incorporator. Payment in a different currency unit than the currency of the nominal value of the Issued Shares are permitted. To the extent applicable, the Company hereby accepts payments made on the Issued Shares;

 

(b)

the first Management Board members are:

 

   

Judith Elizabeth Patricia Clot-Bollen , born in Breda, the Netherlands, on the fourth day of october nineteenhundred sixty-two;

 

   

Hendrik Marie Joan Lina , born in Venlo, the Netherlands, on the eight day of April ninenteenhundred seventy-one;

 

   

Jacob Cornelis Nooij, born in Haarlemmerliede en Spaarn, the Netherlands on twenty-first day of November ninenteenhundred fifty-eight;

 

   

Charl Erasmus Steyn , born in Pretoria, South-Africa on the fourth day of April nineteenhundred fifty-six; and

 

   

Neil Arthur Wadey , born in Shipston-On-Stour, United Kingdom, on the twentieth day of May nineteenhundred sixty-four; and

 

   

Mark Wiechers , born in Pinelands, South-Africa on the seventh day of June nineteenhundred sixty-eight.

 

11/12


LOGO

 

Power of attorney

Of the abovementioned power of attorney to the person appearing has appeared to me, civil law notary, from one (1) power of attorney, which shall be attached to this deed ( Annex ).

End

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

This deed was executed in Amsterdam on the date stated in the first paragraph of this deed.

The contents of the deed have been stated and clarified to the person appearing.

The person appearing has declared not to wish the deed to be fully read out, to have noted the contents of the deed timely before its execution and to agree with the contents.

After limited reading, this deed was signed first by the person appearing and thereafter by me, civil law notary.

 

12/12

Exhibit 3.5

Articles of Association

of

B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.

adopted by special resolution passed on 10th August 2011

 

 

Preliminary

 

1

The default constitutional regulations in any legislation relating to companies do not apply to the Company.

 

2

In these Articles (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) the words and expressions set out in the first column below shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively:

the 1985 Act ” means any provision of the Companies Act 1985.

the Act ” means any provision of the Companies Act 2006.

the Acts ” means the 1985 Act and the Act.

these Articles ” means the Articles of the Company.

clear days ” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

“Company Communications Provisions” means the company communications provisions as set out in the Act.

“executed” includes any mode of execution.

holder ” in relation to shares means the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

in writing ” means written or produced by any substitute for writing (including anything in electronic form) or partly one and partly another.

Office ” means the registered office of the Company for the time being.

the Seal ” means the common seal (if any) of the Company.

“Secretary” means any person appointed to perform the duties of the Secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy Secretary.

Transfer Office ” means the place where the register of members of the Company is situate for the time being.

“the United Kingdom” means Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

working day ” means a day which is not a Saturday or Sunday, Christmas Day, Good Friday or any day that is a bank holiday under the Banking and Financial Dealings Act 1971 (c 80) in the part of the United Kingdom where the Company is registered.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 1 -

   CP1.1/4


The expression “ debenture ” shall include “debenture stock”.

The expression “ general meeting ” shall include any general meeting of the Company, including any general meeting held as the Company’s annual general meeting in accordance with section 360 of the Act (“ annual general meeting ”).

The expressions “hard copy form ”, “ electronic form ” and “electronic means ” shall have the same respective meanings as in the Company Communications Provisions.

The expression “ officer ” shall include a Director, manager and the Secretary, but shall not include an auditor.

References to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (whether coming into force before or after the adoption of these Articles).

Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine shall include the feminine. Words denoting persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these regulations bear the same meaning as in the Acts.

 

3

The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

SHARE CAPITAL

 

4

Subject to the provisions of the Acts and these Articles, the Directors may issue, offer, allot or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into shares in the Company or dispose of shares to such persons and on such terms, subject to such rights or restrictions, as the Directors think fit.

 

5

Subject to the provisions of the Acts and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine or in the absence of any such determination as the Directors may determine.

 

6

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may issue any shares which are, or at the option of the Company or the holder are liable, to be redeemed and the Directors may so far as permitted by the Acts determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares.

 

7

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Acts, Subject to the provisions of the Acts, any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

8

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and (except as otherwise provided by these Articles or by the law) the Company shall not be bound by or recognise any interest in any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

9

Any provisions of the Acts requiring new equity securities to be offered to existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings, including any provisions relating to communication of such offers shall be excluded and shall not apply to the Company.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 2 -

   CP1.1/4


10

Any member holding, or any members together holding, shares carrying not less than 90 per cent of the votes which may for the time being be cast at a general meeting of the Company may at any time and from time to time by notice to the Company require that no shares shall be issued and no rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into shares in the Company shall be granted without the consent of such member or members.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

11

Every member, upon becoming the holder of any shares, shall be entitled without payment to one certificate for all the shares of each class held by him (and, upon transferring a part of his holding of shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of such holding) or several certificates each for one or more of his shares upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine. Every certificate shall be executed by the Company in such lawful manner as the Directors may decide which may include use of the Seal in the relevant territory and/or manual or facsimile signatures by one or more Directors and shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up thereon. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

12

If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence as the Directors may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery up of the old certificate.

LIEN

 

13

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

14

The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors determine any shares on which the Company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

 

15

To give effect to a sale the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

16

The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 3 -

   CP1.1/4


CALLS ON SHARES

 

17

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may, before receipt by the Company of any sum due thereunder, be revoked in whole or part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

 

18

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

19

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

20

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined by the Acts) but the Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

21

An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

22

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

23

If a member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on or before the due date for payment thereof, the Directors may at any time thereafter serve a notice in writing on him requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued. The notice shall name a further day (not being less than seven days from the date of service of the notice) and the place where payment required by the notice, is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

24

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with any share in respect of which such notice was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect and the forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 4 -

   CP1.1/4


25

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, a forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person and at any time before sale, re-allotment or other disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person.

 

26

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited but shall remain liable to the Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares with interest thereon at the rate at which interest was payable on those moneys before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Acts) from the date of forfeiture until payment but the Directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

27

A statutory declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

28

The instrument of transfer of a share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee.

 

29

The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of any share, whether or not fully paid.

 

30

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two calendar months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company send to the transferee notice of the refusal giving reasons for the refusal.

 

31

No fee shall be charged by the Company for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share or otherwise for making any entry in the register of members affecting the title to any share.

 

32

The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given unless they suspect that the proposed transfer may be fraudulent.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

33

If a member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, and his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 5 -

   CP1.1/4


34

A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may, (subject as herein provided) upon such evidence being produced as the Directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the Company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. All the Articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred.

 

35

A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it (except with the authority of the Directors) to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

36

The Company may as permitted by and in accordance with the Acts:

 

  (a)

increase its share capital by allotting new shares; and

 

  (b)

sub-divide and consolidate and divide its shares.

 

37

Whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

38

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, share premium account, any capital redemption reserve or any other undistributable reserve in any way.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

39

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may purchase, or may enter into a contract under which it will or may purchase, its own shares of any class (including any redeemable shares).

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

40

An annual general meeting shall be held in each period of six months beginning with the day following the Company’s accounting reference date, at such place, date and time as may be determined by the Directors.

 

41

The Directors may whenever they think fit, and shall on requisition in accordance with the provisions of the Acts, proceed to convene a general meeting.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 6 -

   CP1.1/4


NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

42

An annual general meeting shall be called by notice of at least 21 days.

 

43

Any other general meeting shall be called by at least 14 clear days’ notice.

 

44

The period of notice shall in either case be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day on which the meeting is to be held.

 

45

Notice shall be given to all members other than such as are not under the provisions of these Articles entitled to receive such notices from the Company. The Company may determine that only those persons entered on the register of members at the close of business on a day determined by the Company, such day being no more than 21 days before the day that notice of the meeting is sent, shall be entitled to receive such a notice.

 

46

A general meeting, notwithstanding that it has been called by a shorter notice than that specified above, shall be deemed to have been called if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any other general meeting, by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote thereat, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

CONTENTS OF NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

47

Every notice calling a general meeting shall specify the place, date and time of the meeting.

 

48

There shall appear with reasonable prominence in every such notice a statement that:

 

  (a)

a member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote; and

 

  (b)

that a proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

49

The notice shall specify the general nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting; and if any resolution is to be proposed as a special resolution, the notice shall contain a statement to that effect.

 

50

In the case of an annual general meeting, the notice shall also specify the meeting as such.

 

51

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be given to all members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member and to the Directors and auditors.

 

52

For the purposes of determining which persons are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting, and how many votes such persons may cast, the Company may specify in the notice of the meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, by which a person must be entered on the register of members in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

53

No business other than the appointment of a chairman in accordance with Article 56 shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 7 -

   CP1.1/4


54

If such a quorum is not present within five minutes (or such longer interval as the chairman of the meeting may think fit to allow) from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Directors may determine.

 

55

The chairman, if any, of the board of Directors or in his absence some other Director nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman of the meeting, but if neither the chairman nor such other Director (if any) be present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman and, if there is only one Director present and willing to act, he shall be chairman.

 

56

If no Director is willing to act as chairman, or if no Director is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

 

57

A Director shall, notwithstanding that he is not a member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

58

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice (that is, excluding the day of the adjourned meeting and the day on which the notice is given) shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

POLLS

 

59

A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the provisions of the Acts, a poll may be demanded:

 

  (a)

by the chairman; or

 

  (b)

the Directors; or

 

  (c)

by not less than two members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (d)

by a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (e)

by a member or members present in person or by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

60

Unless a poll is duly demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 8 -

   CP1.1/4


61

The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

 

62

A poll shall be taken in such manner (including by use of ballot or voting papers or electronic means, or any combination thereof) as the chairman directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The chairman of the meeting may (and if so directed by the meeting shall) appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may adjourn the meeting to some place and time fixed by him for the purpose of declaring the result of the poll.

 

63

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all of the votes he uses in the same way.

 

64

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken immediately. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time and place as the chairman directs not being more than 30 days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

 

65

No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

66

At a general meeting, but subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands every member present in person or by proxy (or being a corporation present by a duly authorised representative) shall have one vote, and on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy (or being a corporation present by a duly authorised representative) shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

 

67

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the register of members.

 

68

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter or the admissibility of any vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 9 -

   CP1.1/4


PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

 

69

A member is entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him or (as the case may be) a different £10, or multiple of £10, of stock held by him. References in these Articles to an appointment of a proxy include references to an appointment of multiple proxies.

 

70

The appointment of a proxy must be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and:

 

  (a)

in the case of an individual must either be signed by the appointor or his attorney or authenticated in accordance with Article 140; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a corporation must be either given under its Seal or be signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation or authenticated in accordance with Article 140.

Any signature on or authentication of such appointment need not be witnessed. Where an appointment of a proxy is signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 140 on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the power of attorney or a copy thereof certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors must (failing previous registration with the Company) be submitted to the Company, failing which the appointment may be treated as invalid.

 

71

The appointment of a proxy (together with any supporting documentation required under Article 70 must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for that purpose in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  (a)

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates;

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

  (c)

in the case of a poll taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

and in default shall not be treated as valid.

 

72

The Directors may at their discretion determine that, in calculating the periods mentioned in Article 71, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day.

 

73

The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be as valid for any adjournment of a meeting as it is for the meeting to which it relates. An appointment relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment of any such meeting) having once been delivered in accordance with this Article 73 for the purposes of any such meeting does not need to be delivered again for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.

 

74

A proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of his appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which he is appointed the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a meeting of the Company.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 10 -

   CP1.1/4


75

Unless his appointment provides otherwise, a proxy may vote or abstain at his discretion on any resolution put to the vote at a shareholders’ meeting.

 

76

Neither the death or insanity of a member who has appointed a proxy, nor the revocation or termination by a member of the appointment of a proxy (or of the authority under which the appointment was made), shall invalidate the proxy or the exercise of any the rights of the proxy thereunder, unless notice of such death, insanity, revocation or termination shall have been received by the Company in accordance with Article 77.

 

77

Any such notice of death, insanity, revocation or termination must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for receipt of proxies in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting to which the appointment of the proxy relates (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  (a)

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy appointment relates;

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; or

 

  (c)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than one hour before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

78

Subject to the Acts any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any shareholders’ meeting and may consent to any such meeting being held at short notice.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

79

Unless otherwise determined by the Company by ordinary resolution the number of Directors (other than alternate Directors) shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than two in number.

 

80

A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at shareholders’ meetings.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

81

Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may appoint any other Director, or any other person approved by resolution of the Directors and willing to act, to be an alternate Director and may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

82

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote as a Director and be counted in the quorum at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director. If he shall be himself a Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than one Director, his voting rights shall be cumulative but he shall not be counted more than once for the purposes of the quorum. If his appointor is temporarily unable to act through ill health or disability his signature to any resolution in writing of the Directors shall be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 11 -

   CP1.1/4


83

Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

84

An alternate Director shall not (save as aforesaid) have power to act as a Director, nor shall he be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles, nor shall he be deemed to be the agent of his appointor.

 

85

An alternate Director shall be entitled to be a party to and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director in accordance with Article 113 and Articles 99, 100 and 142 but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company in respect of his appointment as alternate Director any remuneration except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

86

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company’s constitutional provisions and these Articles and to any directions given by special resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Company’s constitutional provisions or these Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this regulation shall not be limited by any special power given to the Directors by these Articles and a meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

87

The Directors may establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration, and may delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies therein, and to act notwithstanding vacancies, and any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit, and the Directors may remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

88

The Directors may from time to time and at any time appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

89

The Directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a Director or former Director or shadow Director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 12 -

   CP1.1/4


DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

90

The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions to any committee consisting of at least one Director and one or more persons to be co-opted as hereinafter provided. The Directors may also delegate to any managing Director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by these Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors so far as they are capable of applying.

 

91

Insofar as any such power or discretion is delegated to a committee, any reference in these Articles to the exercise by the Directors of the power or discretion so delegated shall be read and construed as if it were a reference to the exercise thereof by such committee. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations which may from time to time be imposed by the Directors. Any such regulations may provide for or authorise the co-option to the committee of persons other than Directors and may provide for members who are not Directors to have voting rights as members of the committee.

 

92

No business shall be transacted at any committee meeting unless a quorum is present. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the committee shall be two and at least half of the members present at any committee meeting shall be Directors. No resolution of the committee shall be effective unless passed unanimously.

 

93

Any one Director of the Company has the power to represent the Company and exercise any right of the Company to attend, speak and/or vote at a general meeting of any of its subsidiaries.

APPOINTMENT, RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

94

Any member holding, or any members together holding, shares carrying not less than 90 percent of the votes which may for the time being be cast at a general meeting of the Company may at any time and from time to time appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, and may remove from office any Director however appointed. Any such appointment or removal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by the member or members concerned or, in the case of a corporate member, by its duly authorised representative, and delivered to the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Directors or a general meeting of the Company.

 

95

The Directors may appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

96

The Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director and, without prejudice to the provisions of the Acts, may by ordinary resolution remove a Director from office.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 13 -

   CP1.1/4


97

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  (d)

he ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Acts or he becomes prohibited by law from being a Director; or

 

  (e)

he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  (f)

a registered medical practitioner who has been treating him gives a written opinion to the Company stating that that he has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director and may remain so for more than three months; or

 

  (g)

by reason of his mental health an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) which prevents him from personally exercising any powers or rights which he would otherwise have; or

 

  (h)

he resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (i)

he shall for more than six consecutive calendar months have been absent without permission of the Directors from meetings of Directors held during that period and the Directors resolve that his office be vacated; or

 

  (j)

he shall be removed from office by notice in writing signed by all his co-Directors (being at least two in number), but so that if he holds an appointment to an executive office which thereby automatically determines such removal shall be deemed an act of the Company.

 

98

The removal of a Director under these Articles shall be without prejudice to any claim the Director may have for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

99

The Directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the Directors may determine and, unless the Directors decide otherwise, the remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES

 

100

The Directors may be paid all reasonable travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties.

APPOINTMENTS TO EXECUTIVE OFFICE

 

101

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing Director or to any other executive office under the Company and may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any Director for his employment by the Company or for the provision by him of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director. Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made upon such terms as the Directors determine and they may remunerate any such Director for his services as they think fit. Any appointment of a Director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim to damages for breach of the contract of service between the Director and the Company.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 14 -

   CP1.1/4


DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

 

102

The Directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any Director who has held but no longer holds any executive office or employment with the Company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the Company or a predecessor in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, and for any member of his family (including a spouse and a former spouse) or any person who is or was dependent on him, and may (as well before as after he ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

103

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retroactive. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

104

No business shall be transacted at any meeting of the Directors unless a quorum is present. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two. A person who holds office only as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum present in relation to a matter or resolution on which he is not entitled to vote but shall be counted in the quorum present in relation to all other matters or resolutions considered or voted on at the meeting.

 

105

The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting. If there be no Directors or Director able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

106

The Directors may appoint one of their number to be the chairman of the board of Directors and may at any time remove him from that office. Unless he is unwilling to do so, the Director so appointed shall preside at every meeting of Directors at which he is present. But if there is no Director holding that office, or if the Director holding it is unwilling to preside or is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

107

All acts done by a meeting of Directors, or of a committee of Directors, or by a person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any Director or that any of them were disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director and had been entitled to vote.

 

108

A Director who has duly declared his interest (so far as he is required to do so) may vote at a meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which he is interested, directly or indirectly. If he does, his vote shall be counted; and whether or not he does, his presence at the meeting shall be taken into account in calculating the quorum.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 15 -

   CP1.1/4


109

A meeting of the Directors may consist of a conference between Directors some or all of whom are in different places provided that each Director who participates in the meeting is able:

 

  (a)

to hear the other participating Directors addressing the meeting; and

 

  (b)

if he so wishes, to address each of the other participating Directors simultaneously.

whether directly, by conference telephone or by any other form of communication equipment (whether in use when this Article is adopted or developed subsequently) or by a combination of such methods. A quorum shall be deemed to be present if those conditions are satisfied in respect of at least the number and designation of Directors required to form a quorum. A meeting held in this way shall be deemed to take place at the place where the largest group of Directors is assembled or, if no such group is readily identifiable, at the place from where the chairman of the meeting participates at the start of the meeting.

WRITTEN RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS

 

110

A Directors’ written resolution must be sent to all Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors and is adopted when (i) a majority of the Directors entitled to vote on such resolution (being not less in number than a quorum for a meeting of Directors); or (ii) all of the members of a committee of Directors entitled to vote on such resolution, have:

 

  (a)

signed such written resolution, which may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors or committee members as the case may be, or

 

  (b)

otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing.

 

111

Once a Directors’ written resolution has been adopted, it must be treated as if it had been a resolution passed at a Directors’ meeting or (as the case may be) a committee of Directors in accordance with these Articles.

 

112

A resolution signed by an alternate Director need not also be signed by his appointor and, if it is signed by a Director who has appointed an alternate Director, it need not be signed by the alternate Director in that capacity. A resolution signed by an alternate Director and his appointor shall be treated as signed by only his appointor.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

113.1

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, and provided that he has disclosed to the Directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a Director notwithstanding his office:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  (b)

may be a Director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is interested; and

 

  (c)

may be a Director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking of the Company, or any subsidiary undertaking of any parent undertaking of the Company, or any body corporate in which any such parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking is interested,

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 16 -

   CP1.1/4


  and (i) he shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate; (ii) he shall not infringe his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company as a result of any such office or employment or any such transaction or arrangement or any interest in any such body corporate; (iii) he shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a Director of the Company, any confidential information relating to such office or employment if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that office or employment; (iv) he may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the Directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to that office, employment, transaction, arrangement or interest; and (iv) no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

113.2

For the purposes of this Article:

 

  (a)

a general notice given to the Directors that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

  (b)

an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

 

113.3

The Directors may (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as they may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation) authorise, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

  (a)

any matter which would otherwise result in a Director infringing his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest (including a conflict of interest and duty or conflict of duties); and

 

  (b)

a Director to accept or continue in any office, employment or position in addition to his office as a Director of the Company and may authorise the manner in which a conflict of interest arising out of such office, employment or position may be dealt with, either before or at the time that such a conflict of interest arises,

provided that the authorisation is effective only if (i) any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question or any other interested Director; and (ii) the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

113.4

In relation to any such matter, office, employment or position that has been so authorised (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as the Directors may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation or the permissions set out below):

 

  (a)

the Director shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a Director of the Company, any confidential information relating to such matter, or such office, employment or position if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that matter, or that office, employment or position;

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 17 -

   CP1.1/4


  (b)

the Director may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the Directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to that matter, or that office, employment or position; and

 

  (c)

a Director shall not, by reason of his office as a Director of the Company, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such matter, or from any such office, employment or position.

SECRETARY

 

114

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, a Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit; and any Secretary so appointed may at any time be removed from office by them, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company. If thought fit two or more persons may be appointed as joint secretaries. The Directors may also appoint from time to time on such terms as they may think fit one or more deputy and/or assistant secretaries.

MINUTES

 

115

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose:

 

  (a)

of all appointments of officers made by the Directors; and

 

  (b)

of all proceedings at meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, and of the Directors, and of committees of Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each such meeting.

THE SEAL

 

116

The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of Directors authorised by the Directors. The Directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the Seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by one authorised person in the presence of a witness who attests the signature. For the purposes of this Article, an authorised person is (i) any Director of the Company or (ii) any person authorised by the Directors for the purpose of signing documents to which the Seal is applied.

DIVIDENDS

 

117

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

118

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Directors may pay interim dividends if it appears to them that they are justified by the profits of the Company available for distribution. If the share capital is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividend as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear. The Directors may also pay at intervals settled by them any dividend

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 18 -

   CP1.1/4


  payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

119

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but, if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

120

A general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets and, where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the Directors may settle the same and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of any assets and may determine that cash shall be paid to any member upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of members and may vest any assets in trustees.

 

121

Any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall be paid to the member or to such other person as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may in writing direct. Such dividend or other moneys may be paid (i) by cheque sent by post to the payee or, where there is more than one payee, to the payee who is first named in the register of members, or (ii) by inter-bank transfer to such account as the payee or payees shall in writing direct, or (iii) by such other method of payment as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may agree to. Every such cheque shall be sent at the risk of the person or persons entitled to the money represented thereby, and payment of a cheque by the banker upon whom it is drawn, and any transfer or payment within (ii) or (iii) above, shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

122

No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

 

123

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

ACCOUNTS

 

124

No member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting records or other book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the Directors or by ordinary resolution of the Company.

 

125

Subject as provided in Article 126 a copy of the Company’s annual accounts and report which are to be laid before a general meeting of the Company (including every document required by law to be comprised therein or attached or annexed thereto) shall not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting be sent to every member of, and every holder of debentures of, the Company and to every other person who is entitled to receive notices of general meetings from the Company under the provisions of the Acts or of these Articles.

 

126

Article 125 shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to any member to whom a summary financial statement is sent in accordance with the Acts nor to more than one of joint holders nor to any person of whose postal address the Company is not aware, but any member or holder of debentures to whom a copy of these documents has not been sent shall be entitled to receive a copy free of charge on application at the Office.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 19 -

   CP1.1/4


AUDITORS

 

127

Subject to the provisions of the Acts, all acts done by any person acting as an auditor shall, as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in his appointment or that he was at the time of his appointment not qualified for appointment or subsequently became disqualified.

 

128

An auditor shall be entitled to attend any general meeting and to receive all notices of and other communications relating to any general meeting which any member is entitled to receive and to be heard at any general meeting on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns him as auditor.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

129

The Directors may with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company:

 

  (c)

subject as hereinafter provided, resolve to capitalise any undivided profits of the Company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

  (d)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full new shares or debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other: but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this regulation, only be applied in paying up new shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

 

  (e)

make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they determine in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable under this regulation in fractions; and

 

  (f)

authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares or debentures to which they are entitled upon such capitalisation, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such members.

NOTICES

 

130

The Company Communications Provisions have effect, subject to the provisions of Articles 130 to 140, for the purposes of any provision of the Acts or these Articles that authorises or requires notices, documents or information to be sent or supplied by or to the Company.

 

131

The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the Acts and these Articles, send or supply all types of notices, documents or information to a member either personally or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address or by electronic means.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 20 -

   CP1.1/4


132

Any notice, document or information (including a share certificate) which is sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy form, or in electronic form but to be delivered other than by electronic means, and which is sent by pre-paid post and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at the expiration of 24 hours (or, where first class mail is not employed, 48 hours) after the time it was posted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted,

 

133

A member present either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

134

Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.

 

135

Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient 24 hours, after it was transmitted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed.

 

136

In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices, documents and information shall be given to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding to the exclusion of the other joint holders. All members whether or not they have a registered address within the United Kingdom shall be entitled to have notices, documents or information sent to them as if they were a member with a registered address within the United Kingdom.

 

137

A person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall supply to the Company:

 

  (a)

such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share,

 

  (b)

an address at which notices may be sent or supplied to such person,

whereupon he shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him at such address any notice, document or information to which the said member would have been entitled. Any notice, document or information so sent or supplied shall for all purposes be deemed to be duly sent or supplied to all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

138

Save as provided by Article 137, any notice, document or information sent or supplied to the address of any member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such member be then dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy or liquidation, be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first-named joint holder.

 

139

The accidental failure to send, or the non-receipt by any person entitled to, any notice relating to any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or proceeding.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 21 -

   CP1.1/4


140

Where these Articles require a notice or other document to be signed or authenticated by a member or other person then any notice or other document sent or supplied in electronic form is sufficiently authenticated in any manner authorised by the Company Communications Provisions or in such other manner as may be approved by the Directors. The Directors may designate mechanisms for validating any such notice or other document, and any such notice or other document not so validated by use of such mechanisms shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.

WINDING UP

 

141

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Acts, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he with the like sanction determines, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY, INSURANCE AND DEFENCE FUNDING

 

142

Subject to and so far as permitted by the provisions of the Act, the Company may:

 

  (a)

indemnify any person who is or was a Director, or a Director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him), against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company; and/or

 

  (b)

indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a Director, or a Director of any associated company, at any time during which the Company, or any such associated company, was that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any liability incurred by him in connection with such company’s activities as a trustee of an occupational pension scheme; and/or

 

  (c)

purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a Director, or a Director of any associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company.

 

A09740956/0.58/17 Oct 2008   

 

- 22 -

   CP1.1/4


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

No. 1060930

 

 

I H EREBY C ERTIFY that B. A. T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED is this day incorporated under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1967 and that the Company is Limited.

Given under my hand at London the 10th July, 1972.

N. TAYLOR,

Assistant Registrar of Companies

83261


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ON RE-REGISTRATION AS A PUBLIC COMPANY

No. 1060930

I hereby certify that

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

has this day been re-registered under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1980 as a public company, and that the company is limited.

 

Dated at Cardiff the 8TH SEPTEMBER 1981

 

Assistant Registrar of Companies

C 455

Exhibit 4.2

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2018, among B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 2.297% Notes due 2020, 2.764% Notes due 2022, 3.222% Notes due 2024, 3.557% Notes due 2027, 4.390% Notes due 2037, 4.540% Notes due 2047, Floating Rate Notes due 2020 and Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (collectively, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture in order to, among other things, (i) cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture and (ii) make any other change that does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes of any series in any material respect;

WHEREAS, Section 4.02 of the Indenture requires that the Company maintain in each Place of Payment for Notes an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served;

WHEREAS, London, England is designated as a “Place of Payment” pursuant to the definition thereof for so long as the Notes are admitted to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange, but such Place of Payment is not required by applicable rules or regulations; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.01(vii) of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AMENDMENT. The definition of “Place of Payment” shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

““ Place of Payment ,” when used with respect to the Notes, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 4.02. For so long as the Notes are admitted to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange, and the rules of the London Stock Exchange so require, London, England shall be a Place of Payment.”

3. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

4. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.


5. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Guarantors.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ N. Wadey

  Name: N. Wadey
  Title: Director and Vice President
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.
By:  

/s/ J.B. Stevens

  Name: J.B. Stevens
  Title: Director
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.
By:  

/s/ M. Wiechers

  Name: M. Wiechers
  Title: Director
By:  

/s/ J E P Bollen

  Name: J E P Bollen
  Title: Director
B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.
By:  

/s/ M. Wiechers

  Name: M. Wiechers
  Title: Director
By:  

/s/ J E P Bollen

  Name: J E P Bollen
  Title: Director
BA.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE P.L.C.
By:  

/s/ R. Casey

  Name: R. Casey
  Title: Director

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture No. 1]


REYNOLDS AMERICAN INC.
By:  

/s/ John R. Whitener

  Name: John R. Whitener
  Title: Vice President - Controller and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture No. 1]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

  Name: Jane Schweiger
  Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture No. 1]

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

THIRTIETH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED

25 MAY 2018

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

and

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

and

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

and

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c.

further modifying and restating the Trust Deed dated 6 July 1998 (as previously modified and

restated) relating to the U.S.$3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note

Programme

 

 

LOGO

Allen & Overy LLP


THIS THIRTIETH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED is made on 25 May 2018

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c. (a public limited company with company number 1060930) whose registered office is at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG ( BATIF );

 

(2)

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under No. 33236251) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands ( BATHTN );

 

(3)

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under No. 60533536) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands ( BATNF );

 

(4)

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION , (a company incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware, United States of America) whose registered office is at 103 Foulk Road, Suite 120, Wilmington, Delaware 19803, United States of America ( BATCAP and, together with BATNF, BATIF and BATHTN each in their capacities as Issuer , the Issuers and each an Issuer );

 

(5)

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c. (a public limited company with company number 3407696) whose registered office is at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG ( British American Tobacco and, together with BATCAP, BATIF, BATHTN and BATNF in their capacities as guarantors of Notes issued by the other Issuers, the Guarantors and each a Guarantor ); and

 

(6)

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c. (company number 1675231) whose registered office is at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX (the Trustee , which expression, where the context so admits, includes any successor or other trustee for the time being of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed) as trustee for the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

This Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed is supplemental to:

 

  (i)

the Trust Deed dated 6 July 1998 (hereinafter called the Principal Trust Deed ) made between BATIF, BATCAP, British American Tobacco, B.A.T Finance B.V. ( BATFIN ), B.A.T. Industries p.l.c. ( BAT Industries ), British American Tobacco Mexico, S.A. de C.V. ( BAT Mexico ) and the Trustee relating to the U.S.$3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the Programme ) established by BATIF, BATCAP and originally BATFIN;

 

  (ii)

the First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 22 March 1999 (hereinafter called the First Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust Deed and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed;

 

  (iii)

the Second Supplemental Trust Deed dated 19 January 2000 (hereinafter called the Second Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust deed and BAT(CI) Finance Limited ( BATCIF ) and effecting the substitution of BATCIF in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of certain Notes issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

1


  (iv)

the Third Supplemental Trust Deed dated 15 August 2000 (hereinafter called the Third Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust Deed and BATCIF and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (v)

the Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 3 July 2002 (hereinafter called the Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATHTN and BATNF), BATFIN and BATCIF and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (vi)

the Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 16 April 2003 (hereinafter called the Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and BATFIN and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (vii)

the Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 26 May 2005 (hereinafter called the Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 25 EUR 1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2006 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (viii)

the Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 21 June 2005 (hereinafter called the Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF), BATFIN, BAT Industries and BAT Mexico and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 1 DM 1,000,000,000 5.375 per cent Guaranteed Notes due 2006 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (ix)

the Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 30 November 2005 (hereinafter called the Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (x)

the Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 30 November 2007 (hereinafter called the Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xi)

the Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 1 December 2008 (hereinafter called the Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xii)

the Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 March 2010 (hereinafter called the Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 22 €1,000,000,000 5.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2013 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xiii)

the Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 1 December 2010 (hereinafter called the Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

2


  (xiv)

the Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 25 May 2011 (hereinafter called the Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and substituting BATHTN in place of BATIF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xv)

the Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 9 December 2011 (hereinafter called the Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xvi)

the Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 11 December 2012 (hereinafter called the Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xvii)

the Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 December 2013 (hereinafter called the Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xviii)

the Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 16 May 2014 (hereinafter called the Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xix)

the Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 47 CHF 400,000,000 0.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xx)

the Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 48 CHF 250,000,000 1.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxi)

the Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 46 CHF 350,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2016 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxii)

the Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and substituting BATNF in place of BATHTN as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 30 £325,000,000 5.500 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2016, the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 and the Series 37 €600,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2020, each issued by BATHTN pursuant to the Programme;

 

3


  (xxiii)

the Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and substituting BATNF in place of BATHTN as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 and the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029, each issued by BATHTN pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxiv)

the Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and effecting the addition of BATNF as a guarantor in respect of the Series 26 £500,000,000 6.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2019, the Series 32 €1,250,000,000 5.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2017, the Series 33 £500,000,000 7.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2024, the Series 34 €1,250,000,000 5.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2015, the Series 35 £250,000,000 6.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2022, the Series 37 £500,000,000 6.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2034, the Series 38 £275,000,000 5.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2040 and the Series 39 €600,000,000 3.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021, each issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxv)

the Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and effecting the addition of BATNF as a guarantor in respect of the Series 41 US$300,000,000 1.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2016, the Series 42 €650,000,000 2.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2025, the Series 43 £650,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026, and the Series 45 €400,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2018, each issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxvi)

the Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 April 2016 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and substituting BATIF in place of BATNF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 and the Series 37 €600,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2020, each issued by BATNF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxvii)

the Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 April 2016 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) substituting BATIF in place of BATNF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 and the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029, each issued by BATNF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxviii)

the Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 20 May 2016 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated); and

 

  (xxix)

the Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 31 May 2017 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated); and

 

4


  (xxx)

the Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 February 2018 (hereinafter called the Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and together with the Principal Trust Deed, the First Supplemental Trust Deed, the Second Supplemental Trust Deed, the Third Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed and the Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Subsisting Trust Deeds ) made between the same parties as are parties to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and effecting the addition of BATCAP as a guarantor in respect of the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023, the Series 42 €650,000,000 2.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2025, the Series 43 £650,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026, the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029, the Series 45 €400,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2018, the Series 47 CHF400,000,000 0.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021, the Series 48 CHF250,000,000 1.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026, the Series 49 €800,000,000 0.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2019, the Series 50 €800,000,000 0.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023, the Series 51 €800,000,000 1.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2027, the Series 52 €600,000,000 2.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2045, the Series 53 €600,000,000 1.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2022, the Series 54 £350,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2055, the Series 55 £500,000,000 1.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021, the Series 56 £650,000,000 2.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2052, and the Series 57 US$650,000,000 1.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2019, each issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme).

 

(B)

On 25 May 2018 the Issuers published a modified and updated Prospectus relating to the Programme (the Base Prospectus ).

 

(C)

The Issuers have requested the Trustee to concur in making further modifications to the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) to reflect the relevant modifications referred to in Recital (B) above.

NOW THIS THIRTIETH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED as follows:

 

1.

Subject as hereinafter provided and unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, all words and expressions defined in the Subsisting Trust Deeds shall have the same meanings in this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

2.

Save:

 

  (a)

in relation to all Series of Notes issued during the period up to and including the day last preceding the date of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed;

 

  (b)

in relation to any Notes issued on or after the date of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed so as to be consolidated and form a single series with the Notes of any Series issued during the period up to and including the day last preceding the date of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed; and

 

5


  (c)

for the purpose (where necessary) of construing the provisions of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed,

with effect on and from the date of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed:

 

  (i)

the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified, restated and supplemented) is hereby modified and restated in such manner as would result in the Principal Trust Deed being in the form set out in the Schedule hereto; and

 

  (ii)

the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified, restated and supplemented) insofar as the same still have effect shall cease to have effect and in lieu thereof the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed as so further modified (and being in the form set out in the Schedule hereto) shall have effect.

 

3.

The Subsisting Trust Deeds and this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed shall henceforth be read and construed together as one trust deed.

 

4.

A memorandum of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed shall be endorsed by the Trustee on the original of the Principal Trust Deed and by BATIF, BATHTN, BATNF, BATCAP and the Guarantors on their respective duplicates thereof.

 

5.

This Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

6.

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it) and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with these presents (together referred to as Proceedings ) may be brought in the courts of England, including any Proceedings relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to raise any objection which it may have now or subsequently to the laying of the venue of any Proceedings in the courts of England and any claim that any Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that a judgment in any Proceedings brought in the courts of England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Nothing in this Clause shall limit any right to take Proceedings against any of the parties hereto in any other court of competent jurisdiction (outside the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982), nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

7.

Each of BATHTN, BATNF and BATCAP irrevocably and unconditionally appoints British American Tobacco at its registered office at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG and in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint such other person as the Trustee may approve and as BATHTN, BATNF or BATCAP, as the case may be, may nominate in writing to the Trustee for the purpose to accept service of process on its behalf in England in respect of any Proceedings. Each of BATHTN, BATNF and BATCAP:

 

  (a)

agrees to procure that, so long as any Notes issued by it remain liable to prescription, there shall be in force an appointment of such a person approved by the Trustee with an office in London with authority to accept service as aforesaid;

 

6


  (b)

agrees that failure by any such person to give notice of such service of process to BATHTN, BATNF or BATCAP, as the case may be, shall not impair the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon; and

 

  (c)

agrees that nothing in this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

8.

This Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same deed and any party to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed may enter into the same by executing and delivering a counterpart.

 

9.

A person who is not a party to this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

IN WITNESS whereof this Thirtieth Supplemental Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by each of the parties hereto and delivered on the date first stated above.

 

7


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF MODIFIED AND RESTATED PRINCIPAL TRUST DEED

Dated 6 July 1998 and modified and restated on 25 May 2018

TRUST DEED

6 JULY 1998

DATED 6 JULY 1998 AND MODIFIED AND RESTATED ON 25 MAY 2018

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

and

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

and

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

and

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c.

relating to a

£25,000,000,000

Euro Medium Term Note Programme

 

8


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   Interpretation      11  
2.   Amount and Issue of the Notes      19  
3.   Form of the Notes      22  
4.   Stamp Duties and Taxes      23  
5.   Guarantee and Indemnity      24  
6.   Application of Moneys and Partial Payments      28  
7.   Investment by the Trustee      28  
8.   Covenants      29  
9.   Remuneration and Indemnification of the Trustee      31  
10.   Provisions Supplemental to the Trustee Acts      33  
11.   Trustee Liable for Negligence      36  
12.   Waiver and Proof of Default      36  
13.   Trustee Contracting with the Issuer and the Guarantors      37  
14.   Modification and Substitution      38  
15.   Appointment, Retirement and Removal of the Trustee      39  
16.   Holder of Definitive Note Assumed to be Couponholder      40  
17.   Currency Indemnity      40  
18.   Communications      41  
19.   Governing Law      42  
20.   Submission to Jurisdiction      42  
21.   Waiver of trial by jury      43  
22.   Counterparts      43  
23.   Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999      43  
Schedule     
1.   Terms and Conditions of the Notes      44  
2.   Forms of Global and Definitive Notes, Coupons and Talons      77  
 

Part 1        Form of Global Note

     78  
  Part 2        Form of Definitive Note      86  
  Part 3        Form of Coupon      90  
  Part 4        Form of Talon      92  
3.   Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders      95  
Signatories        103  

 

9


THIS TRUST DEED originally made on 6 July 1998 was amended and restated on 25 May 2018

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c. (company number 1060930) whose registered office is at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG ( BATIF );

 

(2)

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V. (a company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce in Amsterdam under No. 33236251) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands ( BATHTN );

 

(3)

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under No. 60533536) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands ( BATNF );

 

(4)

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION , (a company incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware, United States of America) whose registered office is at 103 Foulk Road, Suite 120, Wilmington, Delaware 19803, United States of America ( BATCAP and, together with BATIF, BATNF and BATHTN each in their capacities as Issuer , the Issuers and each an Issuer );

 

(5)

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c. (company number 3407696) whose registered office is at Globe House, as aforesaid ( British American Tobacco and, together with, in their capacities as guarantors of Notes issued by the other Issuers, BATIF, BATHTN, BATCAP and BATNF, the Guarantors and each a Guarantor ); and

 

(6)

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c. (company number 1675231) whose registered office is at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX (the Trustee , which expression, where the context so admits, includes any successor or other trustee for the time being of this Trust Deed) as trustee for the Noteholders and the Couponholders (each as defined below).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a resolution of the Board of Directors of BATIF passed on 30 June 1998 BATIF has resolved to establish a Euro Medium Term Note Programme pursuant to which it may from time to time issue Notes as set out herein. By a resolution of the Board of Directors of BATHTN passed on 14 April 2003, BATHTN has resolved to accede to the Programme as an issuer. By a resolution of the Board of Directors of BATNF passed on 12 May 2014, BATNF has resolved to accede to the Programme as an issuer. By a resolution of the Board of Directors of BATCAP passed on 20 April 2017, BATCAP has resolved to accede to the Programme as an issuer. By resolutions of the Boards of Directors of BATIF passed on 23 February 1999, 23 May 2000, 24 July 2000, 24 June 2002, 14 April 2003, 25 February 2004, 12 April 2005, 21 November 2005, 23 November 2006, 23 November 2007, 21 November 2008, 25 November 2009, 19 November 2010, 23 November 2011, 30 November 2012, 29 November 2013, 15 May 2014, 24 April 2015, 6 May 2016, 27 April 2017 and 10 May 2018 and of BATHTN passed on 25 February 2004, 14 April 2005, 21 November 2005, 16 November 2006, 23 November 2007, 21 November 2008, 20 November 2009, 19 November 2010, 23 November 2011, 30 November 2012, 2 December 2013, 12 May 2014, 28 April 2015, 11 May 2016, 22 May 2017 and 15 May 2018 and of BATNF passed on 28 April 2015, 11 May 2016, 22 May 2017 and 15 May 2018 and of BATCAP passed on 11 May 2018, the Issuers have resolved to update the Programme. Notes up to a maximum nominal amount (calculated in accordance with Clause 3.5 of the Programme Agreement (as defined below)) from time to time outstanding of £25,000,000,000 (subject to increase as provided in the Programme Agreement) (the Programme Limit ) may be issued pursuant to the said Programme.

 

10


(B)

By resolutions of the Board of Directors of British American Tobacco passed on 18 June 1998, 5 March 1999, 24 May 2000, 28 July 2000, 14 April 2003, 20 February 2004, 29 October 2007, 25 February 2014 and 25 April 2017 of a Committee of the Board of Directors passed on 1 July 1998 and of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors passed on 24 April 2002 and 24 June 2002 and of the Transactions Committee of the Board of Directors on 11 April 2005, 21 November 2005, 16 November 2006, 20 November 2007, 21 November 2008, 17 November 2009, 19 November 2010, 23 November 2011, 30 November 2012, 29 November 2013, 12 May 2014, 23 April 2015, 3 May 2016 and 10 May 2018 and of the Board of Directors of BATIF passed on 30 June 1998, 23 February 1999, 23 May 2000, 24 July 2000, 24 June 2002, 14 April 2003, 25 February 2004, 12 April 2005, 21 November 2005, 23 November 2006, 23 November 2007, 21 November 2008, 25 November 2009, 19 November 2010, 23 November 2011, 30 November 2012, 29 November 2013, 15 May 2014, 24 April 2015, 6 May 2016, 27 April 2017 and 10 May 2018 and of the Board of Directors of BATHTN passed on 14 April 2003, 25 February 2004, 14 April 2005, 21 November 2005, 16 November 2006, 23 November 2007, 21 November 2008, 20 November 2009, 19 November 2010, 23 November 2011, 30 November 2012, 2 December 2013, 12 May 2014, 28 April 2015,11 May 2016, 22 May 2017 and 15 May 2018 and of the Board of Directors of BATNF passed on 12 May 2014, 28 April 2015, 11 May 2016, 22 May 2017 and 15 May 2018 and of the Board of Directors of BATCAP passed on 20 April 2017 and 11 May 2018, the Guarantors have resolved to guarantee Notes issued under the said Programme and to enter into certain covenants as set out in this Trust Deed.

 

(C)

The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of this Trust Deed for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Couponholders upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Trust Deed.

 

(D)

References hereafter in this Trust Deed to the Issuer and the Guarantors are to the Issuer and the Guarantors specified in the applicable Final Terms (as defined below) in relation to a particular Series of the Notes.

THIS DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS DECLARED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

The following expressions have the following meanings:

Agency Agreement means the agreement dated 6 July 1998, as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, appointing the Agent and the other Paying Agents in relation to all or any Series of the Notes and any other agreement for the time being in force appointing another Agent or further or other Paying Agents in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, or in connection with their duties, the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee, together with any agreement for the time being in force amending or modifying with the prior written approval of the Trustee any of the aforesaid agreements;

Agent means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, Citibank, N.A., London Branch at its office at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, England, or, if applicable, any Successor agent in relation thereto;

 

11


Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the relevant Issuer or a Guarantor (as the case may be), or, if they are unable or unwilling to carry out any action requested of them pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed, such other firm of accountants as may be selected for the purpose by the relevant Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (as the case may be) which, for the avoidance of doubt in the case of the auditors of the relevant Issuer so being unable or unwilling, may be the auditors of the ultimate Holding Company of the Group, in either such case, as approved by the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and, failing such selection by the relevant Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (as the case may be) as may be nominated in writing by the Trustee for the purpose;

Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 9(a);

Calculation Agent means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, the person appointed as such from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Agency Agreement or, if applicable, any Successor calculation agent in relation thereto;

CGN means a Global Note in respect of which the applicable Final Terms indicates is not in New Global Note form;

Clearstream, Luxembourg means Clearstream Banking, SA;

Conditions means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the terms and conditions endorsed on or incorporated by reference into the Note or Notes constituting such Series, such terms and conditions being in or substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the relevant Guarantor(s), the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) as supplemented by the Final Terms applicable to the Notes of the relevant Series, in each case as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Deed;

Coupon means an interest coupon appertaining to a Definitive Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note), such coupon being:

 

  (a)

if appertaining to a Fixed Rate Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 3 (Part A) of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the relevant Guarantor(s), the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or

 

  (b)

if appertaining to a Floating Rate Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 3 (Part B) of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the relevant Guarantor(s), the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s),

and includes, where applicable, the Talon(s) appertaining thereto and any replacements for Coupons and Talons issued pursuant to Condition 10;

Couponholders means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Coupons and includes, where applicable, the Talonholders;

Dealers means Banco Santander, SA, Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, J.P. Morgan Securities plc, Lloyds Bank plc, Merrill Lynch International, SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited, Société Générale and NatWest Markets Plc and any other entity appointed as a Dealer and notice of whose appointment has been given to the Agent and the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement but excluding any entity whose appointment has been terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and notice of which termination has been given to the Agent and the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and references to a relevant Dealer or relevant Dealer(s) mean, in relation to any Tranche or Series of Notes, the Dealer or Dealers with whom the relevant Issuer has agreed the issue of the Notes of such Tranche or Series and Dealer means any one of them;

 

12


Definitive Note means a Note in definitive form issued or, as the case may require, to be issued by the relevant Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed in exchange for a Global Note (all as indicated in the applicable Final Terms), such Note in definitive form being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2 with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the relevant Guarantor(s), the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and having the Conditions endorsed thereon or, if permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange, incorporating the Conditions by reference (where applicable to this Trust Deed) as indicated in the applicable Final Terms and having the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions appearing in the applicable Final Terms endorsed thereon or attached thereto and (except in the case of a Zero Coupon Note) having Coupons and, where appropriate, Talons attached thereto on issue;

Distribution Compliance Period has the meaning given to such term in Regulation S under the Securities Act;

Early Redemption Amount has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 6(e);

Euroclear means Euroclear Bank SA/NV;

Eurosystem means the central banking system for the euro;

Event of Default means an event described in Condition 9(a) and which, if so required by that Condition, has been certified by the Trustee to be, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interest of the holders of the Notes of the relevant Series;

Extraordinary Resolution has the meaning set out in Schedule 3;

Final Terms has the meaning set out in the Programme Agreement;

Fixed Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a fixed rate payable in arrear on a fixed date or fixed dates in each year and on redemption or on such other dates as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Final Terms);

Floating Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a floating rate payable one-, two-, three-, six- or twelve-monthly or in respect of such other period or on such date(s) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Final Terms);

FSMA means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the United Kingdom;

G lobal Note means a global note in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s), together with the copy of the applicable Final Terms annexed thereto, comprising some or all of the Notes of the same Series, issued by the relevant Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed on issue;

Group has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 9(a);

Guarantee means the guarantee and indemnity of the Guarantors in Clause 5;

 

13


Holding Company means a holding company within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;

Interest Commencement Date means, in the case of interest-bearing Notes, the date specified in the applicable Final Terms from (and including) which such Notes bear interest, which may or may not be the Issue Date;

Interest Payment Date means, in relation to any Floating Rate Note, either:

 

  (a)

the date which falls the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the applicable Final Terms after the preceding Interest Payment Date or the Interest Commencement Date (in the case of the first Interest Payment Date); or

 

  (b)

such date or dates as are indicated in the applicable Final Terms;

Issue Date means, in respect of any Note, the date of issue and purchase of such Note pursuant to and in accordance with the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), being in the case of any Definitive Note the same date as the date of issue of the Global Note which initially represented such Note;

Issue Price means the price, generally expressed as a percentage of the nominal amount of the Notes, at which the Notes will be issued;

London Business Day has the meaning set out in Condition 4(b)(v);

London Stock Exchange means the London Stock Exchange plc or such other body to which its functions and business have been transferred;

Maturity Date means the date on which a Note is expressed to be redeemable;

month means calendar month;

NGN means a Global Note in respect of which the applicable Final Terms indicates is in New Global Note form;

Note means a note issued pursuant to the Programme and denominated in such currency or currencies as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) which:

 

  (a)

has such maturity as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), subject to such minimum or maximum maturity as may be allowed or required from time to time by the relevant central bank (or equivalent body) or any laws or regulations applicable to the relevant Issuer or the relevant currency; and

 

  (b)

has such denomination as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), subject to such minimum denomination as may be allowed or required from time to time by the relevant central bank (or equivalent body) or any laws or regulations applicable to the relevant currency, which will be at least €1,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in any event, provided that (i) in the case of any Notes which are to be admitted to trading on a regulated market within the European Economic Area ( EEA ) or offered to the public in a Member State of the EEA in circumstances which require the publication of a prospectus under the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC), the minimum denomination shall be €100,000 (or the equivalent of such amounts in another currency as at the date of issue of the Notes); and (ii) unless otherwise permitted by then current laws and regulations, Notes (including Notes denominated in sterling) in respect of which the issue proceeds are received by the relevant Issuer in the United Kingdom and which have a maturity of less than one year will have a minimum redemption value of £100,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies),

 

14


issued or to be issued by the relevant Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed and which shall initially be represented by, and comprised in, a Global Note which may (in accordance with the terms of such Global Note) be exchanged for Definitive Notes (as indicated in the applicable Final Terms) and includes any replacements for a Note issued pursuant to Condition 10;

Noteholders means the several persons who are for the time being bearers of outstanding Notes save that, in respect of the Notes of any Series, for so long as such Notes or any part thereof are represented by a Global Note deposited with a common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, each person who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg (other than Clearstream, Luxembourg, if Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be an accountholder of Euroclear and Euroclear, if Euroclear shall be an accountholder of Clearstream, Luxembourg) as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes of such Series shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes (and the holder of the relevant Global Note shall be deemed not to be the holder) for all purposes of this Trust Deed other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, the rights to which shall be vested, as against the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors, solely in such common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) and for which purpose such common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the relevant Global Note and the provisions of this Trust Deed and the expressions Noteholder , holder and holder of Notes and related expressions shall be construed accordingly;

notice means, in respect of a notice to be given to Noteholders, a notice validly given pursuant to Condition 13;

Official List has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 103 of the FSMA;

outstanding means, in relation to the Notes of all or any Series, all the Notes of such Series issued other than:

 

  (a)

those Notes which have been redeemed pursuant to this Trust Deed;

 

  (b)

those Notes in respect of which the date for redemption in accordance with the Conditions has occurred and the redemption moneys (including all interest payable thereon) have been duly paid to the Trustee or to the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement (and where appropriate notice to that effect has been given to the relative Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13) and remain available for payment against presentation of the relevant Notes and/or Coupons;

 

  (c)

those Notes which have been purchased and cancelled in accordance with Conditions 6(f) and 6(g);

 

  (d)

those Notes which have become void under Condition 8;

 

  (e)

those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 10;

 

15


  (f)

(for the purpose only of ascertaining the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 10; and

 

  (g)

any Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for Definitive Notes in each case pursuant to its provisions, the provisions of this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement;

PROVIDED THAT for each of the following purposes, namely:

 

  (i)

the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the holders of the Notes of any Series;

 

  (ii)

the determination of how many and which Notes of any Series are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of Conditions 9(a) and (b) and 14 and Schedule 3;

 

  (iii)

any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in this Trust Deed or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series; and

 

  (iv)

the determination by the Trustee whether any event, circumstance, matter or thing is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series,

those Notes of the relevant Series (if any) which are for the time being held by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors or any other subsidiary of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantors, in each case as beneficial owner, shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding;

Paying Agents means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, the several institutions (including, where the context permits, the Agent) at their respective specified offices initially appointed as paying agents in relation to such Notes pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, any Successor paying agents in relation thereto;

Potential Event of Default means an event or circumstance which would with the giving of notice, lapse of time, issue of a certificate and/or fulfilment of any other requirement provided for in Condition 9(a) become an Event of Default;

Programme means the Euro Medium Term Note Programme established by, or otherwise contemplated in, the Programme Agreement;

Programme Agreement means the agreement of even date herewith between the parties hereto (other than the Trustee) and the Dealers named therein concerning the purchase of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Programme as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time;

Put Notice means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the Agency Agreement;

Reference Banks means the several banks initially appointed as reference banks in relation to the Notes of any relevant Series and/or, if applicable, any Successor reference banks in relation thereto such banks being, in the case of a determination of LIBOR, the principal London office of four major banks in the London inter-bank market and, in the case of a determination of EURIBOR, the principal Euro-zone office of four major banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market, in each case selected by the Agent or as specified in the applicable Final Terms;

Relevant Date has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 7;

 

16


repay , redeem and pay shall each include both the others and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;

Series means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes which are (a) expressed to be consolidated and form a single series and (b) identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices and the expressions Notes of the relevant Series , holders of Notes of the relevant Series and related expressions shall be construed accordingly;

specified office means, in relation to a Paying Agent, the office identified with its name at the end of the Conditions or any other office approved by the Trustee and notified to the Noteholders pursuant to Clause 8(j);

Specified Time means 11.00 a.m. (London time, in the case of a determination of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of a determination of EURIBOR).

Stock Exchange means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the stock exchange or exchanges on which such Notes may from time to time be listed, and references in this Trust Deed to the relevant Stock Exchange shall, in relation to the Notes of any Series, be references to the Stock Exchange on which such Notes are, from time to time, or are intended to be, listed;

subsidiary means a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 of Great Britain;

Successor means, in relation to the Agent, any other Paying Agent, the Reference Banks and the Calculation Agent, any successor to any one or more of them in relation to the Notes which shall become such pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed and/or the Agency Agreement (as the case may be) and/or such other or further agent, paying agent, reference banks or calculation agent (as the case may be) in relation to the Notes as may (with the prior approval of, and on terms previously approved by, the Trustee in writing) from time to time be appointed as such, and/or, if applicable, such other or further specified offices (in the former case being within the same city as those for which they are substituted) as may from time to time be nominated, in each case by the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors and (except in the case of the initial appointments and specified offices made under and specified in the Conditions and/or the Agency Agreement, as the case may be) notice of whose appointment or, as the case may be, nomination has been given to the Noteholders pursuant to Clause 8(j);

successor in business means a company which has acquired as a going concern all or substantially all of the undertaking, assets and liabilities of the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be;

Talonholders means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Talons;

Talons means the talons (if any) appertaining to, and exchangeable in accordance with the provisions therein contained for further Coupons appertaining to, the Definitive Notes (other than the Zero Coupon Notes), such talons being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 4 of Schedule 2 or in such other form as may be agreed between the relevant Issuer, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and includes any replacements for Talons issued pursuant to Condition 10;

this Deed means this trust deed and the Schedules (or, in respect of any reference to the provisions thereof, the same as may be from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions hereof);

 

17


this Trust Deed means this Deed and any trust deed supplemental hereto and the schedules (if any) thereto and the Notes, the Coupons, the Talons, the Conditions and, unless the context otherwise requires, the Final Terms, all as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions herein or therein contained;

Tranche means all Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing);

trust corporation means a trust corporation (as defined in the Law of Property Act 1925) or a corporation entitled to act as a trustee pursuant to applicable foreign legislation relating to trustees;

Trustee Acts means the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000; and

Zero Coupon Note means a Note on which no interest is payable.

 

1.2

Construction of Certain References

 

  (a)

All references in this Trust Deed to costs, charges, remuneration or expenses include any value added, turnover or similar tax charged in respect thereof.

 

  (b)

All references in this Trust Deed to principal and/or principal amount and/or interest in respect of the Notes or to any moneys payable by the relevant Issuer and/or the Guarantors under this Trust Deed shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed in accordance with Condition 5(f).

 

  (c)

All references in this Trust Deed to any statute or any provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under any such modification or re-enactment.

 

  (d)

All references in this Trust Deed to any action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors shall be deemed to include, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, references to such action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors available or appropriate in such jurisdiction as shall most nearly approximate to such action, remedy or method of proceeding described or referred to in this Trust Deed.

 

  (e)

All references in this Trust Deed to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, whenever the context so permits (but not in the case of any NGN), be deemed to include references to any additional or alternative clearing system as is approved by the relevant Issuer, the Agent and the Trustee. In the case of NGNs, such alternative clearing system must also be authorised to hold such Notes as eligible collateral for Eurosystem monetary policy and intra-day credit operations.

 

  (f)

All references in this Trust Deed to the relevant currency shall be construed as references to the currency in which payments in respect of the Notes and/or Coupons of the relevant Series are to be made as indicated in the applicable Final Terms.

 

  (g)

All references in this Trust Deed to a Directive include any relevant implementing measure of each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented such Directive.

 

18


  (h)

As used herein, in relation to any Notes which have a listing or are listed (i) on the London Stock Exchange, listing and listed shall be construed to mean that such Notes have been admitted to the Official List and admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Regulated Market and (ii) on any other Stock Exchange within the European Economic Area, listing and listed shall be construed to mean that Notes have been admitted to trading on a market within that jurisdiction which is a regulated market for the purposes of Directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on Markets in Financial Instruments. All references in this Trust Deed to listing and listed shall include references to quotation and quoted respectively.

 

  (i)

All references in this Trust Deed to the records of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be to the records that each of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customers interest in the Notes.

 

  (j)

All references in these presents involving compliance by the Trustee with a test of reasonableness shall be deemed to include a reference to a requirement that such reasonableness shall be determined by reference solely to the interest of the Noteholders.

 

1.3

Headings

Headings shall be ignored in construing this Trust Deed.

 

1.4

Schedules

The Schedules are part of this Trust Deed and have effect accordingly.

 

1.5

Defined terms

Words and expressions defined in this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or used in the applicable Final Terms shall have the same meanings where used herein unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated and provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed, this Trust Deed shall prevail and, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement or this Trust Deed and the applicable Final Terms, the applicable Final Terms shall prevail.

 

2.

AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES

 

2.1

Amount of the Notes, Final Terms and Legal Opinions

The Notes will be issued in Series in an aggregate nominal amount from time to time outstanding not exceeding the Programme Limit from time to time and for the purpose of determining such aggregate nominal amount Clause 3.5 of the Programme Agreement shall apply.

By not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time) on the London Business Day preceding each proposed Issue Date, the relevant Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a copy of the applicable Final Terms and shall notify the Trustee in writing without delay of the relevant Issue Date and the nominal amount of the Notes to be issued. Upon the issue of the relevant Notes, such Notes shall become constituted by this Trust Deed without further formality.

Before the first issue of Notes occurring after each anniversary of this Deed and on such other occasions as the Trustee acting reasonably so requests (on the basis that the Trustee considers it necessary in view of a change (or proposed change) in applicable law or regulations (or the interpretation or application thereof) affecting the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors, this Trust Deed, the Programme Agreement or the Agency Agreement, or the Trustee has other grounds), the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors will procure that further legal opinion(s) (relating, if applicable, to any such change or proposed change (or interpretation or application)) in such form and with such content as the Trustee may require from

 

19


the legal advisers specified in the Programme Agreement or such other legal advisers as the Trustee may require is/are delivered to the Trustee. Whenever such a request is made with respect to any Notes to be issued, the receipt of such opinion in a form satisfactory to the Trustee shall be a further condition precedent to the issue of those Notes.

 

2.2

Covenant to repay principal and to pay interest

The relevant Issuer covenants with the Trustee that it will, as and when the Notes of any Series or any of them becomes due to be redeemed in accordance with the Conditions, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in the relevant currency in immediately available funds the principal amount in respect of the Notes of such Series becoming due for redemption on that date and (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) shall (subject to the provisions of the Conditions) in the meantime and until redemption in full of the Notes of such Series (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee as aforesaid interest (which shall accrue from day to day) on the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding of such Series at rates and/or in amounts calculated from time to time in accordance with, or specified in, and on the dates provided for in, the Conditions (subject to Clause 2.4) PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (a)

every payment of principal or interest or other sum due in respect of the Notes made to or to the order of the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall be in satisfaction pro tanto of the relative covenant by the relevant Issuer in this Clause contained in relation to the Notes of such Series, except to the extent that there is a default in the subsequent payment thereof in accordance with the Conditions to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be);

 

  (b)

in the case of any payment of principal made to the Trustee or the Agent after the due date or on or after accelerated maturity following an Event of Default, interest shall (subject, where applicable, as provided in the Conditions) continue to accrue on the nominal amount of the relevant Notes (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 6(h) shall apply) (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher, the rate of interest on judgment debts for the time being provided by English law) up to and including the date which the Trustee determines to be the date on and after which payment is to be made in respect thereof as stated in a notice given to the holders of such Notes (such date to be not later than seven days after the day on which the whole of such principal amount, together with an amount equal to the interest which has accrued and is to accrue pursuant to this proviso up to and including that date, has been received by the Trustee or the Agent); and

 

  (c)

in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount of any Note is improperly withheld or refused upon due presentation thereof (other than in circumstances contemplated by (b) above), interest shall accrue on the nominal amount of such Note (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 6(h) shall apply) payment of which has been so withheld or refused (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher, the rate of interest on judgment debts for the time being provided by English law) from the date of such withholding or refusal until the date on which, upon further presentation of the relevant Note, payment of the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency payable in respect of such Note is made or (if earlier) the seventh day after notice is given to the relevant Noteholder(s) (whether individually or in accordance with Condition 13) that the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency in respect of such Note is available for payment, provided that, upon further presentation thereof being duly made, such payment is made.

 

20


The Trustee will hold the benefit of this covenant on trust for the Noteholders and the Couponholders and itself in accordance with this Trust Deed.

 

2.3

Trustee’s requirements regarding Paying Agents

At any time after an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred, the Trustee may:

 

  (a)

by notice in writing to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Agent and any other Paying Agent require the Agent and any other Paying Agent, until notified by the Trustee to the contrary, so far as permitted by applicable law:

 

  (i)

to act as Paying Agents of the Trustee under this Trust Deed and the Notes on the terms of the Agency Agreement (with consequential amendments as necessary and except that the Trustee’s liability for the indemnification, remuneration and expenses of the Paying Agents will be limited to the amounts for the time being held by the Trustee in respect of the Notes on the terms of this Trust Deed) and thereafter to hold all Notes and Coupons and all moneys, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons to the order of the Trustee; or

 

  (ii)

to deliver all Notes and Coupons and all moneys, documents and records held by them in respect of the Notes and Coupons to the Trustee or as the Trustee directs in such notice; and

 

  (b)

by notice in writing to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors require them to make all subsequent payments in respect of the Notes and Coupons to or to the order of the Trustee and not to the Agent.

 

2.4

Rate and amount of interest

If the Floating Rate Notes of any Series become immediately due and repayable under Condition 9(a), the rate and/or amount of interest payable in respect of them will be calculated at the same intervals as if such Notes had not become due and repayable, the first of which will commence on the expiry of the Interest Period during which the Notes of the relevant Series become so due and repayable mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Condition 4(b) except that the rates of interest need not be published.

 

2.5

Currency of payments

All payments in respect of, under and in connection with this Trust Deed and the Notes of any Series to the relevant Noteholders and Couponholders shall be made in the relevant currency.

 

2.6

Further Notes

The relevant Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time (but subject always to the provisions of this Trust Deed) without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, to create and issue further Notes ranking pari passu in all respects (or in all respects save for the date from which interest thereon accrues and the amount of the first payment of interest on such further Notes) and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding Notes of a particular Series.

 

21


2.7

Separate Series

The Notes of each Series shall form a separate Series of Notes and accordingly, unless for any purpose the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall otherwise determine, the provisions of this Clause and of Clauses 3 to 14 (both inclusive), 15.3, 16, 17 and Schedule 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis separately and independently to the Notes of each Series and in such Clauses and Schedule the expressions Notes , Noteholders , Coupons , Couponholders , Talons and Talonholders shall be construed accordingly.

 

3.

FORM OF THE NOTES

 

3.1

Global Notes

 

  (a)

The Notes of each Tranche will initially be represented by a single Global Note. Each Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes together with, where applicable, (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable, Talons attached, in accordance with the provisions of such Global Note.

All Global Notes shall be prepared, completed and delivered to a common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or a common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement or (in the case of a CGN) to another appropriate depositary in accordance with any other agreement between the relevant Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) and, in each case, the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed.

 

  (b)

Each Global Note shall be printed or typed in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 and may be a facsimile. Each Global Note shall have annexed thereto a copy of the applicable Final Terms and shall be signed manually or in facsimile by two directors or one director and the secretary or assistant secretary of the relevant Issuer, and shall be authenticated by or on behalf of the Agent and shall, in the case of a Eurosystem-eligible NGN or in the case of a Non-eligible NGN in respect of which effectuation is to be applicable, be effectuated by the common safekeeper acting on the instructions of the Agent. Each Global Note so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid obligation of the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

 

3.2

Definitive Notes

 

  (a)

The Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall be to bearer in the respective forms or substantially in the respective forms set out in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4, respectively, of Schedule 2. The Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall be serially numbered and, if listed or quoted, shall be security printed in accordance with the requirements (if any) from time to time of the relevant Stock Exchange and the relevant Conditions shall be incorporated by reference (where applicable to this Trust Deed) into such Definitive Notes if permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange (if any), or, if not so permitted, the Definitive Notes shall be endorsed with or have attached thereto the relevant Conditions, and, in either such case, the Definitive Notes shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto a copy of the applicable Final Terms (or the relevant provisions thereof). Title to the Definitive Notes, the Coupons and the Talons shall pass by delivery.

 

  (b)

The Definitive Notes shall be signed manually or in facsimile by two directors or one director and the secretary or assistant secretary of the relevant Issuer, and shall be authenticated by or on behalf of the Agent. The Definitive Notes so executed and authenticated, and the Coupons and Talons, upon execution, and upon execution and authentication of the Definitive Notes, shall be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer. The Coupons and the Talons shall be signed manually or in facsimile by two directors or one director and the secretary or assistant secretary of the relevant Issuer. No Definitive Note and none of the Coupons or Talons appertaining to such Definitive Note shall be binding or valid until such Definitive Note shall have been executed and authenticated and the Coupons or Talons shall have been executed, in each case as aforesaid.

 

22


3.3

Facsimile Signatures

The relevant Issuer may use the facsimile signature of any person who at the date such signature is affixed to a Note is duly authorised by the relevant Issuer or a director or a secretary of the relevant Issuer notwithstanding that at the time of issue of any of the Notes he may have ceased for any reason to be so authorised or to hold such office.

 

3.4

Persons to be treated as Noteholders

Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent (notwithstanding any notice to the contrary and whether or not it is overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) may (a) for the purpose of making payment thereon or on account thereof deem and treat the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon and of all rights thereunder free from all encumbrances, and shall not be required to obtain proof of such ownership or as to the identity of the bearer and (b) for all other purposes deem and treat:

 

  (a)

the bearer of any Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon; and

 

  (b)

each person for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as having a particular nominal amount of Notes credited to his securities account,

as the absolute owner thereof free from all encumbrances and shall not be required to obtain proof of such ownership or as to the identity of the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon.

 

4.

STAMP DUTIES AND TAXES

 

4.1

Stamp Duties

The relevant Issuer will pay any stamp, issue, documentary or other taxes and duties, including interest and penalties, payable in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Belgium and Luxembourg in respect of the creation, issue and offering of the Notes and the Coupons and the execution or delivery of this Trust Deed. The relevant Issuer will also indemnify the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders from and against all stamp, issue, documentary or other taxes paid by any of them in any jurisdiction in connection with any action taken by or on behalf of the Trustee or, as the case may be, the Noteholders or the Couponholders to enforce the relevant Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Trust Deed.

 

4.2

Change of Taxing Jurisdiction

If the relevant Issuer or a Guarantor becomes subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of a territory or an authority of or in that territory having power to tax other than or in addition to the United Kingdom (in the case of BATIF and British American Tobacco) or The Netherlands (in the case of BATHTN and BATNF) or the United States (in the case of BATCAP) or any such authority of or in such territory then such Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor will (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give the Trustee an undertaking satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 with the substitution for, or (as the case may require) the addition to, the references in that Condition to the United Kingdom (in the case of BATIF and British American

 

23


Tobacco), The Netherlands (in the case of BATHTN and BATNF) or the United States (in the case of BATCAP) of references to that other or additional territory or authority to whose taxing jurisdiction such Issuer or the relevant Guarantor has become so subject. In such event this Trust Deed and the Notes will be read accordingly.

 

5.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

5.1

Guarantee

The Guarantors, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that, if the relevant Issuer does not pay any sum payable by it under this Trust Deed by the time and on the date specified for such payment (whether on the normal due date, on acceleration or otherwise), the Guarantors will pay that sum to or to the order of the Trustee, in the manner provided in Clause 2.2 (or if in respect of sums due under Clause 9, in London in pounds sterling in immediately available funds) before close of business on that date in the city to which payment is so to be made. Clause 2.2(a), (b) and (c) will apply (with consequential amendments as necessary) to such payments other than those in respect of sums due under Clause 9. All payments under this Trust Deed by the Guarantors will be made subject to the provisions of Clause 4.2, Condition 7 and Subclause 5.9 of this Clause.

 

5.2

Guarantor(s) as Principal Debtor

As between the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders but without affecting the relevant Issuer’s obligations, each of the Guarantors will be liable under this Clause as if it were the sole principal debtor and not merely a surety. Accordingly, it will not be discharged, nor will its liability be affected, by anything which would not discharge it or affect its liability if it were the sole principal debtor (including (a) any time, indulgence, waiver or consent at any time given to the relevant Issuer or any other person, (b) any amendment to any other provisions of this Trust Deed or to the Conditions or to any security or other guarantee or indemnity, (c) the making or absence of any demand on the relevant Issuer or any other person for payment, (d) the enforcement or absence of enforcement of this Trust Deed or of any security or other guarantee or indemnity, (e) the taking, existence or release of any security, guarantee or indemnity, (f) the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation of the relevant Issuer or any other person or (g) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of or any defect in any provision of this Trust Deed or any of the relevant Issuer’s obligations under any of them).

 

5.3

Guarantor’s Obligations Continuing

Each of the Guarantors’ obligations under this Trust Deed are and will remain in full force and effect by way of continuing security until no sum remains payable under this Trust Deed. Furthermore, the obligations of the Guarantors are additional to, and not instead of, any security or other guarantee or indemnity at any time existing in favour of any person, whether from the Guarantors or otherwise and may be enforced without first having recourse to the relevant Issuer, any other person, any security or any other guarantee or indemnity. Each of the Guarantors irrevocably waives (a) any right which it has whether by virtue of the droit de discussion or otherwise to require that recourse be had to the assets of the relevant Issuer before any claim is enforced against it and (b) all notices and demands of any kind.

 

5.4

Exercise of Guarantor’s Rights

So long as any sum remains due and outstanding under this Trust Deed:

 

  (a)

any right of a Guarantor, by reason of the performance of any of its obligations under this Clause, to be indemnified by the relevant Issuer or to take the benefit of or to enforce any security or other guarantee or indemnity will be exercised and enforced by such Guarantor only in such manner and on such terms as the Trustee may require or approve; and

 

24


  (b)

any amount received or recovered by a Guarantor (a) as a result of any exercise of any such right or (b) in the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation of the relevant Issuer will be immediately paid to the Trustee and the Trustee will hold it on the trusts set out in Clause 6.1.

 

5.5

Suspense Account

Any amount received or recovered by the Trustee (otherwise than as a result of a payment by the relevant Issuer to the Trustee in accordance with Clause 2) in respect of any sum payable by the relevant Issuer under this Trust Deed may be placed in a suspense account and kept there for so long as the Trustee thinks fit.

 

5.6

Avoidance of Payments

If any payment received by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed is, on the subsequent bankruptcy or insolvency of the relevant Issuer, avoided under any laws related to bankruptcy or insolvency, such payment will not be considered as having discharged or diminished the liability of the Guarantors and this Guarantee will continue to apply as if such payment had at all times remained owing by the relevant Issuer.

 

5.7

Debts of Issuer

If any moneys become payable by the Guarantors under this Guarantee, the relevant Issuer will not (except in the event of the liquidation of the relevant Issuer), so long as any such moneys remain unpaid, pay any moneys for the time being due from the relevant Issuer to any of the Guarantors.

 

5.8

Indemnity

As separate, independent and alternative stipulations, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably agrees (a) that any sum which, although expressed to be payable by the relevant Issuer under this Trust Deed, is for any reason (whether or not now existing and whether or not now known or becoming known to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder) not recoverable from a Guarantor on the basis of a guarantee will nevertheless be recoverable from it as if it were the sole principal debtor and will be paid by it to the Trustee on demand and (b) as a primary obligation to indemnify the Trustee, each Noteholder and each Couponholder against any loss suffered by it as a result of (i) any sum expressed to be payable by the relevant Issuer under this Trust Deed not being paid on the date and otherwise in the manner specified in this Trust Deed or (ii) any payment obligation of the relevant Issuer under this Trust Deed being or becoming void, voidable or unenforceable for any reason (whether or not now existing and whether or not now known or becoming known to the Trustee, any Noteholder or any Couponholder), the amount of that loss being the amount expressed to be payable by the relevant Issuer in respect of the relevant sum.

 

5.9

Taxes

 

  (a)

All payments of principal and interest by the Guarantors will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges (together, Taxes ) of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of the United Kingdom (in the case of BATIF and British American Tobacco), The Netherlands (in the case of BATHTN and BATNF) and the United States (in the case of BATCAP) or any political subdivision thereof or any authority

 

25


  thereof or therein having power to levy the same unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the relevant Guarantor shall (subject as provided below) pay such amounts (the Additional Amounts ) as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such Taxes been required to be withheld or deducted.

 

  (b)

No Additional Amounts will be payable by BATIF or British American Tobacco in respect of Notes or Coupons:

 

  (i)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is liable for such withheld or deducted Taxes by reason of his having some connection with the United Kingdom other than the mere holding of a Note or Coupon; or

 

  (ii)

to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder if such withholding or deduction may be avoided by complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to any authority of or in the United Kingdom, unless such holder proves that he is not entitled so to comply or to make such declaration or claim; or

 

  (iii)

presented for payment in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (iv)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date.

 

  (c)

No Additional Amounts will be payable by BATHTN or BATNF in respect of Notes or Coupons:

 

  (i)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is liable for such withheld or deducted Taxes by reason of his having some connection with The Netherlands other than the mere holding of a Note or Coupon; or

 

  (ii)

to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder if such withholding or deduction may be avoided by complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to any authority of or in The Netherlands, unless such holder proves that he is not entitled so to comply or to make such declaration or claim; or

 

  (iii)

presented for payment in The Netherlands; or

 

  (iv)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date.

 

  (d)

In relation to BATCAP, the obligations set out in subclause 5.9(a) above shall not apply to:

 

  (i)

any such Taxes which would not have been so imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between the holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of or possessor of a power over such holder, if such holder is an estate, a trust, a partnership or a corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such holder (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been engaged in a trade or business therein or being or having been present therein, or having or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) such holder’s present or former status

 

26


  as a personal holding company, passive foreign investment company, controlled foreign corporation or private foundation or other tax-exempt organisation (in each case, for United States federal income tax purposes), or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income taxes; or

 

  (ii)

any such Taxes which would not have been so imposed but for the presentation of a Note or Coupon for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date; or

 

  (iii)

any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property Taxes or any similar Taxes; or

 

  (iv)

any such Taxes which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder of a Note or Coupon, if such compliance is required by statute, by regulation of the United States Treasury Department or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party as a precondition to relief or exemption from such Taxes; or

 

  (v)

any such Taxes which are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments in respect of a Note or Coupon; or

 

  (vi)

any such Taxes imposed on interest received by a 10 per cent. shareholder of the Issuer within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code ) (or any amended or successor provisions); or

 

  (vii)

any such Taxes imposed by reason of a holder of a Note or Coupon being or having been a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions); or

 

  (viii)

any backup withholding imposed pursuant to Section 3406 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions); or

 

  (ix)

any such Taxes imposed pursuant to Section 871(h)(6) or 881(c)(6) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions); and

 

  (x)

any combination of clauses (i) to (ix) above;

nor will any Additional Amounts be paid in respect of a Note or Coupon to any holder who is not a United States Alien or to any United States Alien who is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of any such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the holder of such Note or Coupon. The term “ United States Alien ” means any person who, for United States federal income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust or a foreign partnership any partner of which is for United States federal income tax purposes a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust or any such foreign partnership.

 

27


6.

APPLICATION OF MONEYS AND PARTIAL PAYMENTS

 

6.1

Declaration of Trust

All moneys received by the Trustee under this Trust Deed from the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors (including any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes or Coupons which have become void under Condition 8) shall, unless and to the extent attributable, in the opinion of the Trustee, to a particular Series of the Notes, be apportioned pari passu and rateably between each Series of the Notes, and all moneys received by the Trustee under this Trust Deed from the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors to the extent attributable in the opinion of the Trustee to a particular Series of the Notes or which are apportioned to such Series as aforesaid, be held by the Trustee upon trust to apply them (subject to Clause 5.5 and Clause 7):

FIRST in payment or satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under these presents to the Trustee and/or any appointee;

SECONDLY in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of that Series;

THIRDLY in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of each other Series; and

FOURTHLY in payment of the balance (if any) to the relevant Issuer (without prejudice to, or liability in respect of, any question as to how such payment to the relevant Issuer shall be dealt with as between the relevant Issuer and any other person) or, in the event that any moneys were received from any Guarantor, to the extent of such moneys, to such Guarantor.

Without prejudice to this Subclause 6.1, if the Trustee holds any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims have been prescribed under Condition 8, the Trustee will hold such moneys on the above trusts.

 

6.2

Partial Payments

Upon any payment under Subclause 6.1 (other than payment in full against surrender of a Note or Coupon) the Note or Coupon in respect of which such payment is made shall be produced to the Trustee or the Paying Agent by or through whom such payment is made and (except in the case of a NGN) the Trustee shall or shall cause such Paying Agent to enface thereon a memorandum of the amount and the date of payment but the Trustee may in any particular case dispense with such production and enfacement upon such indemnity being given as it shall think sufficient.

 

7.

INVESTMENT BY THE TRUSTEE

 

7.1

No provision of these presents shall (a) confer on the Trustee any right to exercise any investment discretion in relation to the assets subject to the trust constituted by these presents and, to the extent permitted by law, Section 3 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by these presents and (b) require the Trustee to do anything which may cause the Trustee to be considered a sponsor of a covered fund under Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

7.2

The Trustee may deposit moneys in respect of the Notes in its name in an account at such bank or other financial institution as the Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, think fit. If that bank or financial institution is the Trustee or a subsidiary, holding or associated company of the Trustee, the Trustee need only account for an amount of interest equal to the amount of interest which would, at then current rates, be payable by it on such a deposit to an independent customer.

 

28


7.3

The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event that any deposits in respect of the Notes are held by a bank or a financial institution in the name of the Trustee and the interest rate in respect of certain currencies is a negative value such that the application thereof would result in amounts being debited from funds held by such bank or financial institution (“ negative interest ”), the Trustee shall not be liable to make up any shortfall or be liable for any loss.

 

7.4

The Trustee may at its discretion accumulate such deposits and the resulting interest and other income derived thereon. The accumulated deposits shall be applied under Clause 6. All interest and other income deriving from such deposits shall be applied first in payment or satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under Clause 6 to the Trustee and otherwise held for the benefit of and paid to the Noteholders of such Series or the holders of the related Coupons, as the case may be.

 

8.

COVENANTS

So long as any of the Notes of any Series remains outstanding, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors will each:

 

  (a)

Books of Account : keep, and use reasonable endeavours to procure that each of their respective subsidiaries keeps, proper books of account and, at any time after an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or if the Trustee reasonably believes that such an event has occurred, so far as permitted by applicable law, allow, and procure that each of their respective subsidiaries will allow, the Trustee and anyone appointed by it to whom the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors and/or the relevant subsidiary has no reasonable objection, access to its books of account at all reasonable times during normal business hours;

 

  (b)

Notice of Events of Default : notify the Trustee in writing immediately on becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;

 

  (c)

Information : so far as permitted by applicable law, give the Trustee such information as it reasonably requires to perform its functions pursuant to this Trust Deed;

 

  (d)

Financial Statements etc : send to the Trustee at the time of their issue and in the case of annual financial statements in any event within 180 days of the end of each financial year three copies (in English) of every balance sheet, profit and loss account, report or other notice, statement or circular issued, or which legally or contractually should be issued, to the members or creditors (or any class of them) of the relevant Issuer or the Guarantors or any Holding Company thereof, as the case may be, generally in its or their capacity as such;

 

  (e)

Certificates of Directors : send to the Trustee, within 30 days of its annual audited financial statements being made available to its members, and also within 30 days of any request by the Trustee, a certificate of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, each Guarantor signed by any two of its Directors or any one of its Directors and its Secretary or Assistant Secretary that, having made all reasonable enquiries, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor as at a date (the Certification Date ) not more than five days before the date of the certificate no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or other breach of this Trust Deed existed or had occurred since the Certification Date of the last such certificate or, if none, the date of this Deed or, if such an event exists or had occurred, giving details of it;

 

 

29


  (f)

Notices to Bondholders : send, or procure that the Agent sends, to the Trustee at least 48 hours prior to publication the form of each notice to be given to Noteholders and, once given, two copies of each such notice, such notice to be in a form approved in writing by the Trustee (such approval, unless expressed to do so not to constitute approval for the purposes of Section 21 of the FSMA of a communication within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA);

 

  (g)

Further Acts : so far as permitted by applicable law, do such further things as may be necessary in the opinion of the Trustee to give effect to this Trust Deed;

 

  (h)

Notice of late payment : forthwith upon request by the Trustee give notice to the Noteholders of any unconditional payment to the Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Notes or Coupons made after the due date for such payment;

 

  (i)

Listing : use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the quotation or listing of the Notes on the Stock Exchange but, if it is unable to do so, having used such endeavours, or if the obtaining or maintenance of such quotation or listing is agreed by the Trustee to be unduly onerous and the Trustee is satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders would not be thereby materially prejudiced, instead use all reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a quotation or listing of the Notes on another stock exchange approved in writing by the Trustee;

 

  (j)

Change in Agents : give at least 14 days’ prior notice to the Noteholders of any future appointment, resignation or removal of any Agent, Calculation Agent, Reference Bank or other Paying Agent or of any change by any Paying Agent or Reference Bank of its specified office and not make any such appointment or removal without the Trustee’s written approval;

 

  (k)

Notes held by Issuer etc : send to the Trustee as soon as practicable after being so requested by the Trustee a certificate of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, each Guarantor signed by any two of its Directors or any one of its Directors and its Secretary or Assistant Secretary stating the number and nominal amount of Notes held at the date of such certificate by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer or, as the case may be, each Guarantor or their respective subsidiaries;

 

  (l)

Payment of interest in the United States : if, in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions, interest in respect of the Notes becomes payable at the specified office of any Paying Agent in the United States of America promptly give notice thereof to the relative Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13;

 

  (m)

Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg : use all reasonable endeavours to procure that Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (as the case may be) issue(s) any record, certificate or other document requested by the Trustee under Clause 10.17 or otherwise as soon as practicable after such request;

 

  (n)

Drawings : give prior written notice to the Trustee of any proposed redemption pursuant to Conditions 6(b) or 7(c) and, if it shall have given notice to the Noteholders of its intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Condition 6(c), duly proceed to make drawings (if appropriate) and to redeem Notes accordingly;

 

  (o)

Programme Agreement : promptly provide the Trustee with copies of all supplements and/or amendments and/or restatements of the Programme Agreement; and

 

 

30


  (p)

Holding Company : in the event that any company, the share capital of which is or is to be listed on the London Stock Exchange, becomes the ultimate Holding Company of British American Tobacco, procure that such Holding Company shall become a guarantor under this Trust Deed, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, with effect from the later of (i) the date on which such company becomes the ultimate Holding Company of British American Tobacco and (ii) the date on which the share capital of such Holding Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange and, in such event, the term “Guarantors” herein shall be deemed to include such Holding Company.

 

9.

REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF THE TRUSTEE

 

9.1

Normal Remuneration

So long as the Notes remain outstanding the relevant Issuer will pay the Trustee as remuneration for its services as Trustee such sum on such dates in each case as they may from time to time agree. Such remuneration will accrue from day to day from the date of this Deed or as otherwise agreed between the relevant Issuer, and the Trustee from time to time and shall be payable on such dates as they may from time to time agree. Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day and be payable (in priority to payments to Noteholders and Couponholders) up to and including the date when, all the Notes having become due for redemption, the moneys payable in respect thereof have been paid to the Agent or the Trustee. However, if any payment to a Noteholder or Couponholder of moneys due in respect of any Note or Coupon is improperly withheld or refused, such remuneration will again accrue as from the date of such withholding or refusal until payment to such Noteholder or Couponholder is duly made.

 

9.2

Extra Remuneration

If an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred the relevant Issuer hereby agrees that the Trustee shall be entitled to be paid additional remuneration, which may be calculated at its normal hourly rates in force from time to time. In any other case, if the Trustee finds it expedient or necessary or is requested by the relevant Issuer to undertake duties which they both agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the Trustee’s normal duties under this Trust Deed, the relevant Issuer will pay such additional remuneration as they may agree (which may be calculated by reference to the Trustee’s normal hourly rates in force from time to time) or, in the event of the Trustee and the relevant Issuer failing to agree as to any of the matters in this Subclause (or as to such sums referred to in Subclause 9.1), as determined by an investment bank or other person (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Trustee and approved by the relevant Issuer or, failing such approval, nominated by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales. The expenses involved in such nomination and such investment bank’s or other person’s fee will be payable by the relevant Issuer. The determination of such investment bank or other person will be conclusive and binding on the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

9.3

Expenses

The relevant Issuer will also on demand by the Trustee pay or discharge all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred by the Trustee in the preparation and execution of this Trust Deed and the performance of its functions under this Trust Deed including, but not limited to, legal and travelling expenses and any stamp, documentary or other taxes or duties paid by the Trustee in connection with any legal proceedings reasonably brought or contemplated by the Trustee against the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor to enforce any provision of, or resolving any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to this Trust Deed.

 

 

31


9.4

Indemnity

The relevant Issuer will indemnify the Trustee in respect of all liabilities and expenses properly incurred by it or by anyone appointed by it or to whom any of its functions hereunder may be delegated by it in the carrying out of its functions hereunder and against any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand or expense (including, but not limited to, all costs, charges and expenses paid or incurred in disputing or defending any of the foregoing) which any of them may incur or which may be made against any of them arising out of or in relation to or in connection with, its appointment or the exercise of its functions hereunder.

 

9.5

Rate of Interest

All amounts due and payable pursuant to Subclauses 9.3 and 9.4 shall be payable by the relevant Issuer on the date specified in a demand in writing by the Trustee. The rate of interest applicable to such payments shall be a rate equivalent to the Trustee’s cost of borrowing and interest shall accrue:

 

  (a)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee before the date of such written demand from the date on which the payment was made or such later date as specified in such written demand; or

 

  (b)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee on or after the date of the written demand, from the date specified in such written demand, which date shall not be a date earlier than the date such payments are made.

A certificate from the Trustee as to the Trustee’s cost of borrowing on any particular date shall be conclusive and binding on the relevant Issuer. All remuneration payable to the Trustee shall carry interest at the rate specified in this clause 9.5 from the date thereof.

 

9.6

Continuing Effect

Subclauses 9.3 and 9.4 will continue in full force and effect as regards the Trustee even if it no longer is Trustee.

 

9.7

Apportionment

The Trustee shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to determine in respect of which Series of Notes any liabilities, costs, charges and expenses incurred under this Trust Deed have been incurred or to allocate any such liabilities, costs, charges and expenses between the Notes of more than one Series.

 

9.8

No withholding or deduction

All payments to be made by the relevant Issuer to the Trustee under clause 9 of this Trust Deed shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within any relevant jurisdiction or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the relevant Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made, leave the Trustee with the full amount which would have been received by it had no such withholding or deduction been required.

 

 

32


10.

PROVISIONS SUPPLEMENTAL TO THE TRUSTEE ACTS

 

10.1

Advice

The Trustee may act on the opinion or advice of, or information obtained from, any expert and will not be responsible to anyone for any loss occasioned by so acting. Any such opinion, advice or information may be sent or obtained by letter, telex or fax and the Trustee will not be liable to anyone for acting in good faith on any opinion, advice or information purporting to be conveyed by such means even if it contains some error or is not authentic.

 

10.2

Trustee to Assume Performance

The Trustee need not notify anyone of the execution of this Trust Deed or do anything to find out if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred. Until it has actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no such event has occurred and that the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors are performing all their obligations under this Trust Deed.

 

10.3

Resolutions of Noteholders

The Trustee will not be responsible for having acted in good faith on a resolution in writing or any resolution purporting to have been passed at a meeting of Noteholders in respect of which minutes have been made and signed or any Extraordinary Resolution passed by way of electronic consents received through the relevant Clearing System(s) in accordance with this Trust Deed even if it is later found that there was a defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution, (in the case of a resolution in writing) that not all the holders had signed the resolution or (in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution passed by electronic consents received through the relevant Clearing System(s)) it was not approved by the requisite number of Noteholders or that the resolution was not valid or binding on the Noteholders or the Couponholders.

 

10.4

Certificate signed by Directors

If the Trustee, in the exercise of its functions, requires to be satisfied or to have information as to any fact or the expediency of any act, it may call for and accept as sufficient evidence of that fact or the expediency of that act a certificate signed by any two Directors or any one Director and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor (as the case may be) as to that fact or to the effect that, in their opinion, that act is expedient and the Trustee need not call for further evidence and will not be responsible for any loss occasioned by acting on such a certificate.

 

10.5

Deposit of Documents

The Trustee may deposit this Trust Deed and any other documents with any bank or entity whose business includes the safe custody of documents or with any lawyer or firm of lawyers believed by it to be of good repute and may pay all sums due in respect thereof.

 

10.6

Discretion

The Trustee will have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of its functions and will not be responsible for any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand, expense or inconvenience which may result from their exercise or non-exercise.

 

33


10.7

Agents

Whenever it considers it expedient in the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee may, in the conduct of its trust business, instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent selected by it, whether or not a lawyer or other professional person, to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do or concur in doing all acts required to be done by the Trustee (including the receipt and payment of money). If the Trustee exercises reasonable care in selecting such agent, the Trustee will not be responsible to anyone for any misconduct or omission by any such agent so employed by it or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such agent.

 

10.8

Delegation

Whenever it considers it expedient in the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee may delegate to any person on any terms (including power to sub-delegate) all or any of its functions. If the Trustee exercises reasonable care in selecting such delegate, it will not have any obligation to supervise such delegate or be responsible for any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand or expense incurred by reason of any misconduct or default by any such delegate or sub-delegate.

 

10.9

Forged Bonds

The Trustee will not be liable to the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor or any Noteholder or Couponholder by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note or Coupon purporting to be such and later found to be forged or not authentic.

 

10.10

Confidentiality

Unless ordered to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction the Trustee shall not be required to disclose to any Noteholder or Couponholder any confidential, financial or other information made available to the Trustee by the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor or any other person.

 

10.11

Determinations Conclusive

As between itself and the Noteholders and Couponholders the Trustee may determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of this Trust Deed. Such determinations, whether made upon such a question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, will be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.12

Currency Conversion

Where it is necessary or desirable to convert any sum from one currency to another, it will (unless otherwise provided hereby or required by law) be converted at such rate or rates, in accordance with such method and as at such date as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee but having regard to current rates of exchange, if available. Any rate, method and date so specified will be binding on the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.13

Events of Default

The Trustee may determine whether or not an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is in its opinion capable of remedy and/or materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

10.14

Payment for and Delivery of Notes

The Trustee will not be responsible for the receipt or application by the relevant Issuer of the proceeds of the issue of the Notes, any exchange of Notes or the delivery of Notes to the persons entitled to them.

 

 

34


10.15

Notes held by the Issuer etc

In the absence of knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume without enquiry (other than requesting a certificate under Clause 8(k)) that no Notes are for the time being held by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective subsidiaries.

 

10.16

Interests of Noteholders as a class

In connection with the exercise by it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities or discretions under this Trust Deed (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation or determination), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 and/or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor under this Trust Deed.

 

10.17

Certificate of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg

The Trustee may call for and rely on any record and/or document and/or evidence and/or information and/or certification to be issued or given by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg (a) as to the nominal amount of Notes represented by a Global Note standing to the account of any person and/or (b) in relation to any determination of the nominal amount of Notes represented by a NGN. Any such certificate or other document shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Any such certificate or other document may comprise any form of statement or print out of electronic records provided by the relevant clearing system (including Euroclear’s EUCLID or Clearstream, Luxembourg’s Creation Online system) in accordance with its usual procedures. The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any record and/or document and/or evidence and/or information and/or certification to such effect purporting to be issued or given by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic.

 

10.18

Trustee not bound to act

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Trust Deed, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of the discretions hereby vested in the Trustee, but, whenever the Trustee is under the provisions of this Trust Deed bound to act at the request or direction of the Noteholders, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing, including the cost of its management’s time and/or other internal resources, calculated using its normal hourly rates in force from time to time.

 

10.19

Illegality

No provision of this Trust Deed shall require the Trustee to do anything which may in its opinion be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

 

35


10.20

Trustee’s own funds

Nothing contained in this Trust Deed shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion hereunder if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

10.21

Trustee entitled to evaluate risk

When determining whether an indemnity or any security is satisfactory to it, the Trustee shall be entitled to evaluate its risk in given circumstances by considering the worst-case scenario and, for this purpose, it may take into account, without limitation, the potential costs of defending or commencing proceedings in England or elsewhere and the risk however remote, of any award of damages against it in England or elsewhere.

 

10.22

Noteholder indemnities

The Trustee shall be entitled to require that any indemnity or security given to it by the Noteholders or any of them be given on a joint and several basis and be supported by evidence satisfactory to it as to the financial standing and creditworthiness of each counterparty and/or as to the value of the security and an opinion as to the capacity, power and authority of each counterparty and/or the validity and effectiveness of the security.

 

11.

TRUSTEE LIABLE FOR NEGLIGENCE

 

11.1

The duty of care contained in Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to this Trust Deed. However, if the Trustee fails to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as trustee, nothing in this Trust Deed shall relieve or indemnify it for, from or against any liability which would otherwise attach to it in respect of any negligence, wilful default or breach of trust of which it may be guilty.

 

11.2

Notwithstanding any provision of these presents to the contrary, neither party shall in any event be liable for:

 

  (a)

loss of profit, loss of business, loss of goodwill, loss of opportunity, whether direct or indirect; and

 

  (b)

special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever,

whether or not foreseeable, whether or not such party can reasonably be regarded as having assumed responsibility at the time this Trust Deed is entered into, even if such party has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage, unless the claim for loss or damage is made in respect of fraud on the part of such party.

 

12.

WAIVER AND PROOF OF DEFAULT

 

12.1

Waiver

The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach, from time to time and at any time, if in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced thereby, on such terms as seem expedient to it, waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach by the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor of this Trust Deed or the Conditions or determine that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default will not be treated as such provided that the Trustee will not do so in contravention

 

 

36


of an express direction given by an Extraordinary Resolution or a request made pursuant to Condition 9(a). No such direction or request will affect a previous waiver, authorisation or determination. Any such waiver, authorisation or determination will be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if the Trustee so requires, will be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable.

 

12.2

Proof of Default

Proof that the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor has failed to pay a sum due to the holder of any Note or Coupon will (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that it has made the same default as regards all other Notes or Coupons which are then payable.

 

13.

TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

Neither the Trustee nor any director or officer or holding company, subsidiary or associated company of a corporation acting as a trustee under this Trust Deed shall by reason of its or his fiduciary position be in any way precluded from:

 

  (a)

entering into or being interested in any contract or financial or other transaction or arrangement with the relevant Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any person or body corporate associated with the relevant Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including without limitation any contract, transaction or arrangement of a banking or insurance nature or any contract, transaction or arrangement in relation to the making of loans or the provision of financial facilities or financial advice to, or the purchase, placing or underwriting of or the subscribing or procuring subscriptions for or otherwise acquiring, holding or dealing with, or acting as paying agent in respect of, the Notes or any other notes, bonds, stocks, shares, debenture stock, debentures or other securities of, any Issuer or any person or body corporate associated as aforesaid); or

 

  (b)

accepting or holding the trusteeship of any other trust deed constituting or securing any other securities issued by or relating to the relevant Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any such person or body corporate so associated or any other office of profit under the relevant Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any such person or body corporate so associated,

and shall be entitled to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such contract, transaction or arrangement as is referred to in (a) above or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship or office of profit as is referred to in (b) above without regard to the interests of the Noteholders and notwithstanding that the same may be contrary or prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and shall not be responsible for any liability or expense occasioned to the Noteholders thereby and shall be entitled to retain and shall not be in any way liable to account for any profit made or share of brokerage or commission or remuneration or other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith.

Where any holding company, subsidiary or associated company of the Trustee or any director or officer of the Trustee acting other than in his capacity as such a director or officer has any information, the Trustee shall not thereby be deemed also to have knowledge of such information and, unless it shall have actual knowledge of such information, shall not be responsible for any loss suffered by Noteholders resulting from the Trustee’s failing to take such information into account in acting or refraining from acting under or in relation to this Trust Deed.

 

 

37


14.

MODIFICATION AND SUBSTITUTION

 

14.1

Modification

The Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders or the Couponholders at any time and from time to time concur with the relevant Issuer in making any modification (a) to this Trust Deed which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make PROVIDED THAT the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or (b) to this Trust Deed if in the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal, minor or technical nature, to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Any such modification may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine, shall be binding upon the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, shall be notified by the relevant Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

14.2

Substitution

 

  (a)

Substitute Issuer

The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, agree to the substitution of any Guarantor or its successor in business or Holding Company or any subsidiary of any Guarantor or its successor in business or Holding Company (the Substituted Obligor ) in place of the relevant Issuer (or of any previous substitute under this Subclause) as the principal debtor under this Trust Deed provided that:

 

  (i)

amendments to this Trust Deed are made or a trust deed is executed or some other form of undertaking is given by the Substituted Obligor to the Trustee, in any such case, in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee, agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Trust Deed with any consequential amendments which the Trustee may deem appropriate as fully as if the Substituted Obligor had been named in this Trust Deed and on the Notes and Coupons as the principal debtor in place of the relevant Issuer;

 

  (ii)

where the Substituted Obligor is subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any authority of or in that territory having power to tax (the Substituted Territory ) other than the territory to the taxing jurisdiction of which (or to any such authority of or in which) the relevant Issuer is subject generally (the Issuer’s Territory ), the Substituted Obligor will (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give to the Trustee an undertaking in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 with the substitution for the references in that Condition to the relevant jurisdiction specified in such Condition of references to the Substituted Territory and in such event this Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons (including, but without limitation, Clause 4.2) will be read accordingly;

 

  (iii)

if any two of the Directors of the Substituted Obligor certify that it will be solvent immediately after such substitution, the Trustee need not have regard to the financial condition, profits or prospects of the Substituted Obligor or compare them with those of the relevant Issuer or any Guarantor; and

 

  (iv)

the obligations of the Substituted Obligor under this Trust Deed are guaranteed by the Guarantors or their successors in business or Holding Companies (or where a Guarantor or its successor in business or Holding Company is the Substituted Obligor by the other Guarantors or their successors in business or Holding Companies) in the same terms (with consequential amendments as necessary) as the Guarantee in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

 

38


  (b)

Release of Substituted Issuer

Any such agreement by the Trustee pursuant to this Subclause 14.2 will, if so expressed, operate to release the relevant Issuer (or any such previous substitute) from any or all of its obligations under this Trust Deed. Not later than 14 days after the execution of any such documents and after compliance with such requirements, notice of the substitution will be given to the Noteholders.

 

  (c)

Completion of Substitution

Upon the execution of such documents and compliance with such requirements, the Substituted Obligor will be deemed to be named in this Trust Deed and on the Notes and Coupons as the principal debtor in place of the relevant Issuer (or of any previous substitute under this Subclause 15.2) and this Trust Deed will be deemed to be modified in such manner as shall be necessary to give effect to the substitution.

 

  (d)

Substitute Guarantor

The Trustee may similarly, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, agree to the substitution of any Guarantor’s successor in business or Holding Company in place of any Guarantor, mutatis mutandis so far as applicable (except that the references to Condition 7 in paragraph 14.2(a)(ii) shall be construed as references to Clause 5.9 and paragraph 14.2(a)(iv) shall not be so applicable) upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinbefore provided, with such modifications or additions as the Trustee may agree or require.

 

  (e)

In the case of any proposed substitution pursuant to this Clause 14.2, the Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, agree to a change in law governing the Notes, the Coupons and/or this Trust Deed, provided that such change would not, in the opinion of the Trustee, be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

15.

APPOINTMENT, RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL OF THE TRUSTEE

 

15.1

Appointment

The Issuer has the power of appointing new trustees but no trustee may be so appointed unless previously approved by an Extraordinary Resolution. A trust corporation will at all times be a Trustee and may be the sole Trustee. Any appointment of a new Trustee will be notified by the relevant Issuer to the Noteholders as soon as practicable.

 

15.2

Retirement and Removal

Any Trustee may retire at any time on giving at least three months’ written notice to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors without giving any reason or being responsible for any costs occasioned by such retirement and the Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution remove any Trustee provided that the retirement or removal of a sole trust corporation will not be effective until a trust corporation is appointed as successor Trustee. If a sole trust corporation gives notice of retirement or an Extraordinary Resolution is passed for its removal, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that another trust corporation be appointed as Trustee.

 

39


15.3

Co-Trustees

The Trustee may, despite Subclause 15.1, by written notice to the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors appoint anyone to act as an additional Trustee jointly with the Trustee:

 

  (a)

if the Trustee considers the appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders and/or the Couponholders;

 

  (b)

to conform with a legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which a particular act is to be performed; or

 

  (c)

to obtain a judgment or to enforce a judgment or any provision of this Trust Deed in any jurisdiction.

Subject to the provisions of this Trust Deed the Trustee may confer on any person so appointed such functions as it thinks fit. The Trustee may by written notice to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantors and that person remove that person. At the Trustee’s request, the relevant Issuer and the Guarantors will forthwith do all things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each of them irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney in its name and on its behalf to do so other than the payment of the costs of such appointee, if any, which will be agreed between the appointee and the Issuers and the Guarantors and otherwise subject to Clause 9.

 

15.4

Competence of a Majority of Trustees

If there are more than two Trustees the majority of them will be competent to perform the Trustee’s functions provided the majority includes a trust corporation.

 

16.

HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE COUPONHOLDER

 

16.1

Wherever in this Trust Deed the Trustee is required or entitled to exercise a power, trust, authority or discretion under this Trust Deed, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by applicable law, the Trustee shall, notwithstanding that it may have express notice to the contrary, assume that each Noteholder is the holder of all Coupons appertaining to each Definitive Note of which he is the holder.

NO NOTICE TO COUPONHOLDERS

 

16.2

No notices need be given to Couponholders. They will be deemed to have notice of the contents of any notice given to Noteholders. Even if it has express notice to the contrary, in exercising any of its functions by reference to the interests of the Noteholders, the Trustee will assume that the holder of each Note is the holder of all Coupons relating to it.

 

17.

CURRENCY INDEMNITY

 

17.1

Currency of Account and Payment

The currency in which the Notes are denominated (the Contractual Currency ) is the currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the relevant Issuer or a Guarantor under or in connection with this Trust Deed in respect of such Notes and the relative Coupons, including damages.

 

17.2

Extent of discharge

An amount received or recovered in a currency other than the Contractual Currency (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the relevant Issuer or a Guarantor or otherwise), by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the relevant Issuer or a Guarantor will only discharge the relevant Issuer and the relevant Guarantor to the extent of the Contractual Currency amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

 

40


17.3

Indemnity

If the relevant Contractual Currency amount is less than the Contractual Currency amount expressed to be due to the recipient under this Trust Deed, the Notes or the Coupons, the relevant Issuer will indemnify the Trustee, any Noteholder or Couponholder against any loss sustained by any of those parties as a result. In any event, the relevant Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase.

 

17.4

Indemnity separate

This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations in this Trust Deed, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee and/or any Noteholder or Couponholder and will continue in full force and effect despite any judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under this Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons or any other judgment or order.

 

18.

COMMUNICATIONS

Any communication shall be by letter or fax:

 

  (a)

in the case of BATIF, to it (with a copy to British American Tobacco) at:

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

Tel No.             020 7845 1000

Fax No.             020 7845 0555

Attention           The Company Secretary

 

  (b)

in the case of BATHTN, to it (with a copy to British American Tobacco) at:

Handelsweg 53A

1181 ZA Amstelveen

The Netherlands

Tel No.             +31 20 5406 911

Fax No.             +31 20 6463 248

Attention           The General Manager

 

  (c)

in the case of BATNF, to it (with a copy to British American Tobacco) at:

Handelsweg 53A

1181 ZA Amstelveen

The Netherlands

Tel No. +31 20 5406 911

Fax No. +31 20 6463 248

Attention           The General Manager

 

41


  (d)

in the case of BATCAP, to it (with a copy to British American Tobacco) at:

103 Foulk Road, Suite 120

Wilmington

Delaware 19803

United States of America

Tel No. +1 302 691 6323

Fax No. +1 302 658 4269

Attention           Secretary

 

  (e)

in the case of British American Tobacco, to it at:

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

Tel No.             020 7845 1000

Fax No.             020 7845 0555

Attention           The Company Secretary

 

  (f)

and in the case of the Trustee, to it at:

Fifth Floor

100 Wood Street

London EC2V 7EX

Fax No.            020 7606 0643

Attention          The Manager, Trust Management

Communications will take effect, in the case of delivery, when delivered or, in the case of telex or fax, when received. Communications not by letter shall be confirmed by letter but failure to send or receive that letter shall not invalidate the original communication.

 

19.

GOVERNING LAW

This Trust Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

20.

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

20.1

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Trust Deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it) and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Trust Deed (together referred to as Proceedings ) may be brought in the courts of England, including any Proceedings relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Trust Deed. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to raise any objection which it may have now or subsequently to the laying of the venue of any Proceedings in the courts of England and any claim that any Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that a judgment in any Proceedings brought in the courts of England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Nothing in this Clause shall limit any right to take Proceedings against any of the parties hereto in any other court of competent jurisdiction (outside the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982), nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

42


20.2

Each of BATCAP, BATHTN and BATNF irrevocably and unconditionally appoints British American Tobacco at its registered office at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG and in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint such other person as the Trustee may approve and as BATCAP, BATHTN or BATNF, as the case may be, may nominate in writing to the Trustee for the purpose to accept service of process on its behalf in England in respect of any Proceedings. Each of BATCAP, BATHTN and BATNF:

 

  (a)

agrees to procure that, so long as any of the Notes issued by it remains liable to prescription, there shall be in force an appointment of such a person approved by the Trustee with an office in London with authority to accept service as aforesaid;

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by any such person to give notice of such service of process to BATCAP, BATHTN or BATNF, as the case may be, shall not impair the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon; and

 

  (c)

agrees that nothing in this Trust Deed shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

21.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

Each party waives any right it may have to a jury trial or any claim or cause of action in connection with this Deed or any transaction contemplated by this Deed. This Deed may be filed as a written consent to trial by court.

 

22.

COUNTERPARTS

This Deed and any trust deed supplemental hereto may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same deed and any party to this Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto may enter into the same by executing and delivering a counterpart.

 

23.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

A person who is not a party to this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been executed as a deed by BATCAP, BATIF, BATHTN, BATNF, British American Tobacco and the Trustee and delivered on the date first stated on page 1.

 

 

43


SCHEDULE 1

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

This Note is one of a Series (as defined below) of Notes issued by B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (“ BATIF ”), British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“ BATHTN ”), B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“ BATNF ”) or B.A.T Capital Corporation (“ BATCAP ”) as indicated in the applicable Final Terms (each in its capacity as the issuer of the Notes, the “ Issuers ” and, together with the other in its capacity as issuer of other notes, the “ Issuers ”) constituted by a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “ Trust Deed ”) dated 6 July 1998 made between, inter alios , each of BATIF, BATHTN, BATNF and BATCAP as an Issuer, and where it is not the Issuer of the Notes, as guarantor of notes issued by the other Issuers, British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“ British American Tobacco ”) as a guarantor and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (the “ Trustee ”, which expression shall include any successor as trustee). Each of BATIF, BATHTN, BATNF, BATCAP and British American Tobacco in its capacity as a guarantor is herein referred to as a “ Guarantor ” and all together in such capacities are herein referred to as the “ Guarantors ”. The Issuer and the Guarantors in relation to the Notes are specified in the applicable Final Terms (as defined below) and such expressions shall be construed accordingly.

References herein to the “ Notes ” shall be references to the Notes of this Series and shall mean:

 

  (i)

in relation to any Notes represented by a global Note (a “ Global Note ”), units of each Specified Denomination in the Specified Currency;

 

  (ii)

any Global Note; and

 

  (iii)

any definitive Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note.

The Notes and the Coupons (as defined below) have the benefit of an amended and restated Agency Agreement (such Agency Agreement as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “ Agency Agreement ”) dated 25 May 2018 and made between the same parties as are parties to the Trust Deed, Citibank, N.A., London Branch as issuing and principal paying agent and agent bank (the “ Agent ”, which expression shall include any successor agent) and the other paying agent named therein (together with the Agent, the “ Paying Agents ”, which expression shall include any additional or successor paying agent).

Interest bearing definitive Notes (unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Final Terms) have interest coupons (“ Coupons ”) and, if indicated in the applicable Final Terms, talons for further Coupons (“ Talons ”) attached on issue. Any reference herein to Coupons or coupons shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed to include a reference to Talons or talons. Global Notes do not have Coupons or Talons attached on issue.

The final terms for this Note (or the relevant provisions thereof) are set out in Part A of the Final Terms attached to or endorsed on this Note which supplement these Terms and Conditions and may specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with these Terms and Conditions, complete these Terms and Conditions for the purposes of this Note. References to the “ applicable Final Terms ” are to Part A of the Final Terms (or the relevant provisions thereof) attached to or endorsed on this Note.

The Trustee acts for the benefit of the holders for the time being of the Notes (the “ Noteholders ”, which expression shall, in relation to any Notes represented by a Global Note, be construed as provided below) and the holders of the Coupons (the “ Couponholders ”, which expression shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include the holders of the Talons), in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed.

 

 

44


As used herein, “ Tranche ” means Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing and admission to trading) and “ Series ” means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes which are (i) expressed to be consolidated and form a single series with an existing Tranche of Notes; and (ii) identical in all respects (including as to listing and admission to trading) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices.

Copies of the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the applicable Final Terms are available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered office for the time being of the Trustee (being at the date of this Base Prospectus at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX) and at the specified office of each of the Paying Agents. The Noteholders and the Couponholders are deemed to have notice of, and are entitled to the benefit of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the applicable Final Terms which are applicable to them. The statements in these Terms and Conditions include summaries of, and are subject to, the detailed provisions of and definitions contained in the Trust Deed.

Words and expressions defined in the Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or used in the applicable Final Terms shall have the same meanings where used in these Terms and Conditions unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated and provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement and the Trust Deed, the Trust Deed will prevail and, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement or the Trust Deed and the applicable Final Terms, the applicable Final Terms will prevail.

In the Conditions, “ euro ” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, as amended.

 

1

Form, Denomination and Title

The Notes are in bearer form and, in the case of definitive Notes, serially numbered, in the Specified Currency and the Specified Denomination(s) specified in the applicable Final Terms. Notes of one Specified Denomination may not be exchanged for Notes of another Specified Denomination.

This Note may be a Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Zero Coupon Note or a combination of any of the foregoing, depending upon the Interest Basis shown in the applicable Final Terms.

Definitive Notes are issued with Coupons attached, unless they are Zero Coupon Notes in which case references to Coupons and Couponholders in these Terms and Conditions, the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement are not applicable.

Subject as set out below, title to the Notes and Coupons will pass by delivery. The Issuer, the Guarantors and any Paying Agent will (except as otherwise required by law) deem and treat the bearer of any Note or Coupon as the absolute owner thereof (whether or not overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) for all purposes but, in the case of any Global Note, without prejudice to the provisions set out in the next succeeding paragraph.

For so long as any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note held on behalf of Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“ Euroclear ”) and/or Clearstream Banking, SA (“ Clearstream, Luxembourg ”), each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or of Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of such Notes (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Paying Agents as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes, other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, for which purpose the bearer of the relevant Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors and any Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the relevant Global Note and the expressions “ Noteholder ” and “ holder of Notes ” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

45


Notes which are represented by a Global Note will be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be. References to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, whenever the context so permits, be deemed to include a reference to any additional or alternative clearing system specified in the applicable Final Terms, or as may otherwise be approved by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Trustee.

 

2

Status of the Notes and the Guarantee

 

  (a)

Status of the Notes

The Notes and Coupons constitute direct, unconditional and (subject to the provisions of Condition 3) unsecured obligations of the Issuer and rank and will rank pari passu and without any preference among themselves and (subject as aforesaid and save to the extent that laws affecting creditors’ rights generally in a bankruptcy or winding up may give preference to any of such other obligations) equally with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer from time to time outstanding.

 

  (b)

Status of the Guarantee

The payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes together with all other amounts payable by the Issuer under or pursuant to the Trust Deed has been unconditionally and irrevocably and jointly and severally guaranteed in the Trust Deed by the Guarantors (other than the Issuer).

The obligations of each Guarantor under its guarantee constitute direct, unconditional and (subject to the provisions of Condition 3) unsecured obligations of the relevant Guarantor and (subject as aforesaid and save to the extent that laws affecting creditors’ rights generally in a bankruptcy or winding up may give preference to any of such other obligations) rank and will rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the relevant Guarantor from time to time outstanding.

The Trust Deed contains a covenant on the part of the Issuers and the Guarantors in the event that any other company, the share capital of which is or is to be admitted to the official list of the Financial Conduct Authority under Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “ Official List ”) and admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc’s Regulated Market (the “ Market ”), becomes the ultimate Holding Company of British American Tobacco, to procure that such other Holding Company shall become a guarantor under the Trust Deed, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, with effect from the later of (i) the date on which such other company becomes the ultimate Holding Company of British American Tobacco and (ii) the date on which the share capital of such other Holding Company is admitted to the Official List and admitted to trading on the Market. In such event, the term “ Guarantors ” herein shall be deemed to include such other Holding Company.

 

3

Negative Pledge

So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding (as defined in the Trust Deed) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will secure or allow to be secured any Quoted Borrowing or any payment under any guarantee by any of them of any Quoted Borrowing by any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien (other than arising by operation of law) upon any of its undertaking or assets, whether present or future, unless at the same time the same mortgage, charge, pledge or lien is extended, or security which is in the opinion of the Trustee not materially less beneficial to the Noteholders than the security given as aforesaid or which shall be approved by Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Noteholders is extended, or (as the case may be) created, in favour of the Trustee to secure equally and rateably the principal of, and interest on, and all other payments (if any) in respect of the Notes and under the Trust Deed.

For the purposes of this Condition 3, “ Quoted Borrowing ” means any indebtedness which (a) is represented by notes, debentures or other securities issued otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks and/or other lending institutions; (b) is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or

 

 

46


interest, in or by reference to any currency other than the currency of the country in which the issuer of the indebtedness has its principal place of business or is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or interest, in or by reference to the currency of such country but is placed or offered for subscription or sale by or on behalf of, or by agreement with, the issuer of such indebtedness as to over 20 per cent. outside such country; and (c) at its date of issue is, or is intended by the issuer of such indebtedness to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange or other organised and regulated securities market in any part of the world.

 

4

Interest

 

  (a)

Interest on Fixed Rate Notes

The applicable Final Terms contains provisions applicable to the determination of fixed rate interest and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 4 (a) for full information on the manner in which interest is calculated on Fixed Rate Notes. In particular, the applicable Final Terms will specify, as applicable, the Interest Commencement Date, the Rate(s) of Interest, the Interest Payment Date(s), the Maturity Date, the Fixed Coupon Amount, any applicable Broken Amount, the Calculation Amount, the Day Count Fraction and any applicable Determination Date.

Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date at the rate(s) per annum equal to the Rate(s) of Interest payable in arrear on the Interest Payment Date(s) in each year up to (and including) the Maturity Date.

If the Notes are in definitive form, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Final Terms, the amount of interest payable on each Interest Payment Date will amount to the Fixed Coupon Amount. Payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date will, if so specified in the applicable Final Terms, amount to the Broken Amount so specified.

Except in the case of Notes in definitive form where an applicable Fixed Coupon Amount or Broken Amount is specified in the applicable Final Terms, interest shall be calculated in respect of any period by applying the Rate of Interest to:

 

  (A)

in the case of Fixed Rate Notes which are represented by a Global Note, the aggregate outstanding amount of the Fixed Rate Notes represented by such Global Note; or

 

  (B)

in the case of Fixed Rate Notes in definitive form, the Calculation Amount;

and in each case, multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention.

Where the Specified Denomination of a Fixed Rate Note in definitive form is a multiple of the Calculation Amount, the amount of interest payable in respect of such Fixed Rate Note shall be the product of the amount (determined in the manner provided above) for the Calculation Amount and the amount by which the Calculation Amount is multiplied to reach the Specified Denomination, without any further rounding.

Day Count Fraction ” means in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest in accordance with

Condition 4 (a) :

 

  (i)

if “ Actual/Actual (ICMA) ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms:

 

  (A)

in the case of Notes where the number of days in the relevant period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the relevant payment date (the “ Accrual Period ”) is equal to or shorter than the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the number of days in such Accrual Period divided by the product of (1) the number of days in such Determination Period and (2) the number of Determination Dates that would occur in one calendar year; or

 

47


  (B)

in the case of Notes where the Accrual Period is longer than the Determination Period commencing on the last Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date), the sum of:

 

  (1)

the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the Determination Period in which the Accrual Period begins divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of Determination Periods normally ending in one calendar year; and

 

  (2)

the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the next Determination Period divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of Determination Periods normally ending in one calendar year;

 

  (ii)

if “ 30/360 ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the number of days in the period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the relevant payment date (such number of days being calculated on the basis of 12 30-day months) divided by 360; and

 

  (iii)

if “ Actual/365 (Fixed) ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the actual number of days in the period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the relevant payment date divided by 365.

In these Terms and Conditions:

Determination Period ” means the period from (and including) a Determination Date to (but excluding) the next Determination Date.

sub-unit ” means, with respect to any currency other than Euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, with respect to Euro, means one cent.

 

  (b)

Interest on Floating Rate Notes

The applicable Final Terms contains provisions applicable to the determination of floating rate interest and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 4 (b) for full information on the manner in which interest is calculated on Floating Rate Notes. In particular, the applicable Final Terms will identify, as applicable, any Specified Interest Payment Dates, any Specified Period, the Interest Commencement Date, the Business Day Convention, any Additional Business Centres, whether ISDA Determination or Screen Rate Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the party who will calculate the amount of interest due if it is not the Agent, the Margin, any maximum or minimum interest rates and the Day Count Fraction. Where ISDA Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the applicable Final Terms will also specify the applicable Floating Rate Option, Designated Maturity and Reset Date. Where Screen Rate Determination applies to the calculation of interest, the applicable Final Terms will also specify the applicable Reference Rate, Interest Determination Date(s) and Relevant Screen Page.

 

  (i)

Interest Payment Dates

Each Floating Rate Note bears interest from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date and such interest will be payable in arrear on either:

 

  (A)

the Specified Interest Payment Date(s) in each year specified in the applicable Final Terms; or

 

48


  (B)

if no Specified Interest Payment Date(s) is/are specified in the applicable Final Terms, each date (each such date, together with each Specified Interest Payment Date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”) which falls the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the applicable Final Terms after the preceding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, after the Interest Commencement Date.

Such interest will be payable in respect of each “ Interest Period ” (which expression shall, in these Terms and Conditions, mean the period from (and including) an Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the next (or first) Interest Payment Date).

If a Business Day Convention is specified in the applicable Final Terms and (x) if there is no numerically corresponding day on the calendar month in which an Interest Payment Date should occur or (y) if any Interest Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then, if the Business Day Convention specified is:

 

  (1)

in any case where Specified Periods are specified in accordance with Condition 4 (b) (i)(B) above, the Floating Rate Convention, such Interest Payment Date (i) in the case of (x) above, shall be the last day that is a Business Day in the relevant month and the provisions of (B) below shall apply mutatis mutandis or (ii) in the case of (y) above, shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event (A) such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day and (B) each subsequent Interest Payment Date shall be the last Business Day in the month in which the Specified Period falls after the preceding applicable Interest Payment Date occurred; or

 

  (2)

the Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day; or

 

  (3)

the Modified Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day; or

 

  (4)

the Preceding Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day.

In this Condition, “ Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) which is both:

 

  (A)

a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London and each Additional Business Centre (if any) specified in the applicable Final Terms; and

 

  (B)

either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant Specified Currency (if other than London and any Additional Business Centre and which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively) or (2) in relation to any sum payable in Euro, a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (known as TARGET2) System which was launched on 19 November 2007, or any successor thereto (the “ TARGET System ”) is operating.

 

49


  (ii)

Rate of Interest

The Rate of Interest payable from time to time in respect of Floating Rate Notes will be determined in the manner specified in the applicable Final Terms and the provisions below relating to either ISDA Determination or Screen Rate Determination shall apply, depending upon which is specified in the applicable Final Terms.

 

  (A)

ISDA Determination for Floating Rate Notes

Where ISDA Determination is specified in the applicable Final Terms as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the Rate of Interest for each Interest Period will be the relevant ISDA Rate plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Final Terms) the Margin (if any). For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (A), “ ISDA Rate ” for an Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate that would be determined by the Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for that swap transaction under the terms of an agreement incorporating the 2006 ISDA Definitions, as amended and updated as at the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes and as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the “ ISDA Definitions ”) and under which:

 

  (1)

the Floating Rate Option is as specified in the applicable Final Terms;

 

  (2)

the Designated Maturity is a period specified in the applicable Final Terms; and

 

  (3)

the relevant Reset Date is either (i) if the applicable Floating Rate Option is based on the London inter-bank offered rate (“ LIBOR ”) or on the euro-zone interbank offered rate (“ EURIBOR ”) for a currency, the first day of that Interest Period or (ii) in any other case, as specified in the applicable Final Terms.

For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (A), (i) “ Floating Rate ”, “ Calculation Agent ”, “ Floating Rate Option ”, “ Designated Maturity ”, “ Reset Date ” and “ euro-zone ” have the meanings given to those terms in the ISDA Definitions and (ii) the definition of “ Banking Day ” in the ISDA Definitions shall be amended to insert after the words “are open for” in the second line thereof the word “general”.

 

  (B)

Screen Rate Determination for Floating Rate Notes

 

  (1)

Where Screen Rate Determination is specified in the applicable Final Terms as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the Rate of Interest for each Interest Period will, subject as provided below, be either:

 

  (I)

the offered quotation; or

 

  (II)

the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the offered quotations,

(expressed as a percentage rate per annum) for the Reference Rate(s) which appears or appear, as the case may be, on the Relevant Screen Page as at 11.00 a.m. (London time, in the case of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of EURIBOR) on the Interest Determination Date in question plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Final Terms) the Margin (if any), all as determined by the Agent. If five or more of such offered quotations are available on the Relevant Screen Page, the highest (or, if there is more than one such highest quotation, one only of such quotations) and the lowest (or, if there is more than one such lowest quotation, one only of such quotations) shall be disregarded by the Agent for the purpose of determining the arithmetic mean (rounded as provided above) of such offered quotations;

 

50


  (2)

If the Relevant Screen Page is not available or, if in the case of sub-paragraph (B)(1)(I) above, no such offered quotation appears or, in the case of sub-paragraph (B)(1)(II) above, fewer than three such offered quotations appear, in each case as at the time specified in the preceding paragraph the Agent shall request each of the several banks initially appointed as reference banks in relation to the Notes of any relevant Series and/or, if applicable, any Successor reference banks in relation thereto such banks being, in the case of a determination of LIBOR, the principal London office of four major banks in the London inter-bank market and, in the case of a determination of EURIBOR, the principal euro-zone office of four major banks in the euro-zone inter-bank market, in each case selected by the Issuer or as specified in the applicable Final Terms (each a “ Reference Bank ”, and together the “ Reference Banks ”) to provide the Agent with its offered quotation (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) for the Reference Rate at approximately 11.00 a.m. (London time, in the case of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of EURIBOR) on the Interest Determination Date in question. If two or more of the Reference Banks provide the Agent with such offered quotations, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of such offered quotations plus or minus (as appropriate) the Margin (if any), all as determined by the Agent; and

 

  (3)

If on any Interest Determination Date one only or none of the Reference Banks provides the Agent with such offered quotations as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which the Agent determines as being the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the rates, as communicated to (and at the request of) the Agent by the Reference Banks or any two or more of them, at which such banks were offered, at approximately 11.00 a.m. (London time, in the case of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of EURIBOR) on the relevant Interest Determination Date, deposits in the Specified Currency for a period equal to that which would have been used for the Reference Rate by leading banks in the London inter-bank market (if the Reference Rate is LIBOR) or the euro-zone inter-bank market (if the Reference Rate is EURIBOR) plus or minus (as appropriate) the Margin (if any) or, if fewer than two of the Reference Banks provide the Agent with such offered rates, the offered rate for deposits in the Specified Currency for a period equal to that which would have been used for the Reference Rate, or the arithmetic mean (rounded as provided above) of the offered rates for deposits in the Specified Currency for a period equal to that which would have been used for the Reference Rate, at which, at approximately 11.00 a.m. (London time, in the case of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of EURIBOR) on the relevant Interest Determination Date, any one or more banks (which bank or banks is or are in the opinion of the relevant Issuer suitable for such purpose) informs the Agent it is quoting to leading banks in the London inter-bank market (if the Reference Rate is LIBOR) or the euro-zone inter-bank market (if the Reference Rate is EURIBOR) plus or minus (as appropriate) the Margin (if any), provided that, if the Rate of Interest cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Rate of Interest shall be determined as at the last preceding Interest Determination Date (though substituting, where a different Margin is to be applied to the relevant Interest Period from that which applied to the last preceding Interest Period, the Margin relating to the relevant Interest Period, in place of the Margin relating to that last preceding Interest Period).

 

51


  (C)

Benchmark Discontinuation

 

  (1)

Independent Adviser

Notwithstanding Conditions 4(b)(ii)(B)(2) and (3), if a Benchmark Event occurs in relation to an Original Reference Rate when any Rate of Interest (or any component part thereof) remains to be determined by reference to such Original Reference Rate, then the Issuer shall use its reasonable endeavours to appoint and consult with an Independent Adviser, as soon as reasonably practicable, with a view to the Issuer determining a Successor Rate, failing which an Alternative Rate (in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(2)) and, in either case, an Adjustment Spread if any (in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(3)) and any Benchmark Amendments (in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(4)).

An Independent Adviser appointed pursuant to this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C) shall act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner as an expert and (in the absence of bad faith or fraud) shall have no liability whatsoever to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Noteholders or the Couponholders for any determination made by it or for any advice given to the Issuer in connection with any determination made by the Issuer, pursuant to this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C).

 

  (2)

Successor Rate or Alternative Rate

If the Issuer, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, determines that:

 

  (I)

there is a Successor Rate, then such Successor Rate shall (subject to adjustment as provided in Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(3)) subsequently be used in place of the Original Reference Rate to determine the Rate of Interest (or the relevant component part thereof) for all relevant future payments of interest on the Notes (subject to the operation of this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)); or

 

  (II)

there is no Successor Rate but that there is an Alternative Rate, then such Alternative Rate shall (subject to adjustment as provided in Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(3)) subsequently be used in place of the Original Reference Rate to determine the Rate of Interest (or the relevant component part thereof) for all relevant future payments of interest on the Notes (subject to the operation of this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)).

 

  (3)

Adjustment Spread

If the Issuer, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, determines (a) that an Adjustment Spread is required to be applied to the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be) and (b) the quantum of, or a formula or methodology for determining, such Adjustment Spread, then such Adjustment Spread shall be applied to the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be).

 

  (4)

Benchmark Amendments

If any Successor Rate, Alternative Rate or Adjustment Spread is determined in accordance with this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C) and the Issuer, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, determines (a) that amendments to these Conditions and/or the Trust Deed are necessary to ensure the proper operation of such Successor Rate, Alternative Rate and/or Adjustment Spread (such amendments, the “ Benchmark Amendments ”) and (b) the terms of the Benchmark Amendments, then the Issuer shall, subject to giving notice thereof in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(5), without any requirement for the consent or approval of Noteholders, vary these Conditions and/or the Trust Deed to give effect to such Benchmark Amendments with effect from the date specified in such notice.

 

52


At the request of the Issuer, but subject to receipt by the Trustee of a certificate signed by an authorised signatory of the Issuer pursuant to Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(5), the Trustee shall (at the expense of the Issuer), without any requirement for the consent or approval of the Noteholders, be obliged to concur with the Issuer in effecting any Benchmark Amendments (including, inter alia , by the execution of a deed supplemental to or amending the Trust Deed), provided that the Trustee shall not be obliged so to concur if in the opinion of the Trustee doing so would impose more onerous obligations upon it or expose it to any additional duties, responsibilities or liabilities or reduce or amend the protective provisions afforded to the Trustee in these Conditions or the Trust Deed (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any supplemental trust deed) in any way.

In connection with any such variation in accordance with this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(4), the Issuer shall comply with the rules of any stock exchange on which the Notes are for the time being listed or admitted to trading.

 

  (5)

Notices, etc.

Any Successor Rate, Alternative Rate, Adjustment Spread and the specific terms of any Benchmark Amendments, determined under this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C) will be notified promptly by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Agent and, in accordance with Condition 13, the Noteholders. Such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the effective date of the Benchmark Amendments, if any.

No later than notifying the Trustee of the same, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorised signatory of the Issuer:

 

  (I)

confirming (a) that a Benchmark Event has occurred, (b) the Successor Rate or, as the case may be, the Alternative Rate and, (c) where applicable, any Adjustment Spread and/or the specific terms of any Benchmark Amendments, in each case as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C); and

 

  (II)

certifying that the Benchmark Amendments are necessary to ensure the proper operation of such Successor Rate, Alternative Rate and/or Adjustment Spread.

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such certificate (without liability to any person) as sufficient evidence thereof. The Successor Rate or Alternative Rate and the Adjustment Spread (if any) and the Benchmark Amendments (if any) specified in such certificate will (in the absence of manifest error or bad faith in the determination of the Successor Rate or Alternative Rate and the Adjustment Spread (if any) and the Benchmark Amendments (if any) and without prejudice to the Trustee’s ability to rely on such certificate as aforesaid) be binding on the Issuer, the Trustee, the Agent and the Noteholders.

 

  (6)

Survival of Original Reference Rate

Without prejudice to the obligations of the Issuer under Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(1), (2), (3) and (4), the Original Reference Rate and the fallback provisions provided for in Condition 4(b)(ii)(B) and Clause 9.2 of the Agency Agreement will continue to apply unless and until the Agent has been notified of the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be), and any Adjustment Spread and Benchmark Amendments, in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(5).

 

53


  (7)

Definitions

As used in this Condition 4(b)(ii)(C):

Adjustment Spread ” means either a spread (which may be positive or negative), or the formula or methodology for calculating a spread, in either case, which the Issuer, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, determines is required to be applied to the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be) to reduce or eliminate, to the fullest extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances, any economic prejudice or benefit (as the case may be) to Noteholders and Couponholders as a result of the replacement of the Original Reference Rate with the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be) and is the spread, formula or methodology which:

 

  (I)

in the case of a Successor Rate, is formally recommended in relation to the replacement of the Original Reference Rate with the Successor Rate by any Relevant Nominating Body; or

 

  (II)

if no such recommendation has been made, or in the case of an Alternative Rate, the Issuer determines, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, is recognised or acknowledged as being the industry standard for over-the-counter derivative transactions which reference the Original Reference Rate, where such rate has been replaced by the Successor Rate or the Alternative Rate (as the case may be); or

 

  (III)

if the Issuer determines that no such industry standard is recognised or acknowledged, the Issuer, in its discretion, following consultation with the Independent Adviser and acting in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, determines to be appropriate.

Alternative Rate ” means an alternative benchmark or screen rate which the Issuer determines in accordance with Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(2) has replaced the Original Reference Rate in customary market usage in the international debt capital markets for the purposes of determining rates of interest (or the relevant component part thereof) for the same interest period and in the same Specified Currency as the Notes.

Benchmark Amendments ” has the meaning given to it in Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(4).

Benchmark Event ” means:

 

  (I)

the Original Reference Rate ceasing to exist or be published; or

 

  (II)

a public statement by the administrator of the Original Reference Rate that it will, by a specified date within the following six months, cease publishing the Original Reference Rate permanently or indefinitely (in circumstances where no successor administrator has been appointed that will continue publication of the Original Reference Rate); or

 

  (III)

a public statement by the supervisor of the administrator of the Original Reference Rate that the Original Reference Rate has been or will, by a specified date within the following six months, be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

54


  (IV)

a public statement by the supervisor of the administrator of the Original Reference Rate that means the Original Reference Rate will be prohibited from being used, in each case within the following six months; or

 

  (V)

it has become unlawful for any Agent or the Issuer to calculate any payments due to be made to any Noteholder using the Original Reference Rate.

Independent Adviser ” means an independent financial institution of international repute or an independent financial adviser with appropriate expertise appointed by the Issuer at its own expense under Condition 4(b)(ii)(C)(1) and notified in writing to the Trustee.

Original Reference Rate ” means the originally-specified benchmark or screen rate (as applicable) used to determine the Rate of Interest (or any component part thereof) on the Notes.

Relevant Nominating Body ” means, in respect of a benchmark or screen rate (as applicable):

 

  (I)

the central bank for the currency to which the benchmark or screen rate (as applicable) relates, or any central bank or other supervisory authority which is responsible for supervising the administrator of the benchmark or screen rate (as applicable); or

 

  (II)

any working group or committee sponsored by, chaired or co-chaired by or constituted at the request of (a) the central bank for the currency to which the benchmark or screen rate (as applicable) relates, (b) any central bank or other supervisory authority which is responsible for supervising the administrator of the benchmark or screen rate (as applicable), (c) a group of the aforementioned central banks or other supervisory authorities or (d) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof.

Successor Rate ” means a successor to or replacement of the Original Reference Rate which is formally recommended by any Relevant Nominating Body.

 

  (D)

Linear Interpolation

Where Linear Interpolation is specified as applicable in respect of an Interest Period in the applicable Final Terms, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be calculated by the Agent by straight line linear interpolation by reference to two rates based on the relevant Reference Rate (where Screen Rate Determination is specified as applicable in the applicable Final Terms) or the relevant Floating Rate Option (where ISDA Determination is specified as applicable in the applicable Final Terms), one of which shall be determined as if the Applicable Maturity were the period of time for which rates are available next shorter than the length of the relevant Interest Period and the other of which shall be determined as if the Applicable Maturity were the period of time for which rates are available next longer than the length of the relevant Interest Period, provided however, that if there is no rate available for the period of time next shorter or, as the case may be, next longer, then the Agent shall determine such rate at such time and by reference to such sources as it determines appropriate.

Applicable Maturity ” means: (a) in relation to Screen Rate Determination, the period of time designated in the Reference Rate, and (b) in relation to ISDA Determination, the Designated Maturity.

 

55


  (iii)

Minimum Rate of Interest and/or Maximum Rate of Interest

If the applicable Final Terms specifies a Minimum Rate of Interest for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is less than such Minimum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Minimum Rate of Interest.

If the applicable Final Terms specifies a Maximum Rate of Interest for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is greater than such Maximum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Maximum Rate of Interest.

 

  (iv)

Determination of Rate of Interest and calculation of Interest Amounts

The Agent will at or as soon as practicable after each time at which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, determine the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period.

The Agent will calculate the amount of interest (the “ Interest Amount ”) payable on the Floating Rate Notes for the relevant Interest Period by applying the Rate of Interest to:

 

  (A)

in the case of Floating Rate Notes which are represented by a Global Note, the aggregate outstanding nominal amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note; or

 

  (B)

in the case of Floating Rate Notes in definitive form, the Calculation Amount;

and, in each case, multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention.

Where the Specified Denomination of a Floating Rate Note in definitive form is a multiple of the Calculation Amount, the Interest Amount payable in respect of such Note shall be the product of the amount (determined in the manner provided above) for the Calculation Amount and the amount by which the Calculation Amount is multiplied to reach the Specified Denomination, without any further rounding.

Day Count Fraction ” means, in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest for any Interest Period:

 

  (A)

if “ Actual/Actual ” or “ Actual/Actual (ISDA) ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 (or, if any portion of that Interest Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);

 

  (B)

if “ Actual/365 (Fixed) ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365;

 

  (C)

if “ Actual/360 ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360;

 

  (D)

if “ 30/360 ”, “ 360/360 ” or “ Bond Basis ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

Day Count Fraction =                     [360 x (Y2 -Y1)] + [30 x (M2 -M1)]+ (D2 -D1)            

360

 

56


where:

“Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

“Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

“M2” is the calendar month, expressed as number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

“D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31 and D1 is greater than 29, in which case D2 will be 30;

 

  (E)

if “ 30E/360 ” or “ Eurobond Basis ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

Day Count Fraction =                     [360 x (Y2 -Y1)] + [30 x (M2 -M1)]+ (D2 -D1)            

360

where:

“Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

“Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

“M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

“D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D2 will be 30

 

  (F)

if “ 30E/360 (ISDA) ” is specified hereon, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

Day Count Fraction =                     [360 x (Y2 -Y1)] + [30 x (M2 -M1)]+ (D2 -D1)            

360

where:

“Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

“Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Interest Period falls;

 

57


“M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period falls;

“D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Interest Period, unless (i) that day is the last day of February or (ii) such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

“D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Interest Period, unless (i) that day is the last day of February but not the Maturity Date or (ii) such number would be 31, in which case D2 will be 30; and

 

  (G)

if “ Actual/365 (Sterling) ” is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 or, in the case of an Interest Payment Date falling in a leap year, 366.

 

  (v)

Notification of Rate of Interest and Interest Amounts

The Agent will cause the Rate of Interest and each Interest Amount for each Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to the Issuer and any stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to trading (if the rules of that stock exchange or other relevant authority so require) and notice thereof to be published in accordance with Condition 13 as soon as possible after their determination but in no event later than (a) the commencement of the relevant Interest Period, if determined prior to such time, in the case of notification to such stock exchange of a Rate of Interest and Interest Amount, or (b) in all other cases, the fourth London Business Day thereafter. Each Interest Amount and Interest Payment Date so notified may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment) without prior notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the Interest Period. Any such amendment will be promptly notified to each stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to trading (if the rules of that stock exchange or other relevant authority so require) and to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13. For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression “ London Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

  (vi)

Determination or calculation by Trustee

If for any reason at any relevant time the Agent defaults in its obligation to determine the Rate of Interest or the Agent defaults in its obligation to calculate any Interest Amount in accordance with sub-paragraph (ii)(A) or (B) above or as otherwise specified in the applicable Final Terms, as the case may be, and, in each, case in accordance with paragraph (iv) above, the Trustee may determine the Rate of Interest at such rate as, in its absolute discretion (having such regard as it shall think fit to the foregoing provisions of this Condition, but subject always to any Minimum Rate of Interest or Maximum Rate of Interest specified in the applicable Final Terms), it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the circumstances or, as the case may be, the Trustee may calculate the Interest Amount(s) in such manner as it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and each such determination or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the Agent.

 

  (vii)

Certificates to be final

All certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions of this Condition 4 (b) , whether by the Agent or, if applicable, the Trustee, shall (in the absence of wilful default, bad faith or manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Agent, the

 

58


other Paying Agents, the Trustee and all Noteholders and Couponholders and (in the absence as aforesaid) no liability to the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders or the Couponholders shall attach to the Agent or (if applicable) the Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions pursuant to such provisions.

 

  (c)

Accrual of interest

Each Note (or in the case of the redemption of part only of a Note, that part only of such Note) will cease to bear interest (if any) from the date for its redemption unless, upon due presentation thereof, payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused. In such event, interest will continue to accrue as provided in the Trust Deed.

 

5

Payments

 

  (a)

Method of payment

 

  Subject

as provided below:

 

  (i)

payments in a Specified Currency other than euro will be made by credit or transfer to an account in the relevant Specified Currency maintained by the payee with, or, at the option of the payee, by a cheque in such Specified Currency drawn on a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of such Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively); and

 

  (ii)

payments in euro will be made by credit or transfer to a euro account (or any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) specified by the payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque.

Payments will be subject in all cases to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 7.

 

  (b)

Presentation of definitive Notes and Coupons

Payments of principal in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner provided in paragraph ( a ) above only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of definitive Notes, and payments of interest in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made as aforesaid only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of Coupons, in each case at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (which expression, as used herein, means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia, its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction)).

Fixed Rate Notes in definitive form should be presented for payment together with all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (which expression shall for this purpose include Coupons falling to be issued on exchange of matured Talons), failing which the amount of any missing unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full, the same proportion of the amount of such missing unmatured Coupon as the sum so paid bears to the sum due) will be deducted from the sum due for payment. Each amount of principal so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned above against surrender of the relative missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of ten years after the Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 7) in respect of such principal (whether or not such Coupon would otherwise have become void under Condition 8) or, if later, five years from the date on which such Coupon would otherwise have become due, but in no event thereafter.

Where any definitive Note that provides that the relative unmatured Coupons are to become void upon the due date for redemption of those Notes is presented for redemption without all unmatured Coupons, and where any definitive Note is presented for redemption without any unexchanged Talon relating to it, redemption shall be made only against the provision of such indemnity as the Issuer may require.

 

59


Upon any Fixed Rate Note in definitive form becoming due and repayable prior to its Maturity Date, all unmatured Talons (if any) appertaining thereto will become void and no further Coupons will be issued in respect thereof.

Upon the date on which any Floating Rate Note in definitive form becomes due and repayable, unmatured Coupons and Talons (if any) relating thereto (whether or not attached) shall become void and no payment or, as the case may be, exchange for further Coupons shall be made in respect thereof.

If the due date for redemption of any definitive Note is not an Interest Payment Date, interest (if any) accrued in respect of such Note from (and including) the preceding Interest Payment Date or, as the case may be, the Interest Commencement Date shall be payable only against surrender of the relevant definitive Note.

 

  (c)

Payments in respect of Global Notes

Payments of principal and interest (if any) in respect of Notes represented by any Global Note will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner specified above in relation to definitive Notes and otherwise in the manner specified in the relevant Global Note against presentation or surrender, as the case may be, of such Global Note at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the United States. A record of each payment made against presentation or surrender of any Global Note, distinguishing between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be made on such Global Note by the Paying Agent to which it was presented and such record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

 

  (d)

General provisions applicable to payments

The holder of a Global Note shall be the only person entitled to receive payments in respect of Notes represented by such Global Note and the Issuer or, as the case may be, any Guarantor will be discharged by payment to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note in respect of each amount so paid. Each of the persons shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the beneficial holder of a particular nominal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note must look solely to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, for his share of each payment so made by the Issuer or, as the case may be, any Guarantor to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note.

Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a)  above, if any amount of principal and/or interest in respect of Notes is payable in US dollars, such US dollar payments of principal and/or interest in respect of such Notes will be made at the specified office of a Paying Agent in the United States if:

 

  (i)

the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents with specified offices outside the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents would be able to make payment in US dollars at such specified offices outside the United States of the full amount of principal and interest on the Notes in the manner provided above when due;

 

  (ii)

payment of the full amount of such principal and interest at all such specified offices outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions on the full payment or receipt of principal and interest in US dollars; and

 

  (iii)

such payment is then permitted under United States law without involving, in the opinion of the Issuer and the Guarantors, adverse tax consequences to the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

60


  (e)

Payment Day

If the date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a Payment Day, the holder thereof shall not be entitled to payment until the next following Payment Day in the relevant place and shall not be entitled to further interest or other payment in respect of such delay. For these purposes, “ Payment Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) which (subject to Condition 8) is:

 

  (i)

a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in:

 

  (A)

in the case of definitive Notes only, the relevant place of presentation;

 

  (B)

each Additional Financial Centre (if any) specified in the applicable Final Terms; and

 

  (ii)

either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively) or (2) in relation to any sum payable in euro, a day on which the TARGET System is operating.

 

  (f)

Interpretation of principal and interest

Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to principal in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable:

 

  (i)

any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to principal under Condition 7 or pursuant to any undertaking or covenant to pay additional amounts given in addition thereto, or in substitution therefor, pursuant to the Trust Deed;

 

  (ii)

the Final Redemption Amount of the Notes;

 

  (iii)

the Early Redemption Amount of the Notes;

 

  (iv)

the Optional Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes;

 

  (v)

in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, the Amortised Face Amount (as defined in Condition 6 (f) (iii)); and

 

  (vi)

any premium and any other amounts (other than interest) which may be payable by the Issuer under or in respect of the Notes.

Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to interest in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable, any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to interest under Condition 7 or pursuant to any undertaking or covenant to pay additional amounts given in addition thereto, or in substitution therefor, pursuant to the Trust Deed.

 

6

Redemption and Purchase

 

  (a)

Redemption at maturity

Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled as specified below, each Note will be redeemed by the Issuer at its Final Redemption Amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Final Terms in the relevant Specified Currency on the Maturity Date.

 

  (b)

Redemption for tax reasons

 

  (i)

Where the Issuer is BATIF

 

  (A)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATIF.

 

61


  (B)

The Notes may be redeemed in whole but not in part, at the option of the Issuer, at any time or, if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes, on any Interest Payment Date, upon not more than 30 nor less than 15 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) prior notice given in accordance with Condition 13 (which notice will be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount referred to in paragraph (f)  below, together, if applicable, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, if the Issuer satisfies the Trustee that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes, the Issuer will become obliged to pay any Additional Amounts pursuant to Condition 7 (a) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date in respect of the Notes; provided, however, that (1) no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Immediately prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b) (i) the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the same in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders. Upon the expiry of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b) (i), the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes as provided herein.

 

  (ii)

Where the Issuer is BATCAP

 

  (A)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATCAP.

 

  (B)

The Notes may be redeemed in whole but not in part, at the option of the Issuer, at any time or, if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes, on any Interest Payment Date, upon not more than 30 nor less than 15 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) prior notice given in accordance with Condition 13 (which notice will be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount referred to in paragraph (f)  below, together, if applicable, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, if the Issuer satisfies the Trustee that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes, the Issuer will become obliged to pay any Additional Amounts pursuant to Condition 7 (b) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date in respect of the Notes; provided, however, that (1) no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes were a payment in respect of the Notes then due and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Immediately prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b)(ii) the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the same in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders. Upon the expiry of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b)(ii) , the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes as provided herein.

62

 

62


  (iii)

Where the Issuer is BATHTN or BATNF

 

  (A)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATHTN or BATNF.

 

  (B)

The Notes may be redeemed in whole but not in part, at the option of the Issuer, at any time or, if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes, on any Interest Payment Date, upon not more than 30 nor less than 15 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) prior notice given in accordance with Condition 13 (which notice will be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount referred to in paragraph (f)  below, together, if applicable, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, if, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of The Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes, the Issuer will become obliged to pay any Additional Amounts pursuant to Condition 7 (b) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date in respect of the Notes; provided, however, that (1) no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Immediately prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b) (iii) the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the same in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders. Upon the expiry of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph (b) (iii), the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes as provided herein.

 

  (c)

Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call)

This Condition 6 (c) applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Issuer (other than for taxation reasons), such option being referred to as an “ Issuer Call ”. The applicable Final Terms contains provisions applicable to any Issuer Call and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 6 (c) for full information on any Issuer Call. In particular, the applicable Final Terms will identify, as applicable, the Optional Redemption Date(s), the Optional Redemption Amount (or, if applicable, that the Optional Redemption Amount(s) applicable to any Optional Redemption Date will be the Make-whole Amount), any minimum or maximum amount of Notes which can be redeemed and the applicable notice periods.

If Issuer Call is specified in the applicable Final Terms, the Issuer may (save in respect of any Notes in respect of which a Put Notice has been given pursuant to Condition 6( e )), having given:

 

  (i)

not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13; and

 

  (ii)

not less than 15 days (or such shorter notice as such party shall accept) before the giving of the notice referred to in (i), notice to the Agent and the Trustee,

(which notices shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption), redeem all or some only of the Notes then outstanding on any Optional Redemption Date and at the Optional Redemption Amount(s) applicable to such Optional Redemption Date together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the relevant Optional Redemption Date. Any such partial redemption must be of a nominal amount not less than the Minimum Redemption Amount and not more than the Maximum

 

63


Redemption Amount, in each case as specified in the applicable Final Terms. In the case of a partial redemption of Notes, the Notes to be redeemed (“ Redeemed Notes ”) will be selected individually by lot, in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, and in accordance with the rules of Euroclear and/ or Clearstream, Luxembourg (to be reflected in the records of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg as either a pool factor or a reduction in nominal amount, at their discretion), in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note, not more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (such date of selection being hereinafter called the “ Selection Date ”). In the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, a list of the serial numbers of such Redeemed Notes will be published in accordance with Condition 13 not less than 14 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No exchange of the relevant Global Note will be permitted during the period from (and including) the Selection Date to (and including) the date fixed for redemption pursuant to this paragraph (c)  and notice to that effect shall be given by the Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 at least five days prior to the Selection Date.

If, in respect of any Optional Redemption Date, Make-whole Amount is specified in the applicable Final Terms as the Optional Redemption Amount, the Optional Redemption Amount per Note shall be equal to the higher of the following:

 

  (i)

the nominal amount of the relevant Note; and

 

  (ii)

the nominal amount of the relevant Note multiplied by the price (as reported in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Determination Agent) expressed as a percentage (rounded to five decimal places, with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) at which the Gross Redemption Yield on the Notes on the Determination Date specified in the applicable Final Terms is equal to (A) the Gross Redemption Yield at the Quotation Time specified in the applicable Final Terms on the Determination Date of the Reference Bond specified in the applicable Final Terms (or, where the Determination Agent advises the Issuer and the Trustee that, for reasons of illiquidity or otherwise, such Reference Bond is not appropriate for such purpose, such other government stock as the Determination Agent may recommend) plus (B) any applicable Redemption Margin specified in the applicable Final Terms.

Any notice of redemption given under Condition 6 (e) will override any notice of redemption given (whether previously, on the same date or subsequently) under this Condition 6 (c) .

In this Condition:

Determination Agent ” means the Agent (or any successor financial adviser appointed by the Issuer for the purpose of determining the Make-whole Amount); and

Gross Redemption Yield ” means a yield calculated in accordance with generally accepted market practice at such time, as advised to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Determination Agent.

 

  (d)

Clean-Up Call Option

If Clean-Up Call is specified in the applicable Final Terms and 80 per cent. or more in nominal amount of the Notes originally issued (which shall for this purpose include any further Notes issued pursuant to Condition 15) have been redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the Issuer may, having given:

 

  (i)

not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13; and

 

  (ii)

not less than 15 days (or such shorter notice as such party shall accept) before the giving of the notice referred to in (i), notice to the Agent and the Trustee,

(which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption) redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) on any Interest Payment Date (if the relevant Note is a Floating Rate Note) or at any time (if the relevant Note is not a Floating Rate Note), all but not some only of the Notes then outstanding at the Clean-Up Redemption Amount specified in the applicable Final Terms together with interest accrued (if any) to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption.

 

64


  (e)

Redemption at the option of the Noteholders (Investor Put)

This Condition 6 (e) applies to Notes which are subject to redemption prior to the Maturity Date at the option of the Noteholder, such option being referred to as an “ Investor Put ”. The applicable Final Terms contains provisions applicable to any Investor Put and must be read in conjunction with this Condition 6 (e) for full information on any Investor Put. In particular, the applicable Final Terms will identify the Optional Redemption Date(s), the Optional Redemption Amount and the applicable notice periods.

If Investor Put is specified in the applicable Final Terms, upon the holder of any Note giving to the Issuer in accordance with Condition 13 not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ (or, in each case, such other number of days as specified in the applicable Final Terms) notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) the Issuer will, upon the expiry of such notice, redeem, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms specified in the applicable Final Terms, in whole (but not in part), such Note on the Optional Redemption Date and at the Optional Redemption Amount together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the Optional Redemption Date.

To exercise the right to require redemption of a Note the holder of this Note must, if the relevant Note is in definitive form and held outside Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, deliver at the specified office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the notice period a duly completed and signed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from any specified office of any Paying Agent (a “ Put Notice ”) and in which the holder must specify a bank account (or, if payment is required to be made by cheque, an address) to which payment is to be made under this Condition accompanied by the relevant Note or evidence satisfactory to the Paying Agent concerned that such Note will, following delivery of the Put Notice, be held to its order or under its control. If a Note is represented by a Global Note or is in definitive form and held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, to exercise the right to require redemption of such Note the holder must, within the notice period, give notice to the Agent of such exercise in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which may include notice being given on his instruction by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any common depositary or common safekeeper, as the case may be, for them to the Agent by electronic means) in a form acceptable to Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg from time to time and, if the relevant Note is represented by a Global Note, at the same time present or procure the presentation of the relevant Global Note to the Agent for notation accordingly.

 

  (f)

Early Redemption Amounts

For the purpose of paragraph (b)  above and Condition 9, the Notes will be redeemed at the Early Redemption Amount calculated as follows:

 

  (i)

in the case of Notes with a Final Redemption Amount equal to the Issue Price, at the Final Redemption Amount thereof;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Notes (other than Zero Coupon Notes) with a Final Redemption Amount which is or may be less or greater than the Issue Price, at the amount specified in the applicable Final Terms or, if no such amount or manner is so specified in the applicable Final Terms, at their nominal amount; or

 

  (iii)

in the case of Zero Coupon Notes, at an amount (the “ Amortised Face Amount ”) equal to the sum of:

 

  (A)

the Reference Price; and

 

65


  (B)

the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference Price from (and including) the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Notes become due and repayable.

Where such calculation is to be made for a period which is not a whole number of years, it shall be made (i) in the case of a Zero Coupon Note payable in a Specified Currency other than Sterling, on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each or (ii) in the case of a Zero Coupon Note payable in Sterling, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 (or, if any of the days elapsed falls in a leap year, the sum of (x) the number of those days falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (y) the number of those days falling in a non-leap year divided by 365).

 

  (g)

Purchases

The Issuer, the Guarantors or any other subsidiary (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Issuer or any Guarantor may at any time purchase Notes (provided that, in the case of definitive Notes, all unmatured Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto are purchased therewith) at any price in the open market or otherwise. If purchases are made by tender, tenders must be available to all Noteholders alike. Such Notes may be held, reissued, resold or, at the option of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, surrendered to any Paying Agent for cancellation.

 

  (h)

Cancellation

All Notes which are redeemed will forthwith be cancelled (together with all unmatured Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith at the time of redemption). All Notes so cancelled and any Notes purchased and cancelled pursuant to paragraph (g)  above (together with all unmatured Coupons and Talons cancelled therewith) shall be forwarded to the Agent and cannot be reissued or resold.

 

  (i)

Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes

If the amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note upon redemption of such Zero Coupon Note pursuant to paragraph (a) , (b) , (c), (d) or (e)  above or upon its becoming due and repayable as provided in Condition 9 is improperly withheld or refused, the amount due and repayable in respect of such Zero Coupon Note shall be the amount calculated as provided in paragraph (f) (iii) above as though the references therein to the date fixed for the redemption or the date upon which such Zero Coupon Note becomes due and payable were replaced by references to the date which is the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the date on which all amounts due in respect of such Zero Coupon Note have been paid; and

 

  (ii)

five days after the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable in respect of such Zero Coupon Note has been received by the Agent or the Trustee and notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13.

 

7

Taxation

 

  (a)

Where the Issuer is BATIF

 

  (1)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATIF.

 

  (2)

All payments of principal and interest by the Issuer or any Guarantor will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges (together, “ Taxes ”) of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof or therein having power to levy the same unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (as the case may be) shall pay such amounts (the “ Additional Amounts ”) as will result in the receipt by the

 

66


Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such Taxes been required to be withheld or deducted; provided that no such Additional Amounts will be payable in respect of Notes or Coupons:

 

  (i)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is liable for such withheld or deducted Taxes by reason of his having some connection with the United Kingdom other than the mere holding of a Note or Coupon; or

 

  (ii)

to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder if such withholding or deduction may be avoided by complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to any authority of or in the United Kingdom, unless such holder proves that he is not entitled so to comply or to make such declaration or claim; or

 

  (iii)

presented for payment in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (iv)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date.

 

  (b)

Where the Issuer is BATCAP

 

  (1)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATCAP.

 

  (2)

All payments of principal and interest by the Issuer or any Guarantor will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof or therein having power to levy the same unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (as the case may be) shall pay such Additional Amounts as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such Taxes been required to be withheld or deducted; provided that the foregoing obligations shall not apply to:

 

  (i)

any such Taxes which would not have been so imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between the holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of or possessor of a power over such holder, if such holder is an estate, a trust, a partnership or a corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such holder (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been engaged in a trade or business therein or being or having been present therein, or having or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) such holder’s present or former status as a personal holding company, passive foreign investment company, controlled foreign corporation or private foundation or other tax-exempt organisation (in each case, for United States federal income tax purposes), or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income taxes;

 

  (ii)

any such Taxes which would not have been so imposed but for the presentation of a Note or Coupon for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date;

 

  (iii)

any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property Taxes or any similar Taxes;

 

67


  (iv)

any such Taxes which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder of a Note or Coupon, if such compliance is required by statute, by regulation of the United States Treasury Department or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party as a precondition to relief or exemption from such Taxes;

 

  (v)

any such Taxes which are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments in respect of a Note or Coupon;

 

  (vi)

any such Taxes imposed on interest received by a ten per cent. shareholder of the Issuer within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (vii)

any such Taxes imposed by reason of a holder of a Note or Coupon being or having been a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (viii)

any backup withholding imposed pursuant to Section 3406 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (ix)

any such Taxes imposed pursuant to Section 871(h)(6) or 881(c)(6) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions); and

 

  (x)

any combination of clauses (i) to (ix) above;

nor will any Additional Amounts be paid in respect of a Note or Coupon to any holder who is not a United States Alien or to any United States Alien who is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of any such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the holder of such Note or Coupon. The term “ United States Alien ” means any person who, for United States federal income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust or a foreign partnership any partner of which is for United States federal income tax purposes a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust or any such foreign partnership.

 

  (c)

Where the Issuer is BATHTN or BATNF

 

  (1)

The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply where the Issuer is BATHTN or BATNF.

 

  (2)

All payments of principal and interest by the Issuer or any Guarantor will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of The Netherlands or any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof or therein having power to levy the same unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (as the case may be) shall pay such Additional Amounts as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such Taxes been required to be withheld or deducted; provided that no such Additional Amounts will be payable in respect of Notes or Coupons:

 

  (i)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who is liable for such withheld or deducted Taxes by reason of his having some connection with The Netherlands other than the mere holding of a Note or Coupon; or

 

68


  (ii)

to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder if such withholding or deduction may be avoided by complying with any statutory requirement or by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to any authority of or in The Netherlands, unless such holder proves that he is not entitled so to comply or to make such declaration or claim; or

 

  (iii)

presented for payment in The Netherlands; or

 

  (iv)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a Noteholder or Couponholder would have been entitled to payment of such Additional Amounts if he had presented his Note or Coupon for payment on the thirtieth day after the Relevant Date.

 

  (d)

The Trust Deed contains provisions (mutatis mutandis) to those contained in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above in relation to the relevant taxing jurisdiction of each Guarantor.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Terms and Conditions, any amounts to be paid on any Note or Coupon by or on behalf of the relevant Issuer will be paid net of any deduction or withholding imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions), including any regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof, or required pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and another jurisdiction facilitating the implementation of any of the foregoing (or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding or deduction, a “ FATCA Withholding ”). Neither the relevant Issuer nor any Guarantor nor any other person will be required to pay any Additional Amounts in respect of FATCA Withholding.

 

  (f)

For the purpose of this Condition 7, “ Relevant Date ” means, in respect of any payment, the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof was duly provided for, whichever occurs the later.

 

8

Prescription

The Notes and Coupons will become void unless presented for payment within a period of ten years (in the case of principal) and five years (in the case of interest) after the Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 7) therefor.

There shall not be included in any Coupon sheet issued on exchange of a Talon any Coupon the claim for payment in respect of which would be void pursuant to this Condition or Condition 5( b ) or any Talon which would be void pursuant to Condition 5( b ).

 

9

Events of Default

 

  (a)

The Trustee at its discretion may, and if so requested in writing by Noteholders holding at least one-quarter in nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject in each case to being indemnified to its satisfaction), (provided that, except in the case of the happening of any of the events mentioned in paragraph (i) below, the Trustee shall have certified in writing to the Issuer that, in its opinion, such event is materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders) give notice to the Issuer that the Notes are, and they shall thereupon immediately become, due and repayable at their Early Redemption Amount referred to in Condition 6(f), together with accrued interest as provided in the Trust Deed, if any of the following events occurs and is continuing (each, an “ Event of Default ”):

 

  (i)

default is made for a period of seven days or more in the payment on the due date of any principal on the Notes or any of them or for a period of 14 days or more in the payment of any interest due in respect of the Notes or any of them; or

 

69


  (ii)

default is made by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the performance or observance of any covenant or provision binding on it under or pursuant to the Trust Deed or the Notes (other than a covenant for the payment of principal or interest due on or in respect of the Notes) and (except where the Trustee considers such default to be incapable of remedy when no notice as is referred to below is required, and for this purpose, something shall remain capable of remedy notwithstanding that it was required to have been previously done) such default continues on the thirtieth day after service by the Trustee on the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor of written notice requiring the same to be remedied (or such later date as the Trustee may permit); or

 

  (iii)

any other Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness (as defined below) of either the Issuer or any Guarantor becomes due and repayable by reason of any event of default (howsoever described) prior to its stated date of payment or any other Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness of either the Issuer or any Guarantor is not paid within the longer of seven days of its due date or any applicable grace period therefor (and for such purpose there shall be deemed to be a grace period of not less than seven days in respect of any obligation under any guarantee or indemnity or otherwise as surety), provided that no such event shall constitute an Event of Default unless the Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness either (a) in any particular case amounts to at least £50,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency, or (b) when aggregated with other Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness then so due and repayable or not so paid amounts to at least £200,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency; or

 

  (iv)

where the Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated in England and Wales:

 

  (A)

an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding-up of the Issuer or a relevant Guarantor, or any similar action is taken in any other jurisdiction; or

 

  (B)

a distress or execution or other legal process is levied or enforced against or an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver, administrative receiver or other similar officer is appointed of the whole or a part of its assets which is substantial in relation to the Group (as defined below) taken as a whole and is not discharged, stayed, removed or paid out within 45 days after such execution or appointment; or

 

  (C)

an administration order is made in relation to the Issuer or a relevant Guarantor which is not discharged, stayed or removed within 45 days of such order being made; or

 

  (v)

where the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor is BATCAP:

 

  (A)

a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction is entered adjudging BATCAP a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganisation of BATCAP under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state applicable law, and such decree or order is continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 45 days; or

 

  (B)

a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of BATCAP is entered in respect of the whole of its property or a part thereof, which is substantial in relation to the Group taken as a whole, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree or order is continued and undischarged and unstayed for a period of 45 days; or

 

  (C)

BATCAP institutes proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or consents to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganisation under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state applicable law, or consents to the filing of any such petition, or consents to the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of the whole of its property or a part thereof (which part is substantial in relation to the Group taken as a whole) or consents to the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs;

 

70


(the terms used in this sub-paragraph (v) shall be construed as they would be in the context of a proceeding instituted and conducted pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar Federal or state applicable law); or

 

  (vi)

where the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor is BATHTN or BATNF:

 

  (A)

an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding-up of BATHTN or BATNF or any similar action is taken in any other jurisdiction, including, without limitation, an application being made by BATHTN or BATNF for a ‘ surseance van betaling ’ (within the meaning of The Netherlands Bankruptcy Code ( Faillissementswet )); or

 

  (B)

a distress or execution or other legal process is levied or enforced against or an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver, administrative receiver or other similar officer is appointed of the whole or a part of its assets which is substantial in relation to the Group taken as a whole and is not discharged, stayed, removed or paid out within 45 days after such execution or appointment; or

 

  (C)

an administration order is made in relation to BATHTN or BATNF which is not discharged, stayed or removed within 45 days of such order being made; or

 

  (vii)

either the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

  (A)

admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they fall due or makes or enters into a general assignment or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

  (B)

stops or threatens to stop payment of its obligations generally or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business (except in either case for the purposes of amalgamation, reconstruction or corporate reorganisation, the terms of which shall have been previously approved by the Trustee in writing or by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders); or

 

  (viii)

for any reason whatsoever any guarantee ceases to be binding on and enforceable against the relevant Guarantor other than with the prior written consent of the Trustee or the sanction of an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders.

For this purpose, “ Borrowed Moneys Indebtedness ” means, in relation to any person, any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent comprising or constituted by:

 

  (A)

any liability to repay the principal of or to pay interest on borrowed money or deposits; or

 

  (B)

any liability (i) under or pursuant to any (a) letter of credit, (b) acceptance credit facility or (c) note purchase facility; or (ii) in relation to (a) any foreign currency transaction or (b) any liability in respect of any purchase price for property or services payment of which is deferred for a period in excess of 180 days after the later of taking possession or becoming the legal owner thereof; or (iii) with regard to any guarantee or indemnity in respect of repayment of obligations as referred to in (i) and (ii) above or of any other borrowed money,

provided that nothing in Condition 9 (a) (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii) shall apply to any matter or event resulting from or in connection with a disposal or divestiture of all or part of the interests in financial services businesses of the Group or any reconstruction, amalgamation or corporate reorganisation (or any similar action in any other jurisdiction), the terms of which shall have been approved by the Trustee in writing or by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders.

 

71


For the purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “ Group ” means British American Tobacco and its Subsidiaries together with its or their ultimate Holding Company (if any) (as defined in the Trust Deed) and any such ultimate Holding Company’s Subsidiaries.

 

  (b)

At any time after the Notes become due and repayable pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Condition the Trustee may, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer and/or any Guarantor as it may think fit to enforce payment of the Notes, but it shall not be bound to take any such proceedings unless (i) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution or so requested in writing by Noteholders holding at least one-quarter in principal amount of the Notes outstanding and (ii) it shall have been indemnified to its satisfaction. No Noteholder or Couponholder may proceed directly against the Issuer or any relevant Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound to proceed, fails to do so within a reasonable period and such failure is continuing.

 

10

Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons

Should any Note Coupon or Talon be lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the specified office of the Agent upon payment by the claimant of such costs and expenses as may be incurred in connection therewith and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity the Issuer may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

11

Agents

The names of the initial Paying Agents and their initial specified offices are set out below.

The Issuer is entitled to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent and/or appoint additional or other Paying Agents and/or approve any change in the specified office through which any Paying Agent acts, provided that:

 

  (i)

there will at all times be an Agent;

 

  (ii)

so long as the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or admitted to trading by any other relevant authority, there will at all times be a Paying Agent with a specified office in such place as may be required by the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange or any other relevant authority; and

 

  (iii)

there will at all times be a Paying Agent with a specified office in a city approved by the Trustee in Western Europe outside the United Kingdom and The Netherlands.

In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent having a specified office in New York City in the circumstances described in Condition 5 (d) . Any variation, termination, appointment or change shall only take effect (other than in the case of insolvency, when it shall be of immediate effect) after not less than 30 nor more than 45 days’ prior notice thereof shall have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13.

In acting under the Agency Agreement, the Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and the Guarantors and, in certain circumstances specified therein, of the Trustee and do not assume any obligation to, or relationship of agency or trust with, any Noteholders or Couponholders.

 

12

Exchange of Talons

On and after the Interest Payment Date on which the final Coupon comprised in any Coupon sheet matures, the Talon (if any) forming part of such Coupon sheet may be surrendered at the specified office of the Agent or any other Paying Agent in exchange for a further Coupon sheet including (if such further Coupon sheet does not include Coupons to (and including) the final date for the payment of interest due in respect of the Note to which it appertains) a further Talon, subject to the provisions of Condition 8.

 

72


13

Notices

All notices regarding the Notes will be deemed to be validly given if published in a leading English language daily newspaper of general circulation in London. It is expected that such publication will be made in the Financial Times in London. The Issuer shall also ensure that notices are duly published in a manner which complies with the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or any other relevant authority on which the Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to trading. Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date of the first publication or, where required to be published in more than one newspaper, on the date of the first publication in all required newspapers.

Until such time as any definitive Notes are issued, there may, so long as any Global Notes representing the Notes are held in their entirety on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, be substituted for such publication in such newspaper the delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg for communication by them to the holders of the Notes and, in addition, for so long as any Notes are listed on a stock exchange or are admitted to trading by another relevant authority and the rules of that stock exchange or other relevant authority so require, such notice will be published in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the place or places required by that stock exchange or other relevant authority. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given to the holders of the Notes on the fourth day after the day on which the said notice was given to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

Notices to be given by any Noteholder shall be in writing and given by lodging the same, together with the relative Note or Notes, with the Agent. Whilst any of the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such notice may be given by any holder of a Note to the Agent through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, in such manner as the Agent and Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, may approve for this purpose.

 

14

Meetings of Noteholders, Modification and Waiver

The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the Noteholders to consider any matter affecting their interests, including the sanctioning by an Extraordinary Resolution of a modification of the Notes, the Coupons or any of the provisions of the Trust Deed. Such a meeting may be convened by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee and shall (subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction) be convened by the Trustee upon a request by Noteholders holding not less than ten per cent. in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being remaining outstanding. The quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution is one or more persons holding or representing not less than a clear majority in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, or at any adjourned meeting one or more persons being or representing Noteholders whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented, except that at any meeting the business of which includes the modification of certain provisions of the Notes or Coupons or the Trust Deed (including modifying the date of maturity of the Notes or any date for payment of interest thereon, reducing or cancelling the amount of principal or the rate of interest payable in respect of the Notes or altering the currency of payment of the Notes or Coupons) the quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing not less than three-fourths in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, or at any adjourned such meeting one or more persons holding or representing not less than one-fourth in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding. An Extraordinary Resolution passed at any meeting of the Noteholders shall be binding on all the Noteholders, whether or not they are present at the meeting, and on all Couponholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resolution in writing signed by persons holding or representing not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding shall for all purposes be as valid and effective as an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with the provisions contained in the Trust Deed.

The Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to any modification of, or to the waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach of, any of these Terms and Conditions or any of the provisions of the Trust Deed, or determine, without any such consent as aforesaid, that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (as defined in the Trust Deed) shall not be treated as such, which in any such case is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or may agree, without any such consent as aforesaid, to any modification which is of a formal, minor or technical nature, to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

 

73


The Trustee may also agree, subject to such amendment of the Trust Deed and such other conditions as the Trustee may require, but without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to the substitution (i) in place of the Issuer as the principal debtor under the Notes and the Trust Deed of any Guarantor or any successor in business or Holding Company of any Guarantor or any other subsidiary of any Guarantor, such successor in business or such Holding Company provided that all payments in respect of the Notes continue to be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by each Guarantor or the successor in business or Holding Company of each Guarantor in the manner provided in the Trust Deed (or, where a Guarantor or its successor in business or Holding Company is the new principal debtor, by the other Guarantors or their successors in business or Holding Companies); or (ii) in place of any Guarantor as guarantor of the Notes under the Trust Deed, of any successor in business or Holding Company of any Guarantor. In the case of any proposed substitution, the Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to a change of the law governing the Notes, the Coupons and/or the Trust Deed, provided that such change would not, in the opinion of the Trustee, be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Any such modification, waiver, authorisation, determination or substitution shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, any such modification or substitution shall be notified to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 as soon as practicable thereafter.

In connection with the exercise by it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation or determination), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of any such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 and/or any undertaking given in addition to, or in substitution for, Condition 7 pursuant to the Trust Deed.

 

15

Further Issues

The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders to create and issue further notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest thereon and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single Series with the outstanding Notes. The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening a single meeting of the Noteholders and the holders of notes of other Series where the Trustee so decides.

 

16

Indemnification of the Trustee and its Contracting with the Issuer and the Guarantors

The Trust Deed contains provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee and for its relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving it from taking action unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

The Trust Deed also contains provisions pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled, inter alia , (i) to enter into business transactions with the Issuer and/or any Guarantor and/or any Subsidiaries of any of them and to act as trustee for the holders of any other securities issued or guaranteed by, or relating to, the Issuer and/or any Guarantor and/or any Subsidiaries of any of them, (ii) to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such transactions or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship without regard to the interests of, or consequences for, the Noteholders or Couponholders, and (iii) to retain and not be liable to account for any profit made or any other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith.

 

74


17

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

No person shall have any right to enforce any term or condition of this Note under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 but this does not affect any right or remedy of any person which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

18

Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

The Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them, are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

  (b)

Each of the parties to the Trust Deed has in the Trust Deed irrevocably agreed that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them) and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings (together referred to as “ Proceedings ”) arising out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons (including any proceedings relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them) may be brought in such courts.

 

  (c)

Each of the parties to the Trust Deed has in the Trust Deed irrevocably and unconditionally waived any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any such Proceedings in any such court and any claim that any such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably and unconditionally agreed that a judgment in any such Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d)

Nothing contained in this Condition shall limit any right to take Proceedings against any of the parties to the Trust Deed in any other court of competent jurisdiction (outside the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982, as amended), nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

  (e)

Each of BATHTN, BATNF and BATCAP has in the Trust Deed appointed British American Tobacco at its registered office for the time being (being at the date of this Base Prospectus at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG) as its agent for service of process, and undertaken that, in the event of British American Tobacco ceasing so to act or ceasing to be registered in England, each of BATHTN, BATNF and BATCAP will appoint another person as its agent for service of process in England in respect of any Proceedings.

 

  (f)

Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve proceedings in any other manner permitted by law.

 

75


AGENT

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

OTHER PAYING AGENT

Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme

69 route d’Esch

L-2953 Luxembourg

 

76


SCHEDULE 2

FORMS OF GLOBAL AND DEFINITIVE NOTES, COUPONS AND TALONS

 

77


PART 1

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS DEFINITIVE NOTES AND COUPONS AND/OR TALONS IN RESPECT OF THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 1

THE NOTES COVERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE NOTES ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (I) AS PART OF THEIR DISTRIBUTION AT ANY TIME, OR (II) UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF ALL NOTES OF THE TRANCHE OF WHICH THOSE NOTES ARE A PART, AS DETERMINED AND CERTIFIED TO THE DEALERS OR, IN THE CASE OF NOTES ISSUED ON A SYNDICATED BASIS, THE LEAD MANAGER, BY THE AGENT, EXCEPT IN EITHER CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S.

[B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales )/

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands )/

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands )/

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware, United States of America )] 2

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c., [                ] 3

( each a Guarantor and together the Guarantors )

 

 

1  

Applicable to Notes in bearer form with a maturity of more than one year.

2  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

3  

Insert names of the other Guarantors.

 

78


GLOBAL NOTE

This Note is a Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes of the Issuer (the Notes) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Final Terms applicable to the Notes (the Final Terms), a copy of which is annexed hereto. References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as supplemented, replaced and modified by the Final Terms but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the said Conditions and the information in the Final Terms, the Final Terms will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 6 July 1998.

The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Agent or any other Paying Agent located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes.

If the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both Euroclear Bank SA/NV (Euroclear) and Clearstream Banking, SA (Clearstream, Luxembourg and together with Euroclear, the relevant Clearing Systems) . The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of each such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

If the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, the nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the applicable Final Terms or, if lower, the nominal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Part II or III of Schedule One hereto or in Schedule Two hereto.

On any redemption of, or payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(a)

if the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment or purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems, and, upon any such entry being made, the nominal amount of the Notes recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled; or

 

(b)

if the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note, details of such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule One hereto and the relevant space in Schedule One hereto recording any such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

 

79


Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof. Any failure to make entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

This Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole, but not in part, for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Coupons and/or Talons and the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions appearing in the Final Terms has been endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes) only upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event.

An Exchange Event means:

 

(i)

both Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have terminated their businesses without a successor clearing organisation being available; or

 

(ii)

the relevant Issuer has requested the issuance of definitive Notes upon a change in tax law that would be adverse to such Issuer but for the issuance of definitive Notes in bearer form.

Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event:

 

(A)

the Issuer will promptly give notice to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 upon the occurrence of such Exchange Event; and

 

(B)

Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note) or the Trustee may give notice to the Agent requesting exchange and, in the event of the occurrence of an Exchange Event as described in (ii) above, the Issuer may also give notice to the Agent requesting exchange. Any such exchange shall occur on a date specified in the notice not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of the first relevant notice by the Agent.

The first notice requesting exchange in accordance with the above provisions shall give rise to the issue of Definitive Notes for the total nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note.

Any such exchange as aforesaid may be made on any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

The aggregate nominal amount of Definitive Notes issued upon an exchange of this Global Note will be equal to the aggregate nominal amount of this Global Note. Upon exchange of this Global Note for Definitive Notes, the Agent shall cancel it or procure that it is cancelled.

Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall (subject as provided in the next paragraph) in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Coupons and/or Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, solely in the bearer of this Global Note in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

 

80


This Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

No rights are conferred on any person under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of any person which exists or is available apart from that Act.

This Global Note shall not be valid unless (i) authenticated by Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Agent and (ii) if the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note and Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg has been appointed as the common safekeeper, effectuated by such common safekeeper.

This Global Note is transferable only to a successor clearing organisation that is subject to the same terms, in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be.

IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed manually or in facsimile by two persons duly authorised on its behalf.

 

81


Issued as of [                    ].

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V. /

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 4

 

By:  

 

         Director
 

 

         Director/Secretary

Authenticated by

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

as Agent.

By:  

 

         Authorised Officer
5 Effectuated without recourse,

Warranty or liability by

 

as common safekeeper

By:  

 

 

 

4  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

5  

This should only be completed where the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is intended to be a New Global Note in respect of which effectuation is applicable.

 

82


Schedule One 6

PART I

INTEREST PAYMENTS

 

Date made

  

Interest Payment

Date

  

Total amount of

interest payable

  

Amount of interest
paid

  

Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of the Issuer

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

6  

Schedule One should only be completed where the Final Terms indicates that this Global Note is not intended to be a New Global Note.

 

83


PART II

REDEMPTIONS

 

Date made

  

Total amount of

principal payable

  

Amount of

principal paid

  

Remaining
nominal amount of
this Global Note
following such
redemption 7

  

Confirmation of
redemption by or
on behalf of the
Issuer

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

7  

See most recent entry in Part II or III or Schedule Two in order to determine this amount.

 

84


PART III

PURCHASES AND CANCELLATIONS

 

Date made

  

Part of nominal amount

of this Global Note

purchased and cancelled

  

Remaining nominal

amount of this Global

Note following such

purchase and

cancellation 8

  

Confirmation of
purchase and
cancellation by or on
behalf of the Issuer

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

8  

See most recent entry in Part II or III or Schedule Two in order to determine this amount.

 

85


PART 2

FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE

THE NOTES COVERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE NOTES ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (I) AS PART OF THEIR DISTRIBUTION AT ANY TIME, OR (II) UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF ALL NOTES OF THE TRANCHE OF WHICH THOSE NOTES ARE A PART, AS DETERMINED AND CERTIFIED TO THE DEALERS OR, IN THE CASE OF NOTES ISSUED ON A SYNDICATED BASIS, THE LEAD MANAGER, BY THE AGENT, EXCEPT IN EITHER CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S.

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 1

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in England and Wales )/

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands )/

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in The Netherlands )/

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

(the Issuer)

( incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware, United States of America ) 2

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c., [                    ] 3

( each a Guarantor and together the Guarantors )

 

 

1  

Applicable to Notes in bearer form with a maturity of more than one year.

2  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

3  

Insert names of the other Guarantors.

 

86


[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

This Note is one of a Series of Notes of [Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s)] each of the Issuer (Notes). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions [endorsed hereon/set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed (as defined below) which shall be incorporated by reference herein and have effect as if set out herein] as supplemented, replaced and modified by the relevant information (appearing in the Final Terms (the Final Terms)) endorsed hereon but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the said Conditions and such information in the Final Terms, such information will prevail. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Note. This Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 6 July 1998.

The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on the Maturity Date or on such earlier date as this Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable on redemption of this Note and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of this Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed.

This Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Agent.

IN WITNESS whereof this Note has been executed on behalf of the Issuer.

Issued as of [                 ].

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V. /

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 4

 

By:  

 

         Director
 

 

         Director/Secretary
Authenticated by
Citibank, N.A., London Branch
as Agent.
By:  

 

 

 

4  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

 

87


Authorised Officer

[Conditions]

[Conditions to be as set out in Schedule 1 to this Trust Deed or such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s), but shall not be endorsed if not required by the relevant Stock Exchange]

 

88


Final Terms

[Here to be set out the text of the relevant information supplementing,

replacing or modifying the Conditions which appears in the Final Terms relating to the Notes]

 

89


PART 3

FORM OF COUPON

On the front:

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V./

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 1

[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

Series No. [     ]

[Coupon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]]. 2

(Part A)

[For Fixed Rate Notes:

This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately         Coupon for

negotiable and subject to the Terms and                 [         ]

Conditions of the said Notes.                                  due on [         ], [        ]]

(Part B)

[For Floating Rate Notes:

Coupon for the amount due in accordance with

the Terms and Conditions endorsed on,

attached to or incorporated by reference

into the said Notes on [the Interest Payment

Date falling in [    ] [    ]/[    ]].

This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately

negotiable and subject to such Terms and

Conditions, under which it may become void

before its due date.]

 

 

1  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

2  

Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination.

 

90


[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 3

[ B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V./B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 4 ]

 

By:  

 

  Director
 

 

  Director/Secretary ] 5

 

 

3  

Applicable to Notes in bearer form with a maturity of more than one year.

4  

Delete whichever is not applicable.

5  

Delete if not applicable.

 

91


PART 4

FORM OF TALON

On the front:

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V./

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 1

[Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

NOTES DUE

[Year of Maturity]

Series No. [     ]

[Talon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]] 2 .

On and after [                 ] further Coupons [and a further Talon] 3 appertaining to the Note to which this Talon appertains will be issued at the specified office of any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to the Noteholders) upon production and surrender of this Talon.

This Talon may, in certain circumstances, become void under the Terms and Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Talon appertains.

THE NOTES COVERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE NOTES ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (I) AS PART OF THEIR DISTRIBUTION AT ANY TIME, OR (II) UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF ALL NOTES OF THE TRANCHE OF WHICH THOSE NOTES ARE A PART, AS DETERMINED AND CERTIFIED TO THE DEALERS OR, IN THE CASE OF NOTES ISSUED ON A SYNDICATED BASIS, THE LEAD MANAGER, BY THE AGENT, EXCEPT IN EITHER CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S.

 

 

1  

Delete whichever are not applicable.

2  

Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination.

3  

Not required on last Coupon sheet.

 

92


[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 4

[B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c./BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V./B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V./ B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION 5 ]

 

By:  

 

  Director
 

 

  Director/Secretary ] 6

 

 

4  

Applicable to Notes in bearer form with a maturity of more than one year.

5  

Delete whichever is not applicable.

6  

Delete if not applicable.

 

93


On the back of Coupons and Talons:

AGENT

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

OTHER PAYING AGENT

Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme

69, route d’Esch

L-2953 Luxembourg

 

94


SCHEDULE 3

PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS

 

1.

The following expressions have the following meanings:

 

  (a)

voting certificate means a certificate in English issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is stated:

 

  (i)

that on that date Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a block voting instruction has been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such voting certificate or any adjournment of it) were deposited with that Paying Agent (or held to its order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the earlier of:

 

  (A)

the conclusion of the meeting specified in such certificate or, if later, any adjournment of it; and

 

  (B)

the surrender of the certificate to the Paying Agent which issued it; and

 

  (ii)

that its bearer is entitled to attend and vote at such meeting or any adjournment of it in respect of the Notes represented by such certificate;

 

  (b)

block voting instruction means a document in English issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which:

 

  (i)

it is certified that Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a voting certificate has been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such block voting instruction or any adjournment of it) have been deposited with that Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the earlier of:

 

  (A)

the conclusion of the meeting specified in such document or, if later, any adjournment of it; and

 

  (B)

the surrender, not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for such meeting or adjournment, of the receipt for each such deposited Note which is to be released to the Paying Agent which issued it or (as the case may be) the Notes ceasing with the agreement of the Paying Agent to be held to its order or under its control or so blocked and the notification of the necessary amendment to the block voting instruction by such Paying Agent to the Issuer;

 

  (ii)

it is certified that each holder of such Notes or a duly authorised agent on his behalf has instructed that Paying Agent that the votes attributable to his Notes so deposited or held or blocked should be cast in a particular way in relation to each resolution to be put to such meeting or any adjourned such meeting and that all such instructions are, during the period of 48 hours before the time fixed for such meeting or adjourned meeting, neither revocable nor subject to amendment;

 

95


  (iii)

the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes so deposited or held or blocked are listed, distinguishing with regard to each resolution between those in respect of which instructions have been so given (A) to vote for, and (B) to vote against, the resolution; and

 

  (iv)

a person named in such document (a proxy) is authorised and instructed by that Paying Agent to vote in respect of the Notes so listed in accordance with the instructions referred to in (iii) above as set out in such document.

 

  (c)

Extraordinary Resolution means:

 

  (i)

a resolution passed at a duly convened meeting of Noteholders held in accordance with this Trust Deed by a majority of at least 75 per cent. of the votes cast;

 

  (ii)

a resolution in writing executed by or on behalf of the persons holding or representing not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding who would have been entitled to vote if it had been proposed at a meeting at which they were present and may consist of several instruments in like form each executed by or on behalf of one or more Noteholders; or

 

  (iii)

consent given by way of electronic consents through the relevant Clearing System(s) (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) by or on behalf of the holders of not less than 75 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

2.

A holder of a Note (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note) may obtain a voting certificate from a Paying Agent or require a Paying Agent to issue a block voting instruction by depositing his Note with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) by such Note being held to its order or under its control or being blocked in an account with a clearing system, in each case not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting. Voting certificates and block voting instructions shall be valid until the relevant Notes cease to be deposited or held or blocked pursuant to paragraph 1 and until then the holder of a voting certificate or (as the case may be) the proxy named in a block voting instruction shall, for all purposes in connection with any meeting or adjourned meeting of Noteholders, be deemed to be the holder of the Notes to which that voting certificate or block voting instruction relates and the Paying Agent with which (or to the order of which) such Notes have been deposited, held or blocked shall be deemed for such purposes not to be the holder of those Notes.

 

3.

The Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee may at any time convene a meeting of Noteholders. If it receives a written request by Noteholders holding at least 10 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding and is indemnified to its satisfaction against all costs and expenses, the Trustee shall convene a meeting of Noteholders. Whenever any party shall take steps to convene any such meeting it shall give notice to the others of the day, time and place of such meeting and the nature of the business to be transacted thereat as soon as is practicable. Every meeting shall be held at a time and place approved by the Trustee.

 

4.

At least 21 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day of the meeting) shall be given to the Noteholders. A copy of the notice shall be given by the party convening the meeting to the other parties. The notice shall specify the day, time and place of meeting, be given in the manner provided in the Conditions and shall specify, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, the nature of the resolutions to be proposed and shall include a statement to the effect that Notes may be deposited with or held to the order of or under the control of any Paying Agent or blocked in an account with a clearing system for the purpose of obtaining voting certificates or appointing proxies but not thereafter until 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting.

 

96


5.

A person (who may, but need not, be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by the Trustee may act as chairman of a meeting but if no such nomination is made or if the person nominated is not present within 15 minutes after the time fixed for the meeting the Noteholders present shall choose one of their number to be chairman, failing which the Issuer may appoint a chairman. The chairman of an adjourned meeting need not be the same person as the chairman of the original meeting.

 

6.

A meeting that has been validly convened in accordance with paragraph 3 above, may be cancelled by the person who convened such meeting by giving at least 7 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and the day of the meeting) to the Noteholders. Any meeting cancelled in accordance with this paragraph 6 shall be deemed not to have been convened.

 

7.

At a meeting one or more persons present in person holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than 10 per cent. of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and no business (other than the choosing of a chairman) shall be transacted unless the requisite quorum be present at the commencement of business. The quorum at a meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject as provided below) be one or more persons present in person holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate a clear majority in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding provided that the quorum at a meeting the business of which includes consideration of proposals specified in the proviso to paragraph 20 shall be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than three-fourths in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

8.

If within 15 minutes from the time fixed for a meeting a quorum is not present the meeting shall, if convened upon the requisition of Noteholders or if the Issuer and the Trustee agree, be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such date, not less than 14 nor more than 42 days later, and to such place as the chairman may decide. At such adjourned meeting one or more persons present in person holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented) shall form a quorum and may pass any resolution and decide upon all matters which could properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the adjournment took place had a quorum been present at such meeting provided that at an adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be proposed for the purpose of effecting any of the modifications specified in the proviso to paragraph 20 the quorum shall be one or more persons so present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than one-fourth in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

 

9.

The chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) a meeting adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting which might not lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

10.

At least 10 days’ notice of a meeting adjourned through want of a quorum shall be given in the same manner as for an original meeting and such notice shall state the quorum required at the adjourned meeting. No notice need, however, otherwise be given of an adjourned meeting.

 

11.

Each question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands and in case of equality of votes the chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a poll have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes (if any) which he may have as a Noteholder or as a holder of a voting certificate or as a proxy.

 

97


12.

Unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded at any meeting by the chairman, the Issuer, the Guarantor(s), the Trustee or by one or more persons holding one or more Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than two per cent. in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority or lost or not carried by any particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

13.

If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner and (subject as provided below) either at once or after such adjournment as the chairman directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded as at the date of the taking of the poll. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

 

14.

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment.

 

15.

The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee (through their respective representatives) and their respective financial and legal advisers may attend and speak at any meeting of Noteholders. No one else may attend or speak at a meeting of Noteholders or have any of the powers exercisable by Noteholders in such meeting or join in requesting or convening such meeting, unless he is the holder of a Definitive Note or a voting certificate or is a proxy.

 

16.

Subject as provided in paragraph 15 hereof at any meeting:

 

  (a)

on a show of hands every person who is present in person and produces a Definitive Note or voting certificate or is a proxy shall have one vote; and

 

  (b)

on a poll every person who is so present shall have one vote in respect of each £1 or such other amount as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate (or, in the case of meetings of holders of Notes denominated in another currency, such amount in such other currency as the Trustee in its absolute discretion may stipulate) in nominal amount of the Definitive Notes so produced or represented by the voting certificate so produced or in respect of which he is a proxy.

Without prejudice to the obligations of the proxies named in any block voting instruction any person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in the same way.

 

17.

A proxy need not be a Noteholder.

 

18.

Each block voting instruction shall be deposited at such place as the Trustee shall designate or approve, at least 24 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxy named in the block voting instruction proposes to vote and in default the block voting instruction shall not be treated as valid unless the chairman of the meeting decides otherwise before the meeting or adjourned meeting proceeds to business. A notarially certified copy of each block voting instruction shall if required by the Trustee be produced by the proxy at the meeting or adjourned meeting but the Trustee shall not thereby be obliged to investigate or be concerned with the validity of, or the authority of, the proxy named in a block voting instruction.

 

98


19.

A vote cast in accordance with the terms of a block voting instruction shall be valid even if the block voting instruction or any of the Noteholders’ instructions pursuant to which it was executed has been previously revoked or amended, unless written intimation of such revocation or amendment is received from the relevant Paying Agent by the Issuer or the Trustee at its registered office (or at such other place as the Trustee shall designate or approve) or by the chairman of the meeting in each case at least 24 hours before the time fixed for the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the block voting instruction is used.

 

20.

A meeting of Noteholders shall, subject to the Conditions, in addition to the powers given above, but without prejudice to any powers conferred on other persons by this Trust Deed, have power exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

to sanction any proposal by the Issuer, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee for any modification, abrogation, variation or compromise of, or arrangement in respect of, the rights of the Noteholders and/or the Couponholders against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors whether or not these rights arise under this Trust Deed;

 

  (b)

to sanction the exchange or substitution for the Notes of, or the conversion of the Notes into, shares, bonds, or other obligations or securities of the Issuer, any of the Guarantors or any other entity;

 

  (c)

to assent to any modification of this Trust Deed which shall be proposed by the Issuer, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee;

 

  (d)

to authorise anyone to concur in and do anything necessary to carry out and give effect to an Extraordinary Resolution;

 

  (e)

to give any authority, direction or sanction required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution;

 

  (f)

to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or committees to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon them any powers or discretions which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution;

 

  (g)

to approve a proposed new Trustee and to remove a Trustee;

 

  (h)

to approve the substitution of any entity for the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (or any previous substitute) as principal debtor or guarantor under this Trust Deed; and

 

  (i)

to discharge or exonerate the Trustee from any liability in respect of any act or omission for which it may become responsible under this Trust Deed;

provided that the special quorum provisions contained in the proviso to paragraph 7 and, in the case of an adjourned meeting, in the proviso to paragraph 8 shall apply to any Extraordinary Resolution in relation to any of the matters specified in paragraph 20(b) or (h) or for the purpose of making any modification to this Trust Deed (each of which shall only be capable of being effected after having been approved by an Extraordinary Resolution) which would have the effect of:

 

  (i)

changing the date of maturity of the Notes or the dates on which interest is payable in respect of the Notes; or

 

  (ii)

reducing or cancelling the amount of principal of, or the rate of interest payable in respect of, the Notes; or

 

  (iii)

changing the currency of payment of the Notes or Coupons; or

 

99


  (iv)

modifying the provisions hereof relating to the quorum required at meetings of the Noteholders or the majority required to pass (whether at such meeting or by writing) an Extraordinary Resolution; or

 

  (v)

amending this proviso.

 

21.

Any procedural resolution passed at a meeting of Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with this Trust Deed and an Extraordinary Resolution duly passed in accordance with this Trust Deed shall be binding on all the Noteholders, whether or not present at the meeting, and on all the Couponholders and each of them shall be bound to give effect to it accordingly. The passing of such a resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the circumstances of such resolution justify the passing of it. The Issuer shall give notice of the passing of an Extraordinary Resolution to Noteholders as soon as practicable after it has been passed but failure to do so shall not invalidate the resolution.

 

22.

Minutes shall be made of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting and, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of that meeting or of the next succeeding meeting of Noteholders, shall be conclusive evidence of the matters in them. Until the contrary is proved every meeting for which minutes have been so made and signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted at it to have been duly passed and transacted.

 

23.

Subject to the following sentence, a Written Resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more such Noteholders.

For so long as the Notes are in the form of a Global Note held on behalf of one or more of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or another clearing system, then, in respect of any resolution proposed by the relevant Issuer or the Trustee:

 

  (a)

where the terms of the resolution proposed by the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee (as the case may be) have been notified to the Noteholders through the relevant clearing system(s) as provided in sub-paragraphs (i) and/or (ii) below, each of the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon approval of such resolution given by way of electronic consents communicated through the electronic communications systems of the relevant clearing system(s) to the Principal Paying Agent or another specified agent and/or the Trustee in accordance with their operating rules and procedures by or on behalf of the holders of not less than 75 per cent. in nominal amount of the Notes outstanding (the Required Proportion ) ( Electronic Consent ) by close of business on the Relevant Date. Any resolution passed in such manner shall be binding on all Noteholders and Couponholders, even if the relevant consent or instruction proves to be defective. None of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall be liable or responsible to anyone for such reliance.

 

  (i)

When a proposal for a resolution to be passed as an Electronic Consent has been made, at least 10 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day on which affirmative consents will be counted) shall be given to the Noteholders through the relevant clearing system(s). The notice shall specify, in sufficient detail to enable Noteholders to give their consents in relation to the proposed resolution, the method by which their consents may be given (including, where applicable, blocking of their accounts in the relevant clearing system(s)) and the time and date (the Relevant Date ) by which they must be received in order for such consents to be validly given, in each case subject to and in accordance with the operating rules and procedures of the relevant clearing system(s).

 

100


  (ii)

If, on the Relevant Date on which the consents in respect of an Electronic Consent are first counted, such consents do not represent the Required Proportion, the resolution shall, if the party proposing such resolution (the Proposer ) so determines, be deemed to be defeated. Such determination shall be notified in writing to the other party or parties to the Trust Deed. Alternatively, the Proposer may give a further notice to Noteholders that the resolution will be proposed again on such date and for such period as shall be agreed with the Trustee (unless the Trustee is the Proposer). Such notice must inform Noteholders that insufficient consents were received in relation to the original resolution and the information specified in sub-paragraph (i) above. For the purpose of such further notice, references to “Relevant Date” shall be construed accordingly.

For the avoidance of doubt, an Electronic Consent may only be used in relation to a resolution proposed by the Issuer , the Guarantor or the Trustee which is not then the subject of a meeting that has been validly convened in accordance with paragraph 3 above, unless that meeting is or shall be cancelled or dissolved; and

 

  (b)

where Electronic Consent is not being sought, for the purpose of determining whether a Written Resolution has been validly passed, the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on consent or instructions given in writing directly to the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor and/or the Trustee, as the case may be, (a) by accountholders with entitlements to such Global Note or, (b) where the accountholders hold any such entitlement on behalf of another person, on written consent from or written instruction by the person identified by that accountholder or the person for whom such entitlement is held. For the purpose of establishing the entitlement to give any such consent or instruction, the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on any certificate or other document issued by, in the case of (a) above, Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other relevant alternative clearing system (the relevant clearing system ) and, in the case of (b) above, the relevant clearing system and the person identified by the relevant clearing system for the purposes of (b) above. Any resolution passed in such manner shall be binding on all Noteholders and Couponholders, even if the relevant consent or instruction proves to be defective. Any such certificate or other document shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Any such certificate or other document may comprise any form of statement or print out of electronic records provided by the relevant clearing system (including Euroclear’s EUCLID or Clearstream, Luxembourg’s CreationOnline system) in accordance with its usual procedures and in which the accountholder of a particular principal or nominal amount of the Notes is clearly identified together with the amount of such holding. Neither the relevant Issuer, the Guarantor nor the Trustee shall be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any certificate or other document to such effect purporting to be issued by any such person and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic.

Each Written Resolution and each Electronic Consent shall for all purposes be as valid and effectual as an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of such Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with the provision contained herein. Each Written Resolution and each Electronic Consent will be binding on all Noteholders and holders of Coupons and Talons, whether or not they participated in such Written Resolution or Electronic Consent.

 

24.

(a) If and whenever the Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes of more than one Series the foregoing provisions of this Schedule shall have effect subject to the following modifications:

 

  (i)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of one Series only shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a meeting of the holders of the Notes of that Series;

 

101


  (ii)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series but does not give rise to a conflict of interests between the holders of Notes of any of the Series so affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a single meeting of the holders of the Notes of all the Series so affected;

 

  (iii)

a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series and gives or may give rise to a conflict of interests between the holders of the Notes of one Series or group of Series so affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed only if passed at separate meetings of the holders of the Notes of each Series or group of Series so affected; and

 

  (iv)

to all such meetings as aforesaid all the preceding provisions of this Schedule shall mutatis mutandis apply as though references therein to Notes and Noteholders were references to the Notes of the Series or group of Series in question and to the holders of such Notes respectively.

 

  (b)

If the Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes which are not denominated in pounds sterling in the case of any meeting of holders of Notes of more than one currency the principal amount of such Notes shall (i) for the purposes of paragraph 3 above be the equivalent in pounds sterling at the spot rate of a bank nominated by the Trustee for the conversion of the relevant currency or currencies into pounds sterling on the seventh dealing day prior to the day on which the requisition in writing is received by the Issuer and (ii) for the purposes of paragraphs 7, 8 and 16 above (whether in respect of the meeting or any adjourned such meeting or any poll resulting therefrom) be the equivalent at such spot rate on the seventh dealing day prior to the day of such meeting. In such circumstances, on any poll each person present shall have one vote for each £1 (or such other pounds sterling amount as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate) in principal amount of the Notes (converted as above) which he holds or represents.

 

25.

Subject to all other provisions of this Trust Deed, the Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, prescribe such further regulations regarding the holding of meetings and attendance and voting at them as the Trustee may in its sole discretion determine including (without limitation) such regulations and requirements as the Trustee thinks reasonable (a) to satisfy itself that the persons who purport to make any requisition in accordance with this Trust Deed are entitled to do so; (b) as to the form of voting certificates or block voting instructions so as to satisfy itself that persons who purport to attend or vote at a meeting are entitled to do so; (c) as to the attendance and voting by persons beneficially entitled to interests in the Global Note without the need for them to hold Definitive Notes; (d) where the Trustee has determined that a resolution may properly be put to a meeting of the holders of the Notes of more than one Series issued in different denominations and/or different currencies, as to the weighting of the votes attributable to each such series; and (e) so as to satisfy itself that persons who have purported to sign a resolution in writing to constitute an Extraordinary Resolution were in fact Noteholders and holders of different Notes.

 

102


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by    )
B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.    )
acting by    )
and    )
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO    )
HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.    )
acting by    )
and    )
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )
B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.    )
acting by    )
and    )
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.    )
acting by   
THE COMMON SEAL of    )
THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST    )
CORPORATION p.l.c .    )
was affixed to this DEED    )
in the presence of:    )

Director

Authorised Signatory

 

103


6 JULY 1998 AND MODIFIED AND RESTATED ON

25 MAY 2018

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE

NETHERLANDS) B.V.

and

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

and

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

and

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION

p.l.c.

relating to a

£25,000,000,000

Euro Medium Term Note Programme

TRUST DEED

 

LOGO

Allen & Overy LLP


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.    )   
acting by N Wadey    )    /s/ Neil Wadey
and P McCrory    )    /s/ Paul McCrory
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO    )   
HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.    )   
acting by M Wiechers    )    /s/ Mark Wiechers
and J Bollen    )    /s/ Judith Bollen
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.    )   
acting by M Wiechers    )    /s/ Mark Wiechers
and J Bollen    )    /s/ Judith Bollen
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION    )   
acting by R Casey    )    /s/ Robert Casey
and N Wadey    )    /s/ Neil Wadey
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.    )   
acting by B Stevens    )    /s/ Benedict Stevens
and P McCrory    )    /s/ Paul McCrory
THE COMMON SEAL of    )   
THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST    )   
CORPORATION p.l.c.    )   
was affixed to this DEED    )   
in the presence of:    )   
/s/ Richard Rance      
Director      
/s/ Chris Burgess      
Authorised Signatory      

Exhibit 5.1

October 2, 2018

[Letterhead of]

CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE LLP

[London Office]

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

B.A.T Capital Corporation

$2,250,000,000 2.297% Notes due 2020

$2,250,000,000 2.764% Notes due 2022

$2,500,000,000 3.222% Notes due 2024

$3,500,000,000 3.557% Notes due 2027

$2,500,000,000 4.390% Notes due 2037

$2,500,000,000 4.540% Notes due 2047

$1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Notes due 2020

$750,000,000 Floating Rate Notes due 2022

Form F-4 Registration Statement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as U.S. counsel to B.A.T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and each of the guarantors listed on Annex A to this opinion (the “ Guarantors ”), in connection with the filing by the Issuer and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) of a registration statement on Form F-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to the proposed issuance and offer to exchange (1) new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “ 2.297% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “ Unregistered 2.297% Notes ”); (2) new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “ 2.764% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “ Unregistered 2.764% Notes ”); (3) new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “ 3.222% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “ Unregistered 3.222% Notes ”); (4) new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “ 3.557% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “ Unregistered 3.557% Notes ”); (5) new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “ 4.390% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “ Unregistered 4.390% Notes ”); (6) new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “ 4.540% Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “ Unregistered 4.540% Notes ”); (7) new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “ 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “ Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes ”); and (8)


new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “ 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”), to be registered under the Act, for any of the Issuer’s unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “ Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “ Unregistered Notes ”).

The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture no. 1, dated as of September 28, 2018, the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as authentication agent, paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and calculation agent (the “ Authentication Agent”) . The Exchange Notes are to be guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture.

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion, including, without limitation: (a) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Issuer, as adopted on September 8, 2008; (b) the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Issuer, as adopted on July 27, 2007; (c) resolutions adopted by Board of Directors of the Issuer on July 20, 2017 and July 25, 2018; and (d) the Indenture (including the Guarantees therein) and the forms of Exchange Notes included therein. We have relied, with respect to certain factual matters, on representations and warranties of directors and officers of the Issuer.

In expressing the opinions set forth herein, we have assumed, with your consent and without independent investigation or verification, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or copies. We have also assumed, with your consent, that the choice of New York law contained in the Indenture is legal and valid under the laws of England and Wales, the Netherlands and North Carolina and that insofar as any obligation under the Indenture is to be performed in, or by a party organized under the laws of, any jurisdiction outside the State of New York or the State of Delaware, its performance will not be illegal or ineffective in any such jurisdiction by virtue of the law of that jurisdiction. We have also assumed, with your consent, that the Indenture (including the Guarantees therein) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and the Guarantors and that the form of the Exchange Notes will conform to that included in the Indenture.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of opinion as follows:

 

2


1. The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer and, when executed and authenticated (including the due authentication of the Exchange Notes by the Authentication Agent) in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued and delivered in exchange for the applicable Unregistered Notes, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

2. The Indenture (including the Guarantees therein) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and, assuming that the Indenture (including the Guarantees therein) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantors and the Trustee, when the Exchange Notes are executed and authenticated (including the due authentication of the Exchange Notes by the Authentication Agent) in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued and delivered in exchange for the applicable Unregistered Notes, each Guarantee will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the applicable Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity, including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

We are admitted to practice in the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to matters governed by any laws other than the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. In particular, we do not purport to pass on any matter governed by the laws of England and Wales, the Netherlands or the State of North Carolina.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

3


British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

B.A.T Capital Corporation

103 Foulk Road, Suite 120

Wilmington, Delaware 19803

United States

 

4


ANNEX A

Guarantors

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.

British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.

B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.

Reynolds American Inc.

Exhibit 5.2

 

     

Linklaters LLP

One Silk Street

London EC2Y 8HQ

Telephone (+44) 20 7456 2000

Facsimile (+44) 20 7456 2222

DX Box Number 10 CDE

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

2 October 2018

U.S.$ Fixed and Floating Rate Notes (the “Notes”) of B.A.T Capital Corporation (“BATCAP” or the “Issuer”) and guaranteed by British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“British American Tobacco”), B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (“BATIF”), Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”), British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“BATHTN”), and B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“BATNF”) (the “Guarantors”) to be issued in exchange for U.S.$ Fixed and Floating Rate Notes issued by the Issuer on 15 August 2017 (the “Outstanding Notes”)

 

1

We have acted as English legal advisers to the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection with the issue of the Notes and the giving of the guarantees (the “ Guarantees ”) by the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and have taken instructions solely from the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Notes are expected to be issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes (the “ Exchange ”) on the terms set forth in the registration statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 2 October 2018 (the “ Registration Statement ”).

 

2

This opinion is limited to English law as applied by the English courts and in effect on the date of this opinion. It is given on the basis that it, and all matters relating to it, will be governed by, and that it (including all terms used in it) will be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

3

For the purpose of this opinion we have examined the documents listed and, where appropriate, defined in the Schedule to this opinion.

 

4

We have assumed that:

 

4.1

(except in the case of BATIF and British American Tobacco) all relevant documents are within the capacity and powers of, and have been validly authorised by, each party

 

4.2

(in the case of each party) those documents have been or (in the case of the Notes and the Guarantees) will be validly executed and delivered by the relevant party

This communication is confidential and may be privileged or otherwise protected by work product immunity.

Linklaters LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales with registered number OC326345. It is a law firm authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority. The term partner in relation to Linklaters LLP is used to refer to a member of Linklaters LLP or an employee or consultant of Linklaters LLP or any of its affiliated firms or entities with equivalent standing and qualifications. A list of the names of the members of Linklaters LLP together with a list of those non-members who are designated as partners and their professional qualifications is open to inspection at its registered office, One Silk Street, London EC2Y 8HQ or on www.linklaters.com and such persons are either solicitors, registered foreign lawyers or European lawyers.

Please refer to www.linklaters.com/regulation for important information on Linklaters LLP’s regulatory position.


4.3

all copy documents conform to the originals and all originals are genuine and complete

 

4.4

each signature is the genuine signature of the individual concerned

 

4.5

each of the documents which are the subject of this opinion is valid and binding on each party under the law to which it is expressed to be subject where that is not English law and that words and phrases used in those documents have the same meaning and effect as they would if those documents were governed by English law

 

5

Based on the documents referred to, and assumptions made, in paragraphs 3 and 4 above and subject to the qualifications in paragraph 6 below and to any matters not disclosed to us, we are of the following opinion:

 

5.1

BATIF has been incorporated and is existing as a company with limited liability under the laws of England.

 

5.2

BATIF has corporate power to enter into and to perform its obligations under the Indenture and the relevant Guarantee and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture and the relevant Guarantee.

 

5.3

British American Tobacco has been incorporated and is existing as a company with limited liability under the laws of England.

 

5.4

British American Tobacco has corporate power to enter into and to perform its obligations under the Indenture and the relevant Guarantee and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture and the relevant Guarantee.

 

Page 2 of 5


 

6

This opinion is subject to the following:

 

6.1

It should be understood that we have not been responsible for investigating or verifying the accuracy of the facts, including statements of foreign law, or the reasonableness of any statements of opinion, contained in the Registration Statement or any listing particulars prepared in connection with the Exchange, or that no material facts have been omitted from either of them. We express no opinion as to whether any listing particulars prepared in connection with the Exchange contain all the information required by Section 80 of the FSMA and Part VI of the FSMA or whether the persons responsible for listing particulars under Part VI of the FSMA have discharged their obligations thereunder.

 

6.2

We have assumed that no circumstances will occur or arise requiring the submission and publication of supplementary listing particulars in accordance with Part VI of the FSMA.

 

Page 3 of 5


6.3

We express no opinion as to compliance or otherwise with any financial limitations on borrowings or the giving of guarantees by BATIF contained in BATIF’s Articles of Association or any financial limitations on borrowings or the giving of guarantees by British American Tobacco contained in British American Tobacco’s Articles of Association.

 

6.4

To the extent it relates to United Kingdom stamp duties any undertaking or indemnity given by BATIF or British American Tobacco may be void under Section 117 of the Stamp Act 1891.

 

6.5

An English court may refuse to give effect to any contractual provision concerning payment of the costs of enforcement or litigation brought before an English court.

 

6.6

An English court may, or may be required to, stay proceedings or decline jurisdiction in certain circumstances - for example, if proceedings are brought elsewhere.

 

6.7

Effect may be given to the overriding mandatory provisions of the law of the country where the obligations arising out of a contract have to be or have been performed, in so far as those provisions render the performance of the contract unlawful. In such circumstances, the relevant obligations may not be enforceable.

 

6.8

The English courts may have regard to the law of the country in which performance takes place in relation to the manner of performance and the steps to be taken in the event of defective performance.

 

6.9

The English courts may not be restricted from applying overriding provisions of English law and if there is a provision of New York law that is manifestly incompatible with English public policy, it is possible that the English courts may not apply it.

 

7

This opinion is addressed to you solely for your benefit in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement. It is not to be transmitted to anyone else nor is it to be relied upon by anyone else or for any other purpose or quoted or referred to in any public document or filed with anyone without our express consent, save as set out below. This opinion may, however, be disclosed by the addressees hereof to the extent required by law, regulation or any governmental or competent regulatory authority or in connection with legal proceedings relating to the Registration Statement, provided that no such party to whom this opinion is disclosed may rely on this opinion without our express consent.

 

8

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us made under the heading “ Legal Matters ” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required within Section 7 of the United States Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

Yours faithfully

/s/ Linklaters LLP

 

Page 4 of 5


Schedule

 

1

A certified copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of BATIF.

 

2

A certified extract of the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of BATIF held on 20 July 2017.

 

3

A certified copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of British American Tobacco.

 

4

A certified extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of British American Tobacco held on 25 July 2017.

 

5

Indenture dated 15 August 2017 between BATCAP, as Issuer, British American Tobacco, BATIF, BATNF, BATCAP and RAI, each as a guarantor, Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and calculation agent (in each such several capacities as the “ Paying Agent ”, “ Transfer Agent ”, “ Registrar ” and “ Calculation Agent ”) (as supplemented by a supplemental indenture dated 28 September 2018, together the “ Indenture ”).

 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 5.3

 

LOGO

 

British American Tobacco Holdings (The

Netherlands) B.V. and

B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.

 

c/o British American Tobacco Holdings (The

Netherlands) B.V.

Handelsweg 53A

1181 ZA Amsterdam

  

Stibbe N.V.

Advocaten en notarissen

Beethovenplein 10

P.O. Box 75640

1070 AP Amsterdam

The Netherlands

T +31 20 546 0 606

F +31 20 546 0 123

 

www.stibbe.com

 

Date

2 October 2018

Subject to review of underlying documents and

subject to internal review

The Exchange Offer

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

(1)

We have acted as counsel with respect to matters of the laws of the Netherlands to British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (“ BATHTN ”) and B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (“ BATNF ”) in connection with the registration statement on Form F-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States dated 2 October 2018 (the “ Registration Statement ”) in relation to the offer to exchange (1) new registered $2,250,000,000.00 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “ 2.297% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020, (2) new registered $2,250,000,000.00 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “ 2.764% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022, (3) new registered $2,500,000,000.00 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “ 3.222% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024, (4) new registered $3,500,000,000.00 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “ 3.557% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027, (5) new registered $2,500,000,000.00 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “ 4.390% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037, (6) new registered $2,500,000,000.00 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “ 4.540% Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047, (7) new registered $1,000,000,000.00 Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “ 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020, and (8) new registered $750,000,000.00 Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “ 2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”, and together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, 2.764% Exchange Notes, 3.222% Exchange Notes, 3.557% Exchange Notes, 4.390% Exchange Notes, 4.540% Exchange Notes and 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) for unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “ Exchange Offer ).

This opinion is furnished to you in order to be filed as an exhibit to Registration Statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Stibbe N.V. is registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 34198700. Any services performed are carried out under an agreement for services (‘overeenkomst van opdracht’) with Stibbe N.V., which is governed exclusively by Dutch law. The general conditions of Stibbe N.V., which include a limitation of liability, apply and are available on www.stibbe.com/generalconditions or upon request.


LOGO

 

(2)

For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined and exclusively relied upon photocopies or copies received by fax or by electronic means, or originals if so expressly stated, of the following documents:

 

  (a)

the Registration Statement;

 

  (b)

the registration rights agreement dated 15 August 2017 between, among others, B.A.T Capital Corporation (as company), BATHTN and BATNF (as guarantors) and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (as representatives of the initial purchasers) (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”);

 

  (c)

the indenture dated 15 August 2017 between, among others, B.A.T Capital Corporation (as issuer), BATHTN and BATNF (as guarantors), Wilmington Trust, National Association (as trustee) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch (as authentication agent, paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and calculation agent) (the “ Indenture ”);

 

  (d)

the supplemental indenture dated 28 September 2018 between, among others, B.A.T Capital Corporation (as company), BATHTN and BATNF (as guarantors) and Wilmington Trust, National Association (as trustee) (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”);

 

  (e)

the deed of incorporation of BATHTN dated 24 February 1992 and its articles of association ( statuten ) as amended on 15 March 2013, which according to the relevant Extract referred to below are the articles of association of BATHTN as currently in force;

 

  (f)

the deed of incorporation of BATNF dated 23 April 2014 including its articles of association ( statuten ), which according to the relevant Extract referred to below are the articles of association of BATNF as currently in force;

 

  (g)

extracts from the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel, afdeling Handelsregister) relating to BATHTN and BATNF dated the date hereof (each an “ Extract ” and collectively, the “ Extracts ”);

 

  (h)

the minutes of a meeting of the managing board of BATHTN held on 31 July 2017 reflecting resolutions authorising, inter alia , the execution by BATHTN of the Agreements and the performance of its obligations thereunder; and

 

  (i)

the minutes of a meeting of the managing board of BATNF held on 31 July 2017 reflecting resolutions approving, inter alia , the execution by BATNF of the Agreements and the performance of its obligations thereunder.

 

(3)

BATHTN and BATNF are hereinafter collectively also referred to as the “ Dutch Guarantors ” and each a “ Dutch Guarantor ”. The Registration Statement, the Registration


LOGO

 

  Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture are hereinafter collectively also referred to as the “ Agreements ”. The resolutions listed in paragraphs (2)(h) and (i) are hereinafter collectively also referred to as the “ Resolutions ”.

References to the Civil Code, the Bankruptcy Act, the Code of Civil Procedure, the Financial Supervision Act and any other Codes or Acts are references to the Burgerlijk Wetboek , the Faillissementswet , the Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering , the Wet op het financieel toezicht and such other Codes or Acts of the Netherlands, as amended. In this opinion, “ the Netherlands ” refers to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and “ EU ” refers to the European Union.

 

(4)

In rendering this opinion we have assumed:

 

  (a)

the genuineness of all signatures on, and the authenticity and completeness of, all documents submitted to us as copies of drafts, originals or execution copies and the exact conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as photocopies or copies transmitted by facsimile or by electronic means;

 

  (b)

(i) the power, capacity and authority of all parties thereto other than the Dutch Guarantors to enter into and execute the Agreements; (ii) that the Agreements have been duly authorised by all parties thereto other than the Dutch Guarantors; and (iii) that the Agreements have been validly executed and delivered (where such concept is legally relevant) by each of the parties thereto (including but not limited to the Dutch Guarantors) under all applicable laws, including the laws by which the Agreements are expressed to be governed, other than the laws of the Netherlands;

 

  (c)

that any and all authorisations and consents of, or other filings with or notifications to, any public authority or other relevant body or person in or of any jurisdiction which may be required (other than under the laws of the Netherlands) in respect of the execution or performance of the Agreements have been or will be duly obtained or made, as the case may be;

 

  (d)

that the information set forth in the Extracts is complete and accurate on the date hereof and consistent with the information contained in the files kept by the Trade Register with respect to the Dutch Guarantors;

 

  (e)

that the Resolutions have not been annulled, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect as at the date hereof;

 

  (f)

that none of the Dutch Guarantors has been been declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard ), granted suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling verleend ) or dissolved ( ontbonden ), nor has ceased to exist due to merger ( fusie ) or demerger ( splitsing ); although not constituting conclusive evidence, this assumption is supported by the contents of the Extracts and by our online search of the Central Insolvency Register of the courts in the Netherlands ( Centraal Insolventieregister ) on the date hereof, which did not reveal any information which would render this assumption to be untrue;


LOGO

 

  (g)

that none of the insolvency proceedings listed in Annex A, as amended, to Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings has been declared applicable to any of the Dutch Guarantors by a court in one of the member states of the EU (with the exception of Denmark), other than the Netherlands; although not constituting conclusive evidence, this assumption is supported by our online search of the section on EU Registrations of the Central Insolvency Register ( Centraal Insolventieregister ) on the date hereof, which did not reveal any information which would render this assumption to be untrue; and

 

  (h)

that none of the members of the managing board of any of the Dutch Guarantors has a conflict of interests within the meaning of section 2:239 of the Civil Code with the relevant Dutch Guarantor with respect to the Agreements or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

(5)

We have not investigated the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands. This opinion is limited to matters of the laws of the Netherlands as they presently stand. We do not express any opinion with respect to (i) any public international law or the rules of or promulgated under any treaty or by any treaty organisation, other than any provisions of EU law having direct effect, (ii) matters of competition law, and (iii) matters of taxation.

 

(6)

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and to the further qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, and subject to any factual matters not disclosed to us and inconsistent with the information revealed by the documents reviewed by us in the course of our examination referred to above, we are as at the date hereof of the following opinion:

 

  (a)

each of the Dutch Guarantors has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) and has the necessary corporate capacity and power to enter into the Agreements and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations thereunder and under the Exchange Notes;

 

  (b)

all corporate action required to be taken by each of the Dutch Guarantors to authorise the execution of the Agreements by it or on its behalf and the performance of its obligations thereunder and under the Exchange Notes has been duly taken; and

 

  (c)

the Agreements have been duly executed on behalf of each Dutch Guarantor.

 

(7)

This opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (a)

we express no opinion as to the accuracy of any representations given by the Dutch Guarantors or any other party (express or implied) under or by virtue of the Agreements;


LOGO

 

  (b)

the opinions expressed above are limited by any applicable bankruptcy ( faillissement ), suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling ), insolvency, moratorium, reorganisation, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, or similar laws affecting the enforceability of rights of creditors generally (including rights of set-off) in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to section 3:45 of the Civil Code and section 42 of the Bankruptcy Act concerning fraudulent conveyance, as well as by any sanctions or measures under the Sanctions Act 1977 ( Sanctiewet 1977 ) or by EU or other international sanctions;

 

  (c)

no opinion is given as to whether any legal act ( rechtshandeling ) performed by any of the Dutch Guarantors in entering into the Agreements or exercising its rights or performing its obligations thereunder is not contrary to the corporate interest of the relevant Dutch Guarantor for purposes of section 2:7 of the Civil Code in which case the relevant legal act of the Dutch Guarantor might be held invalid and/or the obligations of the Dutch Guarantor thereunder might be held unenforceable in whole or in part; and

 

  (d)

the concepts of “trust” and of “delivery of documents” as known in common law jurisdictions are not known as such under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(8)

In this opinion, Netherlands legal concepts are expressed in English terms and not in their original Dutch terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to the concepts described by the same English terms as they exist under the laws of other jurisdictions. This opinion is given by Stibbe N.V. and may only be relied upon under the express condition that (i) any issues of interpretation or liability arising hereunder will be governed by the laws of the Netherlands and will be brought exclusively before a court of the Netherlands, and (ii) such liability, if any, shall be limited to Stibbe N.V. only, to the exclusion of any of its directors, partners, employees, shareholders and advisors or its or their affiliates and to the aggregate of the amount paid under Stibbe N.V.‘s professional insurance in the particular instance and any applicable deductible payable by Stibbe N.V.

 

(9)

We assume no obligation to update this opinion or to inform any person of any changes of law or other matters coming to our knowledge occurring after the date hereof which may affect this opinion in any respect. This opinion is addressed to you and given for your sole benefit for the purposes of the Agreements only and may not be disclosed or quoted to any person other than to your legal advisers or relied upon by any person or be used for any other purpose, without our prior written consent in each instance.

 

(10)

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit or imply that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.


LOGO

 

Yours faithfully,

Stibbe N.V.

/s/ Rein van Helden                                                                                                                       /s/ Rogier Raas

Exhibit 5.4

 

LOGO   LOGO

1001 West Fourth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

t 336 607 7300

October 2, 2018

B.A.T Capital Corporation

103 Foulk Road, Suite 120

Wilmington, Delaware 19803

Reynolds American Inc.

401 North Main Street

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27102-2990

Re: Exchange Offer Pursuant to Registration Statement on Form F-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special North Carolina counsel to Reynolds American Inc., a North Carolina corporation (“ RAI ”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of a registration statement on Form F-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the public offering by B.A.T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), of up to:

 

  i.

$2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 2.297% notes due 2020;

 

  ii.

$2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 2.764% notes due 2022;

 

  iii.

$2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 3.222% notes due 2024;

 

  iv.

$3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 3.557% notes due 2027;

 

ANCHORAGE ATLANTA AUGUSTA CHARLOTTE DALLAS DENVER HOUSTON LOS ANGELES NEW YORK RALEIGH SAN DIEGO

SAN FRANCISCO SEATTLE SHANGHAI SILICON VALLEY STOCKHOLM TOKYO WALNUT CREEK WASHINGTON WINSTON-SALEM


  v.

$2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 4.390% notes due 2037;

 

  vi.

$2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 4.540% notes due 2047;

 

  vii.

$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s floating rate notes due 2020; and

 

  viii.

$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s floating rate notes due 2022 (the securities referenced in nos. i through viii being collectively referred to as the “ New Notes ”);

and the related guarantee thereof by each of the guarantors, including RAI (such guarantee of RAI, the “ RAI Guarantee ”). The New Notes and the guarantees thereof will be issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of August 17, 2017, as amended by the first supplemental indenture thereto dated as of September 28, 2018 (as so supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the guarantors (including RAI), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as authentication agent, paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and calculation agent. The RAI Guarantee is set forth in the Indenture. The New Notes and guarantees are to be issued in exchange for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s currently outstanding 2.297% notes due 2020, 2.764% notes due 2022, 3.222% notes due 2024, 3.557% notes due 2027, 4.390% notes due 2037, 4.540% notes due 2047, floating rate notes due 2020 and floating rate notes due 2022 and related guarantees that are not registered under the Securities Act.

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have only examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents, corporate records and other instruments: (i) the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of RAI filed with the North Carolina Secretary of State on July 25, 2017; (ii) the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of RAI; (iii) the unanimous written consent of the board of directors of RAI dated August 2, 2017, and (iv) the certificate of existence of RAI issued by the North Carolina Secretary of State dated September 28, 2018 (the “ Certificate of Existence ”). As to any facts relevant to our opinions, we have relied upon certificates of officers of RAI.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the incumbency of all persons designated as officers, directors or similar representatives of legal persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, facsimile, electronic or photostatic copies. We have further assumed that the parties thereto (other than RAI) had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties.

Subject to the foregoing and other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that as of the date hereof:

 

  1.

RAI is a corporation in existence under the laws of the State of North Carolina.


  2.

RAI has the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under the RAI Guarantee.

 

  3.

RAI has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the RAI Guarantee by all necessary corporate action.

The opinions set forth herein are limited to matters governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina, and no opinion is expressed herein as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. We express no opinion concerning any matter respecting or affected by any laws other than laws that a lawyer in North Carolina exercising customary professional diligence would reasonably recognize as being directly applicable to RAI, the issuance of New Notes or both. Without limitation, we express no opinion regarding the enforceability of the RAI Guarantee. Our opinions expressed herein are as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to advise you of any changes in applicable law or any other matters that may come to our attention after the date hereof that may affect our opinions expressed herein. In rendering our opinion numbered 1 above, we have relied solely upon the Certificate of Existence.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. This opinion may not be relied upon for any other purpose, except that Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP may rely upon it in connection with the filing of its own opinion as to the New Notes and related guarantees as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.4 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

           

POST
IFRS 15

2017

                             
     2018
HY
     2016      2015      2014      2013  
     £m      £m      £m      £m      £m      £m  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

                 

Earnings

                 

Profit before tax

     3,969        29,527        6,245        5,855        4,848        5,799  

Excess / (shortfall) of dividends over earnings of affiliates accounted for by the equity method

     (231)        (23,306)        (1,265)        (643)        (204)        (229)  

Add: Fixed charges (below)

     787        1,239        604        608        516        572  

Subtract: non-controlling interests

     86        171        191        232        278        295  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earnings before fixed charges

     4,439        7,289        5,393        5,588        4,882        5,847  

Fixed charges

                 

Finance costs (1)

     763        1,197        580        584        484        532  

Estimated interest portion of rental expense

     24        42        24        24        32        40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     787        1,239        604        608        516        572  
                 

Ratio

     5.6        5.9        8.9        9.2        9.5        10.2  

 

(1)

Includes interest payable, facility fees and excludes loss on bond redemption.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

British American Tobacco p.l.c.:

We consent to the use of our report dated February 21, 2018, except as described in Note 1.1, as to which the date is October 2, 2018, with respect to the Group Balance Sheet of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related Group Income Statement, Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Statement of Changes in Equity, and Group Cash Flow Statement for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the Group’s “consolidated financial statements”), incorporated herein by reference to the Report on Form 6-K of British American Tobacco p.l.c. dated October 2, 2018, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. The audit report refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue from customers in 2017, 2016, and 2015 due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The audit report also refers to a change in the basis of segmentation, which was applied retrospectively to all periods presented.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

October 2, 2018

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Reynolds American Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports dated February 9, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Reynolds American Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, incorporated herein by reference and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in this Registration Statement on Form F-4.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Greensboro, North Carolina

October 2, 2018

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

 

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-0001

(Address of principal executive offices)

Janet V Banks

Assistant Vice President

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001

(302) 636-4261

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

B.A.T Capital Corporation 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

England and Wales

Delaware

 

98-0207762

61-0986865

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

103 Foulk Road

Suite 120

Wilmington, Delaware 19803

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

2.297% Notes due 2020

2.764% Notes due 2022

3.222% Notes due 2024

3.557% Notes due 2027

4.390% Notes due 2037

4.540% Notes due 2047

Floating Rate Notes due 2020

Floating Rate Notes due 2022

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

1.

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

Exact Name of Obligor as

Specified in its Charter

  

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Organization

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification

Number

   Address, including Zip Code, and
Telephone Number, Including Area
Code, of Obligor’s Principal Executive
Offices
British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.    The Netherlands    Not Applicable   

Handelsweg 53A

1181 ZA Amstelveen

The Netherlands

+31 (0)20 540 6911

B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.    The Netherlands    Not Applicable   

Handelsweg 53A

1181 ZA Amstelveen

The Netherlands

+31 (0)20 540 6911

B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.    England and Wales    98-0402606   

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7845 1000

Reynolds American Inc.    North Carolina    20-0546644   

401 North Main Street

P.O. Box 2990

Winston-Salem, North

Carolina 27102-2990

+1 (336) 741-2000

 

 

 


ITEM 1.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a)

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b)

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

ITEM 2.

AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEMS 3 – 15. Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16.

LIST OF EXHIBITS.

Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

  1.

A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association – attached hereto as Exhibit 1.

 

  2.

The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association – included in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

  3.

The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association – included in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

  4.

A copy of the existing Bylaws of Trustee, as now in effect – attached as Exhibit 4 hereto.

 

  5.

Not applicable.

 

  6.

The consent required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended – attached as Exhibit 6 hereto.

 

  7.

Current Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust, National Association, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority – attached as Exhibit 7 hereto.

 

  8.

Not applicable.

 

  9.

Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 21 st day of September, 2018.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Name: Jane Schweiger
Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1)

exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2)

exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.


FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4)

The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.


The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1)

Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2)

Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3)

Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4)

Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5)

Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6)

Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7)

Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8)

Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9)

Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10)

Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11)

Make contracts.

 

  12)

Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BYLAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Effective as of April 18, 2018)

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section  1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section  2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.


Section  3. Nominations of Directors . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4)

The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

Section  4. Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section  5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section  1. Board of Directors . The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

Section  2. Number . The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

Section  3. Organization Meeting . The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

Section  4. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

Section  5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

Section  6. Quorum . A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

Section  7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


Section  8. Procedures . The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section  9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section  10. Vacancies . When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

Section  1. Loan Committee . There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.


Section  2. Investment Committee . There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section  3. Examining Committee . There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 3, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

Section  5. Other Committees . The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.

However, a committee may not:

 

  (1)

Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

 

  (2)

Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

 

  (3)

Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

 

  (5)

Amend articles of association;

 

  (6)

Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

 

  (6)

Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

Section  6. Committee Members’ Fees . Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the board of directors.


ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section  1. Officers. The board of directors shall annually, at the Annual Reorganization Meeting of the board of directors following the annual meeting of the shareholders, appoint or elect a Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer and a President, and one or more Vice Presidents, a Corporate Secretary, a Treasurer, a General Auditor, and such other officers as it may determine. At the Annual Reorganization Meeting, the board of directors shall also elect or reelect all of the officers of the association to hold office until the next Annual Reorganization Meeting. In the interim between Annual Reorganization Meetings, the board of directors may also elect or appoint a Chief Executive Officer, a President or such additional officers to the rank of Vice President, including (without limitation as to title or number) one or more Administrative Vice Presidents, Group Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Executive Vice Presidents, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate. The Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank, the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, and any one executive Vice Chairman of M&T Bank, acting jointly, may appoint one or more officers to the rank of Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President. The head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank or his or her designee or designees, may appoint other officers up to the rank of Group Vice President, including (without limitation as to title or number) one or more Administrative Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Auditors, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate. Each such person elected or appointed by the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank, the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, and an executive Vice Chairman of M&T Bank, acting jointly, or the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank or his or her designee or designees, in between Annual Reorganization Meetings shall hold office until the next Annual Reorganization Meeting unless otherwise determined by the board of directors or such authorized officers.

Section  2. Chairperson of the Board . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  3. President . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  4. Vice President . The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.


Section  5. Secretary . The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

Section  6. Other Officers . The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section  7. Tenure of Office . The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

Section  8. Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

ARTICLE V

Fiduciary Activities

Section  1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 1, the responsibility and authority of the Trust Audit Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

Section  3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made, but does vest in the association investment discretion, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.


ARTICLE VI

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section  1. Transfers . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

Section  2. Stock Certificates . Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.

The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

 

  (1)

The types of nominees to which it applies;

 

  (2)

The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

 

  (3)

How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (4)

The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

 

  (5)

The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (6)

Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section  1. Seal . The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.


ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section  1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section  2. Execution of Instruments . All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

Section  3. Records . The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section  4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section  5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or


proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution- affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution


of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution- affiliated parties.


ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section  1. Inspection . A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section  2. Amendments . The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.

I,                             , certify that: (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this                          day of                     .

 

                                                                                  

(Secretary or Treasurer)

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

   

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Dated: September 21, 2018         By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

      Name: Jane Schweiger
      Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

REPORT OF CONDITION

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on June 30, 2018

 

ASSETS    Thousands of Dollars  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     3,628,787  

Securities:

     5,697  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     0  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0  

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     184,420  

Premises and fixed assets:

     4,526  

Other real estate owned:

     529  

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0  

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0  

Intangible assets:

     0  

Other assets:

     51,228  

Total Assets:

     3,875,087  
LIABILITIES    Thousands of Dollars  

Deposits

     2,808,029  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0  

Other borrowed money:

     0  

Other Liabilities:

     27,704  

Total Liabilities

     2,835,733  
EQUITY CAPITAL    Thousands of Dollars  

Common Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     397,037  

Retained Earnings

     158,749  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (282

Total Equity Capital

     556,504  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     3,875,087  

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

$2,250,000,000 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAQ8 AND U05526AE5

ISIN Nos. US05526DAQ88 AND USU05526AE50

$2,250,000,000 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAU9 AND U05526AG0

ISIN Nos. US05526DAU90 AND USU05526AG09

$2,500,000,000 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAY1 AND U05526AJ4

ISIN Nos. US05526DAY13 AND USU05526AJ48

$3,500,000,000 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBA2 AND U05526AK1

ISIN Nos. US05526DBA28 AND USU05526AK11

$2,500,000,000 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBC8 AND U05526AL9

ISIN Nos. US05526DBC83 AND USU05526AL93

$2,500,000,000 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBE4 AND U05526AM7

ISIN Nos. US05526DBE40 AND USU05526AM76

$1,000,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAS4 AND U05526AF2

ISIN Nos. US05526DAS45 AND USU05526AF26

$750,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAW5 AND U05526AH8

ISIN Nos. US05526DAW56 AND USU05526AH81

OF

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                 , 2018

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2018 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM “EXPIRATION DATE” SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF UNREGISTERED NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

By Registered and Certified Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Hand Delivery
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Or by Email: Citiexchanges@citi.com

For Information Call: +44 (0)20 7508 3867


Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of instructions to a facsimile number other than the one listed above will not constitute a valid delivery. The instructions set forth in this Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                 , 2018 (the “Prospectus”) of B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Unregistered Notes described in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Unregistered Notes so described and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Unregistered Notes (“Beneficial Owners”) a duly completed and executed form of “Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only by a holder of Unregistered Notes (i) if certificates representing Unregistered Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Unregistered Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes.” If delivery of the Unregistered Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, tenders of the Unregistered Notes must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer.”

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in the box below entitled “Beneficial Owner(s)” is true and correct.

 

2


Any Beneficial Owner whose Unregistered Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder of Unregistered Notes promptly and instruct such registered holder of Unregistered Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Unregistered Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Unregistered Notes in such Beneficial Owner’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Unregistered Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Unregistered Notes must (i) complete the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes,” (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to Book-Entry Transfer Special Issuance Instructions, Special Delivery Instructions and Beneficial Owner(s), (iii) sign this Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled “Sign Here” and (iv) provide a completed IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8. Each holder of Unregistered Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing this Letter of Transmittal.

We have not provided guaranteed delivery procedures in conjunction with the Exchange Offer or under any of the Prospectus or other materials provided therewith.

Holders of Unregistered Notes who wish to tender their Unregistered Notes for exchange must, at a minimum, complete, for each applicable row, columns (1), (2) if applicable (see footnote 1 to the box below), and (3) in the box below entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” and sign the box on page [11] under the words “Sign Here.” If only those columns are completed, such holder of Unregistered Notes will have tendered for exchange all Unregistered Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Unregistered Notes wishes to tender for exchange less than all of such Unregistered Notes, for each applicable row, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such holder of Unregistered Notes should refer to Instruction [5] on page [13].

DESCRIPTION OF UNREGISTERED NOTES

 

(1)
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) of
Unregistered Note(s), Exactly as Name(s) Appear(s) on
Certificate(s) for Unregistered Note or as the Name of the
Participant Appears on the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility’s Security Position Listing (Please fill in, if blank)
   (2)
Unregistered Note
Number(s)
(attach signed
list if
necessary)(a)
   (3) Aggregate
Principal Amount of
Unregistered Notes
   (4)
Principal Amount
Tendered for
Exchange (only if
different amount
from Column
(3),(b),(c)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(a)

Column (2) need not be completed by holders of Unregistered Notes tendering Unregistered Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate box on the next page and provide the requested information.

 

(b)

Column (4) need not be completed by holders of Unregistered Notes who wish to tender for exchange the principal amount of Unregistered Notes listed in column (3). Completion of column (4) will indicate that the holder of Unregistered Notes wishes to tender for exchange only the principal amount of Unregistered Notes indicated in column (4).

 

3


(c)

Unregistered Notes tendered must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

CHECK HERE IF UNREGISTERED NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

CHECK HERE IF UNREGISTERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY):

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                    

 

4


ATTENTION BROKER-DEALERS: IMPORTANT NOTICE

CONCERNING YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) considers broker-dealers that acquired Unregistered Notes directly from the Issuer, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, to be making a distribution of the Exchange Notes if they participate in the Exchange Offer. Consequently, these broker-dealers cannot use the Prospectus for the Exchange Offer in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes and, absent an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. Such broker-dealers cannot rely on the position of the SEC’s staff set forth in the Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) no-action letters and similar no-action letters.

A broker-dealer that has bought Unregistered Notes for market-making or other trading activities must deliver a Prospectus in order to resell any Exchange Notes it receives for its own account in the Exchange Offer. The SEC has taken the position that these broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes by delivering the Prospectus for the Exchange Offer. Such Prospectus may be used by a broker-dealer to resell any of its Exchange Notes. We will send a Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests copies in this questionnaire for a period of up to 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Exchange Offer.

IF THE ISSUER OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT DO NOT RECEIVE ANY LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL FROM BROKER-DEALERS REQUESTING ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES, THE ISSUER INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS TERMINATED, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF EXCHANGE NOTES AFTER SUCH TIME. SEE SECTION ENTITLED “THE EXCHANGE OFFER—PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS” CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS FOR MORE INFORMATION.

 

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF EXCHANGE NOTES:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                             

Telephone No.:                                                                                                                                                                                         

Number of Additional Copies Desired:                                                                                                                                            

If you requested additional copies of the prospectus, YOU MUST MAIL OR SEND A PHOTOCOPY OF THIS PAGE to:

 

By Registered and Certified Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Hand Delivery
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Or by Email: Citiexchanges@citi.com

For Information Call: +44 (0)20 7508 3867

 

5


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)

To be completed ONLY (i) if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Unregistered Notes (or if certificates for Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange for Exchange Notes) are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Unregistered Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC.

 

Issue to:

  

 

Name:

  

 

     (Please Print)

Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     (Include Zip Code)
        

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

(Complete IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8)

Credit Unregistered Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to DTC account set forth below:

 

(Account Number)
 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)

To be completed ONLY if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Unregistered Notes (or if certificates for Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange for Exchange Notes) are to be mailed or delivered (i) to someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) to the undersigned at an address other than the address shown below the undersigned’s signature.

Mail or deliver to:

 

Issue to:

  

 

  

 

Name:

   (Please Print)
    

 

Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

     (Include Zip Code)
      
        

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

(Complete IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8)

 

6


BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

 

State of Principal Residence of each Beneficial Owner of

Unregistered Notes

  Principal Amount of Unregistered Notes Held for Account
of Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If delivery of Unregistered Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, then tenders of Unregistered Notes must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer.”

 

7


SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                 , 2018 (the “Prospectus”) of B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer for exchange the Unregistered Notes indicated above.

By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Unregistered Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Issuer has fully performed all of its obligations pertaining to the Unregistered Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2017, by and among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the other guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the several Initial Purchasers party thereto, (ii) will have irrevocably sold, assigned and transferred to the Issuer all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Unregistered Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and (iii) hereby appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “Exchange Agent”) as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Issuer and the Guarantors) of such holder of Unregistered Notes with respect to such Unregistered Notes, with full power of substitution, to (x) deliver certificates representing such Unregistered Notes, or transfer ownership of such Unregistered Notes on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Issuer, (y) present and deliver such Unregistered Notes for transfer on the books of the Issuer, and (z) receive all benefits with respect to such Unregistered Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Unregistered Notes, and (ii) when such Unregistered Notes are accepted for exchange by the Issuer, the Issuer will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Unregistered Notes tendered for exchange hereby.

The undersigned hereby further represents to the Issuer that (i) the undersigned is not an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and has no intention to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (iii) the undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business; (iv) the undersigned will otherwise cooperate in our preparations for the Exchange Offer; and (v) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

 

8


The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that any broker-dealer using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such holder in exchange for Unregistered Notes acquired by such holder directly from the Issuer.

The undersigned acknowledges that, (i) for purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Unregistered Notes if, as and when the Issuer gives written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Tenders of Unregistered Notes for exchange may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, and (ii) any Unregistered Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled “Special Delivery Instructions.”

The undersigned acknowledges that the Issuer’s acceptance of Unregistered Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer” and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement among the undersigned, the Issuer and the Guarantors upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuer) as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuer may not be required to exchange any of the Unregistered Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Unregistered Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled “Special Delivery Instructions.”

Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions,” please return any Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail any certificates for Unregistered Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s). In the event that either “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Unregistered Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuer and the Guarantors have no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Unregistered Notes from the name of the holder of Unregistered Notes thereof if the Issuer does not accept for exchange any of the Unregistered Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Unregistered Notes.

In order to validly tender Unregistered Notes for exchange, holders of Unregistered Notes must complete, execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal.

Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Unregistered Notes is irrevocable.

 

9


 

SIGN HERE

(Complete IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8)

X                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Signature of Owner

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF UNREGISTERED NOTES EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) REPRESENTING THE UNREGISTERED NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED UNREGISTERED NOTE HOLDER(S) BY CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED HEREWITH. IF SIGNATURE IS BY TRUSTEES, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, GUARDIANS, ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OFFICERS OF CORPORATIONS OR OTHERS ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. (SEE INSTRUCTION 6).

Name(s)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Capacity (Full Title)                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Address (including zip code)                                                                                                                                                                                               

Area Code and Telephone Number                                                                                                                                                                                    

Tax Identification or Social Security Number                                                                                                                                                                    

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)

(SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 1)

X                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Authorized Signature

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

Name and Title:                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

10


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.

Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution that is an “Eligible Guarantor Institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (each, an “Eligible Institution”):

 

  (a)

The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP)

 

  (b)

The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP)

 

  (c)

The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP)

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Unregistered Notes tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Unregistered Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND UNREGISTERED NOTES

This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Unregistered Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer. Certificates for all physically tendered Unregistered Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF UNREGISTERED NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER OF UNREGISTERED NOTES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY UNREGISTERED NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE ISSUER.

No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Unregistered Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Unregistered Notes for exchange.

3. INADEQUATE SPACE.

If the space provided in the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Unregistered Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

4. WITHDRAWALS.

A tender of Unregistered Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Expiration Date by delivery of a written or an Automated Tender Offer Program electronic transmission notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Unregistered Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Unregistered Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (ii) identify the Unregistered Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Unregistered Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder of Unregistered Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Unregistered Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the registrar under the indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 between the Issuer, the Guarantors, Wilmington Trust.

 

11


National Association as Trustee, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Authentication Agent, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Calculation Agent register the transfer of such Unregistered Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Unregistered Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor, and (v) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. Withdrawals of tenders of Unregistered Notes may not be rescinded, and any Unregistered Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Unregistered Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Unregistered Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Unregistered Notes” at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

5. PARTIAL TENDERS.

Tenders of Unregistered Notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Unregistered Notes, fill in the principal amount of Unregistered Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled “Description of Unregistered Notes” above, as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange, new certificate(s), in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Unregistered Notes, will be sent to the holders of Unregistered Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS.

(a) The signature(s) of the holder of Unregistered Notes on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Unregistered Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

(b) If tendered Unregistered Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

(c) If any tendered Unregistered Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations.

(d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the Unregistered Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Unregistered Notes or separate powers of attorney are required. If, however, Unregistered Notes not tendered or not accepted are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder of Unregistered Notes, then the Unregistered Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney in a form satisfactory to the Issuer, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of Unregistered Notes appear(s) on the Unregistered Notes. Signatures on such Unregistered Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

(e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Unregistered Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority so to act must be submitted.

(f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of Unregistered Notes listed, the Unregistered Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Unregistered Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Unregistered Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

7. TRANSFER TAXES.

Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If issuance of Exchange Notes is to be made to, or Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Unregistered Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes payable on account of any such transfer will be imposed on and payable by the tendering holder of Unregistered Notes prior to the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

 

12


8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

If the Exchange Notes, or if any Unregistered Notes not tendered for exchange, are to be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Unregistered Notes or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Unregistered Notes tendering Unregistered Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Unregistered Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such holder of Unregistered Notes may designate.

9. IRREGULARITIES.

All questions as to the form of documents and the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Unregistered Notes will be determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders for exchange of any particular Unregistered Notes that are not in proper form, or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Issuer (or its counsel), be unlawful. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to waive any defect, irregularity or condition of tender for exchange with regard to any particular Unregistered Notes. The Issuer’s interpretation of the terms of, and conditions to, the Exchange Offer (including the instructions herein) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the Exchange Offer must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Neither the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in Unregistered Notes tendered for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notice. A tender of Unregistered Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Any Unregistered Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

The Issuer reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify any of the specified conditions described under “The Exchange Offer Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments” in the Prospectus in the case of any Unregistered Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).

11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED UNREGISTERED NOTES.

If a holder of Unregistered Notes desires to tender Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, but any of such Unregistered Notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder of Unregistered Notes should contact the Trustee for the Unregistered Notes for further instructions.

12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

Requests for information about the procedure for tendering or for withdrawing tenders, or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

The exchange of Unregistered Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not constitute a taxable event for holders. However, U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that payments of principal and interest on a note to a holder be subject to backup withholding unless such holder provides the payor with such holder’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) on Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle a holder to a refund from the IRS, provided that such holder furnishes the required information to the IRS on a timely basis.

 

13


To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder that is a “United States person” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “U.S. Holder”) that has not already provided the Exchange Agent with a correct TIN must notify the Exchange Agent of its correct TIN by completing and delivering an IRS Form W-9 and certifying on the IRS Form W-9 that the TIN provided is correct (or that the holder is awaiting a TIN). In addition, each tendering U.S. Holder is required to certify on the IRS Form W-9 that the holder is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the holder is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the holder has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the IRS has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Exchange Agent has not already been provided, or is not provided with, the correct TIN or a notice stating that the U.S. Holder has an adequate basis for an exemption, such U.S. Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS and backup withholding at the applicable rate on the amount of any reportable payments made to such tendering holder in respect of the Exchange Notes.

If the holder does not have a TIN, such holder should consult the instructions to IRS Form W-9 for information on applying for a TIN, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN in Part I of IRS Form W-9 and sign and date IRS Form W-9. If the holder does not provide such holder’s TIN to the Exchange Agent within 60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until such holder furnishes its TIN to the Exchange Agent. Note that writing “Applied For” on the form means that the holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If the Unregistered Notes are held in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the instructions to IRS Form W-9 for information on which TIN to report.

Certain tendering holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign persons) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt U.S. Holders should indicate their exempt status on IRS Form W-9. Each tendering holder that is not a U.S. Holder should submit a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8 to the Exchange Agent, certifying such holder’s exempt status under penalties of perjury.

IRS Forms W-8 and W-9, and the instructions to such forms, can be obtained from the IRS’s website at http://www.irs.gov.

FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT +44 (0)20 7508 3867 OR BY EMAIL AT CITIEXCHANGES@CITI.COM.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

 

By Registered and Certified Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Hand Delivery
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Or by Email: Citiexchanges@citi.com

For Information Call: +44 (0)20 7508 3867

 

14

Exhibit 99.2

LETTER TO REGISTERED HOLDERS

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

$2,250,000,000 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAQ8 AND U05526AE5

ISIN Nos. US05526DAQ88 AND USU05526AE50

$2,250,000,000 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAU9 AND U05526AG0

ISIN Nos. US05526DAU90 AND USU05526AG09

$2,500,000,000 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAY1 AND U05526AJ4

ISIN Nos. US05526DAY13 AND USU05526AJ48

$3,500,000,000 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBA2 AND U05526AK1

ISIN Nos. US05526DBA28 AND USU05526AK11

$2,500,000,000 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBC8 AND U05526AL9

ISIN Nos. US05526DBC83 AND USU05526AL93

$2,500,000,000 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBE4 AND U05526AM7

ISIN Nos. US05526DBE40 AND USU05526AM76

$1,000,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAS4 AND U05526AF2

ISIN Nos. US05526DAS45 AND USU05526AF26

$750,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAW5 AND U05526AH8

ISIN Nos. US05526DAW56 AND USU05526AH81

OF

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2018 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM “EXPIRATION DATE” SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF UNREGISTERED NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Registered Holders:

We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange


Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Issuer’s Prospectus dated                 , 2018 and the related Letter of Transmittal.

We are enclosing copies of the following documents:

 

1.

Prospectus dated                 , 2018;

 

2.

Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the “Exchange Offer”);

 

3.

Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner;

 

4.

Letter to Clients, which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Unregistered Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, to accompany the Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner form referred to above, for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer; and

 

5.

Letter to Depository Trust Company Participants for Offer for All Unregistered Notes for the Exchange Notes.

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2018, unless extended by the Issuer.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Unregistered Notes being tendered.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Unregistered Notes (a “Holder”) will represent to the Issuer the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any guarantor of the Unregistered Notes; (ii) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer; (iii) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business; (iv) the undersigned will otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer; and (v) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).


The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner contains an authorization by the beneficial owner of Unregistered Notes held by you to make the foregoing representations and warranties on behalf of such beneficial owner.

The Issuer will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have relating to the Exchange Offer and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent at:

 

By Registered and Certified Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Hand Delivery
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Or by Email: Citiexchanges@citi.com
For Information Call: + 44 (0)20 7508 3867

                                 Very truly yours,

                                                               B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE ISSUER, THE PARENT GUARANTOR, ANY OTHER GUARANTOR OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.

Exhibit 99.3

LETTER TO DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

$2,250,000,000 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAQ8 AND U05526AE5

ISIN Nos. US05526DAQ88 AND USU05526AE50

$2,250,000,000 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAU9 AND U05526AG0

ISIN Nos. US05526DAU90 AND USU05526AG09

$2,500,000,000 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAY1 AND U05526AJ4

ISIN Nos. US05526DAY13 AND USU05526AJ48

$3,500,000,000 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBA2 AND U05526AK1

ISIN Nos. US05526DBA28 AND USU05526AK11

$2,500,000,000 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBC8 AND U05526AL9

ISIN Nos. US05526DBC83 AND USU05526AL93

$2,500,000,000 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBE4 AND U05526AM7

ISIN Nos. US05526DBE40 AND USU05526AM76

$1,000,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAS4 AND U05526AF2

ISIN Nos. US05526DAS45 AND USU05526AF26

$750,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAW5 AND U05526AH8

ISIN Nos. US05526DAW56 AND USU05526AH81

OF

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2018 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM “EXPIRATION DATE” SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF UNREGISTERED NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Depository Trust Company Participants:

We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange


Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Issuer’s Prospectus dated                 , 2018 and the related Letter of Transmittal.

We are enclosing copies of the following documents:

 

1.

Prospectus dated                , 2018;

 

2.

Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the “Exchange Offer”);

 

3.

Letter to Clients (of the Registered Holder); and

 

4.

Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (the “Instruction Letter”).

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2018, unless extended by the Issuer.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Unregistered Notes being tendered.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Unregistered Notes (a “Holder”) will represent to the Issuer the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any guarantor of the Unregistered Notes; (ii) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer; (iii) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business; (iv) the undersigned will otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer; and (v) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

The enclosed Instruction Letter contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of Unregistered Notes for you to make the foregoing representations and warranties.

 

2


The Issuer will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Unregistered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have relating to the Exchange Offer and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent at:

 

By Registered and Certified Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

  

By Hand Delivery
Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

 

Or by Email : Citiexchanges@citi.com
For Information Call : +44 (0)20 7508 3867

 

Very truly yours,
B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

3

Exhibit 99.4

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

$2,250,000,000 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAQ8 AND U05526AE5

ISIN Nos. US05526DAQ88 AND USU05526AE50

$2,250,000,000 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAU9 AND U05526AG0

ISIN Nos. US05526DAU90 AND USU05526AG09

$2,500,000,000 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAY1 AND U05526AJ4

ISIN Nos. US05526DAY13 AND USU05526AJ48

$3,500,000,000 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBA2 AND U05526AK1

ISIN Nos. US05526DBA28 AND USU05526AK11

$2,500,000,000 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBC8 AND U05526AL9

ISIN Nos. US05526DBC83 AND USU05526AL93

$2,500,000,000 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBE4 AND U05526AM7

ISIN Nos. US05526DBE40 AND USU05526AM76

$1,000,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAS4 AND U05526AF2

ISIN Nos. US05526DAS45 AND USU05526AF26

$750,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAW5 AND U05526AH8

ISIN Nos. US05526DAW56 AND USU05526AH81

OF

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes


due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Issuer’s Prospectus dated                 , 2018 and the related Letter of Transmittal. Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. We are enclosing copies of the following documents:

 

  1.

Prospectus dated                     , 2018;

 

  2.

Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the “Exchange Offer”); and

 

  3.

Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (the “Instruction Letter”).

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2018 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM “EXPIRATION DATE” SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF UNREGISTERED NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

We are the holder of record of Unregistered Notes for your account. A tender of such Unregistered Notes can be made only by us as the record holder pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Unregistered Notes held by us for your account.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Unregistered Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may make on your behalf the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal. In this regard, please complete the enclosed Instruction Letter and return it to us as soon as practicable.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Unregistered Notes (a “Holder”) will represent to the Issuer the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any guarantor of the Unregistered Notes; (ii) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer; (iii) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business; (iv) it will otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer; and (v) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

 

2

Exhibit 99.5

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER

FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

$2,250,000,000 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAQ8 AND U05526AE5

ISIN Nos. US05526DAQ88 AND USU05526AE50

$2,250,000,000 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAU9 AND U05526AG0

ISIN Nos. US05526DAU90 AND USU05526AG09

$2,500,000,000 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAY1 AND U05526AJ4

ISIN Nos. US05526DAY13 AND USU05526AJ48

$3,500,000,000 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBA2 AND U05526AK1

ISIN Nos. US05526DBA28 AND USU05526AK11

$2,500,000,000 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBC8 AND U05526AL9

ISIN Nos. US05526DBC83 AND USU05526AL93

$2,500,000,000 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

CUSIP Nos. 05526DBE4 AND U05526AM7

ISIN Nos. US05526DBE40 AND USU05526AM76

$1,000,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAS4 AND U05526AF2

ISIN Nos. US05526DAS45 AND USU05526AF26

$750,000,000 FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

CUSIP Nos. 05526DAW5 AND U05526AH8

ISIN Nos. US05526DAW56 AND USU05526AH81

OF

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

To Registered Holder:

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                 , 2018 (the “Prospectus”) of B.A.T Capital Corporation (the “Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the “Parent Guarantor”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (1) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “2.297% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2.297% Notes”); (2) up to $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “2.764% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2.764% Notes”); (3) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “3.222% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “Unregistered 3.222% Notes”); (4) up to $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal


amount of new 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “3.557% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “Unregistered 3.557% Notes”); (5) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “4.390% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “Unregistered 4.390% Notes”); (6) up to $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “4.540% Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “Unregistered 4.540% Notes”); (7) up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes”); and (8) up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “2022 Floating Rate Exchange Notes”, and, together with the 2.297% Exchange Notes, the 2.764% Exchange Notes, the 3.222% Exchange Notes, the 3.557% Exchange Notes, the 4.390% Exchange Notes, the 4.540% Exchange Notes, and the 2020 Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which are registered under the Securities Act, for any of its unregistered outstanding Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Unregistered 2.297% Notes, the Unregistered 2.764% Notes, the Unregistered 3.222% Notes, the Unregistered 3.557% Notes, the Unregistered 4.390% Notes, the Unregistered 4.540% Notes, and the Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “Unregistered Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Unregistered Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Unregistered Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$                     of Unregistered 2.297% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 2.764% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 3.222% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 3.557% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 4.390% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 4.540% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes

$                     of Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check one of the following boxes):

 

To TENDER the following Unregistered Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Unregistered Notes to be tendered (if any)):

$                     of Unregistered 2.297% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 2.764% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 3.222% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 3.557% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 4.390% Notes

$                     of Unregistered 4.540% Notes

 

2


$                     of Unregistered 2020 Floating Rate Notes

$                     of Unregistered 2022 Floating Rate Notes

or

 

NOT to TENDER any Unregistered Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

*

Exchange Notes and the untendered portion of Unregistered Notes must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Unregistered Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or any guarantor of the Unregistered Notes; (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer; (iii) the undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business; (iv) the undersigned will otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer; and (v) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv).

 

3


SIGN HERE

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Signature(s) of Owner(s)

Date:                                                                           

 

MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF UNREGISTERED NOTES EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) REPRESENTING THE UNREGISTERED NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF UNREGISTERED NOTES BY CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED HEREWITH. IF SIGNATURE IS BY TRUSTEES, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, GUARDIANS, ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OFFICERS OF CORPORATIONS OR OTHERS ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION.

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(Please Print)

 

Capacity (Full Title):                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(Include Zip Code)

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                              

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                                                                                        

 

 

4